Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2020.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   73-1636261

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

6309 Carpinteria Avenue

Carpinteria, California 93013

(866) 477-6267

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Procore Technologies, Inc.

6309 Carpinteria Avenue

Carpinteria, California 93013

(866) 477-6267

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Rachel B. Proffitt

Bradley M. Libuit

Jon C. Avina

Peter N. Mandel

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Benjamin C. Singer

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate

Secretary

Procore Technologies, Inc.

6309 Carpinteria Avenue

Carpinteria, California 93013

(866) 477-6267

 

Steven B. Stokdyk

Latham & Watkins LLP

10250 Constellation Blvd.

Los Angeles, CA 90067

(424) 653-5500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated February 28, 2020

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Procore Technologies, Inc.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $        and $        per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “PCOR.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                    

Underwriting discount(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2020.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Jefferies

 

 

 

Canaccord Genuity   KeyBanc Capital Markets   Oppenheimer & Co.   Piper Sandler   Stifel   William Blair

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Connecting everyone in construction on a global platform.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The Construction Management Platform $880B+ 55M+ 965K+ Construction volume Inspection items uploaded 61M+ run on Procore2 or created by customers3 Projects created Documents uploaded or on Procore2 created by customers3 3K+ OWNER 80M+ Terabytes of data generated GENERAL CONTRACTOR SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR Photos uploaded or created by user activity1 by customers3 ARCHITECT ENGINEER PRECONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT PROCORE APP MARKETPLACE PROCORE ANALYTICS PROCORE PLATFORM UI CUS TOMIZA APIs TION BUSINESS LOGIC DATA SECURE & TRUSTED MULTI ZONE CLOUD INFRASTRUCTURE DIGITIZE STREAMLINE MANAGE CREATE A SINGLE PROMOTE DOCUMENTS COMMUNICATION WORKFLOWS SOURCE OF TRUTH SAFETY (1) User activity generated over 3,000 terabytes of data as of December 31, 2019. (2) Total volume and projects data generated since January 1, 2014, as of December 31, 2019. (3) Represents user activity during Fiscal 2019.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

$289M 55% 82% Revenue Revenue Growth GAAP Gross Margin CUSTOMER 8,506 650+ GROWTH Customers > $100K ARR 59% 6,095 Customers Subscribe to 3+ Products 4,310 1.3M+ Total Users 125+ Countries with Active Projects on Procore ($7M) Cash Used in Operating Activities 2017 2018 2019 Note: All figures are as of, or for the year ended, December 31, 2019.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

“Innovation is essential for “Procore is the only platform that we’ve come across that is our future success and built for owners. I believe that it Procore enables our teams should be used by every leader in the industry, by every major real to scale with the needs of estate company around our clients. the world.” MICHAEL TURNER We selected Procore PRESIDENT OF OXFORD PROPERTIES GROUP to connect our people, applications, and devices through a united platform to The relationship we have with help manage risk and deliver Procore is making our success maximum value throughout easier and more achievable. Today the world demands the project lifecycle. instantaneous access to information, and using Procore KASEY BEVANS is part of what makes us successful. CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER FOR BALFOUR BEATTY IN THE UNITED STATES HANK HINTZE ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE, J.T. MAGEN We provide our project teams with best-in-class solutions and partner with innovative companies like Procore to leverage technology to drive value to our customers. Working with Procore has exceeded our expectations in many ways. MARK SHERRY SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, MORTENSON


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Through and including                 , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” and “Procore” refer to Procore Technologies, Inc.

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Overview

Our mission is to connect everyone in construction on a global platform.

We are a leading provider of cloud-based construction management software, and are helping transform one of the oldest, largest, and least digitized industries in the world. We focus exclusively on construction, connecting and empowering the industry’s key stakeholders, such as owners, general contractors, specialty contractors, architects, and engineers, to collaborate from any location, on any internet-connected device. Our platform is modernizing and digitizing construction management by enabling real-time access to critical project information, simplifying complex workflows, and facilitating seamless communication among key stakeholders, all of which we believe affords us the ability to serve as the system of record for the construction industry. Adoption of our platform helps customers increase productivity and efficiency, reduce rework and costly delays, improve safety and compliance, and enhance financial transparency and accountability.

In short, we build software that helps build the world.

Construction is critical to the global economy but is in need of digitization. The construction industry represented approximately 13% of global gross domestic product, or GDP, and employed 7% of the global workforce in 2017. The adoption of technology by the industry, especially at the jobsite, has historically been constrained by the lack of internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile connectivity. Much of the industry still relies on legacy methods of project management, such as paper, email, fax, and on-premise software. These tools were not designed to address the unique, real-time, and often remote collaboration needs of the industry. As a result, project delays, rework, safety and compliance issues, and cost overruns are common.

The lack of modern collaboration tools has contributed to a lower rate of labor productivity growth in the construction sector, approximately one-third that of the global rate over the last two decades. According to a Deloitte report, the construction industry spends half as much on information technology, or IT, compared to the average across all industries. Estimated rework cost over $500 billion in 2018, or approximately 5% of overall construction costs, according to a 2018 report from FMI, or the 2018 FMI Report. On average, 52% of that rework was caused by poor project data and communication. Construction is also among the most dangerous industries, with 19% of U.S. private industry worker deaths in 2017 linked to construction. Additionally, the industry faces an extremely challenging labor dynamic, with 93% of contractors indicating that they are facing difficulties finding



 

1


Table of Contents

skilled workers. Innovations in technology, in particular the proliferation of the internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile devices, combined with the limitations of legacy solutions and labor constraints in the construction market, provide us with the opportunity to leverage our market leadership position to help drive digital transformation in the construction industry on a global basis.

We have established our market leadership through an approach focused on serving the unique needs of the construction industry. We work directly with stakeholders to develop the products they need and provide high-quality support, available to all users at no additional charge. Our four product categories, Preconstruction, Project Management, Resource Management, and Financial Management, automate workflows, provide real-time visibility, offer advanced analytics, and support collaboration across key stages of the construction project lifecycle. Each of our products can be accessed from the office or the jobsite on computers, smartphones, and tablets, enabling users to work wherever the job requires. Our open application programming interfaces, or APIs, and our application marketplace, or App Marketplace, allow our customers to integrate our products with their internal systems and over 180 third-party applications, including accounting, document management, and scheduling software, providing our users with choice and flexibility, and demonstrably increasing the stickiness of our platform as we aim to become the construction industry’s system of record.

Our customers range from small businesses managing a couple million dollars of annual construction volume to global enterprises managing billions of dollars of annual construction volume. Our core customers are owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors operating across the commercial, residential, industrial, and infrastructure segments of the construction industry. We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products. We sell our products on a subscription basis for a fixed fee with pricing generally based on the number and mix of products a customer subscribes to and the fixed aggregate dollar volume of construction work contracted to run on our platform annually, which we refer to as annual construction volume. As our customers subscribe to additional products, or increase the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform, we generate more revenue. We do not provide refunds for unused construction volume, or charge customers based on consumption or on a per project basis. Our customers rely on our platform to help run their businesses as evidenced by the fact they have used our platform to create an aggregate of 965,000 projects representing over $880 billion of construction volume since January 1, 2014, with over 370,000 projects created in 2019 alone. In 2019, the average duration of an active project in Procore was approximately 20 months.

Our business model is designed to encourage rapid, widespread adoption of our products by allowing for unlimited users, meaning we do not charge a per-seat or per-user fee. Customers can invite all project participants to engage with our platform as part of a project team. In 2019, on average, each customer invited over 170 project participants. This includes the customer’s employees and its collaborators, who are other project participants who engage with our platform but do not pay us for such use. Collaborators have access to relevant project information and product features for the duration of their involvement in a project and are incentivized to become customers as collaborators do not control what information they get access to, may not be able to access project information after a job is complete, and cannot run their complete portfolio of projects on our platform. In 2019 we had over 1.3 million users, which we define as our customers’ employees and their collaborators who have logged in to our platform, of which more than 60% were collaborators. Once collaborators have used our platform, they may potentially become customers and evangelize Procore on future projects. We believe our business model creates a flywheel effect that has helped increase our customer count from 4,310 as of December 31, 2017, to 6,095 as of December 31, 2018, to 8,506 as of December 31, 2019, reflecting year-over-year growth rates of 41% in 2018 and 40% in 2019. We have also seen an increase in the number of customers that contributed more than $100,000 of annual recurring revenue,



 

2


Table of Contents

or ARR, which grew from 230 as of December 31, 2017, to 412 as of December 31, 2018, to 655 as of December 31, 2019, reflecting year-over-year growth rates of 79% in 2018 and 59% in 2019.

Our success in building our customer base, expanding usage for existing customers, and helping digitize the industry has allowed us to achieve significant growth. We generated revenue of $112.3 million in 2017, $186.4 million in 2018, and $289.2 million in 2019, representing year-over-year growth of 66% in 2018 and 55% in 2019. We had net losses of $55.5 million in 2017, $56.7 million in 2018, and $83.1 million in 2019.

Our Industry

Despite being one of the largest industries in the world, construction has been slower to adopt innovations in process and technology, and is in the early stages of digitization. Given growing pressures on the industry, key stakeholders face an increasing imperative to adopt modern technology or jeopardize future business success. In fact, 80% of contractors surveyed in a USG Corporation and U.S. Chamber of Commerce survey believe that they will use some newer technology by 2022.

Construction represents one of the largest industries in the world and is in the early stages of digitization.

Annual worldwide construction spend, which consists of new construction and ongoing maintenance and modifications, is expected to grow from approximately $10 trillion in 2017 to approximately $14 trillion by 2025, according to McKinsey. Despite the industry’s large scale, it has historically lagged behind nearly every other industry in digitization. According to McKinsey’s Industry Digitization Index, construction ranks second from last in digitization across all major sectors, ahead of only agriculture and hunting. We believe that a principal reason for this is that, prior to the proliferation of the internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile devices, this field-based industry faced technology adoption barriers that other industries did not have to overcome.

The growth outlook for the construction industry is strong and favorable, driven by population growth, urbanization, and the need for ongoing maintenance.

 

   

Global population growth coupled with ongoing urbanization is driving the need for more construction.

 

   

Ongoing maintenance and repairs require billions of dollars of annual construction.

The construction ecosystem is highly fragmented and specialized.

The construction process relies on coordination among highly fragmented and specialized groups, including key stakeholders such as owners, general contractors, specialty contractors, architects, and engineers. These stakeholders engage in financing, budgeting, designing, building, and maintaining commercial, residential, industrial, and infrastructure projects while navigating varying responsibilities, risk profiles, and motives. Completing a project safely, on time, and within budget requires effective collaboration between stakeholders across work streams, sharing information in a timely and effective manner, and navigating increasing contractual and regulatory complexity.

Key stakeholders in the construction ecosystem are:

 

   

Owners.    Owners initiate construction projects, secure financing, work with architects, engineers, and consultants on building design, hire general contractors to manage the construction process, and are the ultimate decision-makers throughout a project. Owners



 

3


Table of Contents
 

include corporations, universities, government entities, and commercial and residential real estate developers.

 

   

General contractors.    General contractors coordinate the construction project and fulfill the demands of owners while simultaneously maintaining oversight and responsibility for specialty contractors and other vendors.

 

   

Specialty contractors.    Specialty contractors, commonly referred to as subcontractors, are hired by general contractors for their specialized skills, such as mechanical, electrical, plumbing, roofing, or concrete trades, and perform the vast majority of construction work.

 

   

Architects and engineers.    Architects and engineers work together to develop building plans and designs, collaborating directly with owners and general contractors. Typically architects are responsible for designing the aesthetic look and feel of a structure, while engineers focus on safety and functionality, materials, and structural design.

The construction industry has four defining characteristics.

 

   

Construction is a custom business.    Construction projects are typically custom and each project has a distinctive combination of dynamic variables, including unique project teams, design, materials, terrain, regulations, and schedules.

 

   

The workforce is mobile and decentralized.    Construction happens on the jobsite, not at the office, which increases the importance of mobile access to project data. Construction workers often operate with out-of-date or incomplete project information and struggle to collaborate effectively with other stakeholders, leading to mistakes that may translate to costly rework and extended timelines. Given mistakes not only impact the progress of the project but also expose workers to safety risks, the need for mobile collaboration solutions and real-time access to instructions, designs, documentation, and reporting is becoming increasingly critical for managing and optimizing a dispersed workforce.

 

   

Stakeholder dynamics are complex.    Construction projects require collaboration across a wide range of stakeholders who often have a different set of interests and lack familiarity and trust with one another, yet all are interdependent and ultimately share project risks. Similarly, all project participants are adversely impacted when a project is delayed, runs over budget, or does not meet quality or safety requirements. In order to avoid related financial losses, stakeholders are often quick to redirect responsibility to other participants on a project and seek to resolve disputes in court.

 

   

Change is constant.    Construction project designs, schedules, and budgets are modified frequently. Construction teams typically run into unforeseen issues requiring a workaround, or the owner may decide to make a modification to the project. As a result, the design that teams set out to build rarely matches the finished product. An event as small as a delayed inspection that adjusts worker schedules, or as significant as discovering an unexpected boulder during excavation that requires special equipment to remove, can trigger costly changes to a project’s schedule and require timely communication to teams on the ground to minimize or avoid mistakes.

Legacy approaches to managing project workflows, financials, and risks were not designed for a field-driven workforce and contribute to project inefficiencies and material waste.

Historically, construction industry participants regularly stored physical copies of project documents in binders and boxes. Legacy software solutions were often not user-friendly or lacked collaboration and integration capabilities. Further, software was not easily accessible on a computer,



 

4


Table of Contents

smartphone, and tablet, at both the construction site and the office, and by the wide range of stakeholders on a construction project. The 2018 FMI Report estimates that employees at construction companies spend 35% of their time on “non-optimal” tasks. Time spent on non-optimal activities such as dealing with mistakes and rework, looking for project data, and handling conflict resolution cost the U.S. construction industry an estimated $177.5 billion in labor costs in 2018. In fact, according to McKinsey, the typical non-residential construction project runs 80% over budget and 20 months behind schedule. In addition, the European Commission estimates that construction and demolition waste accounts for approximately 25%–30% of all waste generated in the European Union, which we believe is generally representative of the construction industry’s contribution to global waste levels.

Multiple catalysts have emerged to bring construction into the digital age.

Recent advancements of key technologies such as cloud computing, mobile networks, and smart devices are disrupting legacy approaches by making technology adoption significantly easier in the construction industry. Simultaneously, additional drivers such as labor shortages and general shifts in the labor market, mounting technical and regulatory complexity of construction projects, and the growing importance of data to aid in decision-making are increasingly compelling stakeholders to change their historic practices. Stakeholders that fail to digitize their business models sacrifice efficiency, productivity, and safety, and risk being outpaced by their competitors as the use of technology solutions increasingly becomes the industry standard.

The construction industry needs an end-to-end, cloud-based software platform.

The construction industry is experiencing a transformation driven by innovations in technology and rising pressures on stakeholders, ranging from labor shortages to increasing project complexity. We believe that in order to truly improve the lives of everyone in construction, it is essential that modern construction management software is accessible by all project team members from any location and on any internet-connected device. The solution needs to address the specific workflows of all key stakeholders on a project, while providing a platform that both integrates with other solutions in the market and provides a single, centralized system of record on every project, across the entire project lifecycle.

Our Opportunity

We believe that the current total addressable market, or TAM, for construction software is large and significantly underpenetrated. McKinsey estimates that annual worldwide construction revenue in 2017 was approximately $10 trillion. Separately, Deloitte estimates that in 2017, approximately 1.5% of worldwide construction revenue was spent on IT solutions. Furthermore, Gartner estimates that in 2018, application software spending represented 6.1% of total IT spend, calculated as application software spend divided by total IT spend across all industries. We therefore estimate that the construction industry spends approximately $9.2 billion worldwide annually on application software.

Based on our experience with customers, however, we believe we address a greater opportunity not yet quantified by this estimate because we are digitizing analog and manual processes which are not captured in Deloitte’s estimate of construction IT spend. Given that globally, on average, other industries spend over 3% annually on IT as a percentage of revenue, compared to 1.5% in the construction industry, we believe that IT spend and application software spend in the construction industry as a percentage of revenue may increase as the industry continues to digitize. Additionally, we believe the $9.2 billion figure understates our total addressable market, as it does not account for our ability to sell our products to multiple stakeholders who participate in the same construction project, therefore allowing us to monetize the same dollar of construction volume multiple times.



 

5


Table of Contents

We estimate that the annual potential market opportunity for our current products is approximately $9.4 billion. We calculate this figure by multiplying an estimate of the number of total owner, general contractor, and specialty contractor companies in our addressable geographies as reported in a November 2019 Frost & Sullivan report that we commissioned, by our median ARR, as of December 31, 2019, for each company size (categorized by enterprise, mid-market, and small business). We limited our addressable geographies to only those geographies where we currently have focused sales and marketing efforts—the United States, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, and New Zealand. We also exclude general contractors and specialty contractors with annual revenues of less than $2.5 million and owners with less than $2.5 million in annual construction spend from our addressable market estimates given we do not actively market to those organizations.

We believe there is further potential to expand our market opportunity because the median ARR is based on the current number of products purchased by our customers, which we believe will continue to gradually increase as we further penetrate our existing customer base and release additional products. Many of our products are new, given that for the majority of our history we only offered one product. We have recently rapidly grown our product offering from four products in 2017 to 13 products today. Despite how recent these new product releases were, as of December 31, 2019, 59% of our customers subscribed to three or more of our products. However, as of December 31, 2019, only 41% of our customers subscribed to four or more of our products, and we believe this percentage will increase over time as we see increased customer adoption of our newer products and as we continue to successfully introduce products that meet the needs of our customers and the construction ecosystem. Additionally, our estimates only contemplate international markets where we currently have focused sales and marketing efforts. While we have historically focused on North America, we believe the international opportunity is many times larger, with similar industry dynamics across the globe. As our international footprint continues to expand, we believe our potential market opportunity will increase.

Our Approach

We believe we are well positioned to extend our market leadership, not only through promoting the rapid adoption of our construction management platform, but also through our dedicated efforts to invest in and positively impact the future success of the construction community. We believe that our success is driven by the quality of our platform and our strong relationships with our customers and the broader construction industry. Our approach is based on two key elements:

 

   

We live and breathe construction.    Our platform and products are focused on the construction industry, and we build our products for the requirements of industry stakeholders. We have deep domain expertise and an understanding of the construction industry’s complex workflows, incentive structures, and the risks each stakeholder faces on a project. We also partner with the industry beyond providing software. Several of our initiatives, including Jobsite, our industry-focused blog site, Procore Community, our online user community forum, and Groundbreak, our annual construction industry conference, are designed to grow community engagement across our platform. We also offer additional resources to the construction community, including certified continuing education courses, training programs, online content libraries, and free software to universities, trade unions, and non-profits through our in-house social impact team, Procore.org. We offer over 100 on-demand online courses, as well as training and networking events. Someone earns a Procore certification on average every four minutes and we have issued over 200,000 certifications to date. In addition, 86% of accredited U.S. construction management programs teach students about the Procore platform. Collectively, these initiatives are designed to help us strengthen our credibility and affirm our value as a strategic partner to stakeholders in the construction sector.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

We put our customers first.    We make our products intuitive and easy-to-use, whether from a computer, smartphone, or tablet in the field or in the back office, so that everyone can adopt and benefit from the power of our products. A core part of our strategy is our user-centric development culture. We engage with the construction community to understand their needs and work with our customers to develop, iterate, and improve our products and technology. We have also built a customer success organization focused on helping our customers implement our products quickly and efficiently. Our customer support team provides live support to all users on our platform at no additional cost, as well as numerous online resources, because we believe that if all users of our platform are successful, then our customers will be successful. As of December 31, 2019, we had published over 3,500 publicly available tutorials and FAQs. We also believe time-to-resolution is critical, which is why in 2019 our average support response time to a user support request via online chat or phone was under 60 seconds, and we had a positive customer support satisfaction rating of over 90%.

Our Platform

We are helping revolutionize the construction industry by changing the way construction projects are managed, providing online and offline access to critical project information, simplifying complex workflows, and enabling collaboration among all project stakeholders.

We have built our platform to be modern, intuitive, and open with a modular and extensible architecture that not only includes the breadth and depth of functionality of our own products but also integrates with third-party applications and our customers’ own customized applications. While we offer a broad set of products that we monetize through subscriptions, our platform also includes a wide range of technical services that are shared across our products and open APIs that enable us to extend the capabilities of our platform to the broader ecosystem of software that our customers use.

Our construction management platform offers our customers and collaborators capabilities that address a range of evolving needs throughout a project’s lifecycle, including bidding, scheduling, building information modeling, or BIM, labor tracking, financial management, and more. Our platform streamlines communication and facilitates compliance with safety and other regulatory standards, which helps increase productivity and efficiency, reduces rework and costly delays, improves safety and compliance, and enhances collaboration and accountability among key stakeholders.

We offer these industry-transforming capabilities through an integrated, user-centric platform that features four product categories, our extensive App Marketplace, our proprietary data and analytics layer, and a powerful range of shared technical services leveraged across our products.

Product Categories

 

   

Preconstruction.    Our Preconstruction products facilitate collaboration between internal and external stakeholders during the planning, budgeting, and partner selection phase of a construction project.

 

   

Project Management.    Our Project Management products connect entire construction project teams by ensuring project information is aggregated in a cloud-based platform, available to all project participants, and accurate so that work on the jobsite is completed correctly.

 

   

Resource Management.    Our Resource Management product helps customers track labor productivity and manage profitability on construction projects.



 

7


Table of Contents
   

Financial Management.    Our Financial Management products provide customers with visibility into the financial health of their individual construction projects and portfolios and facilitate untethered access to financial data, linking the field and the office in real-time.

Our Business Model

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products and have an unlimited user model that is designed to facilitate adoption and maximize usage of our platform by all project stakeholders. We sell our products on a subscription basis for a fixed fee with pricing generally based on the number and mix of products and the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform. As our customers subscribe to additional products, or increase the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform, we generate more revenue.

Why We Win

We have a number of distinct competitive advantages that result from our deep domain expertise, singular focus on construction, user-centric approach, and broad and extensible platform:

 

   

We are positioned to be the construction industry’s system of record.    Our platform allows our customers to manage their construction projects and leverage their data across multiple workflows, all from a centralized platform, creating a system of record. Our products and robust App Marketplace integrations with third-party applications are designed to allow our customers to access data provided by other stakeholders on their projects and from third-party sources. Our unlimited user model enables rapid, widespread adoption of our platform and ensures project information is captured. We believe our scale, market position, and unlimited user model will help us attract more customers, collaborators, data, and developers, reducing barriers to adoption and affording us the ability to serve as the system of record for the construction industry. This means that our customers are incentivized to continue to subscribe to our products even after the end of a construction project in order to leverage the benefits of Procore as a system of record.

 

   

We offer a comprehensive and integrated platform.    We provide a cloud-based construction management platform with a comprehensive set of products spanning the construction lifecycle, from pre-construction to project completion. One of the core benefits of our platform approach is that our products are deeply integrated, providing a streamlined user experience and centralized access to project information.

 

   

We provide our users with an easy-to-use mobile application.    Our mobile application allows customers and collaborators to access project data from the office or the jobsite. Our user-centric mobile products are intuitive and easy-to-use, enabling all users to quickly adopt and benefit from the power of our products.

 

   

Procore is a trusted technology brand in the construction industry.    We live and breathe construction and put our customers first. Our vision is to improve the lives of everyone in construction and we want our customers to see us as a trusted strategic partner. We believe that we have brought a new level of transparency and collaboration to an industry traditionally characterized by complex stakeholder dynamics, asymmetric risks and rewards, and conflicting interests. In 2018 we conducted a survey of our customers’ employees, or the 2018 Procore Survey. The 2018 Procore Survey concluded that 90% of individual respondents said their client satisfaction has increased since using Procore. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data” for additional information on the 2018 Procore Survey.



 

8


Table of Contents
   

We offer excellent customer success and support, driving ease-of-use and fast time to value.    Our customer support team provides unlimited live support to all users on our platform because we believe that if all users are successful, then our customers will be successful.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to leverage our existing products and industry presence to establish our platform and products as the industry standard in construction, both domestically and internationally. The key elements of our strategy to accomplish these objectives are as follows:

 

 

   

maintain and advance our technology leadership;

 

   

acquire new customers;

 

   

increase spend within our customer base;

 

   

expand internationally;

 

   

extend our industry connectivity and our position as a trusted brand; and

 

   

pursue targeted acquisitions.

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our common stock involves numerous risks, including the risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. The following are some of these risks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects:

 

   

our rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and we may fail to properly manage future growth;

 

   

we have a history of losses and may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future;

 

   

our business may be significantly impacted by changes in the economy and related reductions in spend across the construction industry;

 

   

the construction management software industry is evolving and may not develop in ways we expect;

 

   

our current and future products and features may not be widely accepted by our customers, and we may not be able to respond to technological changes, changes in customer demands and preferences, or develop new products;

 

   

we are continuing to expand our operations outside the United States, where we may be subject to increased business, regulatory, and economic risks;

 

   

our business depends on a strong brand, and if we are not be able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to maintain and expand our customer base will be impaired;

 

   

our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products will significantly depend on our ability to develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

we operate in a competitive market, and we may not continue to compete effectively;



 

9


Table of Contents
   

our results of operations may fluctuate, which could make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our results of operations to fall below expectations;

 

   

if we lose key management personnel or if we are unable to retain or hire additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our strategic objectives; and

 

   

our market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus could prove to be inaccurate.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated as Butterfly Lane, Inc. in California in January 2002, and changed our name to Procore Technologies, Inc. in May 2002. We reincorporated in Delaware in June 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013. Our telephone number is (866) 477-6267. Our website address is https://www.procore.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

The Procore design logo, “Procore,” “Procore Technologies,” and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Procore Technologies, Inc. Other trade names, trademarks, and service marks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

not being required to comply for a certain period of time with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements;

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved; and

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock in this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if (i) we become a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (ii) our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion; or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.



 

10


Table of Contents

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.



 

11


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                    shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                 shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered in this offering

  


                 shares

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies, although we do not currently have any plans or commitments for any such acquisitions or investments. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Common stock held by executive officers, directors, and five percent stockholders after this offering

  



Upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, each of our stockholders that will own more than five percent of our outstanding capital stock, and their respective affiliates will hold, in aggregate,    % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

   “PCOR”


 

12


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 104,332,087 shares of our common stock (including shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

18,875,815 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.03 per share;

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after December 31, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $             per share.

 

   

1,600,787 shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of December 31, 2019 that would not have satisfied the service-based vesting condition as of December 31, 2019;

 

   

            shares of our common stock subject to RSUs granted after December 31, 2019;

 

   

130,012 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in January 2020 that will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2020 Plan.

Our 2020 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2020 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014 Plan, that expire, terminate, are forfeited, or are repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of 78,863,035 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 into an equal number of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding options or settlement of the RSUs described above other than the vesting of 74,970 RSUs, for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2019 and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of our common stock in this offering.



 

13


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes and are qualified in their entirety by our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 112,251     $ 186,396     $ 289,194  

Cost of revenue

     25,353       37,401       53,166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     86,898       148,995       236,028  

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     77,748       112,723       173,472  

Research and development

     39,762       55,950       87,022  

General and administrative

     24,516       35,365       58,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     142,026       204,038       318,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (55,128     (55,043     (82,624

Interest expense, net

     (157     (1,394     (930

Other (expense) income

     (17     16       518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (55,302     (56,421     (83,036

Provision for income taxes

     238       250       71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (55,540   $ (56,671   $ (83,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.15   $ (2.77   $ (3.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     17,613,517       20,430,502       24,361,173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

       $ (0.84
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

         99,220,500  
      

 

 

 


 

14


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

      

Gross margin(2)

     77     80     82

Operating margin(3)

     (49 )%      (30 )%      (29 )% 

Non-GAAP gross profit(4)

   $   87,089     $ 149,749     $ 238,766  

Non-GAAP gross margin(4)

     78     80     83

Non-GAAP loss from operations(4)

   $ (51,696   $ (47,339   $ (61,015

Non-GAAP operating margin(4)

     (46 )%      (25 )%      (21 )% 

 

(1)

See Notes 2 and 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted.

(2)

Gross margin reflects our gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

(3)

Operating margin reflects our loss from operations as a percentage of revenue.

(4)

Non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP loss from operations, and non-GAAP operating margin are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 118,452     $ 118,452      $                    

Right of use assets—finance leases

     44,784       44,784     

Total assets

     503,664       503,664     

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     177,911       177,911     

Finance lease liabilities, current and non-current

     51,681       51,681     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     442,897           

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (253,758   $ 189,139     

 

(1)

The pro forma column in the balance sheet data above reflects (i) the automatic conversion of an aggregate of 78,863,035 shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an equivalent number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) stock-based compensation expense of approximately $12.7 million associated with RSUs subject to service- and performance-based vesting conditions, as further described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects the receipt of $         million in net proceeds from our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the assumed offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.



 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and such growth may not be indicative of our future growth. If we fail to properly manage future growth, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. Our revenue was $112.3 million in 2017, $186.4 million in 2018, and $289.2 million in 2019. Even if our revenue continues to increase, we expect that our revenue growth rate will decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the maturation of our business. Our overall revenue growth depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

attract new customers and expand sales of subscriptions to our existing customers;

 

   

increase sales to owners and specialty contractors, as well as monetize additional new stakeholders;

 

   

develop new products, further improve our existing products, and expand our App Marketplace with additional third-party applications;

 

   

provide our customers and collaborators with support that meets their needs;

 

   

invest financial and operational resources to support future growth in our customer, collaborator, and third-party relationships;

 

   

expand our operations domestically and internationally;

 

   

retain and motivate existing personnel, and attract, integrate, and retain new personnel, particularly to our sales and marketing and engineering and product development teams;

 

   

successfully identify, acquire, and integrate businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform;

 

   

effectively plan for and model future growth; and

 

   

compete with other providers of construction management software.

If we are not able to maintain revenue growth or accurately forecast future growth, we may not meet analyst expectations, which would likely cause a decline in our stock price. You should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance.

Our opportunity for future growth also depends on changes in our customers’ budgetary constraints, regulatory and macroeconomic conditions, and economic conditions and business practices within the construction industry. To the extent we do not effectively address these risks, some of which are out of our control, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

We have a history of losses and may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have a history of losses, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future. We incurred net losses of $55.5 million in 2017, $56.7 million in 2018, and $83.1 million in 2019. As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $300.8 million. We are not certain whether or when we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. We also expect our costs and expenses to increase in future periods as we continue to invest in growth, which could negatively affect our future results of operations if our revenue does not increase. In particular, we intend to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

   

expanding our sales and marketing and customer success teams to drive new subscriptions, increase the use of our products and platform by existing customers, and support our international expansion;

 

   

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance, and security;

 

   

investments in our engineering and product development teams and the development of new products and platform functionality;

 

   

acquisitions, joint ventures, or strategic investments; and

 

   

general administration, including increased legal and accounting expenses associated with being a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue or profitable growth. Any failure to increase our revenue as we invest in our business, or to manage our costs, could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability or positive cash flow. We may also incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown events. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our business may be significantly impacted by changes in the economy and related reductions in spend across the construction industry.

Our business may be affected by changes in the economy. The construction industry in particular is impacted by economic slowdowns, tightening of economic policies, tariffs on imported goods, commodity prices, and policies that reduce government spending. Unfavorable or deteriorating market conditions, reductions in the rate of construction growth, decreases in lending activity, reductions in government spending and funding of infrastructure or other construction projects, government shutdowns, delays in the sale of voter-approved bonds, credit rating downgrades, reduced demand for public projects, and any resulting effects on spending by our customers or prospective customers, could have an adverse impact on our business. Our revenue may decrease because customers may generally choose to purchase less construction software in times of unfavorable economic conditions. Furthermore, if the construction industry experiences a decrease in overall construction volume, the amount our customers pay for our products could be reduced as we generally price our products based on a customer’s annual construction volume, which is the fixed aggregate dollar volume of construction work contracted to run on our platform annually. To the extent we do not effectively address these risks and challenges, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

The construction management software industry is evolving and may not develop in ways we expect.

The construction management software industry is evolving. Widespread acceptance and use of construction management technology in general, and our platform in particular, is critical to our future

 

17


Table of Contents

growth and success. While we believe that our construction management software addresses a significant market opportunity, a viable market for it may never develop or it may develop more slowly than we expect. If a viable market for construction management software does not develop further or develops more slowly than we expect, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected. Demand for construction management software in general, and our products in particular, is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these potential factors include:

 

   

general awareness of construction management software;

 

   

availability, functionality, and pricing of products and services that compete with ours;

 

   

new construction methods that may be developed or become more prevalent in the future, including greater use of prefabrication methods;

 

   

government funding;

 

   

ease of adoption and use;

 

   

features and platform experience;

 

   

the reliability, performance, or perceived performance of our products and platform, including interruptions to the use of our products and platform;

 

   

the development and awareness of our brand; and

 

   

security or data privacy breaches of our products or platform.

If we are unable to successfully address these potential factors, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our current and future products and features may not be widely accepted by our customers, and we may not be able to respond to technological changes, changes in customer demands and preferences, or develop new products and functionality.

Our ability to grow our customer base and increase revenue from customers will depend heavily on our ability to enhance and improve our platform, respond to changes in customer demands and preferences, introduce new products, and interoperate across an increasing range of devices, operating systems, and third-party applications. We may introduce significant changes to our existing products or develop and introduce new and unproven products, including technologies with which we have little or no prior development or operating experience. Our customers may also demand features and capabilities that our current products do not have, or that our current platform cannot support, and we may need to invest significantly in research and development to build these features and capabilities. Any new products and features may fail to engage, retain, and increase our customer base or may suffer a lag in customer adoption. New products may initially suffer from performance and quality issues that may negatively impact our ability to market and sell such products to new and existing customers. Competitors may also develop and introduce new products or entirely new technologies to replace our existing products, which could make our platform obsolete or adversely affect our business. There is no assurance that any enhancements to our platform or new products, features, or capabilities will be compelling to our customers or gain market acceptance. Additionally, we may experience difficulties with software development, design, or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new products, features, or capabilities. We have in the past experienced delays in our internally planned release dates of new products, features, and capabilities, and there can be no assurance that new products, features, or capabilities will be released according to schedule. Any delays could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenue or market acceptance, or claims by customers brought against us, all of which could harm our business. If our research and development investments do not accurately anticipate user demand, or if we fail to

 

18


Table of Contents

develop our products, features, or capabilities in a manner that satisfies customer needs in a timely and cost-effective manner, we may fail to retain our existing customers or increase demand for our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are continuing to expand our operations outside the United States, where we may be subject to increased business, regulatory, and economic risks that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We have customers running projects in over 125 countries, and 11.3% of our revenue in 2019 was generated from customers outside the United States. As of December 31, 2019, we have established offices in Australia, Canada, England, and Mexico to support our sales and marketing efforts in the surrounding regions. We expect to continue to expand our international operations, which may include opening offices in new jurisdictions and providing our products in additional languages. Any new markets or countries into which we attempt to sell subscriptions to access our products may not be receptive to our efforts. For example, we may not be able to expand further in some markets if we are not able to adapt our products to fit the needs of prospective customers in those markets or if we are unable to satisfy certain government- and industry-specific laws or regulations. In addition, future international expansion will also require considerable management attention and the investment of significant resources while subjecting us to new risks and increasing certain risks that we already face, including risks associated with:

 

   

recruiting and retaining talented and capable employees outside the United States, including employees who speak multiple languages and come from a wide variety of different cultural backgrounds and customs;

 

   

maintaining our company culture across all of our global offices;

 

   

providing our products and platform in different languages;

 

   

compliance with applicable international laws and regulations, including laws and regulations with respect to employment, construction, privacy, data protection, consumer protection, and unsolicited email, and the risk of penalties and fines against us and individual members of management or employees if our practices are deemed to be out of compliance;

 

   

managing an employee base in jurisdictions with differing employment regulations;

 

   

operating in jurisdictions that do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States and navigating the practical enforcement of such intellectual property rights outside of the United States;

 

   

the risk of changes in foreign laws that could restrict our ability to use our intellectual property outside of the foreign jurisdiction in which we developed it;

 

   

compliance by us and our partners with anti-corruption laws, competition laws, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions, and other regulatory limitations on our ability to provide our products or platform in certain international markets;

 

   

foreign exchange controls that might require significant lead time in setting up operations in certain geographic territories and might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

   

political and economic instability;

 

   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, including the imposition of new trade restrictions, trade protection measures, import or export requirements, trade embargoes, and other trade barriers;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

generally longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in the income and other tax laws of the United States or the international jurisdictions in which we operate; and

 

   

higher costs of doing business internationally, including increased accounting, travel, infrastructure, and legal compliance costs.

Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our global operations substantially increases our cost of doing business. We may be unable to keep current with changes in laws and regulations as they occur. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to support compliance with these laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we will always maintain compliance or that all of our employees, contractors, partners, and agents will comply. Any violations could result in enforcement actions, fines, civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions, or reputational harm. If we are unable to comply with these laws and regulations or manage the complexity of our global operations successfully, we may need to relocate or cease operations in certain foreign jurisdictions, which could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our business depends on a strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to maintain and expand our customer base will be impaired, and our business will be harmed.

We believe that the Procore brand identity and awareness is critical to our sales and marketing efforts. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing the Procore brand is critical to maintaining and expanding our customer base and, in particular, conveying to customers and collaborators that our platform offers capabilities that address the needs of the construction ecosystem throughout the project lifecycle. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Any unfavorable publicity or perception of our products or platform or the providers of construction management software generally, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to attract and retain customers. If we fail to promote and maintain the Procore brand, or if we incur increased expenses in this effort, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products will significantly depend on our ability to develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities, the failure of which could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Sales of subscriptions to access our products will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing capabilities. It is difficult to predict customer demand, customer retention and expansion rates, the size and growth rate of the market, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products. Our sales efforts involve educating prospective customers about the uses and benefits of our products and platform. We expect that we will continue to need intensive sales efforts to educate prospective customers about the uses and benefits of our construction management software, and we may have difficulty convincing prospective customers of the value of adopting our products. We plan to continue expanding our salesforce, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting, and training qualified sales representatives is time-consuming and resource-intensive, and they may not be fully-trained and productive for a significant amount of time following their hiring, if ever. In addition, the cost to acquire customers is high due to these considerable sales and marketing efforts. Our business will be harmed if our efforts do not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue. Even if we are successful in

 

20


Table of Contents

convincing prospective customers of the value of our products, they may decide not to purchase our products for a variety of reasons, some of which are out of our control. We spend substantial time and resources on our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will result in a sale. The failure of our efforts to secure sales after investing resources in a lengthy sales process could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We operate in a competitive market, and we must continue to compete effectively.

The market for our products is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Certain features of our current platform compete with:

 

   

aggregated construction management products, including those offered by Oracle (including through its acquisitions of Primavera Systems, Aconex, and Textura), Autodesk (including through its acquisitions of PlanGrid, Assemble Systems, and BuildingConnected), and Trimble (including through its acquisitions of Viewpoint and e-Builder);

 

   

accounting software vendors, such as ComputerEase Software, Foundation Software, and Jonas Software;

 

   

point solution software vendors in various categories, including analytics, bidding, BIM, compliance, and scheduling, among others; and

 

   

in-house specialized tools or processes built by or for existing or prospective customers.

With the introduction of new products, technologies, and market entrants in the construction management software industry, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Further, many of our actual and potential competitors benefit from competitive advantages over us, such as better name recognition, longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets, existing or more established relationships, greater third-party integration, access to larger customer bases, and greater financial, technical, pricing and marketing strategies, and other resources. Some of our competitors may make acquisitions or enter into strategic relationships with third parties to offer a broader range of products than we do. These combinations may make it more difficult for us to effectively compete. We expect these competitive dynamics to continue as competitors attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions.

Many factors, including our marketing, user acquisition and technology costs, and our current and future competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, can significantly affect our pricing strategies. We currently sell our products at a premium as compared to some of our competitors. Certain competitors offer, or may in the future offer, lower-priced or free products or services that compete with our products or may bundle and offer a broader range of products or services. We may not be able to compete at such lower price points or with such product configurations. Similarly, competitors may use marketing strategies that enable them to acquire customers at a lower cost than we can. There can be no assurance that we will not be forced to engage in price-cutting initiatives or other discounts or to increase our marketing and other expenses, to attract and retain customers in response to competitive pressures, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our results of operations may fluctuate significantly, which could make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our results of operations to fall below expectations.

Our results of operations may vary significantly from period to period, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. We expect that

 

21


Table of Contents

our results of operations will vary as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

   

our ability to increase the number of new customers and expand our existing customers’ use of our products;

 

   

the timing and success of new products introduced by us or our competitors;

 

   

the budgeting cycles, government funding of projects, and purchasing practices of customers;

 

   

general economic conditions, both domestically and in foreign markets;

 

   

reduction in construction spending in the public or private sectors;

 

   

changes in customer or collaborator requirements or market needs;

 

   

changes in the way we organize and compensate our employees;

 

   

whether the construction management software industry develops at all or develops more slowly than we expect;

 

   

our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

   

the timing and length of our sales cycles;

 

   

our ability to attract, develop, motivate, and retain management and other skilled personnel;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our business;

 

   

changes in the competitive landscape of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

insolvency or credit difficulties affecting our customers’ ability to purchase or pay for our products;

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the use of our products or platform;

 

   

unusual expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments or outcomes;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies or practices; and

 

   

increases or decreases in our results caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

If we lose key management personnel or if we are unable to retain or hire additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our strategic objectives and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our future success is substantially dependent on our ability to attract, retain, and motivate the members of our management team and other key personnel throughout our organization. In particular, we are highly dependent on the services of Mr. Courtemanche, our founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer, who is critical to our ability to achieve our vision and strategic priorities. We rely on our management team in the areas of operations, security, research and development, sales and marketing, support, and general and administrative functions. Although we have entered into offer letters with our key personnel, our employees, including our executive officers, work for us on an “at-will” basis, which means they may terminate their employment with us at any time. If Mr. Courtemanche or one or more of our key personnel or members of our management team resigns or otherwise ceases to provide us with their services, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our continued success is also dependent on our ability to attract and retain other qualified personnel possessing a broad range of skills and expertise. There is significant competition for personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require across our product and platform development, sales, customer success, and general and administrative functions. In particular, to continue to enhance our products, develop new products, and add new and innovative functionality, it will be critical for us to continue to grow our research and development teams, including hiring highly skilled engineers, product managers, and designers with experience in designing, developing, and testing cloud-based software. We may need to offer higher compensation and other benefits to attract and retain key personnel in the future, and to attract top talent, we must offer competitive compensation packages before we have the opportunity to validate the productivity and effectiveness of new personnel. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater name recognition and financial resources. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that we or these employees have breached the employee’s legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, our headquarters are located near Santa Barbara, California, which is not a prominent commercial center or hub for technology companies. As a result, we may have difficulty hiring and retaining suitably skilled personnel with the qualifications and motivation to expand our business. Additionally, we may not be able to hire new personnel quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to meet our hiring needs or successfully integrate our new hires, our efficiency and ability to meet our forecasts and our employee morale, productivity, and retention could all suffer. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects.

Our market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus could prove to be inaccurate, and any real or perceived inaccuracies may harm our reputation and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

This prospectus includes our internal estimates of the addressable market for our construction management software products. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. In particular, our internal estimates regarding our current and projected market opportunity, including our expectations with respect to new international markets, new products, features, and capabilities, and adoption by owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors, are difficult to predict. In addition, our internal estimates of the addressable market for our products include the potential spend of substantially all owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors in the market, and we cannot predict with precision our ability to address this demand or the extent of market adoption of our platform by each of these types of stakeholders. Furthermore, the construction industry has been slow to digitize. As a result, the estimates for our addressable market may not materialize for many years, if ever, and even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, or at all. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Our business is subject to data security risks, and our data security measures may be inadequate to address these risks, making our systems susceptible to compromise, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We, or our third-party vendors on our behalf, collect, process, store, and transmit substantial amounts of data and information, including customer data. Security incidents may occur in the future, causing unauthorized access to, loss of, or unauthorized disclosure of such information, resulting in regulatory enforcement actions, litigation, indemnification obligations, and other potential liabilities, as

 

23


Table of Contents

well as negative publicity, which could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Cyberattacks, computer malware, and other compromises of information security measures or malicious internet-based activity continue to increase, and cloud-based platform providers of products and services have been targeted, resulting in breaches of their information security, and are expected to continue to be targeted. We and our third-party vendors are at risk of suffering from similar attacks and breaches. Our products may also be subject to fraudulent usage and schemes, including third parties accessing customer accounts or viewing data from our platform. These fraudulent activities can result in unauthorized access to customer accounts and data and unauthorized use of our products. While we undertake significant efforts to protect the security and integrity of the information we collect, process, store, and transmit, we cannot entirely mitigate these risks, and there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of such information will not occur or that third-parties will not gain unauthorized access to such information despite our efforts. In addition, we rely on our third-party vendors to take appropriate measures to protect the security and integrity of the information on their information systems. We may not be able to anticipate or prevent all techniques that could be used to obtain unauthorized access or to compromise our systems because such techniques change frequently and are generally not detected until after an incident has occurred. Additionally, we cannot be certain that we will be able to address any vulnerabilities in our software that we may become aware of in the future. We expect similar issues to arise in the future as we continue to expand the features and functionality of our products and platform and introduce new products, and we expect to expend significant resources in an effort to protect against security incidents. In addition, any actual or suspected cybersecurity incident or other compromise of our security measures, or those of our third-party vendors, whether as a result of hacking efforts, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, or otherwise, could result in harm to our business, damage to our brand and reputation, significant costs for remediating the effects of such an incident and preventing future incidents, lost revenue due to network downtime, and a decrease in customer and user trust. Concerns regarding privacy, data protection, and information security may also cause some of our customers to stop using our products and platform and decline to renew their subscriptions, and make it harder to acquire new customers. To the extent we do not effectively address these risks, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to provide notice of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. We are also contractually required to notify certain customers of certain data security breaches. In addition, our customers store sensitive and confidential information on our platform, such as building plans and other information related to government works, or projects for regulated industries, such as banks and casinos. Security incidents experienced by us, or by others, such as our competitors or customers, may lead to public disclosures and widespread negative publicity for us, our customers, or the construction software industry generally.

There can be no assurance that any limitations of liability provisions in our subscriptions with customers would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for cyber liability or errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms, or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

24


Table of Contents

Any failure to offer high quality support for our customers and collaborators may harm our relationships with our customers and, consequently, our business.

While we have designed our products to be easy to adopt with minimal support, our customers depend on our customer success teams to provide implementation, training, and support services. If we do not provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional products to existing customers could be adversely affected, and our reputation with prospective customers or the industry could be damaged. If we experience increased customer and collaborator demand for support, we may face increased costs that may harm our results of operations. The number of our customers and collaborators has grown significantly, which has put additional pressure on our customer success teams. If we are unable to provide efficient support services or if we need to hire additional support resources, potentially through third parties, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be adversely affected. Additionally, our ability to acquire new customers is highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from existing customers. Any failure to maintain high quality support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high quality support, for our customers and collaborators could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be adversely materially affected.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more complex, time-consuming, and, costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. In addition, changes in accounting principles or interpretations could also challenge our internal controls and require that we establish new business processes, systems, and controls to accommodate such changes. We have limited experience with implementing the systems and controls that will be necessary to operate as a public company, as well as adopting changes in accounting principles or interpretations mandated by the relevant regulatory bodies. Additionally, if these new systems or controls, and the associated process changes do not give rise to the benefits that we expect or do not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and processes, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports, or the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, our business may be harmed if we

 

25


Table of Contents

experience problems with any new systems and controls that result in delays in their implementation or increased costs to correct any post-implementation issues that may arise.

Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our business or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we may eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on our stock price. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jobs Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could cause a decline in our stock price or materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We license technology from third parties and our inability to maintain those licenses could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We currently incorporate, and will in the future incorporate, technology that we license from third parties into our products and platform. We cannot be certain that our licensors do not or will not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties or that our licensors have or will have sufficient rights to the licensed intellectual property in all jurisdictions where we may sell our platform. Some of our agreements with our licensors may be terminated by them for convenience, or otherwise provide for a limited term. If we are unable to continue to license technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our licensors or against us, or if we are unable to continue our license agreements or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to develop and sell products containing that technology would be limited, and our business could be harmed. Additionally, if we are unable to license or continue to license technology from third parties, such as technology that helps enable our products, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology, which we may be unable to do in a commercially feasible manner or at all, and may require us to use alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This could limit or delay our ability to offer certain existing, new, or competitive products and may increase our costs. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information could diminish our brand and other intangible assets.

We primarily rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of patent, patent licenses, trade secret and domain name protection, and trademark and copyright laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, consultants, and third parties, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. As of December 31, 2019, we had two issued patents, 17 pending, non-provisional patent applications in the United States, and three Patent Cooperation Treaty international patent applications. We make business decisions about when to seek patent protection for a particular technology and when to rely upon copyright or trade secret protection, and the approach we select may ultimately prove to be inadequate. Even when we seek patent protection, there is no assurance that the resulting patents will effectively protect every significant feature of our products or platform. In addition, we believe that the protection of our trademark rights is an important factor in product recognition, protecting our brand, and maintaining goodwill. If we do not adequately protect our rights in our trademarks from infringement and unauthorized use, any goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, which could harm our brand and our business. Third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our proprietary rights, or may challenge our proprietary rights, and we may not be able to prevent infringement without incurring substantial expense. Additionally, pending and future patent, trademark, and copyright applications may not be approved. We have also devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technologies and related processes. In order to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, we rely in part on trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, and third parties. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of such information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights, or develop similar technologies and processes. Further, laws in certain jurisdictions may afford little or no trade secret protection, and any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the intellectual property laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. If the protection of our proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent use or appropriation by third parties, the value of our products, platform, brand, and other intangible assets may be diminished, and competitors may be able to more effectively replicate our platform and its features. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may become involved in litigation that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly higher profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims, commercial claims, or other claims or lawsuits being asserted against us grows. In the future, we may become a party to litigation and disputes related to our intellectual property, business practices, products, or platform. While we intend to vigorously defend these lawsuits, litigation can be costly and time-consuming, divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, and dissuade prospective customers from subscribing to our products. We may need to settle litigation and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, or we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment that may not be reversible upon appeal. The terms of any settlement or judgment may require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. In addition, our customer agreements include provisions requiring us to indemnify our customers against liabilities if our products infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights, and we have negotiated other specific indemnities with certain of our customers, in each case, which could require us to make payments to such customers. During the course of any litigation or dispute, we may make announcements regarding the results of hearings and motions and other interim

 

27


Table of Contents

developments. If securities analysts and investors consider these announcements negative, our stock price may decline. With respect to any intellectual property rights claim, we may have to seek a license to continue practices found to be in violation of third-party rights, which may not be available on reasonable terms and may significantly increase our operating expenses. A license to continue such practices may not be available to us, and we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology or practices or discontinue our practices. The development of alternative, non-infringing technology or practices could require significant effort and expense. Any of the above could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion, and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success.

We believe our corporate culture fosters innovation, teamwork, passion, and focus on execution and has contributed to our success. As we grow and develop our infrastructure as a public company and expand our operations, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could harm our future success, including our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, innovate and operate effectively, and execute on our business strategies. If we experience any of these risks in connection with future growth, it could impair our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers and expand their use of our platform, all of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may be unsuccessful in making, integrating, and maintaining acquisitions, joint ventures, and strategic investments.

We expect to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of businesses, joint ventures, new technologies, services, products, and other assets, and making strategic investments. However, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition, joint venture, and strategic investment candidates, and we may not be able to complete these transactions on favorable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to complete these transactions, they may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our strategic goals and could be viewed negatively by existing or prospective customers, collaborators, third-party developers, regulators, investors, or others. Any of these transactions could be material to our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, joint ventures, or strategic investments in the time frame expected or at all. Valuations supporting our acquisitions and strategic investments could change rapidly. Following any such transaction, we could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments or other-than-temporary declines in fair value which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results through the write-off of goodwill and other impairment charges.

We may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue securities, including equity-based securities, to pay for acquisitions, joint ventures, or strategic investments, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock. The sale of equity to finance any such transaction could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur debt in connection with such a transaction, it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to flexibly operate our business. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our ability to consummate a transaction, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our actual or perceived failure to comply with privacy, data protection, or information security laws, regulations, or obligations, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new privacy, data protection, or information security laws, regulations, or obligations, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

There are numerous federal, state, local, and international laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and information security that govern the collection, use, storage, retention, sharing, processing, transfer, disclosure, and protection of personal information and other information. The scope of these laws and regulations is expanding and evolving, subject to differing interpretations, may be inconsistent among jurisdictions, or conflict with other rules. We are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and obligations to third parties related to privacy, data protection, and information security. We strive to comply with any and all applicable laws, regulations, policies, and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security to the extent possible. However, the regulatory framework for privacy, data protection, and information security worldwide is, and is likely to remain, uncertain for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that these or other actual or alleged obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, we cannot guarantee that our practices have complied, comply, or will comply fully with all such laws, regulations, and obligations.

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. For example, in May 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, went into effect in the European Union, or EU. The GDPR has imposed more stringent data protection requirements, and provides greater penalties for noncompliance, than previous data protection laws, including potential penalties of up to 20 million or 4% of annual global revenues. Further, following a referendum in June 2016 in which voters in the United Kingdom approved an exit from the EU, the United Kingdom government initiated a process to leave the EU, known as Brexit. Brexit has created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom. In particular, although the United Kingdom enacted a Data Protection Act in May 2018 that is designed to be consistent with the GDPR, uncertainty remains regarding how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated. The State of California also recently enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, that will afford consumers expanded privacy protections when it goes into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA was recently amended, and it is possible that it will be amended again before it goes into effect. The potential effects of this legislation are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. For example, the CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation.

Additionally, if third parties we work with, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or regulations or our policies, such violations may also put our users’ information at risk and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations, or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security, or disclosure of our users’ content, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention, or disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete and may limit our ability to store and process user data or develop new products and features.

 

29


Table of Contents

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, privacy-, data protection- or information security-related laws, regulations, or obligations applicable to us, or other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, may result in governmental investigations or enforcement actions, litigation, claims, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others, and could result in significant liability or cause our users to lose trust in us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations, many of which are evolving, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to a number of laws and regulations that apply generally to businesses, including laws and regulations governing the internet and the marketing, sale, and delivery of goods and services over the internet. These laws and regulations, which continue to evolve, cover, among other things, taxation, tariffs, privacy and data protection, data security, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, mobile and other communications, advertising practices, electronic contracts, sales procedures, automatic subscription renewals, credit card processing procedures, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, the design and operation of websites, and the characteristics and quality of products that are offered online. We cannot guarantee that we have been or will in the future be fully compliant with such laws and regulations in every jurisdiction, as it is not entirely clear in every jurisdiction how existing laws and regulations governing such areas apply or will be enforced. Moreover, as the regulatory landscape continues to evolve, increasing regulation and enforcement efforts by federal, state, and foreign authorities, and the prospects for private litigation claims, become more likely. In addition, the adoption of new laws or regulations, or the imposition of other legal requirements, that adversely affect our ability to market or sell our products could harm our ability to offer, or customer demand for, our products, which could impact our revenue, impair our ability to expand our product offerings, and make us more vulnerable to competition. Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, could also require us to change our business practices and raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business.

Additionally, various federal, state, and foreign labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, overtime, family leave, workplace health and safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements, and other laws and regulations.

Significant additional laws or regulations, or our failure to comply with any laws and regulations that now, or could in the future, apply to our business could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects.

We may need to raise additional capital to grow our business, and such capital may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could reduce our ability to compete and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. To support our business and operations, we will need sufficient capital to continue to make significant investments, and we may need to raise additional capital through equity or debt financings to fund such efforts. If such financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be unable to fund our growth or develop new business at the rate desired, and our operating results may suffer. Debt

 

30


Table of Contents

financing increases expenses, may contain covenants that restrict the operation of our business, and must be repaid regardless of operating results. For example, covenants contained in our existing credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, as amended and restated on February 14, 2020, or the Credit Facility, limit our ability to pay dividends, to create, incur, or assume indebtedness or liens, to consummate certain strategic transactions, to engage in transactions with affiliates, and to make certain investments. Equity financing, or debt financing that is convertible into equity, could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and a decline in our stock price.

Our inability to obtain adequate capital resources, whether in the form of equity or debt, to fund our future growth may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our operations or the expansion of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects.

We rely on third-party data centers, such as AWS, to host and operate our platform, and any disruption of or interference with our use of these facilities may negatively affect our ability to maintain the performance and reliability of our platform, which could cause our business to suffer.

Our customers depend on the continuous availability of our platform. We currently host our platform and serve our customers primarily using Amazon Web Services, or AWS. Consequently, we may be subject to service disruptions as well as failures to provide adequate support for reasons that are outside of our control, including:

 

   

the performance and availability of AWS and other third-party providers of cloud infrastructure services with the necessary speed, data capacity, and security for providing reliable services;

 

   

decisions by AWS and other owners and operators of the data centers where our cloud infrastructure is deployed to terminate our subscriptions, discontinue services to us, shut down operations or facilities, increase prices, change service levels, limit bandwidth, declare bankruptcy, or prioritize the traffic of other parties;

 

   

physical break-ins, acts of war or terrorism, human error or interference, including by disgruntled employees, former employees, or contractors, and other catastrophic events; and

 

   

cyberattacks, including denial of service attacks, targeted at us, our data centers, or the infrastructure of the internet.

The adverse effects of any service interruptions on our reputation, results of operations, and financial condition may be disproportionately heightened due to the nature of our business and the fact that our customers have a low tolerance for interruptions of any duration.

To meet the performance and other requirements of our customers, we intend to continue to make significant investments to increase capacity and to develop and implement new technologies in our cloud infrastructure operations. Any renegotiation or renewal of our agreement with AWS, or a new agreement with another provider of cloud-based services, may be on terms that are significantly less favorable to us than our current agreement. Additionally, these new technologies, which include databases, application and server optimizations, network strategies, and automation, are often advanced, complex, new, and untested, and we may not be successful in developing or implementing these technologies. It takes a significant amount of time to plan, develop, and test improvements to our technologies and cloud infrastructure, and we may not be able to accurately forecast demand or predict the results we will realize from such improvements. To the extent that we do not effectively scale our infrastructure to meet the needs of our growing customer base and maintain performance as our customers expand their use of our products, or if our cloud-based server costs were to increase, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

31


Table of Contents

The experience of our users depends upon the interoperability of our platform across devices, operating systems, and third-party applications that we do not control.

One of the most important features of our platform is its broad interoperability with a range of devices, web browsers, operating systems, and third-party applications. Our App Marketplace enables customers to connect other software, applications, and data to our platform. As of December 31, 2019, our products integrated with over 180 third-party applications in our App Marketplace, including accounting, analytics, bidding, and other business-critical software solutions. Accordingly, we are dependent on the accessibility of our platform across web browsers, operating systems, and the third-party applications that we oftentimes do not control. Third-party applications and products are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to modify our platform to assure its compatibility with that of other third parties following development changes. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to disrupt the operations or compatibility of our platform with their applications that some of our customers may rely upon. If our platform has integration or operability failures with these operating systems or third-party applications, customers may not adopt our platform, and our App Marketplace may not be useful to customers, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Interruptions or performance issues associated with our products and platform could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We have experienced, and may in the future experience, service interruptions and other performance issues due to a variety of factors. Our future growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and prospective customers to access our products and platform reliably and at any time. Certain of our customer agreements contain service level commitments, which contain specifications regarding the availability and performance of our platform. If we are unable to meet our stated service level commitments or if we suffer extended periods of poor performance or unavailability of our platform, we may be contractually obligated to provide affected customers with service credits against existing subscriptions or, in certain cases, refunds. Any service interruptions or other performance issues could negatively impact our renewal rates and harm our ability to attract new customers, and as a result could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Additionally, our products and platform are inherently complex and may, from time to time, contain material defects or errors, particularly when new products or new features or capabilities are released. We have in the past found defects or errors in our products and platform and we may detect new defects or errors in the future. Any real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our products or platform could result in negative publicity or lead to data security, access, retention, or performance issues, all of which could harm our business and reputation. In addition, the costs incurred in correcting such defects or errors may be substantial. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Failures in internet infrastructure or interference with internet or Wi-Fi access could cause existing or prospective users to believe that our systems are unreliable, potentially leading our customers to decline to renew their subscriptions.

Our platform depends on our users’ internet access. Increasing numbers of users on our platform and increasing bandwidth requirements may degrade the performance of our products or platform due to capacity constraints and other internet infrastructure limitations. If internet service providers and other third parties providing internet services have outages or deteriorations in their quality of service, our users may not have access to our platform or may experience a decrease in the quality of our products. Furthermore, as the rate of adoption of new technologies increases, the networks our

 

32


Table of Contents

platform relies on may not be able to sufficiently adapt to any increased demand for our products. Frequent or persistent interruptions could cause existing or prospective users to believe that our platform is unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, users who access our platform through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have an internet or Wi-Fi connection to use our products. Currently, this access is provided by a limited number of companies. These providers could take measures that degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of user access to third-party services, including our platform, by charging increased fees to third parties or the users of third-party services, any of which would make our platform less attractive to customers and reduce our revenue.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our products and platform are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export control and sanctions laws and regulations, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. The U.S. export control laws and U.S. economic sanctions laws include restrictions or prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons, and entities, identified by the United States, and also require authorization for the export of certain encryption items. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain cloud-based solutions to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted or could enact laws that could limit our ability to distribute our platform or limit our ability to implement our platform in those countries. While we have implemented certain procedures to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations in connection with the collection of this information, we cannot assure you that these procedures have been effective or that we, or third parties, many of whom we do not control, have complied with all laws or regulations in this regard. Failure by our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, or other third parties to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the collection of this information also could have negative consequences to us, including reputational harm, government investigations, and penalties.

Although we take precautions to prevent our information collection practices from being in violation of such laws, our information collection practices may have been in the past, and could in the future be, in violation of such laws. If we or our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, or other third parties fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export privileges and fines and penalties. We may also be adversely affected through other penalties, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, or otherwise. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular transaction may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. While we are working to implement additional controls designed to prevent similar activity from occurring in the future, these controls may not be fully effective.

Changes in our platform, or changes in sanctions and import and export laws, may delay the introduction and sale of subscriptions to access our products in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from using our platform, or in some cases, prevent the access or use of our platform to and from certain countries, governments, persons, or entities altogether. Further, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the

 

33


Table of Contents

enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our platform or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform to existing or prospective customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or FCPA, the UK Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption, sanctions, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws in the United States and other countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, which have been enforced aggressively and are interpreted broadly, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, intermediaries, and other third parties from promising, authorizing, making, or offering improper payments or other benefits to government officials and others in the private sector. In the future, we may leverage third parties, including intermediaries, agents, and partners, to conduct our business in the United States and abroad, to sell subscriptions. We and these third-parties may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities, and we may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, and other third parties, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with FCPA, Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption, sanctions, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws, we cannot assure you that they will be effective, or that all of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, or other third parties have taken, or will not take actions, in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, severe criminal or civil sanctions, settlements, prosecution, loss of export privileges, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, and other consequences. Any investigations, actions, or sanctions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our use of third-party open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell subscriptions to access our products and subject us to possible litigation.

We use third-party open source software. From time to time, companies that use third-party open source software have faced claims challenging the use of such open source software and compliance with the open source software license terms. Accordingly, we may be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming non-compliance with the applicable open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require end-users, who distribute or make available across a network software and services that include open source software, to make publicly available or to license all or part of such software (which in some circumstances could include valuable proprietary code, such as modifications or derivative works created, based upon, incorporating, or using the open source software) under the terms of the particular open source license. While we employ practices designed to monitor our compliance with the licenses of third-party open source software and protect our valuable proprietary source code, we may inadvertently use third-party open source software in a manner that exposes us to claims of non-compliance with the terms of the applicable license, including claims of intellectual property rights infringement or for breach of contract. Furthermore, there exists today an increasing number of types of open source software licenses, almost none of which have been tested in courts of law to provide clarity on their proper legal interpretation. If we were to receive a claim of non-compliance with the terms of any of these open source licenses, we may be required to publicly release certain portions of our proprietary source code. We could also be required to expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer some or all of our

 

34


Table of Contents

software. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, the use of third-party open source software typically exposes us to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software because open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the functionality or origin of the software. Use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to compromise our platform. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.

Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions to access our products over the term of the subscription, downturns or upturns in new business will not be immediately reflected in our results of operations.

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products. We recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription, beginning on the date that access to our products is made available to our customer. Our subscriptions generally have annual or multi-year terms. As a result, the significant majority of our revenue is generated from subscriptions entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not significantly reduce our revenue for that quarter but could negatively affect our revenue in future periods. Accordingly, the effect of downturns or upturns in new sales and potential changes in our rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our revenue recognition model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through new subscriptions in any period.

Our ability to recognize revenue may also be affected by the length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our products, especially with respect to larger enterprises and owners. Such customers typically undertake a significant evaluation and negotiation process due to their leverage, size, organizational structure, and approval requirements, all of which can lengthen our sales cycle. We may spend substantial time, effort, and money on sales efforts to such customers without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales or that these customers will deploy our platform widely enough across their business to justify our substantial upfront investment. As a result, we anticipate increased sales to large enterprises will lead to higher upfront sales costs and greater unpredictability, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

In addition, as required by the recent revenue recognition standard under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, we disclose the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations. It is possible that analysts and investors could misinterpret our disclosure or that the terms of our customer subscriptions or other circumstances could cause our methods for calculating this disclosure to differ significantly from others, which could lead to inaccurate or unfavorable forecasts by analysts and investors.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods, and other natural catastrophic events.

Our corporate headquarters are located near Santa Barbara, California, a region known for seismic activity and severe fires, and our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster, such as a fire, mudslide, flood, or significant power outage. A significant natural disaster could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. In addition, climate change could

 

35


Table of Contents

result in an increase in the frequency or severity of natural disasters and cause performance problems with our technology infrastructure.

Although we maintain incident management and disaster response plans, in the event of a major disruption caused by a natural disaster or man-made problem, or outbreaks of pandemic diseases, such as coronavirus, we may be unable to continue our operations and may experience system interruptions and reputational harm. Acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could also cause disruptions in our business or the business of our customers, partners, vendors, or the economy as a whole. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if our disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate.

If we experience excessive fraudulent activity or cannot meet evolving credit card association merchant standards, we could incur substantial costs and lose the right to accept credit cards for payment, which could cause our customer base to decline significantly and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

A portion of our customers authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for our products. If customers pay for their subscriptions with unauthorized credit cards, we could incur substantial third-party vendor costs for which we may not be reimbursed. Further, our customers provide us with credit card billing information online or over the phone, and we do not review the physical credit cards used in these transactions, which increases our risk of exposure to fraudulent activity. We have also incurred charges, which we refer to as chargebacks, from the credit card companies for claims that the customer did not authorize the credit card transaction for our products. If the number of claims of unauthorized credit card transactions becomes excessive, we could be assessed substantial fines for excess chargebacks, and we could lose the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, credit card issuers may change merchant standards, including data protection and documentation standards, required to utilize their services from time to time. If we fail to maintain compliance with current merchant standards or fail to meet new standards, the credit card associations could fine us or terminate their agreements with us, and we would be unable to accept credit cards as payment for our products. We may be required to pay for unauthorized credit charges and expenses with no reimbursement from the customer. Although we implement multiple fraud prevention and detection controls, we cannot assure you that these controls will be adequate to protect against fraud. Substantial losses due to fraud or our inability to accept credit card payments would cause our customer base to significantly decrease and would harm our business.

Our results of operations, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected if currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future.

We sell subscriptions to access our products to customers globally and have offices in Australia, Canada, England, and Mexico. As we continue to expand our international operations, we will become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Although the majority of our cash generated from sales is denominated in U.S. dollars, a small amount is denominated in foreign currencies, and our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations. Because we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars but report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, we also face remeasurement exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Any of these risks could hinder our ability to predict our future results and earnings. In addition, we do not currently maintain a program to hedge exposures to non-U.S. dollar currencies.

 

36


Table of Contents

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The December 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or TCJA, enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. Future guidance from the IRS and other tax authorities with respect to the TCJA may affect us, and certain aspects of the TCJA could be repealed or modified in future legislation. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our U.S. operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses under the TCJA or future tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time charges in the current or future taxable years, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense. The foregoing items, as well as any other future changes in tax laws, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the TCJA or any newly enacted federal tax legislation.

Tax authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected, or in the future should collect, sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to substantial liabilities with respect to past or future sales, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We currently collect and remit applicable sales tax and other applicable transfer taxes in jurisdictions where we, through our employees or economic activity, have a presence and where we have determined, based on applicable legal precedents, that sales of subscriptions to access our products and platform are classified as taxable. We do not currently collect and remit state and local excise, utility user, and ad valorem taxes, fees, or surcharges in jurisdictions where we believe we do not have sufficient “nexus.” There is uncertainty as to what constitutes sufficient nexus for a state or local jurisdiction to levy taxes, fees, and surcharges for sales made over the internet, and there is also uncertainty as to whether our characterization of our products and platform as not taxable in certain jurisdictions will be accepted by state and local tax authorities.

Tax authorities may challenge our position that we do not have sufficient nexus in a taxing jurisdiction or that our products and platform are not taxable in such jurisdiction and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to sales, use, value added, goods and services, and other taxes, which could result in significant tax liabilities (including related penalties and interest) for us or our customers, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation, and prospects.

The application of indirect taxes, such as sales and use, value added, goods and services, business, and gross receipts taxes, to businesses that transact online, such as ours, is a complex and evolving area. Following the recent U.S. Supreme Court decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., states and local jurisdictions may now in certain circumstances levy sales and use tax obligations on sales of goods and services based on “economic nexus,” regardless of whether the seller has a physical presence in such jurisdiction. A number of states have already begun, or have positioned themselves to begin, requiring sales and use tax collection by online sellers. The details and effective dates of these collection requirements vary from state to state. As a result, it may be necessary for us to reevaluate whether our activities give rise to sales, use, and other indirect taxes as a result of any nexus in those states in which we are not currently registered to collect and remit taxes. Additionally, we may need to assess our potential tax collection and remittance liabilities based on the requirements of existing or future economic nexus laws. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or may conduct business. If we are unsuccessful in collecting such taxes

 

37


Table of Contents

from our customers, we could be held liable for such obligations. The application of existing, or future indirect tax laws, whether in the United States or internationally, or the failure to collect and remit such taxes, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. If we are unsuccessful in collecting such taxes from our customers, we could be held liable for such costs, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements cause us to be subject to the tax laws of various jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are expanding our international operations and personnel to support our business in international markets. We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and are or may be required to report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions may depend on the application of the tax laws of the various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities, changes in tax rates, new or revised tax laws, or interpretations of existing tax laws and policies, and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The relevant tax authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows, and lower overall profitability of our operations.

We are subject to federal, state, and local income, sales, and other taxes in the United States and income, withholding, transaction, and other taxes in numerous foreign jurisdictions. Evaluating our tax positions and our worldwide provision for taxes is complicated and requires significant judgment to be exercised by our internal finance team in consultation with external advisors. During the ordinary course of business, there are many activities and transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In addition, our tax obligations and effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, principles, and interpretations, including those relating to income tax nexus, by recognizing tax losses or lower than anticipated earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. We may be audited in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional taxes (including income taxes, sales taxes, and value added taxes) against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of any tax audits or litigation could be materially different from our historical tax provisions and accruals, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the period or periods for which a determination is made.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $327.0 million of U.S. federal and $219.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce taxable income we may have in the future. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use any or all of these net operating loss carryforwards. Under legislative changes made by the TCJA, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the ability to utilize such federal net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states

 

38


Table of Contents

will conform to the TCJA. In addition, federal net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, respectively. Under those sections of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. State net operating loss carryforwards and other state tax credits may be subject to similar limitations under state tax laws. We performed a study to determine whether net operating loss and credit carryover limitations exist under Section 382 as of December 31, 2019, and determined that a portion of the net operating losses and credit carryovers are subject to Section 382 annual limitations. We have determined that we should be able to fully utilize these net operating losses and credit carryovers before they expire, provided we generate sufficient taxable income. However, we may experience ownership changes as a result of this offering or in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits is limited, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to the Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market or active private market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE; however, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the market price of your shares of common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects, and the market price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be lower than the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock following this offering will depend on a number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. In addition, the limited public float of our common stock following this offering will tend to increase the volatility of the trading price of our common stock. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock, since you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections, or our failure to meet these projections;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships, or capital commitments;

 

   

industry or financial analyst or investor reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

the expiration of market stand-off or contractual lock-up agreements and sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

failure of industry or financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, or our competitors’ businesses, or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property rights, our products, or third-party proprietary rights;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

any major changes in our management or our board of directors, particularly with respect to Mr. Courtemanche;

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Securities litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and we may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the price of our common stock.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility to create a public market for our stock. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of

 

40


Table of Contents

Proceeds.” However, we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans for the net proceeds from this offering and will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering. We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. You will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions, including mergers, consolidations, or the sale of us or all or substantially all of our assets.

Upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, each of our stockholders that will own more than five percent of our outstanding capital stock, and their respective affiliates will hold, in aggregate,     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Furthermore, ICONIQ Strategic Partners, one of our current stockholders and their affiliates will hold, in aggregate,     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. For more information, see “Principal Stockholders.” As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have control over most matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way you disagree with and may be adverse to your interests. Corporate action might be taken even if other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose them. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing, or deterring a change of control or other liquidity event of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of common stock as part of a sale or other liquidity event, and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

A substantial portion of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale, but may be sold on a stock exchange in the near future. The large number of shares of our common stock eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our common stock. Our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or have entered into lock-up agreements with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC under which they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. Pursuant to the lock-up agreements with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, if (i) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (ii) the lock-up period is scheduled to end during a blackout period (as defined below) or within ten trading days prior to a blackout period, and (iii) we have publicly announced through a major news service or on a Form 8-K the date of the Blackout-Related Release (as defined below), then the last day of the lock-up period will be the later of (x) the commencement of the last trading window preceding the blackout period and (y) 120 days after the date of this prospectus, but only if the 120th day is at least five trading days prior to the commencement of the blackout period. We refer to the broadly applicable period during which trading

 

41


Table of Contents

in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy as the blackout period. Any expiration of the lock-up period prior to the 180th day after the date of this prospectus pursuant to the lock-up early release provision described in the immediately preceding sentence is referred to as the “Blackout-Related Release.” Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release certain stockholders from the market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements prior to the end of the lock-up period. Additionally, record holders of our securities are typically the parties to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters and to the market standoff agreements with us referred to above, while holders of beneficial interests in our shares who are not also holders in respect of such shares are not typically subject to any such agreements or other similar restrictions. Accordingly, we believe that holders of beneficial interests who are not holders and are not bound by market standoff or lock-up agreements could enter into transactions with respect to those beneficial interests that negatively impact our stock price. In addition, an equity holder who is neither subject to a market standoff agreement with us nor a lock-up agreement with the underwriters may be able to sell, short sell, transfer, hedge, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or attempt to sell, short sell, transfer, hedge, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, their equity interests at any time after the closing of this offering. Any such transaction described above involving shares of our common stock, or any perception by the market that such transaction may occur, could cause our stock price to decline.

As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement, or IRA, described further in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investors’ Rights Agreement,” and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock, based on the number of options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2019 and the initial public offering price of $         per share, may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of stock option holders resulting from the exercise of outstanding options;

 

   

as the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of holders of RSUs resulting from the settlement of the RSUs that fully vest subsequent to the completion of this offering and as early as May     , 2020, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of holders of RSUs resulting from the settlement of the RSUs that fully vest subsequent to May     , 2020; and

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements described above), the remainder of the shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter.

The shares of our common stock that may be available in the public market prior to 181 days after the date of this prospectus could be higher or lower depending on the price of shares of our common stock and the actual numbers of RSUs that are fully-vested on the applicable settlement date and on the number of stock options exercised. In addition, after this offering, up to              shares of our common stock may be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or upon settlement of outstanding RSUs (including those outstanding options and RSUs that may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations), and              shares of our common stock are available for future issuance under our 2020 Plan and our 2014 Plan, as the case may be. We intend to file a registration statement to register shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of

 

42


Table of Contents

applicable exercise periods and the expiration or waiver of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or upon settlement of outstanding RSU awards will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

Sales of our shares of common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the trading price of our common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019, upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered in this offering.

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. See “—A substantial portion of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale, but may be sold on a stock exchange in the near future. The large number of shares of our common stock eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our common stock.”

We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. We may also issue shares of our common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments, or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause our stock price to decline.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

The assumed initial public offering price of $        is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering, based on the total value of our pro forma as adjusted tangible assets less our total liabilities. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $        per share as of December 31, 2019, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, outstanding options are exercised, we issue awards to our employees under our equity incentive plans, or we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock, you could experience further dilution. Furthermore, subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our stock incentive plans, or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause our stock price to decline.

 

43


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jobs Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) we become a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

Certain provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or current management, and may adversely affect our stock price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

   

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

the denial of any right of our stockholders to remove members of our board of directors except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

   

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, chief executive officer, or by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

   

certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of two-thirds of the then-outstanding voting power of our capital stock; and

 

44


Table of Contents
   

advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

However, this exclusive forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees.

If industry or financial analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue inaccurate or unfavorable research regarding our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. As a new public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock will have had relatively little experience with our company, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain industry or financial analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issues an inaccurate or unfavorable opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, the stock prices of

 

45


Table of Contents

many companies in the technology industry have declined significantly after those companies have failed to meet or exceed, or even significantly exceed, the financial guidance publicly announced by the companies or the expectations of analysts. If our financial results fail to meet or exceed, or even significantly exceed, our announced guidance or the expectations of analysts or public investors, analysts could downgrade our common stock or publish unfavorable research about us. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, our visibility in the financial markets could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We will incur costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting, and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Although we have already hired additional employees and have engaged outside consultants to assist us in complying with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage additional outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we fail to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events would also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors, or as members of senior management.

As a result of disclosure of information in our filings with the SEC, our business and financial condition have become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Finally, most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

46


Table of Contents

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends or make distributions is limited under the terms of our Credit Facility. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expectations regarding our financial performance, including revenues, expenses, and margins, and our ability to achieve or maintain future profitability;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

economic and industry trends, in particular the rate of adoption of construction management software and digitization of the construction industry;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers and retain and increase sales to existing customers;

 

   

our ability to expand internationally;

 

   

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

   

our estimated total addressable market;

 

   

our ability to develop new products and features, and whether our customers and prospective customers will adopt these new products and features;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand;

 

   

the sufficiency of our cash to meet our cash needs for at least the next 12 months;

 

   

future acquisitions, joint ventures, or investments;

 

   

our ability to comply or remain in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business in the United States and internationally;

 

   

our reliance on key personnel and our ability to attract, maintain, and retain management and skilled personnel;

 

   

the future trading prices of our common stock; and

 

   

our anticipated use of the net proceeds from this offering.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information, actual results, revised expectations, or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments.

 

49


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

   

Deloitte Insights, Technology budgets: From value preservation to value creation, November 28, 2017.

 

   

FMI, 2018 Industry Report—Construction Disconnected, 2018.

 

   

FMI, Big Data = Big Questions for the Engineering and Construction Industry, November 12, 2018.

 

   

Gartner, Forecast Enterprise Application Software Worldwide, 2017-2023 3Q19 Update, September 17, 2019.

 

   

JBKnowledge, 2018 Construction Technology Report, 2018.

 

   

McKinsey & Company, Imagining construction’s digital future, June 2016.

 

   

McKinsey & Company, Money isn’t everything (but we need $57 trillion for infrastructure), December 2014.

 

   

McKinsey & Company, Strategy in the face of disruption: A way forward for the North American building-products industry, February 2019.

 

   

McKinsey Global Institute, Reinventing Construction: A Route to Higher Productivity, February 2017.

 

   

USG Corporation and U.S. Chamber of Commerce, Commercial Construction Index, Q4 2019.

Certain statistical information in this prospectus is based on the following research report, which we commissioned:

 

   

Frost & Sullivan, Construction Management Software Solutions Markets—Procore Market Positioning, November 2019.

Certain statistical information in this prospectus is also based on a 2018 survey of our customers’ employees, which we refer to as the 2018 Procore Survey. The number of individuals who responded to each survey question cited in this prospectus ranged from approximately 360 to 540. Each of these individuals at the time of response, were customer employees.

The Gartner Reports described herein, or the Gartner Reports, represent research opinions or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of common stock would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, and create a public market for our common stock. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the remaining net proceeds to us from this offering. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any such acquisitions or investments at this time. We will have broad discretion over how we use the net proceeds from this offering. We intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 

51


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is also restricted by the terms of our Credit Facility and may be restricted by any agreements we may enter into in the future.

 

52


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization as of December 31, 2019 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of 78,863,035 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 into an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) stock-based compensation expense of approximately $12.7 million associated with RSUs subject to service- and performance-based vesting conditions, as further described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; (iii) the vesting of 74,970 RSUs for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2019 and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and (iv) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) our issuance and sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

53


Table of Contents

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Actual    

Pro Forma

   

Pro Forma
as
Adjusted(1)

 
     (in thousands, except share and per share
data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 118,452     $ 118,452     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance lease liabilities, current and non-current

   $ 51,681     $ 51,681     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 80,452,757 shares authorized; 78,863,035 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     442,897          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 133,208,944 shares authorized, 25,394,082 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 104,332,087 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     3       11    

Additional paid-in capital

     47,043       502,607    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     20       20    

Accumulated deficit

     (300,824     (313,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (253,758     189,139    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 240,820     $ 240,820     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 104,332,087 shares of our common stock (including shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

18,875,815 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.03 per share;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after December 31, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $         per share;

 

   

1,600,787 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2019 that would not have satisfied the service-based vesting condition as of December 31, 2019;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs granted after December 31, 2019;

 

   

130,012 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in January 2020 that will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Our 2020 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2014 Plan that expire, terminate, are forfeited, or are repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2019, we had a pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of $        million, or $        per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, excluding operating lease right of use assets and liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of 78,863,035 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 into an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the vesting of 74,970 RSUs for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2019 and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of                  shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019 would have been approximately $        million, or approximately $        per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $        per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2019

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $        per share, in each case, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of

 

56


Table of Contents

common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $        per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $        per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $        per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of December 31, 2019, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares of common stock issued prior to this offering, and the price to be paid by new investors for shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
   Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                                            $                                       $                

New investors

             $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 104,332,087 shares of our common stock (including shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

18,875,815 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.03 per share;

 

   

        shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after December 31, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $        per share.

 

   

1,600,787 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2019 that would not have satisfied the service-based vesting condition as of December 31, 2019;

 

   

        shares of our common stock subject to RSUs granted after December 31, 2019;

 

   

130,012 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in January 2020 that will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Our 2020 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2014 Plan that expire, terminate, are forfeited or are repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

57


Table of Contents

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of December 31, 2019, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $        .

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     %, and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after completion of this offering.

 

58


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following selected consolidated financial and operating data together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes and is qualified in their entirety by the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 112,251      $ 186,396      $ 289,194  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

     25,353        37,401        53,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     86,898        148,995        236,028  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)(2)

     77,748        112,723        173,472  

Research and development(1)

     39,762        55,950        87,022  

General and administrative(1)

     24,516        35,365        58,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     142,026        204,038        318,652  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (55,128      (55,043      (82,624

Interest expense, net

     (157      (1,394      (930

Other (expense) income, net

     (17      16        518  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (55,302      (56,421      (83,036

Provision for income taxes

     238        250        71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (55,540    $ (56,671    $ (83,107
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.15    $ (2.77    $ (3.41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     17,613,517        20,430,502        24,361,173  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(3)

         $ (0.84
        

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(3)

           99,220,500  
        

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents
                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
    

    2017    

   

    2018    

   

    2019    

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

      

Gross margin(4)

     77     80     82

Operating margin(5)

     (49 )%      (30 )%      (29 )% 

Non-GAAP gross profit(6)

   $ 87,089     $ 149,749     $ 238,766  

Non-GAAP gross margin(6)

     78     80     83

Non-GAAP loss from operations(6)

   $ (51,696   $ (47,339   $ (61,015

Non-GAAP operating margin(6)

     (46 )%      (25 )%      (21 )% 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 191      $ 567      $ 1,095  

Sales and marketing

     1,446        2,790        7,463  

Research and development

     1,103        2,380        6,584  

General and administrative

     692        1,752        4,096  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $         3,432      $         7,489      $ 19,238  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes amortization of acquired intangible assets as follows.

 

                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

        

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

   $      $ 187      $ 1,643  

Sales and marketing:

        

Amortization of acquired customer relationships intangible assets

            28        728  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization of acquired intangible assets

   $                 —      $             215      $ 2,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3)

See Notes 2 and 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted.

 

(4)

Gross margin reflects our gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

 

(5)

Operating margin reflects our loss from operations as a percentage of revenue.

 

(6)

Non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP loss from operations, and non-GAAP operating margin are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding our use of these non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measures.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 94,853     $ 118,452  

Right of use assets—finance leases

     47,157       44,784  

Total assets

     274,996       503,664  

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     111,753       177,911  

Finance lease liabilities, current and non-current

     52,568       51,681  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     254,172       442,897  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (199,686     (253,758

 

60


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP loss from operations, and non-GAAP operating margin are useful in evaluating our operating performance. We use this non-GAAP financial information, collectively, to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, is helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance, and may assist in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP financial information to supplement their GAAP results. The non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin

We define non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross margin as gross profit and gross margin, respectively, excluding stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired technology intangible assets.

The following table presents a reconciliation of our GAAP gross profit to our non-GAAP gross profit and our GAAP gross margin to our non-GAAP gross margin as of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 112,251     $ 186,396     $ 289,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 86,898     $ 148,995     $ 236,028  

Stock-based compensation expense

     191       567       1,095  

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

           187       1,643  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 87,089     $ 149,749     $ 238,766  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     77 %     80     82

Non-GAAP gross margin

     78 %     80     83

Non-GAAP Loss from Operations and Non-GAAP Operating Margin

We define non-GAAP loss from operations and non-GAAP operating margin as GAAP loss from operations and GAAP operating margin, respectively, excluding stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired intangible assets.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of our GAAP loss from operations to our non-GAAP loss from operations and our GAAP operating margin to our non-GAAP operating margin as of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 112,251     $ 186,396     $ 289,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (55,128   $ (55,043   $ (82,624

Stock-based compensation expense

     3,432       7,489       19,238  

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

           215       2,371  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP loss from operations

   $ (51,696   $ (47,339   $ (61,015
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating margin

     (49 )%      (30 )%      (29 )% 

Non-GAAP operating margin

     (46 )%      (25 )%      (21 )% 

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risk, uncertainties, and assumptions. You should review the sections titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of forward-looking statements and important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. The last day of our fiscal year is December 31. Our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31.

Overview

Our mission is to connect everyone in construction on a global platform.

We are a leading provider of cloud-based construction management software, and are helping transform one of the oldest, largest, and least digitized industries in the world. We focus exclusively on construction, connecting and empowering the industry’s key stakeholders, such as owners, general contractors, specialty contractors, architects, and engineers, to collaborate from any location, on any internet-connected device. Our platform is modernizing and digitizing construction management by enabling real-time access to critical project information, simplifying complex workflows, and facilitating seamless communication among key stakeholders, all of which we believe affords us the ability to serve as the system of record for the construction industry. Adoption of our platform helps customers increase productivity and efficiency, reduce rework and costly delays, improve safety and compliance, and enhance financial transparency and accountability.

In short, we build software that helps build the world.

Craig “Tooey” Courtemanche, Jr., our founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer, started Procore in 2002 to address the frustrations he personally experienced during his own home construction project. Getting information about something as simple as what work had been completed or how the budget was changing as project plans evolved was surprisingly difficult, as most of this work was done manually. The limited technologies that existed at the time were not designed to address the unique collaboration needs of the industry.

From the beginning, our focus has been to develop products that are user-centric and simple to use. Our initial product, Project Management, was first released as a web portal that enabled residential general contractors to easily manage schedules, tasks, and online communications. However, given the software was only accessible in the office and the actual construction work occurred at the jobsite, our first release experienced little market traction. We spent the next decade developing additional product functionality, and by 2012 we began to see technological advances in internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile connectivity along with the proliferation of smartphones and tablets, which presented us with a unique opportunity to accelerate the adoption of our products, and therefore, drive our growth.

Since the early years of Procore, Mr. Courtemanche understood that addressing the unique challenges of the construction industry required a global platform that serviced the various stakeholders across the industry. As a result, we have grown our product focus from our roots as a provider of project management software for general contractors in the United States to a robust and modern set of cloud-based products designed to meet the needs of owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors around the world.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following table shows an overview of our customer growth and other significant developments.

 

 

LOGO

In 2017, we expanded to a multi-product offering with the addition of our Quality & Safety and Project Financials products. In 2018 we acquired BIManywhere and in 2019 we launched Procore BIM, which enables users in the field to view and collaborate on three dimensional models. Our acquisition of Construction BI in 2019 led to the recent release of Procore Analytics, offering advanced analytics and business intelligence solutions to certain of our customers. In 2018 and 2019, we announced our

 

64


Table of Contents

Bid Management and Prequalification products, respectively, both of which enable users to streamline the process of selecting specialty contractors and vendors for construction projects.

To complement our multi-product offering, we have launched additional products tailored to other stakeholders beyond the general contractor. We extended our platform to specialty contractors with the introduction of our Field Productivity product in 2018, and to owners in 2019 with our acquisition of Honest Buildings and subsequent release of our Capital Planning and Portfolio Financials products.

In addition to our many purpose-built products for industry stakeholders, we launched an open API in 2015 and our App Marketplace in 2016. This significantly expanded our value proposition by allowing our customers to integrate our products with their third-party applications and internal systems, providing our users with choice and flexibility, and increasing the stickiness of our platform as we position ourselves to become the industry’s system of record. As of December 31, 2019, over 180 applications were available on our App Marketplace.

As our customer base grew within the United States, we also began to see increasing inbound demand internationally. In 2017, we began to focus on growing our international footprint and opened offices in Sydney, Australia and Vancouver and Toronto, Canada. We subsequently opened offices in London, England in 2018 and Mexico City, Mexico in 2019. These offices allow us to better serve our customers’ needs, bringing our products to stakeholders worldwide. In 2019, 11.3% of our revenue was generated from customers outside the United States.

We serve customers ranging from small businesses managing a couple million dollars of annual construction volume to global enterprises managing billions of dollars of annual construction volume. Our core customers are owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors operating across the commercial, residential, industrial, and infrastructure segments of the construction industry. We primarily sell subscriptions to access our products through our direct sales team, which is specialized by stakeholder region, size, and type. Additionally, as of December 31, 2019, out of 13 available products, 59% of our customers subscribed to three or more of our products, which we believe illustrates the successful introduction of new products that meet the needs of our customers and the broader construction ecosystem.

Our products are offered on our cloud-based platform and are designed to be easy to configure and deploy. Our users can access our products on computers, smartphones, and tablets through any web browser or from our mobile application available for both the iOS and Android platforms.

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products and have an unlimited user model that is designed to facilitate adoption and maximize usage of our platform by all project stakeholders. We sell our products on a subscription basis for a fixed fee with pricing generally based on the number and mix of products and the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform. As our customers subscribe to additional products, or increase the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform, we generate more revenue. We do not provide refunds for unused construction volume, or charge customers based on consumption or on a per project basis. Subscriptions to access our products include customer support and allow for unlimited users as we do not charge a per-seat or per-user fee. Customers can invite all project participants to engage with our platform as part of a project team. This includes the customer’s employees and its collaborators, who are other project participants who engage with our platform but do not pay us for such use. Further, multiple stakeholders can be customers on the same project and retain access to the project information for the duration of their subscription.

Our success in building our customer base, expanding usage for existing customers, and helping digitize the industry has allowed us to achieve significant growth. Our revenue was $112.3 million in 2017, $186.4 million in 2018, and $289.2 million in 2019, representing annual revenue growth of 66%

 

65


Table of Contents

in 2018 and 55% in 2019. We had a net loss of $55.5 million in 2017, $56.7 million in 2018, and $83.1 million in 2019.

Certain Factors Affecting Our Performance

Acquiring New Customers and Retaining and Expanding Existing Customers’ Use of Our Platform

We have a history of growing our customer base. The number of customers on our platform has increased from 4,310 as of December 31, 2017, to 6,095 as of December 31, 2018, to 8,506 as of December 31, 2019, reflecting year-over-year growth rates of 41% in 2018 and 40% in 2019. We believe there is a significant opportunity to continue to grow our customer base and expand their use of our products. We intend to efficiently drive new customer acquisitions by continuing to diligently invest across our sales and marketing engine to engage our prospective customers, increase brand awareness, and drive adoption of our products and platform. We define the number of customers at the end of a particular period as the number of entities that have entered into one or more subscriptions with us for which the term has not ended, or with which we are negotiating a subscription renewal. An entity with multiple subsidiaries, segments, or divisions, is defined and counted as a single customer, even if we have separate subscriptions with multiple subsidiaries, segments, or divisions that are part of the same entity.

Our ability to continue to grow our business and serve the broader needs of the construction industry depends on our customers purchasing new products, and renewing and expanding their use of existing products. We have a history of existing customers increasing their annual spend with us by buying additional construction volume or products as well as through price increases. These factors, in concert with our growing customer base, have driven an increase in the number of customers that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR, which grew from 230 as of December 31, 2017, to 412 as of December 31, 2018, to 655 as of December 31, 2019, reflecting year-over-year growth rates of 79% in 2018 and 59% in 2019. We define ARR at the end of a particular period as the annualized dollar value of our subscriptions from customers as of such period end date. For multi-year subscriptions, ARR at the end of a particular period is measured by using the stated contractual subscription fees as of the period end date on which ARR is measured. For example, if ARR is measured during the first year of a multi-year contract, the first year subscription fees are used to calculate ARR. ARR at the end of a particular period includes the annualized dollar value of subscriptions for which the term has not ended, and subscriptions for which we are negotiating a subscription renewal. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and does not represent our GAAP revenue on an annualized basis. ARR is not intended to be a replacement or forecast of revenue.

Once a customer has subscribed to our products, we use a net retention rate to measure our ability to retain and expand the ARR generated from our existing customers on a trailing four-quarter basis. Our net retention rate compares the ARR from the same set of customers across comparable periods. To calculate our net retention rate at the end of a particular period, we first calculate the ARR from the cohort of active customers at the end of the period 12 months prior to the end of the period selected. We then calculate the value of ARR from the same cohort of customers at the end of the current period selected, giving effect to expansion, contraction, or churn (as discussed below) from this group of customers over the 12 months preceding the end of the period selected. We then divide (a) the total current period ARR by (b) the total prior period ARR to calculate the net retention rate. Our net retention rate was 125% as of December 31, 2017, 121% as of December 31, 2018, and 117% as of December 31, 2019.

We use a gross retention rate to measure our ability to retain our customers. Our gross retention rate reflects only customer losses and does not reflect customer expansion or contraction. We believe our high gross retention rates demonstrate that we serve a vital role in our customers’ operations, as

 

66


Table of Contents

the vast majority of our customers continue to use our products and platform and renew their subscriptions. To calculate our gross retention rate at the end of a particular period, we first calculate the ARR from the cohort of active customers at the end of the period 12 months prior to the end of the period selected. We then calculate the value of ARR from any customers whose subscriptions terminated and were not renewed during the 12 months preceding the end of the period selected, which we refer to as churn. We then divide (a) the total prior period ARR minus churn by (b) the total prior period ARR to calculate gross retention rate. Our gross retention rate was 94% as of December 31, 2017, 94% as of December 31, 2018, and 95% as of December 31, 2019.

Though our gross retention rate has been stable, over time our net retention rate has fluctuated and our gross and net retention rates may fluctuate on a go-forward basis as a result of a number of factors, including our ability to renew existing customer subscriptions, sell additional products to our customers, maintain or increase the price of our existing products, and add additional construction volume to our customers’ subscriptions. We may not be able to sustain price increases at historical rates or ensure our customers’ satisfaction with our platform, either of which could adversely impact our gross and net retention rates.

Continued Technology Innovation and Expansion of Our Platform

We plan to continue to invest in technology innovation and product development to enhance the capabilities of our platform. Additional features and products will also enable customers and collaborators to manage new workflows on our platform and allow us to attract a broader set of stakeholders. We have recently introduced new products developed in-house and through our acquisitions of BIManywhere, Honest Buildings, and Construction BI. We intend to continue to invest in building additional products, features, and functionality that expand our capabilities and facilitate the extension of our platform. We also intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions and investments in businesses and technologies to drive product and market expansion. Our future success is dependent on our ability to successfully develop or acquire, market, and sell existing and new products to both new and existing customers.

International Growth

We see international expansion as a major, and largely greenfield, opportunity for growth as we look to capture a larger part of the worldwide construction market. As of December 31, 2019, our customers were running projects in over 125 countries, even though we do not have focused sales and marketing efforts in most of these countries. We have started to grow our presence internationally with the opening of offices in Sydney, Australia and Vancouver and Toronto, Canada in 2017, London, England in 2018 and Mexico City, Mexico in 2019. As a result of our international efforts, we support multiple languages and currencies. Non-U.S. revenue as a percentage of our total revenue was 8.2% in 2017, 10.1% in 2018, and 11.3% in 2019. We determine the percentage of non-U.S. revenue based on the billing location of each subscription.

Furthermore, we believe global demand for our products will continue to increase as we expand our international sales and marketing efforts and the awareness of our products and platform grows. However, our ability to conduct our operations internationally will require considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal, tax and regulatory systems, alternative dispute systems, and commercial markets. We have made, and plan to continue to make, significant investments in existing and select additional international markets. While these investments may adversely affect our operating results in the near term, we believe they will contribute to our long-term growth.

 

67


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products and related support. Subscriptions are sold for a fixed fee and revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription. Our subscriptions generally have annual or multi-year terms, are typically subject to renewal at the end of the subscription term, and are non-cancellable. To the extent we invoice our customers in advance of revenue recognition, we record deferred revenue. Consequently, a portion of the revenue that we report each period is attributable to the recognition of revenue previously deferred related to subscriptions that we entered into during previous periods.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of customer support personnel-related compensation expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, payroll taxes, and stock-based compensation expense, third-party hosting costs, software license fees, amortization of capitalized software development costs, amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, and allocated overhead. We expect our cost of revenue to increase on an absolute dollar basis as our revenue increases. We intend to continue to invest additional resources in platform hosting, customer support, and software development as we grow our business and to ensure that our customers are realizing the full benefit of our products. The level and timing of investment in these areas could affect our cost of revenue in the future.

Costs related to the development of internal-use software for new products and major platform enhancements are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the developed software’s estimated useful life of two years and the amortization is recorded in cost of revenue.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. For each of these categories of expense, personnel-related compensation expense is the most significant component, which include salaries, bonuses, commissions, benefits, payroll taxes, and stock-based compensation expense.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses for our sales and marketing organizations, advertising costs, marketing events, travel, trade shows and other marketing activities, amortization of acquired customer relationship intangible assets, and allocated overhead. We expense advertising and other promotional expenditures as incurred. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, as we increase our investment in sales and marketing efforts over the foreseeable future, primarily from increased headcount in sales and marketing and investment in marketing to drive customer growth.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses for our engineering, product, and design teams, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, consulting services, and allocated overhead. We expect research and development expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in headcount to build, enhance, maintain, and scale our products and platform.

 

68


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses for our finance, information technology, human resources, legal, and other administrative functions. Additionally, general and administrative expenses include non-personnel-related expenses, such as professional fees for audit, legal, tax, and other external consulting services, including acquisition-related costs, costs associated with preparing for this offering, property and use taxes, licenses, travel and entertainment costs, and allocated overhead. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including increased expenses for insurance costs, professional services, investor relations, and other compliance costs applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange. We also expect to increase the size of our general and administrative functions to support the growth of our business, including our international expansion.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest expense associated with our finance leases and undrawn fees associated with our Credit Facility, which is partially offset by interest income from money market funds and other interest-bearing instruments.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net primarily consists of gain or loss on foreign currency transactions and miscellaneous income.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. As we expand our international operations, we expect to incur increased foreign tax expenses. We have a full valuation allowance for net U.S. deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development for our operations in the United States. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for our net U.S. deferred tax assets for the foreseeable future.

 

69


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated. Certain percentages below may not sum due to rounding.

 

                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 112,251     $ 186,396     $ 289,194  

Cost of revenue

     25,353       37,401       53,166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     86,898       148,995       236,028  

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     77,748       112,723       173,472  

Research and development

     39,762       55,950       87,022  

General and administrative

     24,516       35,365       58,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     142,026       204,038       318,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (55,128     (55,043     (82,624

Interest expense, net

     (157     (1,394     (930

Other (expense) income, net

     (17     16       518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (55,302     (56,421     (83,036

Provision for income taxes

     238       250       71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (55,540   $ (56,671   $ (83,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     23       20       18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     77       80       82  

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     69       60       60  

Research and development

     35       30       30  

General and administrative

     22       19       20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     127       109       110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (49     (30     (29

Interest expense, net

           (1      

Other (expense) income, net

                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (49     (30     (29

Provision for income taxes

                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (49 )%      (30 )%      (29 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31      Change  
           2018                  2019                 Dollar              Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 186,396      $ 289,194      $ 102,798        55

Honest Buildings, which was acquired on July 30, 2019, contributed $4.6 million of revenue in 2019. Excluding the impact of Honest Buildings, our revenue increased $98.2 million, or 53%, compared to 2018, of which approximately 63% was attributable to revenue from existing customers and 37% was attributable to revenue from new customers in 2019. The increase in revenue from existing customers includes the net benefit of a full year of subscription revenue in 2019 from customers who were new in 2018 and continued their subscriptions in 2019, and customers who expanded their subscriptions in 2019 through the purchase of additional construction volume or products, as well as price increases.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31     Change  
           2018                 2019                Dollar              Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 37,401     $ 53,166     $ 15,765        42

Gross profit

     148,995       236,028       87,033        58

Gross margin

     80     82     

The increase in cost of revenue in 2019 was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.5 million in personnel-related expenses, primarily due to an increase in average headcount of 32%, $4.5 million in third-party cloud hosting and related services, $2.3 million in amortization of capitalized software development costs due to the release of new products and major product and platform enhancements, and $1.5 million in amortization of acquired technology intangible assets primarily from the acquisition of Honest Buildings. The overall increase in gross profit reflects our increased revenue for the period, as well as our continued commitment to operational efficiencies and managing costs related to our third-party hosting service.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31      Change  
           2018                  2019                 Dollar              Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 112,723      $ 173,472      $ 60,749        54

The increase in sales and marketing expense in 2019 was primarily attributable to an increase of $39.9 million in personnel-related expenses, including an increase of $4.7 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase in average headcount of 39% to support and drive our customer growth. In addition, there was an increase of $8.2 million in marketing and advertising expenses and an increase of $3.8 million in travel-related costs.

 

     Year Ended December 31      Change  
           2018                  2019                 Dollar              Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 55,950      $ 87,022      $ 31,072        56

 

71


Table of Contents

The increase in research and development expense in 2019 was primarily attributable to an increase of $22.7 million in personnel-related expenses, including an increase of $4.2 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase in average research and development headcount of 35%, and an increase of $1.6 million in outsourced development costs, to build, enhance, maintain, and scale our products and platform.

 

     Year Ended December 31      Change  
           2018                  2019                 Dollar              Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 35,365      $ 58,158      $ 22,793        64

The increase in general and administrative expense in 2019 was primarily due to an increase of $14.6 million in personnel-related expenses, including an increase of $2.3 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase in average general and administrative headcount of 45% to support our growth. In addition, there was an increase of $3.9 million in professional services, of which $1.1 million relates to Honest Buildings’ acquisition transaction costs, primarily for legal and accounting services.

Interest Expense, Net, Other Income, Net and Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31     Change  
           2018                 2019                Dollar             Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (1,394   $ (930   $ 464       *  

Other income, net

     16       518       502       *  

Provision for income taxes

     250       71       (179     (72 %) 

 

*

Percentage not meaningful

The decrease in interest expense, net in 2019 was primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in interest income as the average cash balances held in interest-bearing accounts and money market funds grew, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $0.5 million primarily relating to lease liabilities associated with our financing lease arrangements. The increase in other income, net in 2019 was primarily due to an increase of $0.3 million in credit card rebates.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
           2017                  2018                 Dollar              Percent     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 112,251      $ 186,396      $ 74,145        66

Approximately 63% of the increase in revenue was attributable to existing customers. This includes the net benefit of a full year of subscription revenue in 2018 for customers that were new in 2017 who continued their subscriptions in 2018, and customers who expanded their subscriptions in 2018 through the purchase of additional construction volume or products, as well as price increases to certain products. The remaining 37% of the increase in revenue was attributable to revenue from new customers in 2018.

 

72


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2017                 2018           Dollar      Percent  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 25,353     $ 37,401     $ 12,048        48

Gross profit

     86,898       148,995       62,097        71

Gross margin

     77     80     

The increase in cost of revenue in 2018 was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.3 million in personnel-related expenses, primarily due to an increase in average headcount of 40%, $5.0 million in third-party cloud hosting and related services, and $0.5 million in amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology intangible assets. The overall increase in gross profit reflects our increased revenue for the period, as well as our continued commitment to operational efficiencies and managing costs related to our third-party hosting service.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
           2017                  2018            Dollar      Percent  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 77,748      $ 112,723      $ 34,975        45

The increase in sales and marketing expense in 2018 was primarily attributable to an increase of $24.8 million in personnel-related expenses, including an increase of $1.3 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase in average headcount of 46% to support and drive our customer growth. In addition, there was an increase of $3.8 million in marketing and advertising expenses and an increase of $2.8 million in travel-related costs.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
           2017                  2018            Dollar      Percent  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 39,762      $ 55,950      $ 16,188        41

The increase in research and development expense in 2018 was primarily attributable to an increase of $13.5 million in personnel-related expenses, including an increase of $1.3 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase in average research and development headcount of 36% to build, enhance, maintain, and scale our products and platform.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
           2017                  2018            Dollar      Percent  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 24,516      $ 35,365      $ 10,849        44

The increase in general and administrative expense in 2018 was primarily due to an increase of $9.0 million in personnel-related expenses, including an increase of $1.1 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to an increase in average general and administrative headcount of 46% to support our growth. In addition, there was an increase of $1.3 million in professional services for legal and accounting services.

 

73


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net, Other (Expense) Income, Net and Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2017                 2018               Dollar             Percent      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (157   $ (1,394   $ (1,237     *  

Other (expense) income, net

     (17     16       33       *  

Provision for income taxes

     238       250       12       5

 

*

Percentage not meaningful.

The increase in interest expense, net in 2018 was primarily due to an increase of $1.2 million in the interest on lease liabilities associated with our financing lease arrangements.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other period. The following quarterly financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    Sept. 30,
2018
    Dec. 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

  $   38,532     $   43,594     $   49,067     $   55,203     $   60,760     $   67,372     $   76,164     $   84,898  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

    7,988       9,276       9,546       10,591       11,340       12,048       14,044       15,734  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    30,544       34,318       39,521       44,612       49,420       55,324       62,120       69,164  

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing(1)(2)

    25,135       25,710       28,780       33,098       36,921       42,048       45,089       49,414  

Research and development(1)

    11,826       12,976       15,587       15,561       16,183       19,111       24,549       27,179  

General and administrative(1)

    7,591       8,287       9,587       9,900       11,355       14,581       16,162       16,060  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    44,552       46,973       53,954       58,559       64,459       75,740       85,800       92,653  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (14,008     (12,655     (14,433     (13,947     (15,039     (20,416     (23,680     (23,489

Interest expense, net

    (201     (294     (416     (483     (144     (134     (349     (303

Other (expense) income, net

    (33     (118     128       39       135       178       (166     371  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (14,242     (13,067     (14,721     (14,391     (15,048     (20,372     (24,195     (23,421

Provision for income taxes

    45       45       74       86       166       34       102       (231
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (14,287   $ (13,112   $ (14,795   $ (14,477   $ (15,214   $ (20,406   $ (24,297   $ (23,190
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    Sept 30,
2018
    Dec 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept 30,
2019
    Dec 31,
2019
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 93     $ 103     $ 171     $ 200     $ 201     $ 287     $ 293     $ 314  

Sales and marketing

    400       463       779       1,148       1,285       1,880       2,156       2,142  

Research and development

    359       480       725       816       945       1,189       2,097       2,353  

General and administrative

    295       347       472       638       745       1,016       1,164       1,171  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,147     $ 1,393     $ 2,147     $ 2,802     $ 3,176     $ 4,372     $ 5,710     $ 5,980  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes amortization of acquired intangibles assets as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    Sept 30,
2018
    Dec 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept 30,
2019
    Dec 31,
2019
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

               

Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets

  $     $     $ 27     $ 160     $ 161     $ 161     $ 561     $ 760  

Sales and marketing

                                                                           

Amortization of acquired customer relationships intangible assets

                4       24       24       24       277       403  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization of acquired intangible assets

  $     $     $ 31     $ 184     $ 185     $ 185     $ 838     $ 1,163  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. Certain percentages below may not sum due to rounding.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    Sept. 30,
2018
    Dec. 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
 
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     21       21       19       19       19       18       18       19  

Gross profit

     79       79       81       81       81       82       82       81  

Operating expenses:

                

Sales and marketing

     65       59       59       60       61       62       59       58  

Research and development

     31       30       32       28       27       28       32       32  

General and administrative

     20       19       20       18       19       22       21       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     116       108       110       106       106       112       113       109  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (36     (29     (29     (25     (25     (30     (31     (28

Interest expense, net

     (1     (1     (1     (1                        

Other (expense) income, net

                                                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (37     (30     (30     (26     (25     (30     (32     (28

Provision for income taxes

                                                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (37 )%      (30 )%      (30 )%      (26 )%      (25 )%      (30 )%      (32 )%      (27 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Revenue increased sequentially in each quarter presented primarily due to the increase in revenue from existing customers, the sale of subscriptions to new customers, and the acquisition of Honest Buildings on July 30, 2019, which contributed $4.6 million of revenue for the period from the acquisition date to December 31, 2019. We generally sell a higher percentage of subscriptions to new customers and renewals to existing customers in the fourth quarter compared to other quarters. However, because we recognize revenue ratably over the subscription period, a substantial portion of the revenue that we report in each period is attributable to recognition of revenue previously deferred related to new subscriptions or renewals of subscriptions that we entered into during previous periods. Consequently, increases or decreases in new subscriptions or renewals in any one period are not immediately reflected in our revenue for that period and impact our revenue in future periods.

Quarterly Expense Trends

Cost of revenue and total operating expenses increased sequentially in each quarter presented primarily due to increases in personnel-related expenses for increases in our headcount. Cost of revenue also reflects investments in our hosting and customer support organization. Operating expenses reflect investments in our sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative organizations. The increase in operating expenses during the three months ended June 30, 2019 compared to the immediately preceding three-month period was impacted by the annual promotion and merit increase cycle for our employees. The increase in operating expenses during the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the immediately preceding three-month period was impacted by personnel-related expenses for increases in headcount and acquisition-related expenses, both relating to the acquisition of Honest Buildings. We intend to continue to invest in headcount in customer support and sales and marketing to drive customer retention and future customer and revenue growth, research and development to build, enhance, maintain, and scale our products and our platform, and general and administrative expenses to support our growth.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations principally through private placements of our equity securities. As of December 31, 2019, our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents of $118.5 million, which were held in checking accounts, savings accounts, and highly liquid money market funds. We also have our Credit Facility with Silicon Valley Bank that may be used for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2019, $50.0 million, less $6.7 million in outstanding letters of credit, was available to be drawn under the Credit Facility.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our needs for at least the next 12 months. This assessment is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our revenue growth rate, new customer acquisition and subscription renewal activity, timing of billing activities, the timing and extent of spending to support further sales and marketing and research and development efforts, and general and administrative expenses to support our growth, including international expansion. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services, and technologies, including intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing to fund these activities. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, or on acceptable terms, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (24,660   $ (21,103   $ (7,004

Net cash used in investing activities

     (9,117     (23,957     (66,685

Net cash provided by financing activities

     715       78,149       92,757  

Operating Activities

Our largest source of operating cash is collections from the sales of subscriptions to our customers. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for personnel expenses, marketing expenses, hosting expenses, and overhead. In the last several years, we have generated negative cash flows from operating activities and have supplemented working capital requirements through net proceeds from the sale of equity securities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.0 million in 2019, which resulted from a net loss of $83.1 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $39.3 million and net cash inflow of $36.8 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $19.2 million in stock-based compensation expense, $14.9 million of depreciation and amortization, and $4.5 million of non-cash lease expense relating to right-of-use operating lease assets. The net cash inflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $61.6 million increase in deferred revenue and a $12.3 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $19.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $7.4 million increase in deferred contract cost assets, a $6.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, and a $4.2 million decrease in operating lease liabilities related to lease payments, which primarily resulted from the growth of our business, timing of cash receipts from customers, and timing of cash payments to our vendors.

Net cash used in operating activities was $21.1 million in 2018, which resulted from a net loss of $56.7 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $23.0 million and net cash inflow of $12.6 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $8.3 million of depreciation and amortization, $7.5 million in stock-based compensation expense, and $5.6 million of non-cash lease expense relating to right-of-use operating lease assets. The net cash inflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $35.4 million increase in deferred revenue, and a $7.5 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $15.4 million increase in accounts receivable, a $7.1 million increase in deferred contract cost assets, and a $5.9 million decrease in operating lease liabilities related to lease payments, which primarily resulted from the growth of our business, timing of cash receipts from customers, and timing of cash payments to our vendors and landlords.

Net cash used in operating activities was $24.7 million in 2017, which resulted from a net loss of $55.5 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $15.7 million and net cash inflow of $15.2 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $5.5 million of non-cash lease expense relating to the amortization of the right-of-use operating lease assets, $5.5 million of depreciation and amortization, and $3.4 million of stock-based compensation expense. The net cash inflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $32.9 million increase in deferred revenue, partially offset by a $11.8 million increase in accounts receivable, a $5.2 million increase in deferred contract cost assets, and a $4.5 million decrease in operating lease liabilities related to lease payments, which primarily resulted from the growth of our business, timing of cash receipts from customers, and timing of cash payments to our vendors and landlords.

 

77


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $66.7 million in 2019 consisted of the acquisition of Honest Buildings and Construction BI, net of cash acquired, of $38.7 million, capitalized software development costs of $14.9 million, and purchases of property and equipment of $13.1 million primarily related to improvements to our leased office spaces and computer equipment purchases.

Net cash used in investing activities of $24.0 million in 2018 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $13.7 million primarily related to improvements to our leased office spaces and computer equipment purchases, capitalized software development costs of $8.1 million, and the acquisition of BIManywhere, net of cash acquired, of $2.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities of $9.1 million in 2017 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $5.2 million primarily related to improvements to our leased office spaces and computer equipment purchases, and capitalized software development costs of $3.9 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $92.8 million in 2019 primarily consisted of the proceeds of $90.0 million from the issuance of our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock and proceeds from stock option exercises of $6.7 million, partially offset by payments of $1.8 million relating to our acquisition of BIManywhere and $1.0 million of offering costs paid in connection with the anticipated sale of our common stock in this offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $78.1 million in 2018 primarily consisted of the proceeds of $74.8 million from the issuance of our Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock and proceeds from stock option exercises of $3.2 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $0.7 million in 2017 primarily consisted of proceeds from stock option exercises of $1.1 million.

Credit Facility

Our Credit Facility provides for debt financing of up to $50.0 million to be used for general corporate purposes, including the financing of working capital requirements. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of October 23, 2020, and carries a fee of 0.30% applied to unused balances and an interest rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate applied to all amounts outstanding. The Credit Facility contains financial covenants that require us to maintain minimum annual recurring revenue, as defined in the loan and security agreement, and a liquidity ratio, if the Credit Facility is drawn, of at least 1.25 to 1.00. The Credit Facility also contains restrictions on our ability to dispose of our business or property, engage in changes in business, merge with or acquire another business, incur indebtedness, encumber the collateral securing the Credit Facility, pay dividends, make distributions or payments to stockholders or redeem, retire, or repurchase any capital stock, or make any restricted investments. As of December 31, 2019, no amounts had been drawn down under the Credit Facility, and we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

We amended and restated the Credit Facility on February 14, 2020. The purpose of the amendment was to establish minimum annual recurring revenue thresholds for the remainder of the term of the Credit Facility, as required under the Credit Facility, and make certain other changes. The amendment did not change the borrowing capacity or term of the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility also provides us with the ability to issue standby letters of credit for up to $10.0 million, which if issued reduce the amount available for borrowing under the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2019, we had issued letters of credit totaling $6.7 million to secure various U.S. leased office facilities.

 

78


Table of Contents

Remaining Performance Obligations

Our subscriptions typically have a term of one to three years. The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations under our subscriptions represents the contracted transaction price that has not yet been recognized as revenue, which includes deferred revenue and amounts under non-cancellable subscriptions that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. The aggregate transaction price of remaining performance obligations is expected to be recognized as revenue as follows (in thousands):

 

     Next 12
Months
     Thereafter      Total  

As of December 31, 2018

   $ 167,924      $ 96,193      $ 264,117  

As of December 31, 2019*

   $ 250,105      $ 125,365      $ 375,470  

 

*

Includes $10.0 million of remaining performance obligations related to the Honest Buildings acquisition, including contracts executed subsequent to acquisition, of which $7.7 million is expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months.

Substantially all of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations included in the “thereafter” column above is expected to be recognized as revenue between 12 and 36 months from the December 31 date.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 - 3
Years
     3 - 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 55,056      $ 5,705      $ 13,138      $ 11,781      $ 24,432  

Finance lease obligations

     74,501        3,472        7,254        7,530        56,245  

Non-cancellable purchase commitments

     39,246        12,727        23,729        2,790         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 168,803      $ 21,904      $ 44,121      $ 22,101      $ 80,677  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our leases have initial non-cancellable lease terms ranging from one to 10 years. Some of our lease arrangements include options to extend the term of the leases for up to 10 years. We include options to extend the lease term that we are reasonably certain to exercise.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency and Exchange Risk

The vast majority of our cash generated from revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, with a small amount denominated in Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, and Great British pounds. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations,

 

79


Table of Contents

which are primarily in the United States, Australia, Canada, and England. We opened our Mexico City, Mexico office in 2019. Our results of current and future operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements in 2017, 2018, and 2019. As the impact of foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, we have not entered into derivative or hedging transactions, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency becomes more significant.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash of $102.8 million as of December 31, 2018 and $121.8 million as of December 31, 2019. Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash consist of checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market funds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital and general corporate purposes. The restricted cash is used as collateral to satisfy certain contractual arrangements related to leased office space and corporate credit cards. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2019, a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our results of operations or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those accounting policies and estimates that are both the most important to the portrayal of our net assets and results of operations and require the most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates are developed based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Critical accounting estimates are accounting estimates where the nature of the estimates are material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change and the impact of the estimates on financial condition or operating performance is material.

The critical accounting policies and estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC 606, effective January 1, 2017, using the modified retrospective approach. Accordingly, revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019 are presented under ASC 606. We applied ASC 606 only to contracts that are not completed as of the date of initial application.

In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for these services.

 

80


Table of Contents

We determine revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer;

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

   

Determination of the transaction price;

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

   

Recognition of the revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

We execute a signed contract with the customer that specifies the services to be provided, the payment amounts and terms, and the period of service, among other terms. The transaction price is determined by the stated fixed fees in the contract, excluding any sales related taxes.

Our subscriptions often include promises to transfer multiple services. Determining whether services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or together may require judgment. Our subscriptions include access to our products and customer support over the subscription period. Access to the products and customer support represent a series of distinct services as we fulfill our obligation to the customer and the customer receives and consumes the benefits of the products and support over the subscription term. The series of distinct services represents a single performance obligation.

We recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription beginning on the date that service is made available to the customer.

Costs to Obtain a Contract with a Customer

We recognize an asset for the incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if we expect the benefit of those costs to be one year or longer. We have determined that sales commissions and bonuses paid for new contracts, including certain incremental sales to existing customers, meet the requirements to be capitalized as contract acquisition costs. The contract cost assets are deferred and then recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, which we estimate to be four years, which may exceed the term of the initial contract if commissions expected to be paid upon renewal are not commensurate with that of the original contract. Judgment is required to determine the expected period of benefit, which is based on estimates of customer lives and product technology life.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Accounting for business combinations requires us to make estimates primarily relating to the valuation of intangible assets. Intangible assets consist primarily of acquired developed technology and acquired customer relationships. Valuations of acquired intangible assets require us to make judgments about the selection of valuation methodologies and also significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, (1) future expected cash flows from using the acquired customer relationships and technology, including future expected revenue, the rate of customer non-renewals of subscriptions, and operating expenses to deliver such expected revenue, (2) discount rates, and (3) estimated royalty rate specifically used to value the acquired technology. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable.

 

81


Table of Contents

During the measurement period, which is one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of RSUs and restricted stock awards, or RSAs, is based on the fair value of our stock on the grant date. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and estimates relating to the fair value of our common stock underlying the stock options and, to a lesser extent, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. For awards that vest solely based on continued service, the grant date fair value is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four to five years. For awards that contain both performance and service vesting conditions, the grant date fair value is recognized as compensation expense using a graded vesting attribution model. No expense is recognized for awards with performance conditions until that condition is probable of being met. We account for forfeitures as they occur instead of estimating the number of awards expected to be forfeited.

The assumptions and estimates we use in the Black Scholes option pricing model are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock.    Because there is no public market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant of stock option and stock awards by considering several objective and subjective factors, as discussed below. The fair value of our underlying common stock will be determined by our board of directors until such time as our common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

 

   

Expected Term.    The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based upon actual historical exercises and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercises.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield.    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was used.

 

   

Expected Volatility.    The expected volatility of stock options is estimated based upon the historical volatility of a group of publicly traded companies, selected by management, that are in similar stages of development and comparable industries for a period commensurate with the expected term of the awards.

 

82


Table of Contents

The Black-Scholes assumptions used are as follows:

 

     2017     2018     2019  

Fair value of common stock per share

   $ 3.60 to $10.23     $ 10.23 to $13.64     $ 21.32 to $30.34  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.9% to 2.2%       2.6% to 3.0%       1.4% to 2.2%  

Expected term (in years)

     5.6 to 5.9       5.4 to 5.5       5.4  

Estimated dividend yield

     0%       0%       0%  

Estimated volatility

     41% to 45%       39% to 41%       39% to 41%  

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation expense and as we continue to accumulate additional data, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $59.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.63 years. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 was $         million, with $         million related to vested stock options.

We have granted RSUs to certain employees and non-employee consultants that contain both liquidity- and service-based vesting conditions. The liquidity-based condition will be satisfied on the effective date of a registration statement for our initial public offering, or IPO. Because an IPO was not probable as of December 31, 2019, the liquidity condition was not met as of such date. Accordingly, no RSUs vested and no stock-based compensation expense was recognized associated with RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, unrecognized compensation cost relating to RSUs was $40.7 million. Upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will record an expense of $        million relating to these RSUs for the cumulative service period from grant date to the completion of this offering.

We have granted RSAs to certain employees in connection with the acquisition of Honest Buildings in July 2019. The fair value of the RSAs is based on the fair value of the awards granted. These shares are released from restriction 50% on the first anniversary and 50% on the second anniversary of the acquisition date assuming the continued service of the key employees. As of December 31, 2019, none of the RSAs have vested. During 2019, we recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million relating to these RSAs.

Common Stock Valuations

Because our common stock is not publicly traded, our board of directors exercises significant judgment in determining the fair value of our common stock on the date of each option grant, with input from management, based on several objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by our board of directors include:

 

   

our historical performance, financial condition, and prospects at the approximate time of grant of stock awards;

 

   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on several factors, including similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, profitability, stage of growth, and financial risk;

 

   

recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and private stock sale transactions;

 

   

the economic and competitive environment, including the industry in which we operate;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of all or a portion of the company;

 

   

the lack of an active market for our common stock; and

 

   

third-party valuations completed near the time of the grant.

Since our inception, we have prepared valuations in a manner consistent with the method outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

For each valuation performed since 2016, we estimated the valuation of our common stock based on values implied by recent transactions in our stock in close proximity to the valuation date, if any, and based on a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, valuation model. The valuations for each of these methods closely reconciled to each other.

In estimating the valuation of our common stock using the PWERM, we calculated our equity value considering various exit scenarios including IPO and sale transactions, and staying private.

Our equity value in an IPO scenario was determined using the Guideline Public Company Method. Under the Guideline Public Company Method we analyzed the equity value compared to trailing and forecast revenues multiples of our Guideline Public Companies in software and technology industry and then applied those multiples to our 12 months trailing and projected revenue, as of the estimated liquidity, or exit, date.

Our equity value in the sale transactions scenario was determined using the Recent Transaction Method. Under the Recent Transaction Method, we analyzed trailing and forecasted revenue multiples implied by recent acquisitions of companies similar to our business and then applied those multiples to our 12 months trailing and projected revenue, as of the estimated liquidity, or exit, date. Judgment is required on the selection of comparable companies, transactions, and the selection of the multiples. The selection of the multiples included judgments of our relative growth prospects, margin, and risks compared to the guideline companies. In addition, we are required to estimate our forecast revenues at the time of the exit event. We allocated the overall equity value implied by each of these scenarios to our common stock to estimate a per share value of our common stock.

The fair value of our common stock in a stay private scenario was determined using an income approach and market approach. Under the income approach, we forecast discrete cash flows over several years and a terminal value for a residual period beyond the discrete forecast period, which we discount at our estimated weighted average cost of capital to estimate our enterprise value. Under the market approach, we estimated revenue multiples based on comparable guideline companies and applied these revenue multiples to our trailing 12 months and forecasted revenue. Judgment is required in our estimating our future cash flows, discount rates, comparable companies, and multiples. We allocated the equity value implied by these valuation models in the private company scenario to our common stock using an option pricing model.

Each of the above valuations was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis.

After determining a per share equity value for each scenario, we discounted the per share value for the estimated timing of the exit and then assigned a probability to each scenario to determine a probability weighted per share value of our common stock. Lastly, we applied a discount for lack of marketability as our stock is not publicly traded. Judgment is required on estimating the timing and exit event probabilities and discount for lack of marketability.

 

84


Table of Contents

For stock awards after the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual revenues of more than $1.07 billion; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies” in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

 

85


Table of Contents

A Letter from Procore Founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer Tooey Courtemanche

Dear Prospective Investors,

The construction industry is one of the most important industries in the world. It is responsible for building and maintaining the places where we live, learn, work, and play. However, it’s also one of the toughest industries to work in, defined by massive complexity, constant uncertainty and high risk. But when you look past the chaos of the job site, you find incredible individuals — the builders, designers, developers, engineers, and tradespeople — who are up for the challenge and find great purpose in their work.

The Intersection of Construction and Technology

I’ve always been passionate about building things, and I’ve often straddled two worlds that felt disconnected: construction and technology. In my student days, I worked in a cabinet shop and on construction job sites. After later leaving my professional career as a real estate developer, I discovered the world of software. Being immersed in the Silicon Valley 1990s tech boom inspired me to found my first startup, Webcage. That company enabled Fortune 1000 companies to move from analog call centers to web-enabled self-service intranet technologies. I learned firsthand the impact digital transformation could have on many different industries.

Several years later, I started building my own home. I was shocked to discover that, despite the sweeping impact of technology across most sectors, the construction industry had been left behind. So I started Procore, based on my steadfast belief that technology can improve the lives of everyone in construction. I chose the name Procore since our technology would enable people in the construction industry to focus on their PROfessional CORE competencies, i.e. their craft.

The product didn’t immediately take off as the industry didn’t have the tools to fully benefit from a cloud-based offering at the time. In fact, it took over a decade for devices like smartphones and tablets, as well as Wi-Fi, to become ubiquitous on job sites. But once that happened, our customers were able to fully leverage the power of Procore in the field, and our growth really accelerated. We started to build more solutions for our existing customers, and expanded to serve new stakeholders and international markets.

The Journey Ahead

Though I founded Procore eighteen years ago, it still feels like we’re just getting started. We are in the early stages of a once-in-a-lifetime, industry-wide digital transformation. Procore is well-positioned to realize our mission of connecting everyone in construction on a global platform, and to empower our customers to do their best work. Procorians thrive when they’re in the field with customers, learning about the difficulties they face, and working alongside them to develop solutions. We will continue building customer-first products and culture-first teams.

When people ask me what my goal is for the future of Procore, my answer is simple: I never want to stop providing people in the construction industry with technology that makes their lives easier, safer, and more productive. I’m excited about the road ahead, and I welcome you to join Procore on this journey.

Let’s build a better future together.

Tooey

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to connect everyone in construction on a global platform.

We are a leading provider of cloud-based construction management software, and are helping transform one of the oldest, largest, and least digitized industries in the world. We focus exclusively on construction, connecting and empowering the industry’s key stakeholders, such as owners, general contractors, specialty contractors, architects, and engineers, to collaborate from any location, on any internet-connected device. Our platform is modernizing and digitizing construction management by enabling real-time access to critical project information, simplifying complex workflows, and facilitating seamless communication among key stakeholders, all of which we believe collectively positions us to serve as the system of record for the construction industry. Adoption of our platform helps customers increase productivity and efficiency, reduce rework and costly delays, improve safety and compliance, and enhance financial transparency and accountability.

In short, we build software that helps build the world.

Construction is critical to the global economy but is in need of digitization. The construction industry represented approximately 13% of global GDP and employed 7% of the global workforce in 2017. The adoption of technology by the industry, especially at the jobsite, has historically been constrained by the lack of internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile connectivity. Much of the industry still relies on legacy methods of project management, such as paper, email, fax, and on-premise software. These tools were not designed to address the unique, real-time, and often remote collaboration needs of the industry. As a result, project delays, rework, safety and compliance issues and cost overruns are common.

The lack of modern collaboration tools has contributed to a lower rate of labor productivity growth in the construction sector, approximately one-third that of the global rate over the last two decades. According to a Deloitte report, the construction industry spends half as much on IT compared to the average across all industries. Estimated rework cost over $500 billion in 2018, or approximately 5% of overall construction costs, according to the 2018 FMI Report. On average, 52% of that rework was caused by poor project data and communication. Construction is also among the most dangerous industries, with 19% of U.S. private industry worker deaths in 2017 linked to construction. Additionally, the industry faces an extremely challenging labor dynamic, with 93% of contractors indicating that they are facing difficulties finding skilled workers. Innovations in technology, in particular the proliferation of the internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile devices, combined with the limitations of legacy solutions and labor constraints in the construction market, provide us with the opportunity to leverage our market leadership position to help drive digital transformation in the construction industry on a global basis.

We have established our market leadership through an approach focused on serving the unique needs of the construction industry. We work directly with stakeholders to develop the products they need and provide high-quality support, available to all users at no additional charge. Our four product categories, Preconstruction, Project Management, Resource Management, and Financial Management, automate workflows, provide real-time visibility, offer advanced analytics, and support collaboration across key stages of the construction project lifecycle. Each of our products can be accessed from the office or the jobsite on computers, smartphones, and tablets, enabling users to work wherever the job requires. Our open APIs and our App Marketplace, allow customers to integrate our products with their internal systems and over 180 third-party applications, including accounting, document management, and scheduling software, providing our users with choice and flexibility, and demonstrably increasing the stickiness of our platform as we aim to become the construction industry’s system of record.

 

87


Table of Contents

Our customers range from small businesses managing a couple million dollars of annual construction volume to global enterprises managing billions of dollars of annual construction volume. Our core customers are owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors operating across the commercial, residential, industrial, and infrastructure segments of the construction industry. We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products. We sell our products on a subscription basis for a fixed fee with pricing generally based on the number and mix of products a customer subscribes to and the fixed aggregate dollar volume of construction work contracted to run on our platform annually, which we refer to as annual construction volume. As our customers subscribe to additional products, or increase the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform, we generate more revenue. We do not provide refunds for unused construction volume, or charge customers based on consumption or on a per project basis. Our customers rely on our platform to help run their businesses as evidenced by the fact they have used our platform to create an aggregate of 965,000 projects representing over $880 billion of construction volume since January 1, 2014, with over 370,000 projects created in 2019 alone. In 2019, the average duration of an active project in Procore was approximately 20 months.

Our business model is designed to encourage rapid, widespread adoption of our products by allowing for unlimited users, meaning we do not charge a per-seat or per-user fee. Customers can invite all project participants to engage with our platform as part of a project team. In 2019, on average, each customer invited over 170 project participants. This includes the customer’s employees and its collaborators, who are other project participants who engage with our platform but do not pay us for such use. Collaborators have access to relevant project information and product features for the duration of their involvement in a project and are incentivized to become customers as collaborators do not control what information they get access to, may not be able to access project information after a job is complete, and cannot run their complete portfolio of projects on our platform. In 2019 we had over 1.3 million users, which we define as our customers’ employees and their collaborators who have logged in to our platform, of which more than 60% were collaborators. Once collaborators have used our platform, they may potentially become customers and evangelize Procore on future projects. We believe our business model creates a flywheel effect that has helped increase our customer count from 4,310 as of December 31, 2017, to 6,095 as of December 31, 2018, to 8,506 as of December 31, 2019, reflecting year-over-year growth rates of 41% in 2018 and 40% in 2019. We have also seen an increase in the number of customers that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR, which grew from 230 as of December 31, 2017, to 412 as of December 31, 2018, to 655 as of December 31, 2019, reflecting year-over-year growth rates of 79% in 2018 and 59% in 2019.

Our success in building our customer base, expanding usage for existing customers, and helping digitize the industry has allowed us to achieve significant growth. We generated revenue of $112.3 million in 2017, $186.4 million in 2018, and $289.2 million in 2019, representing year-over-year growth of 66% in 2018 and 55% in 2019. We had net losses of $55.5 million in 2017, $56.7 million in 2018, and $83.1 million in 2019.

Our Industry

Despite being one of the largest industries in the world, construction has been slower to adopt innovations in process and technology, and is in the early stages of digitization. Given growing pressures on the industry, key stakeholders face an increasing imperative to adopt modern technology or jeopardize future business success. In fact, 80% of contractors surveyed in a USG Corporation and U.S. Chamber of Commerce survey believe that they will use some newer technology by 2022.

Construction represents one of the largest industries in the world and is in the early stages of digitization.

Annual worldwide construction spend, which consists of new construction and ongoing maintenance and modifications, is expected to grow from approximately $10 trillion in 2017 to

 

88


Table of Contents

approximately $14 trillion by 2025, according to McKinsey. Despite the industry’s large scale, it has historically lagged behind nearly every other industry in digitization. According to McKinsey’s Industry Digitization Index, construction ranks second from last in digitization across all major sectors, ahead of only agriculture and hunting. We believe that a principal reason for this is that, prior to the proliferation of the internet, Wi-Fi, and mobile devices, this field-based industry faced technology adoption barriers that other industries did not have to overcome.

McKinsey Industry Digitization Index

 

 

LOGO

The persistence of manual and paper-based processes, combined with the failure of legacy software solutions to adequately address the needs of stakeholders in the construction sector, creates a significant opportunity to improve productivity. McKinsey estimates that over the past two decades labor productivity growth in the construction sector has averaged approximately 1.0% each year, compared to 2.8% annually for the global economy, and bridging this gap through strategic productivity initiatives, such as widespread adoption of technology, improving jobsite execution, and retraining workers could add $1.6 trillion of global GDP annually. Additionally, McKinsey reports that construction firms could boost productivity by as much as 50% through implementing cloud-based tools to assemble and analyze data in real-time.

 

89


Table of Contents

The growth outlook for the construction industry is strong and favorable, driven by population growth, urbanization, and the need for ongoing maintenance.

 

   

Global population growth coupled with ongoing urbanization is driving the need for more construction.    The UN estimates that the world’s population will reach 9.8 billion by 2050, with 68% of the population living in urban areas, a substantial increase from the 55% of the population that lived in urban areas in 2018. This represents an incremental 2.5 billion people who are expected to live in cities by 2050. In 2017, the UN estimated that over the next 40 years, 2.5 trillion square feet of new construction will need to be built globally in order to meet population growth and urbanization expectations. Construction at this rate would be roughly equivalent to building a city the size of New York City every month for the next 40 years. Furthermore, McKinsey estimates that $57 trillion will need to be spent globally on infrastructure from 2013 to 2030 across various infrastructure categories, such as airports, bridges, dams, transportation, and utilities.

 

   

Ongoing maintenance and repairs require billions of dollars of annual construction.    Construction spending does not stop once a project is completed. Nearly everything that is built must be maintained. Structures like office buildings, bridges, and skyscrapers have long lives but require continued maintenance to remain safe and operational. For example, New York City’s aging infrastructure vulnerabilities have led the city to more than double its four-year capital funding from $26.7 billion in 2015 to $58.2 billion in 2020, adjusted for inflation, according to the Center for an Urban Future. New York City is not unique, as other cities around the world are facing similar challenges that will require significant investment in the coming years.

The construction ecosystem is highly fragmented and specialized.

The construction process relies on coordination among highly fragmented and specialized groups, including key stakeholders such as owners, general contractors, specialty contractors, architects, and engineers. These stakeholders engage in financing, budgeting, designing, building, and maintaining commercial, residential, industrial, and infrastructure projects while navigating varying responsibilities, risk profiles, and motives. Completing a project safely, on time, and within budget requires effective collaboration between stakeholders across work streams, sharing information in a timely and effective manner, and navigating increasing contractual and regulatory complexity.

Key stakeholders in the construction ecosystem are:

 

   

Owners.    Owners initiate construction projects, secure financing, work with architects, engineers, and consultants on building design, hire general contractors to manage the construction process, and are the ultimate decision-makers throughout a project. Owners include corporations, universities, government entities, and commercial and residential real estate developers. Once a project is completed, owners are responsible for operating, leasing or selling the structure, or outsourcing such processes to a third party.

 

   

General contractors.    General contractors coordinate the construction project and fulfill the demands of owners while simultaneously maintaining oversight and responsibility for specialty contractors and other vendors.

 

   

Specialty contractors.    Specialty contractors, commonly referred to as subcontractors, are hired by general contractors for their specialized skills, such as mechanical, electrical, plumbing, roofing, or concrete trades, and perform the vast majority of construction work.

 

   

Architects and engineers.    Architects and engineers work together to develop building plans and designs, collaborating directly with owners and general contractors. Typically architects are

 

90


Table of Contents
 

responsible for designing the aesthetic look and feel of a structure, while engineers focus on safety and functionality, materials, and structural design.

Additional ecosystem participants include:

 

   

Financiers.    Equity investors and lenders provide financing to owners to fund construction projects. Equity capital is typically received prior to or at the onset of a project, while lenders often release funds in increments over the course of a project, in what is called the draw management process, based on predefined milestones.

 

   

Insurers.    Insurers provide coverage for unforeseen events that may occur during a construction project, such as worker injuries, defects, and natural disasters. Insurers analyze information such as historical loss ratios and quality and safety procedures to underwrite customer policies.

 

   

Materials and equipment suppliers.    Materials and equipment suppliers furnish the materials, equipment, and supplies needed to complete construction, including lumber, drywall, fasteners, concrete, heavy machinery, and steel beams.

The construction industry has four defining characteristics.

 

   

Construction is a custom business.    Construction projects are typically custom and each project has a distinctive combination of dynamic variables, including unique project teams, design, materials, terrain, regulations, and schedules.

 

   

The workforce is mobile and decentralized.    Construction happens on the jobsite, not at the office, which increases the importance of mobile access to project data. Construction workers often operate with out-of-date or incomplete project information and struggle to collaborate effectively with other stakeholders, leading to mistakes that may translate to costly rework and extended project timelines. Given mistakes not only impact the progress of the project but also expose workers to safety risks, the need for mobile collaboration solutions and real-time access to instructions, designs, documentation, and reporting is becoming increasingly critical for managing and optimizing a dispersed workforce.

 

   

Stakeholder dynamics are complex.    Construction projects require collaboration across a wide range of stakeholders who often have a different set of interests and lack familiarity and trust with one another, yet all are interdependent and ultimately share project risks. Similarly, all project participants are adversely impacted when a project is delayed, runs over budget, or does not meet quality or safety requirements. For example, a concrete contractor may not be able to pour concrete on a project until the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing, or MEP, contractors complete their scope of work. If the MEP contractors fail to complete their tasks as scheduled and that delay is not properly communicated to all affected stakeholders, then not only could the project fall behind schedule but the concrete may still arrive at the jobsite as originally scheduled, become unusable, and need to be disposed of, driving up costs and impacting profit margins. In order to avoid related financial losses, stakeholders are often quick to redirect responsibility to other participants on a project and seek to resolve disputes in court.

 

   

Change is constant.    Construction project designs, schedules, and budgets are modified frequently. Construction teams typically run into unforeseen issues requiring a workaround, or the owner may decide to make a modification to the project. As a result, the design that teams set out to build rarely matches the finished product. An event as small as a delayed inspection that adjusts worker schedules, or as significant as discovering an unexpected boulder during excavation that requires special equipment to remove, can trigger costly changes to a project’s schedule and require timely communication to teams on the ground to minimize or avoid mistakes.

 

91


Table of Contents

One example of the interdependencies among stakeholders is the prevalence and complexity of a change order, which is a request to add, change or remove work from the original scope or design of a project and is generally required for any degree of structural revisions. To resolve a change order, multiple stakeholders must address a myriad of time-consuming tasks and approvals. Using traditional or legacy methods of project management, such as paper, email, fax, or on-premise software, a simple change order can take weeks to resolve given the multiple handovers that must occur (as the diagram below indicates). When multiplied by the numerous change orders that may be open at any given time on a project, resolution in days can quickly turn into weeks or even months, leading to costly rework, schedule delays and often triggering ripple effects to labor availability and project sequencing.

An Illustrative Example of Progress Hurdles:

Change Order Workflow

 

 

LOGO

The complexities and collective interdependencies of construction projects, as demonstrated by the change order management process, contribute to the challenges in building trust among stakeholders. This combination of complexity, interdependence, and lack of trust leads to frequent disputes and stakeholders attempting to shift responsibility. We believe better collaboration, communication, and transparency across all stakeholders can help strengthen trust across the industry and reduce the time and resources spent on litigation, which ultimately benefits all stakeholders.

Legacy approaches to managing project workflows, financials, and risks were not designed for a field-driven workforce and contribute to project inefficiencies and material waste.

Historically, construction industry participants regularly stored physical copies of project documents in binders and boxes. Legacy software solutions were often not user-friendly or lacked collaboration and integration capabilities. Further, software was not easily accessible on a computer, smartphone, and tablet, at both the construction site and the office, and by the wide range of stakeholders on a construction project. Technology adoption was primarily reactive in nature and intended to address discrete issues, such as implementing an accounting system or using time tracking software to record hours worked. While these methods may improve the specific workflow for which they were designed, they have limited ability to improve overall project efficiency because of the lack of integration between various point solutions as well as the office and the field. The 2018 FMI Report estimates that employees at construction companies spend 35% of their time on “non-optimal” tasks. Time spent on non-optimal activities such as dealing with mistakes and rework, looking for project data, and handling conflict resolution cost the U.S. construction industry an estimated

 

92


Table of Contents

$177.5 billion in labor costs in 2018. In fact, according to McKinsey, the typical non-residential construction project runs 80% over budget and 20 months behind schedule. In addition, the European Commission estimates that construction and demolition waste accounts for approximately 25%–30% of all waste generated in the European Union, which we believe is generally representative of the construction industry’s contribution to global waste levels.

Multiple catalysts have emerged to bring construction into the digital age.

Recent advancements of key technologies such as cloud computing, mobile networks, and smart devices are disrupting legacy approaches by making technology adoption significantly easier in the construction industry. Simultaneously, additional drivers such as labor shortages and general shifts in the labor market, mounting technical and regulatory complexity of construction projects, and the growing importance of data to aid in decision-making are increasingly compelling stakeholders to change their historic practices. Stakeholders that fail to digitize their business models sacrifice efficiency, productivity, and safety, and risk being outpaced by their competitors as the use of technology solutions increasingly becomes the industry standard.

 

   

Mobile accessibility.    The availability of Wi-Fi, and mobile networks like 4G and LTE, have allowed users to access the internet on mobile devices with unprecedented speed and flexibility. According to a 2018 JBKnowledge construction survey, approximately 93% of construction workers surveyed use a smartphone and 62% use a tablet every day. The prevalence of mobile devices and the adoption of cloud technologies in the construction industry facilitate easy access to software from anywhere in the field and dramatically lower the cost of ownership and deployment of software on the jobsite. For example, workers can upload photos of potential issues from the construction site and receive updated instructions in real-time, reducing downtime and providing unprecedented transparency.

 

   

Labor shortage necessitates increased productivity.    The industry faces an extremely challenging labor dynamic, with 93% of contractors indicating that they are facing difficulties finding skilled workers. As of August 2019, the BLS estimated there were 384,000 unfilled construction jobs in the United States, an increase of nearly 22% year-over-year, suggesting that an already large shortage continues to worsen. Furthermore, in order to meet global infrastructure needs, it is estimated that the construction industry may demand up to 80 million more jobs globally by 2030. The shortage of skilled workers in construction is driving industry stakeholders to look for opportunities to increase worker productivity, such as implementing technology solutions. Moreover, the current generation of construction workers grew up with more information technology exposure than prior generations and is increasingly demanding technology solutions on the jobsite. These trends lead to increased pressure to adopt technology as industry stakeholders compete for talent.

 

   

Regulatory and contractual complexities.    Construction is subject to extensive local laws, regulations, and compliance standards intended to ensure the health and safety of workers and promote environmental sustainability. According to McKinsey, in North America, the number of construction-related regulations has grown from 463 in 1970 to 5,198 in 2017. In addition, demand for greater innovation and planning has increased project management complexity, leading stakeholders to rely on contracts to help shift risk among each other, which in turn can lead to increased frequency of litigation. Software solutions that enable shared project information increase transparency and can reduce the frequency and cost of litigation.

 

   

Data is underutilized.    Historically, construction data has been siloed and unstructured. According to the 2018 FMI Report, approximately 96% of all data goes unused in the engineering and construction industry. Workers may not consistently update blueprints or schematics to reflect work completed, leaving future workers and owners uncertain of what is behind a wall or in the ceiling. While some stakeholders recognized the value of capturing and

 

93


Table of Contents
 

leveraging their data as a competitive advantage, in recent years more stakeholders have started to see data as an operational necessity.

The construction industry needs an end-to-end, cloud-based software platform.

The construction industry is experiencing a transformation driven by innovations in technology and rising pressures on stakeholders, ranging from labor shortages to increasing project complexity. We believe that in order to truly improve the lives of everyone in construction, it is essential that modern construction management software is accessible by all project team members from any location and on any internet-connected device. The solution needs to address the specific workflows of all key stakeholders on a project, while providing a platform that both integrates with other solutions in the market and provides a single, centralized system of record on every project across the entire project lifecycle.

Our Opportunity

We believe that the current TAM for construction software is large and significantly underpenetrated. McKinsey estimates that annual worldwide construction revenue in 2017 was approximately $10 trillion. Separately, Deloitte estimates that in 2017, approximately 1.5% of worldwide construction revenue was spent on IT solutions. Furthermore, Gartner estimates that in 2018, application software spending represented 6.1% of total IT spend, calculated as application software spend divided by total IT spend across all industries. We therefore estimate that the construction industry spends approximately $9.2 billion worldwide annually on application software.

Based on our experience with customers, however, we believe we address a greater opportunity not yet quantified by this estimate because we are digitizing analog and manual processes which are not captured in Deloitte’s estimate of construction IT spend. Given that globally, on average, other industries spend over 3% annually on IT as a percentage of revenue, compared to 1.5% in the construction industry, we believe that IT spend and application software spend in the construction industry as a percentage of revenue may increase as the industry continues to digitize. Additionally, we believe the $9.2 billion figure understates our total addressable market, as it does not account for our ability to sell our products to multiple stakeholders who participate in the same construction project, therefore allowing us to monetize the same dollar of construction volume multiple times.

We estimate that the annual potential market opportunity for our current products is approximately $9.4 billion. We calculate this figure by multiplying a November 2019 Frost & Sullivan estimate of the number of total owner, general contractor, and specialty contractor companies in our addressable geographies, by our median ARR as of December 31, 2019, for each company size (categorized by enterprise, mid-market, and small business). We limited our addressable geographies to only those geographies where we currently have focused sales and marketing efforts—the United States, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, and New Zealand. We also exclude general contractors and specialty contractors with annual revenues of less than $2.5 million and owners with less than $2.5 million in annual construction spend from our addressable market estimates given we do not actively market to those organizations.

We believe there is further potential to expand our market opportunity because the median ARR is based on the current number of products purchased by our customers, which we believe will continue to gradually increase as we further penetrate our existing customer base and release additional products. Many of our products are new, given that for the majority of our history we only offered one product. We have recently rapidly grown our product offering from four products in 2017 to 13 products today. Despite how recent these new product releases were, as of December 31, 2019,

 

94


Table of Contents

59% of our customers subscribed to three or more of our products. However, as of December 31, 2019, only 41% of our customers subscribed to four or more of our products, and we believe this percentage will increase over time as we see increased customer adoption of our newer products and as we continue to successfully introduce products that meet the needs of our customers and the construction ecosystem. Additionally, our estimates only contemplate international markets where we currently have focused sales and marketing efforts. While we have historically focused on North America, we believe the international opportunity is many times larger, with similar industry dynamics across the globe. As our international footprint continues to expand, we believe our potential market opportunity will increase.

Our Approach

We believe we are well positioned to extend our market leadership, not only through promoting the rapid adoption of our construction management platform, but also through our dedicated efforts to invest in and positively impact the future success of the construction community. We believe that our success is driven by the quality of our platform and our strong relationships with our customers and the broader construction industry. Our approach is based on two key elements:

 

   

We live and breathe construction.    Our platform and products are focused on the construction industry, and we build our products for the requirements of industry stakeholders. We have deep domain expertise and an understanding of the construction industry’s complex workflows, incentive structures, and the risks each stakeholder faces on a project. We also partner with the industry beyond providing software. Several of our initiatives, including Jobsite, our industry-focused blog site, Procore Community, our online user community forum, and Groundbreak, our annual construction industry conference, are designed to grow community engagement across our platform. For example, attendance at Groundbreak has grown from approximately 200 attendees in 2015 to over 3,400 attendees in 2019. We also offer additional resources to the construction community, including certified continuing education courses, training programs, online content libraries, and free software to universities, trade unions, and non-profits through our in-house social impact team, Procore.org. We offer over 100 on-demand online courses, as well as training and networking events. Someone earns a Procore certification on average every four minutes and we have issued over 200,000 certifications to date. In addition, 86% of accredited U.S. construction management programs teach students about the Procore platform. Collectively, these initiatives are designed to help us strengthen our credibility and affirm our value as a strategic partner to stakeholders in the construction sector.

 

   

We put our customers first.    We make our products intuitive and easy-to-use, whether from a computer, smartphone, or tablet in the field or in the back office, so that everyone can adopt and benefit from the power of our products. A core part of our strategy is our user-centric development culture. We engage with the construction community to understand their needs and work with our customers to develop, iterate, and improve our products and technology. For example, as part of our Innovation Labs program, customers work closely with our engineers, designers, and product managers to develop creative solutions to common problems faced in construction. We have also built a customer success organization focused on helping our customers implement our products quickly and efficiently. Our customer support team provides live support to all users at no additional cost, as well as numerous online resources, because we believe that if all users are successful, then our customers will be successful. As of December 31, 2019, we had published over 3,500 publicly available tutorials and FAQs. We also believe time-to-resolution is critical, which is why in 2019 our average support response time to a user support request via online chat or phone was under 60 seconds and we had a positive customer support satisfaction rating of over 90%.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our Platform

We are helping revolutionize the construction industry by changing the way construction projects are managed, providing online and offline access to critical project information, simplifying complex workflows, and enabling collaboration among all project stakeholders.

We have built our platform to be modern, intuitive, and open with a modular and extensible architecture that not only includes the breadth and depth of functionality of our own products but also integrates with third-party applications and our customers’ own customized applications. While we offer a broad set of products that we monetize through subscriptions, our platform also includes a wide range of technical services that are shared across our products and open APIs that enable us to extend the capabilities of our platform to the broader ecosystem of software that our customers use.

Our construction management platform offers our customers and collaborators capabilities that address a range of evolving needs throughout a project’s lifecycle, including bidding, scheduling, BIM, labor tracking, financial management, and more. Our platform streamlines communication and facilitates compliance with safety and other regulatory standards, which helps increase productivity and efficiency, reduces rework and costly delays, improves safety and compliance, and enhances collaboration and accountability among key stakeholders.

We offer these industry-transforming capabilities through an integrated, user-centric platform that features four product categories, our extensive App Marketplace, our proprietary data and analytics layer, and a powerful range of shared technical services leveraged across our products.

 

 

LOGO

Product Categories

 

   

Preconstruction.    Selecting the right specialty contractors and vendors for a construction project is critical to the successful outcome of the project. The process is often manual, disorganized, time-consuming and resource-intensive, requiring the collection of extensive documentation and multi-faceted bids that typically include sensitive information. Our

 

96


Table of Contents
 

Preconstruction products facilitate collaboration between internal and external stakeholders during the planning, budgeting, and partner selection phase of a construction project. Our products are designed to help reduce financial and operational risk before construction begins.

 

   

Project Management.    Construction teams struggle with poor communication between the field and office, time-consuming processes, and getting updated and accurate information to all project stakeholders. Teams often lack the ability to effectively collaborate on workflows, such as structure design, or changes to plans that become necessary in the field. Tracking project progress and ensuring procedures are in line with quality and safety standards is often manual or done using disparate point solutions. These dynamics lead to risky work environments, rework, training gaps, and strained relationships, often resulting in millions of dollars in cost overruns and litigation. Our Project Management products connect entire construction project teams by ensuring project information is aggregated in a cloud-based platform, available to all project participants, and accurate so that work on the jobsite is completed correctly. Our products and platform enable real-time collaboration, information storage, design, and regulation compliance for teams on the jobsite and in the back office.

 

   

Resource Management.    Construction teams responsible for performing work on the jobsite are often unable to efficiently track labor productivity, which leads to schedule delays, inefficient use of time, margin loss, and rework. Our Resource Management product helps customers address these problems by tracking labor productivity to improve time management and by managing profitability on construction projects. By using our product, customers are also creating detailed productivity records that can be referenced during the bidding process.

 

   

Financial Management.    Managing construction financials is often a slow, expensive, and manual data entry process. Construction teams need to be able to monitor budgets on individual projects and across entire portfolios of projects in order to maximize project profitability and plan for the long-term. Teams lack real-time access to accurate financial data that is critical to managing changes that impact budgets or allow for efficient invoicing. Traditionally, construction teams have not had access to collaborative financial applications that connect the field to the office. Our Financial Management products provide customers with visibility into the financial health of their individual construction projects and portfolios, and facilitate untethered access to financial data, linking the field and the office in real-time. Our products improve cost management, invoice collection and review, budget forecasting and tracking, and capital planning. Our platform also supports integrations with a majority of the industry’s preferred accounting systems.

Procore App Marketplace

Our platform gives customers the freedom to connect with over 180 third-party applications currently in our App Marketplace. Our App Marketplace extends the functionality of our existing products, connecting critical business workflows and processes, and enabling customers to maintain a single system of record while being able to leverage software solutions providing an array of functionality. This ecosystem provides customers with support in analytics, accounting, scheduling, compliance, and customer relationship management, among many other categories. While our customers may pay fees to certain third-party developers in order to use their applications that integrate with our platform, we do not earn any fees or commissions from either our customers or these third-party developers for accessing or using our App Marketplace.

Our App Marketplace represents a key competitive differentiator for us and has been widely adopted by our customers, providing significant value while demonstrably increasing the stickiness of our products and providing a future pipeline for potential acquisitions. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 72% of our customers use at least one integration and over 40% use two or more.

 

97


Table of Contents

Within the construction industry, integration of third-party applications with our platform and a presence in the App Marketplace are increasingly seen as requirements for adoption and usage by our customer base.

Procore Analytics

Our analytics product offers advanced analytics and business intelligence, or BI, capabilities, allowing customers to monitor projects and drive more informed decision-making for their business. Procore Analytics provides access to approximately 100 pre-built reports and the ability to build custom visualizations leveraging their enterprise data in Microsoft Power BI. Cross-tool reporting, configurable dashboards, and advanced data visualization all help turn project data into business insight. We launched Procore Analytics to a limited number of customers in October 2019 as a response to increasing customer demand for enhanced visibility into their data on our platform.

Procore Shared Technology Services

Our platform includes a number of shared services that underlie our products and enable us to launch new products and extend the capabilities of our existing products. The user directory, reporting, tasks, search, and other components of our platform are examples of the underlying shared services that our customers can use across our products. In order to create a centralized hub for construction project information, we have developed an open and extensible platform that connects our customers’ business applications, people, devices, and data. We have also developed highly configurable forms, data fields, and workflows, enabling our customers to centralize their data on our platform. Our platform services are designed around four defining attributes that increase the breadth and depth of our offering, improve usability, and enable a unified experience. These include:

 

   

UI Customization.    Our platform is designed to be flexible and adaptable, providing native mobile and desktop user interfaces, or UI, to both our internal and third-party developers. This means developers can accelerate design and development efforts by accessing Procore’s core UI components and design guidelines helping ensure a consistent user experience. We also offer third-party developers the ability to create embedded applications, which we call Embedded Apps, a feature that allows developers to insert their apps directly into our UI. This creates an experience that reduces user friction and context switching between different applications, while providing our familiar UI to users when introducing new third-party applications.

 

   

Customizable Business Logic.    Our products are designed to work the way our users work. Customers can create designated workflows to match the approval sequence and processes that are appropriate for their businesses. Our platform offers configurable fields and forms, improving the degree of precision with which customers can track data and secure documentation. Additionally, our platform offers comprehensive user permission functionality. These permissions define who has access to certain project and company-level information. By default, we provide customers with several role-based permission templates, and these permissions are configurable down to the tool access level by user.

 

   

APIs.    Our platform features developer-friendly open APIs and tools that are designed to empower our customers and third-party developers to build their own integrations or customized applications, thereby expanding the functionality of our products.

 

   

Data.    As data is generated on our platform, it is securely stored in centralized databases. Our platform enables our customers to search across their data, empowering real-time analytics and customizable reporting. Users have access to insights that can be derived from data generated by their account usage across our platform. Additionally, our platform allows us to collect aggregated, anonymized data that we can use to develop new products and features, as

 

98


Table of Contents
 

well as better support our customers as they navigate challenging industry and market conditions.

Our platform typically serves as a system of record for our customers’ projects, meaning that our customers are incentivized to continue to subscribe to our products even after the end of a construction project in order to leverage the benefits of Procore. As the number of projects and the construction volume managed on our platform grows, so does the amount of data that our platform captures. This enables our customers to analyze their data and derive insights to better operate their business. As of December 31, 2019, user activity generated over 3,000 terabytes of data and on average added over 110 terabytes of data per month in 2019.

Our Business Model

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscriptions to access our products and have an unlimited user model that is designed to facilitate adoption and maximize usage of our platform by all project stakeholders. We sell our products on a subscription basis for a fixed fee with pricing generally based on the number and mix of products and the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform. As our customers subscribe to additional products, or increase the annual construction volume contracted to run on our platform, we generate more revenue.

Our business benefits from powerful network effects, which can increase our value creation, provide competitive advantages, and drive higher return on investment to our existing and potential customers. As we grow, the value of our business increases across three key dimensions:

 

   

Ecosystem.    Our business model is designed to encourage rapid, widespread adoption by allowing for unlimited users, meaning we do not charge a per-seat or per-user fee. Customers can invite all project participants to engage with our platform as part of a project team. In 2019, on average, each customer invited over 170 project participants. This includes the customer’s employees and its collaborators, who are other project participants who engage with our platform but do not pay us for such use. Collaborators are incentivized to participate on a project using our platform as it enables them to ensure they have real-time access to necessary project information and allows them to more easily complete complex business workflows digitally. Additionally, although collaborators can participate in projects they are invited to for free, they still have an incentive to become customers, as collaborators do not control what information they get access to, may not be able to access project information after a project is complete, and cannot run their complete portfolio of projects on our platform. In 2019 we had over 1.3 million users, which we define as our customers’ employees and their collaborators who have logged in to our platform, of which more than 60% were collaborators.

 

   

Products.    We believe our expertise in construction and close relationship with our customers and collaborators enable us to deliver easy-to-use and feature-rich products, specifically tailored to solve the problems of the industry’s key stakeholders and help them manage their businesses more effectively. Our products are offered à la carte and are integrated into our cloud-based platform.

 

   

Data.    Our platform captures extensive data across stakeholders and each stage of a project, which enables us to create a system of record for all stakeholders and to analyze project and industry trends. Our platform captures data encompassing bidding, safety, cost, quality, scheduling, materials, supplier information, and other types of data. Our powerful data assets also allow us to have deeper insights into the construction industry that we can, in turn, offer to our customers.

 

99


Table of Contents

Benefits to Our Core Customer Stakeholders

We believe that our ability to deliver products that address our customers’ specific needs while enabling streamlined communication and real-time access to data is essential to driving increased productivity and efficiency, improved safety and compliance, and enhanced collaboration and accountability. According to the 2018 Procore Survey, 93% of individual respondents say their company is more protected against claims or litigation due to the data tracked in Procore.

The 2018 FMI Report estimates that employees at construction companies spend 35% of their time on “non-optimal” tasks, such as dealing with mistakes and rework. According to the 2018 Procore Survey, our customers report improved efficiency across many critical project workflows and tasks which helps customers save time, and we believe meaningfully help reduce the non-optimal time customers spend. For example, in the 2018 Procore Survey:

 

   

87% of individual respondents reported that after using our products, submittals were processed faster;

 

   

84% of individual respondents reported they were able to process requests for information, or RFIs, faster with our products; and

 

   

85% of individual respondents reported closing punch list items faster after using our products.

While we currently serve key stakeholders in varying capacities, our target customers are owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors.

Owners

Owners are the beneficiaries of the end result of a construction project, but if the project is over budget, or not completed on schedule, the owner can be responsible for funding the overage or incurring lost revenue. Owners need the ability to plan capital expenditures, accurately estimate project costs, source high quality general contractors to manage construction work, and track project progress with a high degree of visibility. By reducing friction that hinders collaboration, our products can help owners track cost updates, project status, and change orders. We help owners save significant time and money by providing financial and operational visibility into their projects. It is critical for owners’ bottom lines that they remain informed of what work has been completed, when it was completed, and what specifically was built or installed. Not only is this information crucial for ongoing projects, but it is also necessary for long-term asset management, as the underlying data allows for more efficient, effective, and predictive maintenance.

General contractors

General contractors operate under immense pressure, with little room for error, as they often manage their businesses with small profit margins. Inadequate information flows, such as not providing specialty contractors with the latest set of plans, can result in costly project delays, overages, and unfulfilled expectations. General contractors are also compelled to perform duplicate data entry in disparate systems and are accustomed to dealing with invoicing errors, information silos, and disconnected point solutions. For example, general contractors must often collect and consolidate dozens of invoices from their specialty contractors each month before invoicing the owner. This process can require days or even weeks of effort, depending upon a project’s complexity and the number of specialty contractors. With our platform, that process can be greatly condensed. We have developed a cloud-based platform to allow general contractors to manage their projects from a smart device in their hand, with the goal of facilitating exceptional teamwork, reducing costly rework, mitigating risk, and improving profit margins.

 

100


Table of Contents

Specialty contractors

For specialty contractors to be successful, it is imperative that they are able to effectively track and manage their crews, materials, and equipment. Specialty contractors have to get the right people to the right jobsite at the right time with the correct materials and equipment. However, specialty contractors often utilize disparate point software solutions or antiquated documentation systems, such as pen and paper and even white boards, which means they lack a consistent way to track labor production rates, monitor safety compliance and quality of work, ensure they are working off the latest set of plan and schedules, or document work completed as part of the invoicing process. Specialty contractors frequently experience delays and disruptions in work progress as a result of not having timely access to the most up-to-date information, such as when other stakeholders make changes to project plans or schedules and do not effectively communicate those changes to specialty contractors. For example, when a specialty contractor submits a change order, they typically cease work until the change order is approved by the owner and the decision is communicated back to the specialty contractor, which can take weeks. Our products feature intuitive, easy-to-use tools that allow specialty contractors to leverage accurate, real-time information, reduce unnecessary data entry, visualize productivity trends, document completed work, and get paid the correct amounts faster.

Why We Win

We have a number of distinct competitive advantages that result from our deep domain expertise, singular focus on construction, user-centric approach, and broad and extensible platform:

 

   

We are positioned to be the construction industry’s system of record.    Our platform allows our customers to manage their construction projects and leverage their data across multiple workflows, all from a centralized platform, creating a system of record. Our products and robust App Marketplace integrations with third-party applications are designed to allow our customers to access data provided by other stakeholders on their projects and from third-party sources. Our unlimited user model enables rapid, widespread adoption of our platform and ensures project information is captured. In contrast, construction software solutions that use a per-seat pricing model ultimately restrict adoption, limiting access to project data to a limited number of project participants and preventing the centralization of all information on a jobsite. We believe our scale, market position, and unlimited user model will help us attract more customers, collaborators, data, and third-party developers, reducing barriers to adoption and affording us the ability to serve as the system of record for the construction industry. This means that our customers are incentivized to continue to subscribe to our products even after the end of a construction project in order to leverage the benefits of Procore as a system of record.

 

   

We offer a comprehensive and integrated platform.    We provide a cloud-based construction management platform with a comprehensive set of workflows spanning the construction lifecycle, from pre-construction to project completion. One of the core benefits of our platform approach is that our products are deeply integrated, providing a streamlined user experience and centralized access to project information. Importantly, by offering products that integrate workflows throughout the entire project lifecycle, customers can manage projects and perform many of their day-to-day tasks without leaving their Procore account or needing to access multiple systems. The power of our platform is evidenced by our scale and user engagement. For example, in 2019, our customers uploaded or created more than 80 million photos, 61 million documents, and 55 million inspection items.

 

   

We provide our users with an easy-to-use mobile application.    Our mobile application allows customers and collaborators to access project data from the office or the jobsite. Our user-centric mobile products are intuitive and easy-to-use, enabling all users to quickly adopt

 

101


Table of Contents
 

and benefit from the power of our products. We believe that enabling construction workers to complete complex workflows and consume critical project data from the jobsite, all from a simple user interface, drives customer adoption and success.

 

   

Procore is a trusted technology brand in the construction industry.    We live and breathe construction and put our customers first. Our vision is to improve the lives of everyone in construction and we want our customers to see us as a trusted strategic partner. We believe that we have brought a new level of transparency and collaboration to an industry traditionally characterized by complex stakeholder dynamics, asymmetric risks and rewards, and conflicting interests. This is evidenced by the 2018 Procore Survey, which concluded that 90% of individual respondents said their client satisfaction has increased since using Procore.

 

   

We offer excellent customer success and support, driving ease-of-use and fast time to value.    We have built a customer success organization focused on helping our customers implement our products quickly and efficiently. Our customer support team provides live support to all users on our platform at no additional cost, as well as numerous online resources, because we believe that if all users are successful, then our customers will be successful. In addition to live chat and email support offered across multiple languages, our customer success organization provides our customers with trainings, educational programs, and industry seminars to help them grow and manage their businesses. We believe that our focus on customer success helps our customers quickly realize value from our platform.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to leverage our existing products and industry presence to establish our platform and products as the industry standard in construction, both domestically and internationally. The key elements of our strategy to accomplish these objectives are as follows:

 

   

Maintain and advance our technology leadership.    We believe the investments we have made in research and development to build our technology have been a core differentiator of our products and platform. We plan to continue to invest in technology innovation and product development, and we believe that our customers will benefit from new features and products that enable them to manage additional workflows on our centralized platform.

 

   

Acquire new customers.    We believe the market for construction technology and collaboration tools is in its early phases of adoption. As of December 31, 2019, we had 8,506 customers, which we believe represents just 2% of the total number of customers to whom we can sell, based on Frost & Sullivan’s estimated addressable customers. We plan to continue to expand our sales and marketing efforts to drive awareness of our products and grow our customer base, focusing on owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors. The portion of our current user base made up of collaborators invited to participate in our customers’ projects represents a significant opportunity to increase our revenue. These users are incentivized to become customers in order to gain visibility and control across their projects with actionable insights from a single system. In the future, we have the potential to monetize additional adjacent stakeholders, including a broad set of industry participants who are potential customers of our existing products and those whom we plan to address with targeted new products over time.

 

   

Increase spend within our customer base.    We plan to drive additional spend from existing customers by capturing more projects, selling them additional existing products, and offering new products that address additional customer needs. We started 2017 with four products and in 2018 we introduced Invoice Management, Design Coordination and Bid Management, followed by 2019, when we added Capital Planning, Portfolio Financials, BIM, Invoice Management and Analytics, to our installed base and announced the launch of Prequalification.

 

102


Table of Contents
 

These products present significant opportunities for cross-selling. We also plan to offer additional products designed to support specific stakeholders. For example, Capital Planning and Portfolio Financials are a new set of products tailored to the needs of owners, which include the functionality from our recent acquisition of Honest Buildings.

 

   

Expand internationally.    We believe there is a global need for construction management software and that the global market is currently underpenetrated, representing a significant opportunity. As of December 31, 2019, our customers were running projects in over 125 countries. In 2019, only 11.3% of our revenue was generated from customers outside of the United States. We believe this presents us with a large opportunity for continued international expansion. We recently opened offices in London, England and Mexico City, Mexico, and have had offices in Sydney, Australia and Vancouver and Toronto, Canada since 2017. We plan to open offices and hire sales and customer experience teams in additional countries, and expand our presence in the countries where we already operate.

 

   

Extend our industry connectivity and our position as a trusted brand.    We believe there are powerful network effects to our business, and to capitalize on these effects we intend to focus on driving higher engagement with customers, collaborators, and the broader construction community. We will continue to invest in expanding our ecosystem, developing new partnerships, and supporting more integrations, which we believe will drive more functionality, richer data, improved user experiences, and higher collaboration and connectivity on our platform. In addition, we plan to continue to invest in growing our brand and expanding on our key community and user initiatives including Procore.org, Procore Community, Jobsite, and our annual Groundbreak construction industry conference. By bringing a large and diverse user base to our platform, from customers and collaborators, to students and volunteers as part of our non-profit programs, we grow our ecosystem and revenue opportunity with new and existing customers.

 

   

Pursue targeted acquisitions.    We have made and may in the future make select acquisitions to add innovative features and functionality to our platform, accelerate our end-to-end cloud-based platform strategy, and bring talent to our team. Our App Marketplace provides us with visibility into our customers’ interactions with many third-party applications. For example, in 2019, we acquired Honest Buildings, an existing App Marketplace application and a provider of financial and project management software for owners, allowing us to further extend our products and platform to this group of key stakeholders. We believe that our industry brand and App Marketplace provide us with an advantage in pursuing our acquisition strategy.

Our Products

Our platform features four integrated product categories, allowing data and workflows to transparently cross the phases of a construction project. Our customers typically purchase subscriptions to access our products on a product-by-product basis.

Preconstruction

 

   

Prequalification.    Procore Prequalification streamlines the process of selecting specialty contractors and vendors for construction projects, connecting all stakeholders involved in the process in one place. Customers can easily send out requests for documentation to potential partners, which are then collected, standardized, and aggregated within the Prequalification product. From there, customers can evaluate which partners have the capability, capacity, and resources to be hired for their project. Customers can also access and store financial data, increasing project team visibility without compromising confidentiality.

 

103


Table of Contents
   

Bid Management.    Procore Bid Management organizes the complex bidding process, from bid package creation to bid award, allowing customers to track and assess the significant volume of bids that are typically submitted to work on a given construction project. Bid Management also provides vendors with a single location to access bid package details, files, and communications to simplify the bid submission process.

Project Management

 

   

Project Management.    Procore Project Management provides every team member on a construction project with real-time access to the information they need via a single, accurate, up-to-date source. Project Management centralizes and facilitates collaboration on schedules, specifications, submittals, drawings, RFIs, and outstanding tasks. Users have the ability to log critical information, track project progress, and escalate issues for approvals from the correct team members. Project Management is designed to increase transparency and accountability across the entire project team, reducing litigation risk and the shifting of responsibilities.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

105


Table of Contents
   

Quality & Safety.    Procore Quality & Safety allows field teams to continuously record, monitor, evaluate, and improve procedures in order to maximize compliance with safety regulations and quality specifications. Additionally, the product helps users identify, understand, and proactively resolve the causes of issues and risky behaviors before they result in an injury or accident.

 

 

LOGO

 

   

Design Coordination.    Procore Design Coordination helps users identify and resolve conflicts in a building’s structural and systems plan before construction begins, thereby reducing the need for change orders during construction. Our product improves the virtual design and construction process so all necessary stakeholders can work collaboratively with the team designing the 3-D building model.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Building Information Model.    BIM enables users in the field to view and collaborate on 3-D models, which allow construction teams to more efficiently construct buildings. Users can access project models with an easy-to-use navigation interface that ties 3-D models to drawings that field teams are comfortable using. Field workers have real-time, constant access to the BIM model, improving decision-making and quality of work.

 

 

LOGO

 

107


Table of Contents

Resource Management

 

   

Field Productivity.    Procore Field Productivity enables specialty contractors to track hours worked and quantities installed in real-time so they can make daily decisions that help keep projects on schedule and within budget, while maximizing profitability. In using Field Productivity, customers are also creating a detailed record of historical productivity rates, which streamlines the time-intensive payroll process for smaller contractors and can also be leveraged in order to more accurately bid for future jobs.

 

 

LOGO

Financial Management

 

   

Project Financials.    Procore Project Financials is a robust solution for managing the financial health of a construction project. Customers can track, forecast, and manage project costs, budgets, and change orders with reliable data drawn from the field. These real-time insights help customers facilitate more accurate communication, generate faster approvals, and reduce financial risk.

 

   

Invoice Management.    Procore Invoice Management expedites the invoice creation, collection, review, and approval process across stakeholders. Our products allow customers to automate the creation of invoices while helping to ensure accuracy and reduce delays in payment. By streamlining the payment process, Invoice Management helps to reduce schedule delays arising from disruptions in cash flow.

 

   

Portfolio Financials.    Procore Portfolio Financials is purpose-built for owners, enabling these stakeholders to track and approve expenditures across their portfolio of construction projects.

 

108


Table of Contents
 

Users can compare bids across different general contractors and manage budgets, change orders, and invoices all in one place.

 

   

Capital Planning.    Procore Capital Planning enables owners to track, analyze, and forecast budgets across an entire portfolio, with a focus on long-term planning. Our product aggregates project cost data, enabling our customers’ to update capital plans in real-time and inform their forecasts.

 

   

Accounting Integrations.    Procore Accounting Integrations integrates with our customers’ accounting systems to minimize manual data entry and reduce errors created through double entry. Accounting integrations sync project information between the field and office so informed decisions can be made using up-to-date project and cost data.

Procore Analytics

 

   

Procore Analytics.    Our Procore Analytics product gives customers the ability to generate deep insights across data aggregated from across all projects, various products, and integrated accounting software. Customers can track trends and conduct analysis using approximately 100 pre-built reports, all of which are customizable to suit individual customer needs.

 

 

LOGO

Our Customers

We serve customers ranging from small businesses managing a couple million dollars of annual construction volume to global enterprises managing billions of dollars of annual construction volume. Our core customers are owners, general contractors, and specialty contractors operating across the commercial, residential, industrial, and infrastructure segments of the construction industry. As of December 31, 2019, our customers were running projects in over 125 countries. No single customer, including customers that have separate subsidiaries, segments, or divisions that have subscriptions for our products, accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2017, 2018, and 2019.

 

109


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customer Stories


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Boston Children’s Hospital Situation Since its founding in 1869, Boston Children’s Hospital (“BCH”) has grown to become the number one hospital in the United States for pediatric and adolescent health care. Each year, BCH opens its doors to approximately 25,000 critically ill-children, young adults, their families, and the hospital staff that care for them. As BCH prepared for their ten-year, three billion dollar plan to expand their healthcare services, they needed something better than their in-house project management system. Solution and Benefits BCH replaced their in-house system with Procore products, recognizing that custom-built solutions were more expensive and less effective. Our products empowered the project managers executing BCH’s vision to work with high efficiency, agility, and less rework. BCH achieved this without expensive custom-built systems, instead opting for Procore’s centralized and integrated project management system. Since adopting our products, BCH has reported the following benefits: + Mitigated risk of costly inefficiencies with oversight of project locations, collaborators, and information. + Reduced rework with standardized processes and Boston Children’s Hospital up-to-date drawings across all teams. uses Procore to empower + Improved safety and compliance across teams. project managers to accelerate efficiency with + Centralized visibility and insights with a secure less rework. document retention plan. Every one of our When I started at BCH, my job was consumed major contractors by a homegrown system and dashboard. Our has adopted project managers were closing out projects Procore. with banker boxes full of invoices, contracts, ALBERT NOVER documents, transmittals, and RFIs. These BCH FINANCE AND project managers were managing this all in CONTRACT MANAGER Microsoft Outlook. The extra work that this created for them was mind boggling. ALBERT NOVER BCH FINANCE AND CONTRACT MANAGER


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Boston Children’s Hospital Situation Since its founding in 1869, Boston Children’s Hospital (“BCH”) has grown to become the number one hospital in the United States for pediatric and adolescent health care. Each year, BCH opens its doors to approximately 25,000 critically ill-children, young adults, their families, and the hospital staff that care for them. As BCH prepared for their ten-year, three billion dollar plan to expand their healthcare services, they needed something better than their in-house project management system. Solution and Benefits BCH replaced their in-house system with Procore products, recognizing that custom-built solutions were more expensive and less effective. Our products empowered the project managers executing BCH’s vision to work with high efficiency, agility, and less rework. BCH achieved this without expensive custom-built systems, instead opting for Procore’s centralized and integrated project management system. Since adopting our products, BCH has reported the following benefits: + Mitigated risk of costly inefficiencies with oversight of project locations, collaborators, and information. + Reduced rework with standardized processes and Boston Children’s Hospital up-to-date drawings across all teams. uses Procore to empower + Improved safety and compliance across teams. project managers to accelerate efficiency with + Centralized visibility and insights with a secure less rework. document retention plan. Every one of our When I started at BCH, my job was consumed major contractors by a homegrown system and dashboard. Our has adopted project managers were closing out projects Procore. with banker boxes full of invoices, contracts, ALBERT NOVER documents, transmittals, and RFIs. These BCH FINANCE AND project managers were managing this all in CONTRACT MANAGER Microsoft Outlook. The extra work that this created for them was mind boggling. ALBERT NOVER BCH FINANCE AND CONTRACT MANAGER


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Oxford Properties Group Situation Oxford Properties Group (“Oxford”) is a global real estate investor, manager, and developer. Oxford owns and manages over 100 million square feet of premier real estate in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Oxford was looking for improved access to project data in order to make better decisions and view their entire portfolio. Solution and Benefits Oxford strives for faster, better, cheaper and Procore products gave them a better way to run their business, with a single platform and dashboard to manage decision making rather than multiple spreadsheets and PDF files. Since adopting our products, Oxford has reported the following benefits: + Data driven insights. + Improved execution, and bid tracking and comparisons. + Cost savings through efficiency gains. Oxford Properties Group is a global real estate company that uses Procore is the only platform that we’ve come Procore to better manage decisions across that is built for owners. I believe that it through a single platform. should be used by every leader in the industry, by every major real estate company around the world. MICHAEL TURNER PRESIDENT OF OXFORD PROPERTIES GROUP


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Earth Bound Homes Situation Earth Bound Homes is a custom home building and remodeling company that is rated one of the top Green Builders in California. Earth Bound Homes used five separate software programs, including internally developed tools, to manage construction projects. The separate tools frequently broke or only worked with a WiFi connection, creating data silos and making project management time-consuming. As their business was growing, Earth Bound Homes needed a software solution that would help them to scale. Solution and Benefits By adopting Procore products, Earth Bound Homes consolidated all their project information in one place. With offline access, teams can view and update documents anytime and anywhere. Earth Bound Homes has reported the following benefits: + Procore products helped the company scale quickly, as they quintupled their income. + Reduced software solutions from five to two, while also reducing the amount of administrative work for employees. + Saved each team member, on average, an estimated two hours per week. Earth Bound Homes is a custom home builder that consolidated all We’ve quintupled in size income-wise. We’ve project information in one place tripled in size manpower-wise. And our profitability with Procore. is 15 times what it used to be. Procore has absolutely played a role in allowing us to scale. I can honestly say that we would not have been able to do what we’ve done as profitably or as efficiently—and without any headaches—if we didn’t have Procore. DAVE EDWARDS PRESIDENT AND CEO OF EARTH BOUND HOMES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Facility Solutions Group Situation Facility Solutions Group (“FSG”) is a full-service electrical specialty contractor. FSG was looking for standardized methods for handling construction documentation across its 29 branches, for all types of projects. They needed to streamline communications and implement an inventory tracking system to ensure they were not accidentally releasing products before they were approved. Solution and Benefits FSG adopted Procore products to standardize document handling procedures and consolidate the data for its branches. Prior to Procore, members of the FSG team had used a few other software packages and struggled with them, but they were excited about our products’ breadth of features and user-friendliness. During the evaluation stage, one construction manager said, If FSG chooses not to go with Procore, we’re going to go with Procore as a branch. Since adopting our products, FSG has reported the following benefits: + Improved communications between the office and field personnel, reducing errors in installation and cost. + Streamlined workflow processes and reduction of errors in document management. + Flexibility in permissions and user privileges, allowing FSG to control access to its projects. + Reduced need for IT resources, while increasing adoption from workers, including older trade workers. Facility Services Group is a specialty contractor that adopted Procore for ease of use and breadth The more we use Procore, the more we of features. find creative ways to streamline our internal processes, such as quality assurance and quality control, team meetings, job reporting, daily activity tracking, submittals, and RFIs. This is the next level of success.” DEON SNIDER DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION DEVELOPMENT AT FSG


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

We primarily sell subscriptions to access our products through our direct sales team, which is specialized by stakeholder region, size, and type, and is serviced regionally from offices in the United States and Canada, Australia, England, and Mexico. We combine an inside sales model with a field sales team targeting large accounts. Our install base team focuses on renewals and account expansion. Our construction volume-based pricing model and number of product offerings create multiple opportunities for expansion.

We focus our marketing efforts on product innovation and value, domain expertise, and community-building. We reach potential customers and generate leads for our sales team through a combination of content marketing, public relations, advertising, sponsorships, digital marketing, partner marketing, social media, community initiatives, and events. We deliver multi-touch marketing efforts across all stages of the customer journey, from awareness and consideration to purchase, retention, and advocacy. Marketing activities are connected to our sales pipeline, resulting in product demonstration requests and sales opportunities. As a key part of our brand-building efforts, we host industry events. In 2019, we hosted and participated in 220 events, the most instrumental being Groundbreak, allowing us to connect directly with our customers, collaborators, and the broader construction industry.

Customer Success

We are committed to the success of our customers and provide a robust set of resources to help them effectively integrate our platform into their business processes and maximize the value they get out of our products and platform. Our customer success teams implement new customer accounts, get new users up and running on our platform, provide product support, and serve as a day-to-day resource. The majority of our customers have access to dedicated customer success managers who help cultivate our relationship with the customer, ensuring customers are using key features, and foster increased usage of our platform over time.

In addition to live chat and email support, our customer success organization provides our customers with trainings, certification programs, access to training modules and on-site sessions, Procore Community, and extensive online tutorials and document resources, to help them grow and manage their businesses.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the development and delivery of new features and products for our platform, and the continued improvement, maintenance, and support of our existing products, platform, and cloud infrastructure. We leverage our broad customer base, our engaged user communities, and our focus on user-driven innovation to aggregate feedback on features and functionality and consistently improve our products and platform. Our teams partner with our customers and collaborators to understand their needs through focus groups at our innovation labs, trade shows, and conferences, and with customers and collaborators on the jobsite. Our approach to research and development involves regular feedback loops and agile development processes, which affords us the ability to release new features at rates we believe are among the best in the industry. In 2019, we deployed 245 product updates and new features. Over the past three years alone, we have grown our product offering from four products in 2017, to seven products in 2018, to 13 products today.

Our research and development teams are largely based in our Carpinteria, California headquarters, and our New York, New York and Austin, Texas offices.

 

110


Table of Contents

Our Competition

The market for construction management software is competitive and rapidly evolving. We believe the market is in its early phases of maturity and technology adoption as many companies in the construction industry still rely on a combination of rudimentary workflows, including manual paper-based methods, email, fax, and spreadsheet-based processes. Where technology has been adopted, it has generally had a limited impact because of a lack of modern, cloud-based tools, limited breadth and depth of functionality, or a lack of integrations between point solutions.

We believe our competitors primarily exist across the following four categories:

 

   

aggregated construction management tools, including products offered by Oracle (including through its acquisitions of Primavera Systems, Aconex, and Textura), Autodesk (including through its acquisitions of PlanGrid, Assemble Systems, and BuildingConnected), and Trimble (including through its acquisitions of Viewpoint and e-Builder). We integrate some of these products with our platform, such as Autodesk’s BIM software and Oracle’s Primavera scheduling tool.

 

   

accounting software vendors, such as ComputerEase Software, Foundation Software, and Jonas Software. These providers offer accounting software and supplement their solutions with project management tools and other offerings, which are often bundled with their accounting solutions as lower-value add-ons. The project management tools offered by these software vendors have historically not been a primary focus of theirs. Our customers can integrate with many of these accounting solutions on our platform and through our App Marketplace.

 

   

point solution software vendors in various categories, including analytics, bidding, BIM, compliance, and scheduling, among others. These providers offer solutions targeted at solving a particular problem for a specific type of stakeholder. Many of the point solutions these vendors provide integrate with our platform and are available in our App Marketplace.

 

   

in-house specialized tools or processes built by or for existing or prospective customers.

Although certain of our competitors have greater financial resources, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, and may offer their products at lower price points, we believe we compete favorably on the basis of the following competitive factors:

 

   

construction industry expertise and resulting tailored solutions;

 

   

breadth and depth of our products;

 

   

customer experience and customer support;

 

   

proven customer success, with a strong referable customer base;

 

   

ability to connect multiple stakeholders in a cloud-based platform;

 

   

ease of deployment, implementation, and use;

 

   

ability to deploy mobile capabilities, including use in the field;

 

   

ability to automate complex processes;

 

   

quality of our APIs and number of integrations in our App Marketplace;

 

   

ability to offer customizations and configurability;

 

   

ability to aggregate and analyze data and information;

 

   

platform scalability; and

 

   

security and reliability.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our Values and Leadership

We exist to serve the construction industry and we recognize that to be successful we must understand our customers’ problems, develop innovative solutions, and drive actionable results. With this in mind, we developed Procore around three core values—Ownership, Openness, and Optimism. We have worked hard to create and maintain a culture where employees feel ownership over their work and are encouraged to try new ideas, all while working in an open, collaborative, and supportive environment. We offer our employees numerous professional skills, leadership, and construction industry education opportunities so our personnel can take control of their own careers and personal and professional development. We believe in fostering a high level of employee engagement and making substantial investments in their learning and development. We believe that our culture and values are a sustainable competitive advantage within our industry, and we will continue to invest in developing our people in order to drive superior business results.

In addition to the responsibility we have to our employees, we strongly believe that we also have a responsibility to empower the communities and industry we serve, whether through community service or honoring the differences among us. We believe diversity facilitates innovation and is advantageous to our industry. To demonstrate our commitment to diversity, we launched Women in Construction as a social impact program designed to provide a professional network for women working in an industry that is predominantly male. The Women in Construction initiative hosts events and webinars across the country, and serves as a support and networking system with the goal of connecting and empowering talented women at Procore and throughout the industry. We also offer products to the construction community that improve business operations, including certified continuing education courses, online content libraries, free software to over 500 universities, schools, trade unions, and non-profits, and training programs through our in-house social impact team, Procore.org. Procore provides these schools and non-profits with a free construction project management curriculum, as well as free access to Procore’s software and end-user support.

In 2019, we joined Pledge 1% and received the prestigious Forbes Cloud 100 Pledge 1% Impact Award.

Our Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we had 1,911 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, nor have we experienced any work stoppages.

Our Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property rights are valuable and important to our business. We rely on trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, license agreements, intellectual property assignment agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and employee invention assignment agreements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees and the functionality and frequent enhancements to our products are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

As of December 31, 2019, we had two issued patents, 17 pending, non-provisional patent applications in the United States, and three Patent Cooperation Treaty international patent applications. Our issued patents in the United States will expire in approximately 2035. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property.

 

112


Table of Contents

We have trademark rights in our name, our logo, and other brand indicia, and have trademark registrations for select marks in the United States and many other jurisdictions around the world. We also have registered domain names for websites that we use in our business.

We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. For additional information, see the sections titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information could diminish our brand and other intangible assets.”

Our Facilities and Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in Carpinteria, California, where we lease approximately 235,000 square feet of office space pursuant to operating leases that expire between October 2021 and March 2027. In addition, we maintain additional offices in the United States in Alameda and San Diego, California; Austin, Texas; New York, New York; Portland, Oregon; and Willmar, Minnesota, and internationally in Sydney, Australia; Toronto and Vancouver, Canada; Mexico City, Mexico; and London, England. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs, and that should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

 

113


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of February 28, 2020:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

     52      President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Sam Crigman

     37      Chief Technology Officer

Dennis Lyandres

     34      Chief Revenue Officer

Paul Lyandres

     29      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Benjamin C. Singer

     43      Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Non-Executive Officer Directors

     

Brian Feinstein

     34      Director

William Griffith

     48      Director

Kevin J. O’Connor

     58      Director

Marcus Ryu

     46      Director

Graham Smith

     60      Director

Elisa A. Steele

     53      Director

Steven C. Zahm

     56      President—Chief Culture Officer and Director

Executive Officers

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.    Mr. Courtemanche is the founder of our company. He has served as our President since November 2019, having previously served in this role from January 2002 to May 2004, and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since January 2002. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Courtemanche served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Webcage, a software consulting firm. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Courtemanche served as a software engineer at Skip Steveley & Associates, a consulting firm.

Mr. Courtemanche was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer, as well as his experience in the construction and software industries.

Sam Crigman.    Mr. Crigman has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2015. From February 2006 to March 2015, Mr. Crigman served in various engineering roles at our company, including as our Vice President of Engineering. Mr. Crigman holds a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Dennis Lyandres.    Mr. Lyandres has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since October 2018. From November 2014 to October 2018, Mr. Lyandres served as our Executive Vice President of Sales. From June 2012 to November 2014, Mr. Lyandres served in various sales management roles at Cloudera, a software company. From February 2010 to May 2012, Mr. Lyandres served in various business development and sales roles at Pentaho, a software company. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Lyandres served in various strategic roles at BTI Group, a mergers and acquisitions firm. Mr. Lyandres holds a B.A. in Mass Communications from the University of California, Berkeley.

Paul Lyandres.    Mr. Lyandres has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since July 2019. From August 2014 to July 2019, Mr. Lyandres served in various business operations and business development, strategy, and corporate development roles, and most recently as our Executive Vice President of Strategy & Corporate Development. From August 2012 to July 2014, Mr. Lyandres

 

114


Table of Contents

served as a venture investor at Bessemer Venture Partners. Mr. Lyandres holds a B.S. in Economics from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Benjamin C. Singer.    Mr. Singer has served as our Chief Legal Officer since April 2019 and Corporate Secretary since June 2019. From November 2014 to April 2019, Mr. Singer served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Blue Apron, a food delivery service. From April 2011 to November 2014, Mr. Singer served in various legal roles at Gilt Groupe, an e-commerce company, most recently as Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Corporate Secretary. From May 2007 to April 2011, Mr. Singer was an associate attorney at Kirkland & Ellis LLP, a law firm. From September 2004 to May 2007, he was an associate attorney at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., a law firm. Mr. Singer hold a B.A. degree in Philosophy and Religious Studies from Indiana University and a J.D. from The University of Texas School of Law.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Non-Executive Officer Directors

Brian Feinstein.    Mr. Feinstein has served on our board of directors since June 2014. Mr. Feinstein has been employed by Bessemer Venture Partners since 2008 and has served as a partner of the organization since 2013. Mr. Feinstein currently serves on the boards of directors of various privately-held companies. Mr. Feinstein holds an A.B. in Government from Harvard University.

Mr. Feinstein was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and his experience serving as a director of various private companies.

William Griffith.    Mr. Griffith has served on our board of directors since December 2015. Since January 2013, Mr. Griffith has served as a Partner at ICONIQ Capital, an investment and venture capital firm, where he co-founded the firm’s growth equity and data center investment activities and sits on the firm’s investment and management committees. Mr. Griffith previously served as a shareholder representative for Adyen NV from September 2015 to June 2018. From August 2003 to December 2011, Mr. Griffith served as a General Partner at Technology Crossover Ventures, a private equity and venture capital firm. Prior to Technology Crossover Ventures, Mr. Griffith was an investment banker at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Griffith currently serves on the boards of directors of Blackline, Inc., a technology company, and a number of privately-held companies, including Age of Learning, ServiceTitan, Virtru, Dialpad, People.ai, and Restaurant365. Mr. Griffith holds A.B. degrees in Engineering and History from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Griffith was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant knowledge of the technology industry, and experience as a director of publicly and privately held technology companies.

Kevin J. O’Connor.    Mr. O’Connor has served on our board of directors since May 2004. Since June 2018, Mr. O’Connor has served as a Managing Partner at ScOp Venture Capital, a venture capital firm. From May 2009 until its acquisition by Amazon.com, Inc. in May 2017, Mr. O’Connor served as Chief Executive Officer of Graphiq, a technology company. Following the acquisition, Mr. O’Connor managed Graphiq’s integration strategy from May 2017 through May 2018. From January 1996 to August 2000, Mr. O’Connor served as Chief Executive Officer of DoubleClick, a technology company. From April 1992 to July 1995, Mr. O’Connor served in various executive roles at Digital Communications Associates, or DCA, a technology company. From May 1983 to April 1992, Mr. O’Connor served in various research roles at InterComputer Communications Corporation, a technology company, until its acquisition by DCA in April 1992. Mr. O’Connor holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

 

115


Table of Contents

Mr. O’Connor was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant knowledge of our company and his extensive experience with technology companies.

Marcus Ryu.    Mr. Ryu has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2020. From September 2001 to August 2019, Mr. Ryu served in various executive roles at Guidewire Software, Inc., a software company, including as President and Chief Executive Officer. From December 1999 to August 2001, Mr. Ryu served as Vice President of Strategy of Ariba, Inc., a software company. From January 1998 to January 2000, Mr. Ryu served as a consultant at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. Mr. Ryu currently serves as the chairman of the board of directors of Guidewire. Mr. Ryu also serves as a member of the board of directors of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a software company, as well as Checkr, Inc., a private technology company, and Bloomreach, Inc., a private software company. Mr. Ryu previously served as a member of the board of directors of OPower, Inc., a software company, from August 2013 until its acquisition by Oracle Corporation in June 2016, and Mulesoft, Inc., a software company, from December 2017 until its acquisition by Salesforce, Inc. in May 2018. Mr. Ryu holds an A.B. in English from Princeton University and a B.Phil from New College, Oxford University.

Mr. Ryu was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the software industry and service as an executive and a director for publicly traded companies.

Graham Smith.    Mr. Smith has served on our board of directors since February 2020. From August 2014 to June 2015, Mr. Smith served as Executive Vice President of Salesforce, Inc., a software company, and Chief Financial Officer of Salesforce from March 2008 to August 2014. From January 2003 to December 2007, Mr. Smith served as Chief Financial Officer of Advent Software, Inc., an accounting software company. Mr. Smith currently serves as a member of the board of directors of BlackLine Inc., Splunk Inc., Xero, Inc., and Slack Technologies, Inc., all of which are software companies. Mr. Smith also served as a member of the board of directors of Citrix Systems, Inc., an enterprise software company, and MINDBODY, Inc., a software company. Mr. Smith holds a B.Sc. in Economics and Politics from University of Bristol in England and is qualified as a chartered accountant in England and Wales.

Mr. Smith was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the software industry and service as an executive and director for publicly traded companies.

Elisa A. Steele.    Ms. Steele has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2020. Ms. Steele served as Chief Executive Officer of Namely, Inc., a human resources software company until August, 2019, and presently serves as chair of the board of directors. From January 2014 to July 2017, Ms. Steele served in various executive positions at Jive Software, Inc., a communication software company, including President and Chief Executive Officer from February 2015 to July 2017. From August 2013 to December 2013, Ms. Steele served as Corporate Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Consumer Applications and Services at Microsoft Corporation, a software company. Ms. Steele served as Chief Marketing Officer of Skype Inc. (owned by Microsoft) from July 2012 to August 2013. Prior to Skype, Ms. Steele served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer at Yahoo! Inc., an internet services company. Ms. Steele has served as the chair of the board of directors of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a software company, since June 2018, has served on the board of directors of Splunk Inc., a software company, since September 2017, and served on the board of directors of Jive Software, a software company, from February 2015 to August 2017. Ms. Steele holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of New Hampshire and an M.B.A. from San Francisco State University.

Ms. Steele was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in the software industry and service as an executive and a director for publicly traded companies.

 

116


Table of Contents

Steven C. Zahm.    Mr. Zahm has served as our President–Chief Culture Officer since November 2019 and on our board of directors since May 2004. Mr. Zahm served as our President from May 2004 to November 2019 and as our Chief Operating Officer from June 2007 to November 2019. From April 1996 to May 2003, Mr. Zahm served in various executive roles at DigitalThink, an electronic learning company, including as co-founder and Vice President of Enterprise Sales. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Zahm served as a consultant at Prophet, a market research consulting firm. Mr. Zahm holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley.

Mr. Zahm was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as one of our earliest employees, as well as his industry expertise and relationships.

Family Relationships

Paul Lyandres and Dennis Lyandres are siblings.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated voting agreement, our directors were elected as follows:

 

   

Messrs. Courtemanche and Zahm were elected as the designees nominated by holders of our common stock;

 

   

Mr. O’Connor was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

Mr. Feinstein was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

Mr. Griffith was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

Messrs. Smith and Ryu and Ms. Steele were elected as the designees nominated by holders of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In connection with this offering, the provisions of our amended and restated voting agreement relating to the election of our directors will terminate and our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected, along with our bylaws, will be amended and restated. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and amended and restated bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, immediately after this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be                     , and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

117


Table of Contents
   

the Class II directors will be                     , and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be                     , and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment, and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that                                                       do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares held by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Upon the completion of this offering, our corporate governance guidelines will provide that one of our independent directors shall serve as the lead independent director at any time when an independent director is not serving as the chairperson of the board of directors. Our board of directors intends to appoint                 , effective upon the completion of this offering, to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director,                 will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, coordinate activities of the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of             ,              and             . Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under the listing standards of the NYSE, and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is             . Our board of directors has determined that              is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

 

118


Table of Contents

The primary purpose of our audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence, and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions;

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of             ,             , and             . The chair of our compensation committee is             . Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the listing standards of the NYSE, and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans, and programs, and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors, and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending, and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections, and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

 

119


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of             ,             , and             . The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is                . Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at https://www.procore.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the NYSE concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee are currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

During 2019, we did not pay any cash or other compensation to any of our non-employee directors for service on our board of directors.

On November 10, 2016, Perry Wallack, a former director who resigned from our board of directors effective February 23, 2020, was granted an option to purchase 167,224 shares of our common stock, which he partially early exercised for 100,000 restricted shares of our common stock that were subject to the same vesting schedule as the option. One-fourth of the shares vested on

 

120


Table of Contents

June 27, 2017, and one-forty-eighth of the shares vested monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Wallack’s continued service with us. As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Wallack held an option to purchase up to 67,224 shares of our common stock.

Mr. Courtemanche, our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors but did not receive any compensation for his service as a director. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information regarding the compensation earned by Mr. Courtemanche.

Mr. Zahm, our President–Chief Culture Officer, is also a member of our board of directors but did not receive any compensation for his service as a director. During 2019, Mr. Zahm earned total cash compensation of $688,969 for his service as an employee.

 

121


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, were:

 

   

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr., our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Paul Lyandres, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer; and

 

   

Benjamin C. Singer, our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Name

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock Awards
($)(2)
    Option
Awards
($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
    Total
($)
 

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

    2019       250,000             2,484,300 (3)            421,209       15,468       3,170,977  

President and Chief
Executive Officer

               

Paul Lyandres

    2019       307,500             1,224,000       573,982       318,318       13,944       2,437,744  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

               

Benjamin C. Singer

    2019       251,077       100,000 (1)      1,776,455       1,422,630       182,680       78,471 (5)      3,811,313  

Chief Legal Officer and
Corporate Secretary

               

 

(1)

The amount disclosed represents a one-time signing bonus.

(2)

The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards and stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2019 under our 2014 Plan, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718 without consideration to the probability of achieving the performance condition. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock awards and stock options are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer. The stock awards do not commence vesting until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” for additional information

(3)

This amount represents the incremental fair value associated with the modification in April 2019 of Mr. Courtemanche’s outstanding RSU award granted in July 2018 to provide that such RSU award will vest pursuant to the vesting schedule described in footnote (10) to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table below. Under the original vesting schedule of Mr. Courtemanche’s RSU award, 25% of the shares subject to the RSU would have vested on each of the first four anniversaries of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. In April 2019, the vesting terms were modified such that 25% of the shares subject to the RSU will vest on each of the first four anniversaries of the Company Vesting Date (as defined below) that most closely precedes such anniversaries of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, the fair value of the award on the modification date was approximately $5.8 million, which will only be recognized when it becomes probable that the Company will complete an Initial Public Offering, compared to approximately $3.3 million on the original date of grant. The fair value of the award on the modification date may not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by Mr. Courtemanche.

(4)

Includes reimbursement for business mileage on a personal automobile and certain other de minimis perquisites to our executives.

(5)

Includes reimbursement for relocation expenses.

Fiscal Year 2019 Corporate Bonus Plan

The named executive officers are participants in our Fiscal Year 2019 Corporate Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. Our Bonus Plan provides for payments based on the achievement of certain corporate performance goals based on achieving target levels of quarterly and annual earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA, excluding stock based compensation, and the dollar

 

122


Table of Contents

value of new subscriptions or expanded subscriptions entered into during the applicable quarter or year, net of churn. Three-eighths of the payment is measured based on quarterly goal achievement for each of the first three quarters, with the remainder measured based on annual goal achievement.

Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers setting forth the terms and conditions of such executive’s employment with us. The offer letters generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary. Each of our named executive officers has executed our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement.

In addition, we have entered into executive severance agreements with each of our named executive officers.

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

We have entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Mr. Courtemanche. Pursuant to such offer letter, Mr. Courtemanche’s base salary is $400,000. Mr. Courtemanche’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

Paul Lyandres

We have entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Mr. Lyandres. Pursuant to such offer letter, Mr. Lyandres’s base salary is $350,000. Mr. Lyandres’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

Benjamin C. Singer

We have entered into a confirmatory offer letter with Mr. Singer. Pursuant to such offer letter, Mr. Singer’s base salary is $360,000. Mr. Singer’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

Executive Severance Agreements

We entered into executive severance agreements in February 2020 with each of our named executive officers. Each agreement provides that upon a termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason” (each as defined in the executive severance agreements) that occurs within three months prior to, or 12 months following, a “change in control” (as defined in the executive severance agreements), the executive will receive a lump sum payment equal to the sum of 18 months (24 months in the case of Mr. Courtemanche) of the executive’s monthly base salary and a pro rata portion of the executive’s target bonus, as well as full vesting of the time-based portion of any equity awards, and 18 months of payment of COBRA premiums (24 months in the case of Mr. Courtemanche). In addition, the executive severance agreements provide that on a termination or resignation that would trigger the right to the benefits above but for the fact that the termination or resignation occurs outside the change in control period, the executive will receive a lump sum payment equal to 12 months (18 months in the case of Mr. Courtemanche) of the executive’s monthly base salary, as well as 12 months of payment of COBRA premiums (18 months in the case of Mr. Courtemanche), provided that, in the case of Mr. Lyandres, a resignation for good reason outside of the change in control period will not trigger the right to any such severance benefits. Receipt of payments and benefits under the executive severance agreement is subject to the executive signing a release of claims.

 

123


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents the outstanding equity awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.

 

          Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date(1)     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested
 

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

    11/10/2016 (2)      748,968       227,948       2.42       11/10/2026              
    7/12/2018 (3)      125,125       420,875       12.22       7/12/2028       273,000 (10)                        

Paul Lyandres

    10/22/2014 (4)      112,645             0.41       10/22/2024              
    3/12/2015 (5)      77,084       6,250       0.41       3/12/2025              
    1/18/2017 (6)      76,493       28,085       3.60       1/18/2027              
    7/12/2018 (7)      88,541       161,459       12.22       7/12/2028              
    9/5/2019 (8)      6,250       53,750       24.48       9/5/2029       50,000 (11)(13)   

Benjamin C. Singer

    6/4/2019 (9)            162,500       22.63       6/4/2029       78,500 (12)(13)   

 

(1)

All of the stock and option awards were granted under the 2014 Plan and are subject to acceleration of vesting upon certain events.

(2)

The shares subject to the option vest in 60 equal monthly installments beginning on the one month anniversary of February 5, 2016, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(3)

The shares subject to the option vest in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on the one month anniversary of January 1, 2019, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(4)

Twenty percent of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of August 25, 2014 and the remaining shares vest in 48 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(5)

Twenty percent of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of March 11, 2015 and the remaining shares vest in 48 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(6)

The shares subject to the option vest in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on the one month anniversary of December 1, 2016, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(7)

The shares subject to the option vest in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on the one month anniversary of July 1, 2018, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(8)

The shares subject to the option vest in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on the one month anniversary of July 10, 2019, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(9)

Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of April 21, 2019 and the remaining shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(10)

The shares subject to the RSU commence vesting on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the RSU vest on the Company Vesting Date (as defined below) that most closely precedes the one-year anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement, and on each of the three one-year anniversaries of such Company Vesting Date thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. “Company Vesting Date” means each February 20, May 20, August 20, and November 20.

(11)

The service-based vesting condition is satisfied as to 1/16th of the shares subject to the RSU on November 20, 2019, and as to 1/16th of the shares on each Company Vesting Date thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(12)

The service-based vesting condition is satisfied as to 1/4th of the shares subject to the RSU on May 20, 2020, and as to 1/16th of the shares on each Company Vesting Date thereafter, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(13)

The shares subject to the RSU will vest upon the satisfaction of both a liquidity-based condition and a service-based condition before the award’s expiration date. The liquidity-based condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or (ii) the date of a “change in control” as defined in the 2014 Plan.

Other Compensation and Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment

 

124


Table of Contents

insurance plans, in each case, on the same basis as all of our other employees. We pay the premiums for the life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers.

We maintain a 401(k) plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation up to certain Code limits, which are updated annually. We have the ability to make matching and discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we make contributions to the 401(k) plan up to 4% of the participating employee’s W-2 earnings and wages. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are not generally taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2019. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us (other than the 401(k) plan) during 2019.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 Plan in                      2020, which will become effective in connection with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, and such 2020 Plan will supersede and replace our 2014 Plan. After our 2020 Plan becomes effective, no further stock awards will be granted under our 2014 Plan.

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 Plan in                      2020, and we expect our stockholders to approve our 2020 Plan prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2020 Plan is a successor to and continuation of our 2014 Plan. Our 2020 Plan will become effective on the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Our 2020 Plan came into existence upon its adoption by our board of directors, but no grants will be made under our 2020 Plan prior to its effectiveness. Once our 2020 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under our 2014 Plan.

Awards.    Our 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards, and other forms of awards to employees, directors, and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares.    Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2020 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed                  shares of our common stock, which is the sum of (1)            new shares, plus (2) an additional number of shares not to exceed                 , consisting of (A) shares that remain available for the issuance of awards under our 2014 Plan as of immediately prior to the time our 2020 Plan becomes effective and (B) shares of our

 

125


Table of Contents

common stock subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2014 Plan that, on or after the date our 2020 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the award is settled in cash; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price, if any, as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2021 through January 1, 2030, in an amount equal to (i)     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the fiscal year before the date of each automatic increase, or (ii) a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors prior to the applicable January 1. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2020 Plan is                  shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2020 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. Shares withheld under a stock award to satisfy the exercise, strike, or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy a tax withholding obligation do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. If any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us (1) because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, (2) to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an award or (3) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. Any shares previously issued which are reacquired in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award will again become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2020 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under our 2020 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine award recipients, grant dates, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Stock Options.    ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of our 2020 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under our 2020 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under our 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient approved by the plan administrator, provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for

 

126


Table of Contents

a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft, or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, or (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options or stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized officer, an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument.

Tax Limitations on ISOs.    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.    Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient approved by the plan administrator, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards.    Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft, or money order, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights.    Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under our 2020 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be settled in cash or shares of common stock or in any other form of payment as determined by our board of directors and specified in the stock appreciation right agreement.

 

127


Table of Contents

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under our 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards.    Our 2020 Plan permits the grant of performance awards that may be settled in stock, cash, or other property. Performance awards may be structured so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the board of directors. The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the board of directors at the time the performance award is granted, the board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (iv) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (v) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under GAAP; (vi) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (vii) to assume that any portion of our business which is divested achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (viii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (ix) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (x) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under GAAP; and (xi) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under GAAP.

Other Stock Awards.    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award (or cash equivalent) and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit.    The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any calendar year, including awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $        in total value; provided that such amount will increase to             for the first year for newly appointed or elected non-employee directors.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be

 

128


Table of Contents

made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs, and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions.    The following applies to stock awards under our 2020 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in our 2020 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transaction, any stock awards outstanding under our 2020 Plan may be assumed, continued, or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue, or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the per share amount payable to holders of common stock in connection with the corporate transaction, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder, if applicable. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out, or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the corporate transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of common stock.

Change in Control.    Awards granted under our 2020 Plan may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control (as defined in our 2020 Plan) as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2020 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2020 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2020 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

129


Table of Contents

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2014 Plan in June 2014, and our stockholders approved our 2014 Plan in June 2014. Our 2014 Plan has been periodically amended, most recently in August 2019. As of December 31, 2019, there were 1,687,112 shares of common stock remaining available for the future grant of stock awards under our 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2019, stock options covering 18,875,815 shares of our common stock were outstanding and RSUs covering 1,675,757 shares of our common stock were outstanding and subject to vesting and our repurchase right under our 2014 Plan. We expect that any shares remaining available for issuance under our 2014 Plan at the time of this offering will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Stock Awards.    Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and employees of certain of our subsidiary companies, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, phantom stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards to such employees, our directors, and to consultants engaged by us or any of our subsidiary companies.

Authorized Shares.    Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2014 Plan will not exceed 34,712,969 shares. In addition, any shares subject to stock awards that expire or terminate prior to exercise or are otherwise terminated, surrendered or cancelled, and any shares that are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to a stock award or the exercise price of an option, will thereafter be available for issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors administers and interprets the provisions of our 2014 Plan. The board of directors may delegate its authority to a committee of the board. The plan administrator may additionally delegate limited authority to specified officers to grant awards. Under our 2014 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, determine award recipients, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award; construe and interpret our 2014 Plan and awards granted thereunder; prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of our 2014 Plan; and accelerate the vesting of awards.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares, or other change in the Company’s corporate structure affecting the Company’s shares, the plan administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2014 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Corporate Transactions.    Upon the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in our 2014 Plan), awards will terminate unless provision is made for their continuation or assumption. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other awards under our 2014 Plan will be permitted, immediately before the change in control, to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or other awards under the Plan that are then exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control. Notwithstanding any other provision of our 2014 Plan to the contrary, in the event of a change in control, the administrator may, in its sole discretion, take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the full or partial acceleration of the exercisability of any or all outstanding stock options or other awards.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    The plan administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend, or terminate our 2014 Plan. Certain amendments, alterations, or the suspension or

 

130


Table of Contents

discontinuance of our 2014 Plan may require the written consent of holders of outstanding awards. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. As discussed above, no new awards will be granted under our 2014 Plan following the closing of this offering.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

On the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding, or investigation. We believe that this amended and restated certificate of incorporation and these amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

131


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2017 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable in arm’s-length transactions.

Series I Preferred Stock Financing

From September 2019 through January 2020, we sold an aggregate of 2,506,849 shares of our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $37.8654 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $94,922,840. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

  Shares of
Series I
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners(1)

    1,056,372      $ 39,999,961  

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(2)

    264,093      $ 9,999,987  

 

(1)

Entities associated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are ICONIQ Strategic Partners II, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners II-B, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners II Co-Invest, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners III, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners III-B, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners III Co-Invest, L.P., P Series, ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV-B, L.P., and ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV Co-Invest, L.P., P Series. William Griffith, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at ICONIQ Strategic Partners.

(2)

Entities associated with Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P., and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. Brian Feinstein, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners.

2017 Third Party Tender Offer

In July 2017, we entered into a letter agreement with certain investors pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such investors proposed to commence. In July 2017, these investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of $12.25 per share, less transaction costs, pursuant to an offer to purchase to which we were not a party.

Entities affiliated with Mr. Courtemanche, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, Paul Lyandres, Dennis Lyandres, and an entity affiliated with Sam Crigman, each of whom is one of our executive officers, and certain other of our employees sold shares of our capital stock in the tender offer. An aggregate of approximately 3.8 million shares of our capital stock were tendered pursuant to the tender offer.

 

132


Table of Contents

2018 Third Party Tender Offer

In December 2018, we entered into a letter agreement with certain investors pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and to assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such investors proposed to commence. In December 2018, these investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of $23.72 per share, less transaction costs, pursuant to an offer to purchase to which we were not a party.

An entity affiliated with Mr. Courtemanche, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, an entity affiliated with Steven C. Zahm, our President–Chief Culture Officer and a member of our board of directors, an entity affiliated with Kevin J. O’Connor, a member of our board of directors, Paul Lyandres, one of our executive officers, Dennis Lyandres, one of our executive officers, an entity affiliated with Sam Crigman, one of our executive officers, and certain other of our employees sold shares of our capital stock in the tender offer.

An aggregate of approximately 6.0 million shares of our capital stock were tendered pursuant to the tender offer, of which entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners purchased approximately 3.9 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $92.2 million. ICONIQ Strategic Partners is a beneficial holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. William Griffith, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at ICONIQ Strategic Partners.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or IRA, with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr. and Steven C. Zahm, Kevin J. O’Connor, entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners, entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, as well as other holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. The IRA provides the certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The IRA also provides certain of these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate on the completion of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate on, the completion of, this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreements

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including each of our executive officers (other than Benjamin C. Singer) or affiliates of such executive officers, Kevin J. O’Connor, entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners, and entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and thereafter none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

We are party to voting agreements under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners, have agreed to vote their shares of our capital stock in the manner directed by a majority of our board of directors, and have granted an irrevocable proxy

 

133


Table of Contents

to, an officer of our company appointed for the purpose of acting as a proxyholder on matters to be voted upon by stockholders, subject to certain limited exceptions. These voting agreements will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including each of our executive officers (other than Benjamin C. Singer) or affiliates of such executive officers, Kevin J. O’Connor, entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners, and entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which stockholders propose to sell in certain circumstances to other parties. This right will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Since January 1, 2017, we have waived our right of first refusal in connection with the sale of certain shares of our capital stock, including sales by certain of our executive officers, resulting in the purchase of such shares by certain of our stockholders, including related persons.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered or will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them in certain circumstances. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the identification, review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and a related person were or will be participants and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness and guarantees of indebtedness. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances as appropriate, such as the purpose of the transaction, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction, management’s recommendation with respect to the proposed related person transaction, and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

134


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2019, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 104,332,087 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, assuming the automatic conversion of 78,863,035 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019, into an equal number shares of our common stock and the vesting of 74,970 RSUs, for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2019 and for which the performance-based vesting condition is to be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on                  shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 or issuable pursuant to RSUs which are subject to vesting conditions expected to occur within 60 days of December 31, 2019. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Procore Technologies, Inc., 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Before
the Offering
     Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares          %              Shares              %      

Directors and Named Executive Officers

           

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.(1)

     7,080,094        6.7        

Paul Lyandres(2)

     418,836        *        

Benjamin C. Singer

                   

Brian Feinstein(3)

                   

William Griffith(4)

     46,200,508        44.3        

Kevin J. O’Connor(5)

     3,987,742        3.8        

Marcus Ryu

                   

Graham Smith

                   

Elisa A. Steele

                   

Steven C. Zahm(6)

     2,026,548        1.9        

All directors and executive officers as a group(7) (12 persons)

     61,300,610        57.5        

5% Stockholders

           

Entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners(8)

     46,200,508        44.3        

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(9)

     15,539,807        14.9        

 

135


Table of Contents

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of (i) 4,130,687 shares held of record by Craig F. Courtemanche and Hillary Courtemanche Family Trust dated as of November 1, 2012, for which Mr. Courtemanche and his spouse serve as trustees, (ii) 2,020,000 shares held of record by The Hillary Courtemanche 2016 Annuity Trust dated November 18, 2016, for which Mr. Courtemanche’s spouse serves as trustee, and (iii) 929,407 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019, all of which are vested as of such date. Mr. Courtemanche also holds RSUs, none of which will become vested within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(2)

Consists of (i) 36,059 shares held of record by Mr. Lyandres, and (ii) 382,777 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019, all of which are vested as of such date. Mr. Lyandres also holds RSUs, none of which will become vested within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(3)

Mr. Feinstein, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at Bessemer Venture Partners. Mr. Feinstein disclaims beneficial ownership interest of the securities held by the Bessemer Entities (as defined below) referred to in footnote (9) below. Mr. Feinstein has a passive economic interest in the shares held by the Bessemer Entities through an interest in (i) Bessemer VIII (as defined below) and (ii) Deer VIII L.P. (as defined below).

(4)

Consists of the shares listed in footnote (8) below. Mr. Griffith, a member of our board of directors, is an equity holder and director of ICONIQ Parent GP II (as defined below), ICONIQ Parent GP III (as defined below), and ICONIQ Parent GP IV (as defined below) and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the ICONIQ Entities (as defined below).

(5)

Consists of (i) 3,933,364 shares held of record by Mr. O’Connor and (ii) 54,378 shares held of record by the Joan V. O’Connor Living Trust dated May 16, 2006, as amended and restated, for which Mr. O’Connor serves as a co-trustee.

(6)

Consists of (i) 1,017,799 shares held of record by The Zahm Family Trust dated February 16, 2000, for which Mr. Zahm and his spouse serve as trustees, (ii) 338,689 shares held of record by S. Zahm 2018 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, for which Mr. Zahm and his spouse serve as trustees, (iii) 338,689 shares held of record by E. Zahm 2018 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, for which Mr. Zahm and his spouse serve as trustees, (iv) 106,311 shares held of record by S. Zahm 2019 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated September 16, 2019, for which Mr. Zahm and his spouse serve as trustees, (v) 106,311 shares held of record by E. Zahm 2019 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated September 16, 2019, for which Mr. Zahm and his spouse serve as trustees, and (vi) 118,749 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2019, all of which are vested as of such date. Mr. Zahm also holds RSUs, none of which will become vested within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(7)

Consists of (i) 59,082,106 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors, and (ii) 2,218,504 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019, all of which are vested as of such date. Some of our current directors and executive officers also hold RSUs, none of which will become vested within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(8)

Consists of (i) 12,867,618 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II, L.P., or ICONIQ II, (ii) 10,072,747 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II-B, L.P., or ICONIQ II-B, (iii) 4,769,769 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II Co-Invest, L.P., or Co-invest II, (iv) 5,237,611 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners III, L.P., or ICONIQ III, (v) 5,596,460 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners III-B, L.P., or ICONIQ III-B, (vi) 2,042,994 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners III Co-Invest, L.P., P Series, or Co-invest III, (vii) 1,759,697 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV, L.P., or ICONIQ IV, (viii) 2,872,178 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV-B, L.P., or ICONIQ IV-B., and (ix) 981,434 shares held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV Co-Invest, L.P., Series P, or Co-invest IV. ICONIQ II, ICONIQ II-B, Co-invest II, ICONIQ III, ICONIQ III-B, Co-invest III, ICONIQ IV, ICONIQ IV-B, and Co-invest IV are the ICONIQ Entities. ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P., or

 

136


Table of Contents
  ICONIQ GP II, is the general partner of ICONIQ II, ICONIQ II-B and Co-invest II. ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP II, is the general partner of ICONIQ GP II. ICONIQ Strategic Partners III GP, L.P., or ICONIQ GP III, is the general partner of ICONIQ III, ICONIQ III-B, and Co-invest III. ICONIQ Strategic Partners III TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP III, is the general partner of ICONIQ GP III. ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV GP, L.P., or ICONIQ GP IV, is the general partner of ICONIQ IV, ICONIQ IV-B, and Co-invest IV. ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP IV, is the general partner of ICONIQ GP IV. Divesh Makan and William Griffith are the sole equity holders and directors of ICONIQ Parent GP II, ICONIQ Parent GP III and ICONIQ Parent GP IV and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the ICONIQ Entities. The address for each of these entities is c/o ICONIQ Strategic Partners 394 Pacific Avenue, 2nd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111.
(9)

Consists of (i) 8,484,734 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P., or Bessemer Institutional, and (ii) 7,055,073 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P, or Bessemer VIII, and together with Bessemer Institutional, the Bessemer Entities. Each of Deer VIII & Co. L.P., or Deer VIII L.P., the general partner of the Bessemer Entities, and Deer VIII & Co. Ltd., or Deer VIII Ltd., the general partner of Deer VIII L.P., has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Entities. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Entities are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. The address for each of these entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective upon the completion of this offering, the investors’ rights agreement and relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law. The descriptions herein are qualified in their entirety by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and investors’ rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

   

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2019, we had 25,469,052 shares of common stock (assuming the settlement of 74,970 RSUs, for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2019 and for which the performance-based vesting condition is to be satisfied upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part) and 78,863,035 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 into shares of common stock and the settlement of the RSUs described in the previous sentence immediately upon the closing of this offering, there would have been 104,332,087 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2019 held by 776 stockholders of record.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then-outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable. All authorized but unissued shares of our common stock will be available for issuance by our board of directors without any further stockholder action, except as required by the listing standards of the NYSE. The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

138


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2019, there were 78,863,035 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. Immediately upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding options under our equity compensation plans to purchase an aggregate of 18,875,815 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.03 per share.

Restricted Stock Units

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding 1,600,787 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs under our 2014 Plan, assuming the settlement of the RSUs described above.

Restricted Stock Awards

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding 205,464 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock subject to RSAs.

Registration Rights

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that provides that certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of at least 1% of our outstanding capital stock, have certain registration rights as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire five years after the closing of this offering, of which this prospectus is a part, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time after the closing of this offering that such stockholder can sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

 

139


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

Upon election by the requisite holders, the holders of an aggregate of 55,204,283 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, certain holders of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of the registrable shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. Such request for registration must cover shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price, before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $10.0 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 85,661,423 shares of our common stock were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering, and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing, and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration relating to (i) any employee benefit plan, (ii) the offer and sale of debt securities or the stock issuable upon conversion thereof, or (iii) any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration, and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 85,661,423 shares of common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $1.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws contain or will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

140


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairperson of the board, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors, or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Composition of our Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held

 

141


Table of Contents

Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for actions or proceedings brought under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (4) any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (5) any action as to which the Delaware General Corporate Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (6) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PCOR.”

 

142


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and assuming (i) the issuance of shares of common stock in this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of 78,863,035 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 into an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) no exercise of the outstanding options or settlement of the RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2019, (iv) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (v) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                  shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be, and shares underlying outstanding RSUs and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that                of these shares will be subject to a                 -day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements described below.

As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement, or IRA, described below and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock, based on the number of options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2019 and the initial public offering price of $             per share, may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of stock option holders resulting from the exercise of outstanding options;

 

   

as the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of holders of RSUs resulting from the settlement of the RSUs that fully vest subsequent to the completion of this offering and as early as May     , 2020, an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of holders of RSUs resulting from the settlement of the RSUs that fully vest subsequent to May     , 2020; and

 

143


Table of Contents
   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements described above), the remainder of the shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter.

The shares of our common stock that may be available in the public market prior to 181 days after the date of this prospectus could be higher or lower depending on the price of shares of our common stock and the actual numbers of RSUs that are fully-vested on the applicable settlement date and on the number of stock options exercised. In addition, after this offering, up to                  shares of our common stock may be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or upon settlement of outstanding RSUs (including those outstanding options and RSUs that may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations), and                  shares of our common stock are available for future issuance under our 2020 Plan and our 2014 Plan, as the case may be.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, and will not cause or direct any of our or their respective affiliates, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, including without limitation any such shares or derivative instruments, now owned or hereafter acquired by the holder, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by such holder or someone other than such holder), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of our common stock or derivative instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in (i) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (ii) the lock-up period is scheduled to end during a blackout period (as defined below) or within ten trading days prior to a blackout period, and (iii) we have publicly announced through a major news service or on a Form 8-K the date of the Blackout-Related Release (as defined below), then the last day of the lock-up period will be the later of (x) the commencement of the last trading window preceding the blackout period and (y) 120 days after the date of this prospectus, but only if the 120th day is at least five trading days prior to the commencement of the blackout period. We refer to the broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy as the blackout period. Any expiration of the lock-up period prior to the 180th day after the date of this prospectus pursuant to the lock-up early release provision described in the immediately preceding sentence is referred to as the “Blackout-Related Release.”

In addition, under the terms of the lock-up agreements, as the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market in order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of holders of RSUs resulting from the settlement of the RSUs that fully vest subsequent to the completion of this offering and as early as May     , 2020, an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market in

 

144


Table of Contents

order to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of holders of RSUs resulting from the settlement of the RSUs that fully vest subsequent to May     , 2020. The shares of our common stock that may be available in the public market prior to 181 days after the date of this prospectus could be higher or lower depending on the price of shares of our common stock and the actual numbers of RSUs that are fully-vested on the applicable settlement date and on the number of stock options exercised. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to certain conditions, each of the directors and officers and certain holders of our common stock may transfer their shares of our common stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts or for bona fide estate planning purposes; (ii) to any immediate family member or to any trust; (iii) upon death or for estate planning; (iv) if such shares of common stock are acquired from the underwriters or in open market transactions after the date of this prospectus; (v) to satisfy income, employment or social tax withholding and remittance obligations arising in connection with the exercise of options or vesting or settlement of RSUs; (vi) if a legal entity to another legal entity or investment fund managed by such legal entity; (vii) (x) to us in connection with the exercise of options or the vesting or settlement of restricted stock units or other equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan or (y) in connection with the exercise of options, including “net” or “cashless” exercises, or the vesting or settlement of restricted stock units or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock, including any transfer of shares of our common stock for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the exercise of any such options or vesting or settlement of such restricted stock units or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock, and any transfer necessary to generate such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes, including estimated taxes, due as a result of the exercise of options or vesting or settlement of restricted stock units or other equity awards, whether by means of a “net settlement” or otherwise, provided that shares of our common stock not sold to cover vesting tax obligations may not be transferred; (viii) by operation of law; (ix) to us in connection with repurchases of our common stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans; (x) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock; and (xi) to us in connection with conversion or reclassification of outstanding equity securities.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including our IRA, our standard form of option agreement, and our standard form of RSU agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

145


Table of Contents

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission                  concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and RSUs and common stock issued or issuable under our 2020 Plan and our 2014 Plan, as applicable. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

As of January 31, 2020, holders of up to 85,661,423 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act

 

146


Table of Contents

upon the completion of this offering and the expiration of lock-up agreements. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

147


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR

COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

partnerships or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations”;

 

   

“passive foreign investment companies”;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will

 

148


Table of Contents

generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described under the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts that exceed such current and accumulated earnings and profits and, therefore, are not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess amount distributed will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “Gain On Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish us or the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or the withholding agent before the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or the withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

 

149


Table of Contents

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.

However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.

Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the

 

150


Table of Contents

United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Gain described in the third bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to any provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Withholding on Foreign Entities

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity either certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” as defined in the Code or provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019, although under recently issued proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on such proposed regulations pending finalization), no withholding would apply with respect to payments of gross proceeds.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

 

151


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                           

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until such option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

 

Paid by Us

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date                days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of                . This agreement does not

 

152


Table of Contents

apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “PCOR”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on                 , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately                . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering.

We will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory,

 

153


Table of Contents

investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no offer of shares of our common stock may be made to the public in that Member State other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article (14) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any of our Representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the Representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (1) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets

 

154


Table of Contents

Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (2) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principals that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) or, Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (2) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject

 

155


Table of Contents

of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time, or the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (2) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, or (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, or (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares the issuer has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

156


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California. Latham  & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California, has acted as counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at https://www.procore.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

157


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Procore Technologies, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Procore Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in 2017.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 25, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2018 and 2019

 

(in thousands, except number of shares and par value)    2018     2019     Pro Forma
2019
 
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 94,853     $ 118,452    

Accounts receivable, net

     36,226       58,244    

Restricted cash, current

     4,665       -    

Contract cost asset, current

     9,005       11,919    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,951       12,456    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     150,700       201,071    

Capitalized software development costs, net

     9,876       20,771    

Property and equipment, net

     21,377       29,637    

Right of use assets - finance leases

     47,157       44,784    

Right of use assets - operating leases

     23,180       35,852    

Contract cost asset, non-current

     14,301       18,880    

Intangibles, net

     3,305       30,005    

Goodwill

     423       114,528    

Restricted cash, non-current

     3,303       3,376    

Other assets

     1,374       4,760    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 274,996     $ 503,664    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

   $ 7,754     $ 9,436    

Accrued expenses

     20,286       33,186    

Deferred revenue, current

     110,546       173,521    

Other current liabilities

     7,222       8,631    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     145,808       224,774    

Deferred revenue, non-current

     1,207       4,390    

Finance lease liabilities, non-current

     51,455       50,340    

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     21,656       33,316    

Other liabilities, non-current

     384       1,705    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     220,510       314,525    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 75,223,595 and 80,452,757 shares authorized at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 73,999,921 and 78,863,035 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; liquidation preference of $448,207 at December 31, 2019; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019, pro forma (unaudited)

     254,172       442,897       -  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 122,600,000 and 133,208,944 shares authorized at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 21,243,625, 25,394,082 and 104,332,087 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2019 pro forma (unaudited), respectively

     2       3       11  

Additional paid-in capital

     18,109       47,043       502,607  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (80     20       20  

Accumulated deficit

     (217,717     (300,824     (313,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (199,686     (253,758     189,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 274,996     $ 503,664    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2017     2018     2019  

Revenue

   $ 112,251     $ 186,396     $ 289,194  

Cost of revenue

     25,353       37,401       53,166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     86,898       148,995       236,028  

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     77,748       112,723       173,472  

Research and development

     39,762       55,950       87,022  

General and administrative

     24,516       35,365       58,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     142,026       204,038       318,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (55,128     (55,043     (82,624

Interest expense, net

     (157     (1,394     (930

Other (expense) income, net

     (17     16       518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (55,302     (56,421     (83,036

Provision for income taxes

     238       250       71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (55,540   $ (56,671   $ (83,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.15   $ (2.77   $ (3.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     17,613,517       20,430,502       24,361,173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.84
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

         99,220,500  
      

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

      

Net loss

   $ (55,540   $ (56,671     (83,107

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1       (81     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (55,539   $ (56,752   $ (83,007
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

(in thousands, except share amounts)

   Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
           Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in

Capital
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
   Shares     Amount            Shares      Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2016

     72,149,744     $ 179,600            16,275,883      $ 2      $ 2,166      $ -     $ (118,093   $ (115,925
 

Cumulative-effect adjustment resulting from adoption of ASC 606

     -       -            -        -        -        -       12,587       12,587  

Exercise of stock options

     -       -            1,909,929        -        1,060        -       -       1,060  

Stock-based compensation

     -       -            -        -        3,580        -       -       3,580  

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

     (1,093,666     (269          1,093,666        -        269        -       -       269  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     -       -            -        -        -        1       -       1  

Net loss

     -       -            -        -        -        -       (55,540     (55,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2017

     71,056,078     $ 179,331            19,279,478      $ 2      $ 7,075      $ 1     $ (161,046   $ (153,968

Exercise of stock options

     -       -            1,964,147        -        3,152        -       -       3,152  

Stock-based compensation

     -       -            -        -        7,882        -       -       7,882  

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $159

     2,943,843       74,841            -        -        -        -       -       -  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     -       -                     (81     -       (81

Net loss

     -       -            -        -        -        -       (56,671     (56,671
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

     73,999,921     $ 254,172            21,243,625      $ 2      $ 18,109      $ (80   $ (217,717   $ (199,686

Exercise of stock options

     -       -            2,771,067        1        6,687        -       -       6,688  

Stock-based compensation

     -       1,164            -        -        19,327        -       -       19,327  

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

     (1,379,390     (249          1,379,390        -        249        -       -       249  

Adjustment to Series H issuance costs

     -       23               -        -        -       -       -  

Issuance of Series H-1 convertible preferred stock

     3,865,667       97,913            -        -        -        -       -       -  

Options exchanged in business combination attributed to precombination services

     -       -            -        -        2,671        -       -       2,671  

Issuance of Series I convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $126

     2,376,837       89,874            -        -        -        -       -       -  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     -       -            -        -        -        100       -       100  

Net loss

     -       -            -        -        -        -       (83,107     (83,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2019

     78,863,035     $ 442,897            25,394,082      $ 3      $ 47,043      $ 20     $ (300,824   $ (253,758
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

(in thousands)    2017     2018     2019  

Operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (55,540   $ (56,671   $ (83,107

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

      

Stock-based compensation

     3,432       7,489       19,238  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,483       8,254       14,881  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     1,307       1,313       502  

Noncash operating lease expense

     5,505       5,648       4,457  

Unrealized foreign currency loss, net

     -       254       182  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business combinations

      

Accounts receivable

     (11,760     (15,371     (19,609

Deferred contract cost assets

     (5,198     (7,145     (7,427

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (2,059     (2,206     (6,663

Accounts payable

     2,908       319       805  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,827       7,476       12,334  

Deferred revenue

     32,946       35,418       61,622  

Operating lease liabilities

     (4,511     (5,881     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used in operating activities

     (24,660     (21,103     (7,004
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (5,174     (13,741     (13,054

Capitalized software development costs

     (3,943     (8,091     (14,936

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     -       (2,125     (38,695
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used in investing activities

     (9,117     (23,957     (66,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     -       74,841       90,000  

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     1,060       3,152       6,688  

Payment of debt issuance costs

     -       (156     -  

Payments of deferred offering costs

     -       -       (1,044

Payment of deferred business acquisition consideration

     -       -       (1,761

Principal payments under finance lease agreements, net of proceeds from lease incentives

     (345     312       (1,126
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

     715       78,149       92,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (33,062     33,089       19,068  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     1       (284     (61

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

     103,077       70,016       102,821  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 70,016     $ 102,821     $ 121,828  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

(in thousands)    2017      2018      2019  

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash to the consolidated balance sheets

        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 60,330      $ 94,853      $ 118,452  

Restricted cash, current at end of period

     -        4,665        -  

Restricted cash, non-current at end of period

     9,686        3,303        3,376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows

   $ 70,016      $ 102,821      $ 121,828  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

        

Cash paid for interest other than finance leases

   $ 13      $ 23      $ 149  

Cash paid for income taxes

     8        137        310  

Cash received for lease incentives

     312        1,520        201  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

        

Operating cash flows from finance leases

     695        1,895        2,177  

Operating cash flows from operating leases

     5,553        6,705        5,440  

Financing cash flows from finance leases

     345        1,208        1,327  

Noncash investing and financing activities:

        

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at year end

     1,531        1,611        1,693  

Capitalized software development costs included in accrued expenses at year end

     278        549        788  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at year end

     -        -        1,719  

Issuance costs included in accrued expenses at year end

     -        -        126  

Stock-based compensation capitalized for software development

     148        393        1,253  

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

     269        -        249  

Issuance of preferred stock as consideration in a business combination

     -        -        97,913  

Options exchanged in business combination attributed to precombination services

     -        -        2,671  

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities:

        

Finance leases

     300        15,991        247  

Operating leases

     11,571        9,302        17,081  

Noncash net change due to lease remeasurement:

        

Finance leases

     17,377        -        -  

Operating leases

     2,229        4,576        -  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Procore Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (together “Procore”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) provide a cloud-based construction management platform and related software products that allow the construction industry’s key stakeholders, such as owners, general contractors, specialty contractors, architects, and engineers, to collaborate on construction projects.

The Company was incorporated in California in 2002 and re-incorporated in Delaware in 2014. The Company is headquartered in Carpinteria, California, and has operations in California, New York, Texas, Minnesota, and Oregon in the United States, and internationally in Australia, Canada, England and Mexico.

 

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Procore Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). We have reclassified certain amounts in the prior periods’ financial statements to conform to 2019 presentation.

Unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet information and pro forma net loss per share

Unaudited pro forma balance sheet

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2019 reflects the automatic conversion of all shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement (“IPO”) as if it had occurred on December 31, 2019. Upon the closing of an IPO, all of the shares of outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into 78,863,035 shares of common stock.

As described in Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) which contain both service and performance vesting conditions. The performance vesting condition is satisfied upon the effective date of a registration statement for the Company’s IPO. The Company will recognize cumulative stock-based compensation expense associated with outstanding RSUs for the portion of the service period completed from the grant date through the IPO date. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to stock-based compensation expense of $12.7 million associated with these RSUs assuming the effective date of the registration statement of the Company’s IPO was December 31, 2019. The pro forma adjustment is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in-capital and accumulated deficit. If the performance condition had been satisfied on December 31, 2019, 74,970 RSUs would have vested based on satisfying the service vesting condition (the “Vesting RSUs”). The Vesting RSUs have been included in the pro forma number of common shares outstanding in the pro forma balance sheet. Payroll tax expenses and other withholding obligations have not been included in the pro forma adjustments. The RSU holders

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

will generally incur taxable income based upon the value of the shares on the date they are settled. The Company is required to withhold taxes on such value at applicable minimum statutory rates. The Company was unable to quantify these obligations as of December 31, 2019 and will remain unable to quantify them until the performance vesting condition is satisfied, as the withholding obligations will be based on the value of the shares on the settlement date.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed to give effect to the automatic conversion upon the closing of the IPO of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, using the if-converted method, as of January 1, 2019 or the date of issuance, if later, net of shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock that is subject to vesting based on continued service of the employee. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share also gives effect to 21,544 weighted-average shares related to RSUs which contain both service and performance vesting conditions for which the service-based condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2019 as if such issuance had occurred as of January 1, 2019, or the date of issuance, if later. The pro forma net loss has not been adjusted for stock-based compensation expense associated with these RSUs.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates its estimates and assumptions for continued reasonableness, primarily with respect to the fair value of the Company’s common stock, revenue recognition, the period of benefit of contract cost asset, the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, useful lives of long-lived assets, capitalization of software development costs, stock-based compensation expense, and provision for income taxes, including related reserves and allowances. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Segments

We operate as a single operating segment. Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer who regularly reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash includes cash held in checking and savings accounts. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, cash equivalents comprised money market funds that were recorded at fair value which approximates amortized cost.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

From time to time, the Company posts cash collateral to satisfy certain contractual arrangements that may arise in the normal course of business and that is contractually restricted as to use. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, restricted cash consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2018      2019  

Collateral letters of credit and bank guarantees related to leases

   $ 4,665      $ 277  

Funds required to secure certain corporate credit card accounts

     3,303        3,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash

   $ 7,968      $ 3,376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts receivable.

The Company maintains cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amounts, do not require collateral or bear interest, and mainly result from subscriptions to access the Company’s software products. The Company regularly assesses the need for allowances for potential losses from these accounts receivable. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company’s accounts receivable allowance was $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively. No customer represented 10% or more of the consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2019. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019.

Foreign currency transactions and translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries in Australia, Canada, and England is their local currencies and the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiary in Mexico is U.S. dollars. For foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is their local currencies, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, stockholders’ equity is translated at the applicable historical exchange rate, and revenue and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates during the period. The effect of exchange rate changes resulting from the translation of the foreign subsidiary financial statements is accounted for as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income.

In addition, we incur foreign currency transaction gains and losses, including those related to intercompany agreements among us and our subsidiaries, which are recorded in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Foreign currency gains and losses were not material for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while renewals and betterments are

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated lives of the assets as follows:

 

Asset Classification

  

Estimated Useful Life

Leasehold improvements    Lesser of 15 years or lease term
Building improvements    Lesser of 20 years or lease term
Furniture and fixtures    5 years
Computers and equipment    3 years
Purchased software    3 years

Leases

We determine an arrangement is a lease at inception if we are both able to identify an asset and conclude we have the right to control the identified asset. Leases are classified as finance or operating based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is comprised of amortization of the right of use (“ROU”) asset and interest expense recognized based on an effective interest method for finance leases, or as a single lease cost recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for operating leases. Leases are included in ROU assets, other current liabilities, and long-term finance and operating lease liabilities within our consolidated balance sheets. Leases with expected terms of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. Certain leases contain provisions that allow us to be reimbursed by the landlord for specified tenant improvements that are subject to final approval prior to being paid. We estimate the likelihood that we will incur and be reimbursed for such costs at the commencement of the lease and reduce the ROU liability for the discounted future cash receipt, with a corresponding offset to the ROU asset.

ROU assets represent our right to control an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term. Except for certain miscellaneous equipment leases, our leases do not provide an implicit rate. Therefore, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the discount rate used to calculate the present value of minimum lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate used is estimated based on what we would be required to pay for a collateralized loan over a similar term. The Company used an estimated incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2017 to measure the lease liability for leases that commenced on or prior to that date. Our leases typically do not include any residual value guarantees, bargain purchase options, or asset retirement obligations.

We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for as a single lease component. Our agreements may contain variable lease payments. We include variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate in the calculation of the ROU lease liabilities and exclude those which depend on facts or circumstances occurring after the commencement date, other than the passage of time.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $0 and $2.8 million have been recorded as other assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and consist of costs incurred in connection with the anticipated sale of the Company’s common stock in an IPO, including certain legal, accounting, printing, and other IPO related costs. After completion of the IPO, deferred offering costs are recorded in stockholders’ deficit as a reduction from the proceeds of the offering. Should the Company terminate its planned IPO or if there is a significant delay, the deferred offering costs would be immediately expensed to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Business Combinations

The Company assesses whether an acquisition is a business combination or an asset acquisition. If substantially all of the gross assets acquired are concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets, then the acquisition is accounted for as an asset acquisition, where the purchase consideration is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the assets acquired. Goodwill is not recorded in an asset acquisition. If the gross assets are not concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets, then the Company determines if the set of assets acquired represents a business. A business is an integrated set of activities and assets capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return. Depending on the nature of the acquisition, judgment may be required to determine if the set of assets acquired is a business combination or not.

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for a business combination. Under this method of accounting, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company adjusts the provisional amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of that date. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, and discount rates, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, the Company may be required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates it has made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information that may be obtained from management of the acquired company and are inherently uncertain.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

All of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from four to 10 years. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets periodically by considering events or changes in circumstances that may warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate the asset may be impaired.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (i.e., the operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate that goodwill may be impaired. In assessing impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not a reporting unit is more likely than not impaired. Alternatively, we may perform a quantitative impairment assessment or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is required. The quantitative analysis compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, including goodwill, then a goodwill impairment charge is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.

Capitalized software development costs

The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once the preliminary stage is complete, internal and external direct costs are capitalized until the developed software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Costs incurred for post implementation activities, training, maintenance, and minor upgrades and enhancements without adding additional functionality are expensed as incurred. All internal-use software costs capitalized to date relate to the development of and major enhancements to the Company’s cloud-based software as a service (“SaaS”) construction management platform and related software products. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the developed software’s estimated useful life of two years and recorded in cost of revenue within the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Fair value measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are based on a fair value hierarchy using three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable, as follows:

 

Level 1

   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

   Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

Level 3

   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities (including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses) approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of such items. The Company classifies its money market funds recorded in cash equivalents within Level 1 of the hierarchy as the values are derived from quoted prices in active markets. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, cash equivalents of $74.9 million and $13.9 million, respectively, were held in money market funds. Additionally, the carrying value of the Company’s restricted cash in 2018 approximates its fair value based on interest rates currently available to the Company for instruments with similar terms and maturities which are Level 2 inputs.

Certain assets, including goodwill and long-lived assets, are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired a result of an impairment review. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, certain impairments were identified as discussed below.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, property and equipment, and capitalized software development costs, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Impairment testing is performed at an asset level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities, or an asset group. Recoverability of asset groups to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying value of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from the use of such assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, an impairment is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset group. Assets to be abandoned with no remaining future service potential are written down to amounts expected to be recovered.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

During 2017, the Company abandoned certain leasehold improvement assets in connection with a change in design plans of the related offices. The Company concluded that these abandoned assets had no future service potential, and the Company fully wrote-down these assets and recorded an impairment charge of $1.2 million within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

During 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded an impairment charge for certain software development costs of $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, within research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, relating to development projects the Company concluded it would not complete.

Revenue recognition

The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from subscriptions for access to its software products and related support. The software products are hosted on its cloud-based SaaS construction management platform. Subscriptions are sold for a fixed fee and revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription. The Company’s subscription agreements generally have annual or multi-year terms, are typically subject to renewal at the end of the subscription term, are non-cancellable, and do not provide for refunds to customers or any other right of return. The Company generally invoices its customers at the beginning of each annual subscription period, and to a lesser extent, on a quarterly or monthly basis. To the extent we invoice our customers in advance of revenue recognition, we record deferred revenue. Consequently, a portion of the revenue that is reported each period is attributable to the recognition of revenue previously deferred and related to subscriptions that the Company entered into during previous periods. Subscription fees are generally due and payable upon receipt of invoice by our customers or within 30 days of the stated billing date. The Company does not provide the customer with the right to take possession of its software products at any time.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Determination of the transaction price

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

The Company executes a signed contract with the customer that specifies services to be provided, the payment amounts and terms, and the period of service, among other terms.

The Company’s contracts with customers often include promises to perform multiple services. Determining whether services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or together may require judgment. The contracts with customers include access to the Company’s products and support over the subscription period. Access to the products and support represents a series of distinct services as the Company fulfills its obligation to the customer and the customer receives and consumes the benefits of the software products and support over the subscription term. The series of distinct services represents a single performance obligation.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The transaction price is determined by the stated fixed fees in the contract, excluding any related sales tax. None of the Company’s contracts include a significant financing component.

The Company recognizes revenue ratably over the term of the subscription agreement beginning on the date that access to our products is made available to the customer.

Contract balances

Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. The Company records a contract asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing, and deferred revenue when revenue is recognized subsequent to invoicing. Contract assets of $0.4 million and $0.2 million are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Contract liabilities consist of revenue that is deferred when we have the contractual right to invoice in advance of transferring services to our customers. Substantially all deferred revenue at the beginning of 2017, 2018, and 2019 was recognized as revenue during the subsequent annual fiscal period.

Remaining performance obligation

The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the contracted transaction price that has not yet been recognized as revenue, which includes deferred revenue and amounts under non-cancellable contracts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. The aggregate transaction price of remaining performance obligations is expected to be recognized as revenue as follows (in thousands):

 

     Next 12
Months
     Thereafter      Total  

As of December 31, 2018

   $ 167,924      $ 96,193      $ 264,117  

As of December 31, 2019

   $ 250,105      $ 125,365      $ 375,470  

Substantially all of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations included in the “thereafter” column above is expected to be recognized as revenue between 12 and 36 months from the December 31 date.

Assets recognized from the costs to obtain a contract with a customer

The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be one year or longer. The Company elected the practical expedient that allows an entity to expense incremental contract costs as incurred if the amortization period of the assets would have otherwise been recognized in one year or less. The Company has determined that sales commissions and bonuses paid for new contracts, including certain incremental sales to existing customers, meet the requirements to be capitalized as contract acquisition costs. The contract cost assets are deferred and then recognized in sales and marketing expense on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, which the Company has determined to be four years. Sales commissions and bonuses for renewal contracts are not considered commensurate with sales

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

commissions for new contracts, and therefore, the expected period of benefit for costs capitalized for initial contracts extends beyond the term of the initial contract. Judgment is required to determine the expected period of benefit, for which the Company considers estimates of customer lives and SaaS product technology life in making this determination. There were no impairment losses of contract costs for the periods presented.

The following table presents the changes in contract cost assets during 2017, 2018, and 2019 (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,    2017     2018     2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 10,963     $ 16,161     $ 23,306  

Additions

     9,985       14,819       18,452  

Amortization

     (4,787     (7,674     (10,959
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 16,161     $ 23,306     $ 30,799  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of customer support personnel-related compensation expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, payroll taxes, and stock-based compensation expense, as well as expenses related to third-party hosting costs, software license fees, amortization of capitalized software development costs, amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, and allocated overhead.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. For each of these categories of expense, personnel-related compensation expense is the most significant component, which include salaries, bonuses, commissions, benefits, payroll taxes, and stock-based compensation expense.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses for the Company’s sales and marketing organizations, advertising costs, marketing events, travel, trade shows and other marketing activities, amortization of acquired customer relationship intangible assets and allocated overhead. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company incurred advertising costs of $10.6 million, $14.4 million and $22.6 million, respectively.

Research and development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses associated with the Company’s engineering, product, and design teams, contractor costs to supplement the Company’s staff levels and consulting services and allocated overhead.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of compensation expenses associated with the Company’s finance, information technology, human resources, legal, and other administrative functions. Additionally, general and administrative expenses include

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

non-personnel-related expenses, such as professional fees for audit, legal, tax, and other external consulting services, property and use taxes, licenses, travel and entertainment costs, and allocated overhead.

Stock-based compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation cost equal to the grant date fair value of stock-based awards. Stock-based awards include stock options, RSUs and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”).

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of RSUs and RSAs is based on the fair value of the Company’s stock on the grant date. For awards that vest solely based on continued service, the grant date fair value is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four to five years. For awards that contain both performance and service vesting conditions, the grant date fair value is recognized as compensation expense using a graded vesting attribution model. No expense is recognized for awards with performance conditions until that condition is probable of being met. Forfeitures are recorded when they occur.

Income taxes

The current provision is established based upon the estimated tax liability for the current year.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Changes in enacted tax rates are reflected in the tax provision as they occur. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not expected to be realized. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes.

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable, based solely on its technical merits and consideration of the relevant taxing authorities widely understood practices and precedents. If this threshold is met, the Company measures the tax benefit as the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company has elected to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, accrued interest and penalties related to income tax positions were not significant.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). ASC 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605”), and requires the recognition of revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers (“Subtopic 340-40” and together with ASC 606, the “new revenue standard”), which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer.

We adopted ASC 606 effective January 1, 2017, using the modified retrospective approach. The most significant areas of impact of the new revenue standard on our consolidated financial statements include:

 

   

Capitalization of contract acquisition costs (such as sales commissions and bonuses), and recognition of these costs over the customer benefit period which resulted in the recognition of a contract cost asset on our consolidated balance sheets. Prior to adopting the new revenue standard, we expensed all commission costs as incurred.

 

   

Recognizing contract consideration as revenue over the contract term for multi-year contracts with escalating billing terms. Prior to adopting the new revenue standard, revenue recognition for multi-year contracts was constrained to the amounts that were billed in each annual period. As a result, revenue is generally recognized earlier under ASC 606 for multi-year contracts with escalating billing terms.

Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2017 are presented under ASC 606. We applied ASC 606 only to contracts that were not completed as of the date of initial application.

The impact of adopting ASC 606 was a cumulative reduction in the opening accumulated deficit balance as of January 1, 2017 of $12.6 million that was primarily a result of changes in the timing and recognition of contract acquisition costs, specifically commission and bonus expense.

The following table presents the effect of the adoption of ASC 606 on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations:

 

     December 31, 2017  
(in thousands)    Without
Adoption
(ASC 605)
    Impacts of
Adoption
    As
Reported
(ASC 606)
 

Revenue

   $ 110,063     $ 2,188     $ 112,251  

Cost of revenue

     25,353       -       25,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     84,710       2,188       86,898  

Sales and marketing

     82,942       (5,194     77,748  

Research and development

     39,762       -       39,762  

General and administrative

     24,516       -       24,516  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     147,220       (5,194     142,026  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (62,510     7,382       (55,128

Other expense, net

     (174     -       (174
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (62,684     7,382       (55,302

Provision for income taxes

     55       183       238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (62,739   $ 7,199     $ (55,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

   $ (3.56   $ 0.41     $ (3.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The adoption of ASC 606 did not have any impact on the Company’s net cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, or financing activities.

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), a new standard related to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring the recognition of right of use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. Most prominent among the changes in the standard is the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases. Under the standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.

We adopted the standard effective January 1, 2017 on a modified retrospective basis. Upon adoption, we recorded ROU assets of $23.8 million and lease liabilities of $26.2 million. The difference between the ROU assets and lease liabilities primarily represents the existing deferred rent liabilities balances, resulting from historical straight lining of operating leases, which was effectively reclassified upon adoption to reduce the measurement of the ROU assets. We used an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2017 to measure the lease liability for leases that commenced on or prior to that date. Adoption of the lease standard did not have an impact on the opening balance of accumulated deficit.

The new lease standard provides several optional practical expedients in transition. We elected certain practical expedients permitted within the standard, including the package of three practical expedients, which eliminates the requirements to reassess prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification, and initial direct costs, as well as electing to use the short-term lease exemption, which permits companies to not recognize leases with an expected term of 12 months or less on the balance sheet.

Stock Compensation: Improvements to Non-Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

In June 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvements to Non-Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. (“ASU 2018-07”). ASU 2018-07 generally aligns the measurement and classification guidance for share-based payments granted to non-employees in exchange for goods or services with the guidance for share-based payments granted to employees. Upon adoption, the fair value of awards granted to non-employees will be determined as of the grant date, which will be recognized over the service period. Previous guidance required the awards to be remeasured at fair value periodically when determining the related expense. ASU 2018-07 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of Topic 606. On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2018-07 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements—Not yet adopted

Financial Instruments—Credit Losses

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses of Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

ASU 2016-13 replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses. This ASU is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. ASU 2016-13 is effective for public business entities that file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)—Effective Dates, which provided a deferral to the effective dates of these accounting pronouncements to certain entities. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value: Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-13, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13), which amends ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. ASU 2018-13 eliminates, adds, and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Public business entities will be required to disclose the range and weighted-average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Implementation Costs in Cloud Computing Arrangements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”). The new guidance requires a customer to capitalize certain implementation costs associated with a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract, similar to the accounting guidance for internal-use software. Such implementation costs include, but are not limited to, external contractor costs of materials and services to fulfill the system implementation services, and the costs of compensation and benefits of the internal employees for their time spent on the development and testing activities. The capitalized costs are amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement and are subject to periodic impairment assessments. ASU 2018-15 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). The new guidance eliminates certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 11,330     $ 16,030  

Building improvements

     5,367       6,034  

Furniture and fixtures

     5,563       8,682  

Computers and equipment

     4,672       8,280  

Purchased software

     174       606  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     27,106       39,632  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,729     (9,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 21,377     $ 29,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $2.1 million, $2.9 million, and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

 

4.

LEASES

We have primarily entered into lease arrangements for office space, in addition to certain information technology related and other miscellaneous equipment. Our leases have initial non-cancelable lease terms ranging from one to 10 years. Some of our lease arrangements include options to extend the term of the leases for up to 10 years. Certain equipment leases allow us the option to cancel the lease with advance notice of no less than 90 days. However, the lessor does not have the option to cancel any of our leases prior to the end of the remaining contractual term. Judgment is required when determining the minimum non-cancellable term of the lease. We include options to extend or terminate the lease term that are reasonably certain of exercise. If facts and circumstances regarding those judgments change in future periods, we reassess our initial estimate of the term. In 2017 we made significant leasehold improvements to our corporate headquarters leased office space resulting in a reassessment of the lease terms. Our corporate headquarter offices have up to 10 years remaining under the lease terms with a 10 year renewal option that we expect to execute. We determined that the present value of lease payments represents substantially all of the fair value of the underlying leased asset and therefore recognize our corporate headquarters as a finance lease.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,    2017      2018      2019  

Finance lease cost:

        

Amortization of right of use assets

   $ 1,039      $ 2,445      $ 2,612  

Interest on lease liabilities

     695        1,895        2,177  

Operating lease cost

     6,234        6,472        5,675  

Short-term lease cost

     242        453        1,296  

Variable lease cost

     2,534        3,873        3,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 10,744      $ 15,138      $ 15,684  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental information related to leases is as follows (in thousands):

 

As of December 31,    2018      2019  

Operating Leases

     

Operating right of use assets

   $ 23,180      $ 35,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount included within other current liabilities

     2,762        4,011  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     21,656        33,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 24,418      $ 37,327  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance Leases

     

Finance right of use assets

   $ 47,157      $ 44,784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount included within other current liabilities

     1,113        1,341  

Finance lease liabilities, non-current

     51,455        50,340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total finance lease liabilities

   $ 52,568      $ 51,681  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2017      2018      2019  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

        

Finance leases

     19.2        18.2        17.2  

Operating leases

     5.7        8.0        9.4  

Weighted-average discount rate

        

Finance leases

     3.80      4.21      4.20

Operating leases

     3.20      4.29      3.53

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Maturities of lease payments for leases where the lease commencement date commenced on or prior to December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,    Operating     Finance     Total  

2020

   $ 4,993     $ 3,472     $ 8,465  

2021

     5,607       3,579       9,186  

2022

     4,070       3,675       7,745  

2023

     4,004       3,710       7,714  

2024

     4,076       3,820       7,896  

Thereafter

     21,704       56,245       77,949  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease payments

   $ 44,454     $ 74,501     $ 118,955  

Less imputed interest

     (7,127     (22,820     (29,947
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,327     $ 51,681     $ 89,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2019, we signed three office leases where the lease term had not yet commenced as of December 31, 2019, and these office leases are therefore not yet recognized in our financial statements as of December 31, 2019. These leases have lease commencement dates in 2020 and expire through 2027. Total lease commitments under these leases are payable as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 712  

2021

     1,680  

2022

     1,781  

2023

     1,827  

2024

     1,874  

Thereafter

     2,728  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,602  
  

 

 

 

 

5.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

BIManywhere

On September 19, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Zimfly, Inc. (“Zimfly” or “BIManywhere”), a privately held Delaware corporation with its principal offices in Alameda, California by acquiring 100% of the outstanding voting interests in Zimfly for approximately $3.9 million in cash consideration. A portion of the final consideration of $0.6 million was initially held back to secure certain indemnification obligations in accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement and was paid in 2019 on the 12-month anniversary of the acquisition. The purchase agreement also provided for a deferred payment of $1.2 million which was paid on January 1, 2019 (collectively, the “Deferred Payments”). The Deferred Payments are classified within financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows when paid. The Deferred Payments were not contingent upon any events subsequent to the date of acquisition outside of the passage of time. Therefore, the Deferred Payments were accounted for as part of the initial purchase consideration. The Company’s primary reason for this acquisition was to increase the Company’s technology capabilities in building information modeling (“BIM”). The transaction costs

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

associated with the acquisition were not material. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The major classes of assets and liabilities to which we allocated the purchase price were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value     Estimated
Useful Life
 

Assets acquired

    

Accounts receivable

   $ 80    

Other current assets

     7    

Developed technology

     2,570       4 years  

Customer relationships

     950       10 years  

Goodwill

     423    
  

 

 

   

Total assets acquired

   $ 4,030    

Liabilities assumed

    

Other current liabilities

   $ (114  

Deferred revenue

     (39  
  

 

 

   

Total liabilities assumed

     (153  
  

 

 

   

Net assets acquired

   $ 3,877    
  

 

 

   

The goodwill was primarily attributable to synergies that are expected to be achieved from the integration of Zimfly. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company has not separately presented pro forma results reflecting the acquisition of Zimfly, or revenue and operating losses of Zimfly for the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2018 as the impact is not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Honest Buildings

On July 30, 2019, the Company entered into a Merger Agreement with Honest Buildings, Inc. (“Honest Buildings”) (the “Merger”) to acquire all of Honest Buildings’ outstanding stock. Honest Buildings was an App Marketplace partner that already had an integration with Procore’s platform and is a provider of financial and project management software for owners. This acquisition allowed the Company to extend its software products and platform to this core customer group.

The total purchase consideration is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

Cash consideration

   $ 51,361  

Fair value of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     97,913  

Fair value of exchanged options relating to precombination services

     2,671  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 151,945  
  

 

 

 

At closing, the Company issued 3,660,203 shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $26.75 per share for aggregate purchase consideration of $97.9 million.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

In addition, the Company issued 205,464 shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with acquisition date fair value of $5.5 million to certain key employees of Honest Buildings which vest based on their continued employment. These shares have been excluded from the purchase consideration and will be recorded as post combination expense over two years as discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

The fair value of the Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock of $26.75 per share was determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, taking into account a contemporaneous independent valuation by a third-party valuation specialist commissioned by the Board. The fair value is estimated based on numerous objective and subjective factors including the Company’s historical performance, financial condition, and prospects, the value of companies that the Company considers peers, recent private stock sale transactions, the economic and competitive environment, the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO.

The Company also granted options to purchase 334,655 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.72 per share in exchange for options held by Honest Buildings employees at the acquisition date. The aggregate fair value of these options at the acquisition date was $6.9 million, of which $2.7 million was attributed to precombination services and recorded as purchase consideration, and $4.2 million was attributed to post combination services and will be recorded as additional stock-based compensation expense over the remaining vesting periods of the options, which range between four to 48 months from the acquisition date.

In connection with the acquisition, cash and shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock were placed in escrow for potential breaches of representations and warranties. As of December 31, 2019, $4.4 million in cash and 387,572 shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with an acquisition date fair value of $10.4 million were held in escrow. The escrow amount, net of any claims for such indemnifiable matters, is scheduled to be released from escrow to stockholders of Honest Buildings 15 months after the acquisition date.

The final purchase consideration was allocated to the following assets and liabilities (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value     Estimated
Useful Life
 

Assets acquired

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,588    

Accounts receivable

     2,282    

Other current and noncurrent assets

     502    

Developed technology

     12,800       6 years  

Customer relationships

     15,200       10 years  

Goodwill

     113,503    
  

 

 

   

Total assets acquired

   $ 157,875    

Liabilities assumed

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ (1,430  

Deferred revenue

     (4,500  
  

 

 

   

Total liabilities assumed

   $ (5,930  
  

 

 

   

Net assets acquired

   $ 151,945    
  

 

 

   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Developed technology intangible asset represents the fair value of Honest Buildings’ technology, which was valued using the relief-from-royalty method. Key assumptions to estimate the fair value of developed technology include forecasted revenue to be generated from the developed technology and an estimated royalty rate applicable to the technology. Developed technology is amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits of the technology are consumed, over its estimated useful life of six years, and the amortization expense is recorded in cost of revenue in the consolidated financial statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships with Honest Buildings’ customers, which were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method. Key assumptions to estimate the fair value of customer relationships include forecasted revenue to be generated from and expenses to service the customer relationships, customer churn rate, and discount rate. Customer relationship intangible asset is amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits of the customer relationships are consumed, over its estimated useful life of 10 years, and the amortization expense is recorded in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The goodwill balance is primarily attributable to synergies and expanded market opportunities that are expected to be achieved from the integration of Honest Buildings with the Company’s offerings and assembled workforce. The goodwill balance is not deductible for U.S. income taxes purposes.

The acquisition-related costs incurred by the Company of $1.1 million were expensed as incurred, as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The results of operations of Honest Buildings have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. For the period from the acquisition date to December 31, 2019, Honest Buildings contributed $4.6 million to Procore’s consolidated revenue. Due to the integration of operations post acquisition, presenting the net income or loss that Honest Buildings contributed to Procore’s consolidated net loss since the acquisition date is impracticable.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the results of operations for Procore and Honest Buildings as if the closing of the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2018 and adjusts for amortization of acquired intangible assets, transaction costs associated with the acquisition, stock-based compensation expense for (i) options exchanged in the acquisition and (ii) 205,464 shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock granted to certain key employees in Honest Buildings as discussed above, and fair value adjustment to deferred revenue.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect any cost saving synergies from operating efficiencies or the effect of the incremental costs incurred from integrating these companies. Accordingly, these unaudited pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations of the combined company would have been if the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of 2018, nor are they indicative of future results of operations (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Revenue

   $ 191,636     $ 295,629  

Net loss

   $ (77,060   $ (96,360

Construction BI

On August 8, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Construction BI, LLC, (“CBI”), an Ohio limited liability company, by acquiring 100% of the outstanding voting interests of CBI for approximately $1.1 million in cash consideration. The purchase price was primarily allocated to developed technology intangible assets. The purpose of this acquisition is to accelerate the development of the Company’s business intelligence and data analytics solutions. The Company has not separately presented pro forma results reflecting the acquisition of CBI, or revenue and operating losses of CBI for the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2019 as the impact is not material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

6.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets

Our finite-lived intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

   $ 2,570      $ (187   $ 2,383  

Customer relationships

     950        (28     922  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,520      $ (215   $ 3,305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

   $ 16,441      $ (1,830   $ 14,611  

Customer relationships

     16,150        (756     15,394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,591      $ (2,586   $ 30,005  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets amortization expense was $0, $0.2 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. The amortization of developed technology and customer relationships is recorded in cost of revenue and sales and marketing expense, respectively, within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We estimate that there is no significant residual value related to our intangible assets.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The following table outlines the estimated future amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 4,659  

2021

     4,659  

2022

     4,471  

2023

     3,905  

2024

     3,748  

Thereafter

     8,563  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,005  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     2018      2019  

Beginning balance

   $ -      $ 423  

Additions

     423        113,503  

Other

     -        602  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 423      $ 114,528  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The additions to goodwill in 2018 and 2019 were due to the acquisitions of Zimfly and Honest Buildings, respectively, as disclosed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. There was no impairment of goodwill during either 2018 or 2019.

 

7.

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Our capitalized software development costs are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

As of December 31,    2018     2019  

Gross carrying amount

   $ 16,774     $ 32,681  

Accumulated amortization

     (6,898     (11,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net capitalized software costs

   $ 9,876     $ 20,771  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of capitalized software was $2.4 million, $2.7 million, and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively, and is recorded in cost of revenue within our statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The following table presents the remaining estimated amortization of capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands). The estimated amortization is comprised of (i) amortization of released products and (ii) the expected amortization for products

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

that are not yet available for sale based on their estimated economic lives and projected general release dates.

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 10,201  

2021

     8,189  

2022

     1,997  

2023

     384  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,771  
  

 

 

 

 

8.

ACCRUED EXPENSES

The following represents the components of accrued expenses contained within our consolidated balance sheets at the end of each period (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Accrued commissions and bonuses

   $ 8,783      $ 15,179  

Accrued salary and payroll tax liabilities

     6,987        9,965  

Other accrued expenses

     4,516        8,042  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 20,286      $ 33,186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9.

CREDIT FACILITY

The Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) provided by Silicon Valley Bank on October 23, 2018, to be used for general corporate purposes, including the financing of working capital requirements. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate principal amount available under the Credit Facility is up to $50.0 million, and the Credit Facility has a maturity date of October 23, 2020. The Credit Facility carries a fee of 0.30% applied to unused balances and an interest rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate applied to all amounts outstanding. The Credit Facility contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain minimum annual recurring revenue, as defined in the Credit Agreement, and a liquidity ratio, if the Credit Facility is drawn, of at least 1.25 to 1.00. The Credit Facility also contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, make distributions or payments to shareholders, or redeem, retire, or purchase any capital stock, make any restricted investments, and engage in changes in business, key personnel, control, or business locations. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, no amounts had been drawn down under the Credit Facility, and the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

The Company amended and restated the Credit Facility on February 14, 2020. The purpose of the amendment was to establish minimum annual recurring revenue thresholds for the remainder of the term of the Credit Facility, as required under the Credit Facility, and make certain other administrative changes. The amendment did not change the borrowing capacity or term of the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility also provides the Company with the ability to issue standby letters of credit for up to $10.0 million, which if issued reduce the amount available for borrowing under the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had letters of credit outstanding of $4.7 million and $6.7 million, respectively, to secure various U.S. leased office facilities.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

10.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase commitments

As of December 31, 2019, future unconditional purchase commitments for software service subscriptions and other services were as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 12,727  

2021

     12,495  

2022

     11,234  

2023

     2,790  

2024

     -  

Thereafter

     -  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,246  
  

 

 

 

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may be subject to various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company however is not aware of any currently pending legal matters or claims that could have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, investors, directors, and officers with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of its breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. These indemnification provisions may survive termination of the underlying agreement, and the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is indeterminable.

The Company has never paid a material claim, nor has the Company been sued in connection with these indemnification arrangements. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has not accrued a liability for these guarantees because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with these guarantees is not probable or reasonably estimable.

 

11.

REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

In August 2017, certain holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock converted some of their shares to common stock and sold such shares of common stock to new investors. Specifically, 340,960 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 453,409 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock,

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

195,401 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, and 103,896 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock converted on a one-to-one basis into shares of common stock.

In December 2018, the Company issued 2,943,843 shares of Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock.

At December 31, 2018, the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Issuance
Price
per Share
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Proceeds,
net
of Issuance
Costs
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

   $ 0.1000        7,387,805        7,046,845      $ 705      $ 705  

Series B

     0.2575        12,306,731        11,853,322        3,052        3,052  

Series C

     0.1000        2,567,721        2,372,320        236        236  

Series D

     0.9625        16,779,537        16,675,641        15,802        16,050  

Series E

     2.4931        12,033,211        12,033,211        29,827        30,000  

Series F

     5.0940        15,704,747        15,704,747        79,795        80,000  

Series G

     9.3110        5,500,000        5,369,992        49,914        50,000  

Series H

     25.4769        2,943,843        2,943,843        74,841        75,000  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        75,223,595        73,999,921      $ 254,172      $ 255,043  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In December 2018, certain investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of $23.7217 per share, less transaction costs. The tender offer, which we were not a party to, was settled on January 31, 2019. In January 2019, as a result of this tender offer, 388,972 shares of Series A, 530,418 shares of Series B, 430,000 shares of Series C, and 30,000 shares of Series D were converted to common stock.

In July 2019 in connection with the acquisition of Honest Buildings, the Company issued 3,865,667 shares of Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock as disclosed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. In September 2019 and December 2019, the Company sold in aggregate 2,376,837 shares of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $90.0 million.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the authorized, issued and outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock of the Company as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Issuance
Price
per Share
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value net
of Issuance
Costs
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

   $ 0.1000        6,657,873        6,657,873      $ 666      $ 666  

Series B

     0.2575        11,322,904        11,322,904        2,913        2,916  

Series C

     0.1000        1,942,320        1,942,320        194        194  

Series D

     0.9625        16,645,641        16,645,641        15,773        16,021  

Series E

     2.4931        12,033,211        12,033,211        29,827        30,000  

Series F

     5.0940        15,704,747        15,704,747        79,795        80,000  

Series G

     9.3110        5,369,992        5,369,992        49,914        50,000  

Series H

     25.4769        2,943,843        2,943,843        74,864        75,000  

Series H-1

     26.7508        3,870,826        3,865,667        99,077        103,410  

Series I

     37.8654        3,961,400        2,376,837        89,874        90,000  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        80,452,757        78,863,035      $ 442,897      $ 448,207  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The terms of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are summarized below:

Liquidation

In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, including a deemed liquidation event, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issuance price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification, and the like) for each share of convertible stock held by them, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if, immediately prior to such event, the holder converted such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. If, upon any such liquidation event, the available funds and assets are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of preferred stock, then such assets are to be distributed among the holders of each series of preferred stock, in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled if such amounts had been paid in full. After the payment of all preferential amounts, the remaining assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution are to be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock.

A deemed liquidation event includes (i) any consolidation, stock exchange or merger of the Company, or any other corporate reorganization in which more than 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred, or (ii) the sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Company, or any transfer of assets, except in the ordinary course of business, for more than $500.0 million individually or in the aggregate.

Although the redeemable convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable or currently redeemable, a deemed liquidation event including a greater than 50% change in control or sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would trigger a redemption event not solely within the

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Company’s control. Therefore, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock have been presented in mezzanine equity at each balance sheet date.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable original issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The conversion prices and original issue prices for Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series H, Series H-1 and Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock is $0.1000, $0.2575, $0.1000, $0.9625, $2.4931, $5.0940, $9.3110, $25.4769, $26.7508 and $37.8654 per share, respectively, and each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, and recapitalizations, and the like, as defined by the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 24, 2019 (the “Charter”), as amended by that certificate of amendment dated December 20, 2019. Additionally, the conversion prices of Series D, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series H and Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock are subject to adjustment for the issuance or deemed issuance of shares of common stock below their then effective conversion price. As of December 31, 2019, the conversion ratio of preferred stock to common stock was one-to-one.

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate for each such share immediately upon the earlier of (1) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment of an underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in a pre-money equity valuation of $500.0 million and the gross cash proceeds to the Company are at least $50.0 million (before underwriting discounts and commissions) or (2) at any time the affirmative vote or written consent of the majority of the then outstanding Series D, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series H and Series I redeemable convertible preferred stockholders (collectively the “Senior Preferred”), voting together as a single class, provided that the automatic conversion of any series of Senior Preferred will require a separate vote of each respective series.

Voting rights

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders’ vote. Each redeemable convertible preferred stockholder is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each preferred share is convertible at the time of such vote. In addition, the separate affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock (excluding the Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock), voting together as a single class, is required to effect or validate certain actions including but not limited to any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or other securities convertible into equity securities; redemption or repurchase of shares of common stock or preferred stock; payment or declaration of a dividend on any shares of common stock or preferred stock; or increase or decrease in the number of authorized members of the Board, as specified in the Charter. Similarly, subject to certain conditions, the separate affirmative vote of a majority of the Series G preferred

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

stockholders or a separate affirmative vote of the Senior Preferred and Series H-1 stockholders are each also required to effect or validate certain additional actions as specified in the Charter.

The Company’s Board of Directors, consisting of six members as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, are elected by the holders of the outstanding common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock as follows:

 

   

Holders of Series A, B, and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company;

 

   

Holders of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company;

 

   

Holders of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company;

 

   

Holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company; and

 

   

Holders of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, are entitled to elect the remaining members of the Board.

Dividends

In the event dividends are paid or distributions made on any share of common stock, whether in cash or property, the Company will first pay a dividend or make a distribution on all outstanding shares of the preferred stock on a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to common stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock. Dividends are non-cumulative. The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its convertible preferred or common stock to date.

Common stock

The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock a certain number of shares sufficient to affect the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares granted and available for grant under the Company’s stock option plan. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had reserved 96,078,672 and 101,101,719 shares of common stock, respectively, on an as converted basis, for future issuance as follows:

 

     2018      2019  

Stock options outstanding

     17,037,354        18,875,815  

Restricted stock units outstanding

     431,000        1,675,757  

Shares available for future stock grants

     4,610,397        1,687,112  

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     73,999,921        78,863,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     96,078,672        101,101,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

12.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

2014 Stock option plan

In June 2014, Company adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”), which was amended in December 2015. The 2014 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive and non-statutory stock options to purchase common shares and the grant of other common stock awards to employees, officers, consultants, and directors of the Company. The 2014 Plan serves as the successor to the Company’s 2012 and 2004 Plans. On the date the Company adopted the 2014 Plan, any options issued and outstanding under the 2012 and 2004 Plans were substituted by options with identical terms to purchase the Company’s common stock under the 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2019, the maximum number of shares issuable under the 2014 Plan was 34,712,969, of which 1,687,112 shares were available for grant. Options issued under the 2014 Plan generally are exercisable for periods not to exceed 10 years and generally vest over a four to five-year period. The Company issues new shares upon exercise of stock-based awards.

Determination of fair value

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, the fair value of each stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

    

2017

  

2018

  

2019

Risk-free interest rate

   1.9% to 2.2%    2.6% to 3.0%    1.4% to 2.2%

Expected term (in years)

   5.6 to 5.9    5.4 to 5.5    5.4

Estimated dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

Estimated volatility

   41% to 45%    39% to 41%    39% to 41%

Use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. The assumptions used in the Company’s option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates and are as follows:

Fair value of common stock

The fair value of the common stock underlying the Company’s stock-based awards was determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation firm. Because there is no public market for the Company’s stock, the Company’s Board of Directors determined the common stock fair value at the stock option grant date by considering several objective and subjective factors, including the price paid by investors for its common and preferred stock, actual and forecasted operating and financial performance, market conditions and performance of comparable publicly traded companies, developments and milestones within the Company, the rights, preferences, and privileges of its common and preferred stock, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidating event. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the Board of Directors until such time as the Company’s common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system. The fair value was determined in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Expected term

The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based upon actual historical exercises and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercises.

Expected volatility

The expected volatility of stock options is estimated based upon the historical volatility of a group of publicly traded companies, selected by management, which are in similar stages of development and comparable industries for a period commensurate with the expected term.

Risk-free interest rate

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Dividend yield

The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was utilized.

Stock options

The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the 2014 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2019 (aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

     17,037,354     $ 6.06        7.8      $ 129,089  

Granted

     5,621,038       21.96        

Exercised

     (2,771,067     2.42           58,870  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     (1,011,510     11.63        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     18,875,815       11.03        7.6        433,529  
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

     9,135,569     $ 5.71        6.5      $ 258,469  
  

 

 

         

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019 was $3.24, $5.01, and $9.17 per share, respectively. Options granted in 2019 include 334,655 options granted to Honest Buildings employees at the acquisition date as disclosed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

On November 3, 2017, the Company amended a former executive’s stock option agreement allowing for the partial acceleration of vesting dates associated with certain grants and an

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

extension of the post-termination exercise period. The Company estimated $0.4 million of incremental expense associated with these modifications that was recorded as a component of stock-based compensation expense during 2017.

As of December 31, 2018, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation for unvested stock options was $33.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.71 years. As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost for unvested stock options was $59.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.63 years. There were no net tax benefits recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for stock-based compensation arrangements for fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 due to the Company having a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

Restricted stock units

In July 2018, we granted 308,000 RSUs to certain executives, which contain both performance and service vesting conditions. The awards commence vesting on the effective date of a registration statement for our IPO, so long as the IPO occurs before July 2025 (the “performance condition”) and then vest annually in four equal installments thereafter, subject to the continued employment of the executive (the “service condition”). The grant date fair value of these RSUs was $3.8 million.

In September 2018, we granted 123,000 RSUs to employees that joined us through the Zimfly acquisition, which contain both performance and service vesting conditions. The performance vesting condition is satisfied based on the occurrence of the liquidity event (either on the effective date of a registration statement for our IPO or a change in control). The service-based vesting period for these awards is approximately three years, starting on the grant date, with 1/3 of the awards granted vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining awards granted vesting in quarterly equal installments thereafter. The grant date fair value of these RSUs was $1.7 million.

In April 2019, the Company amended the service vesting condition of all RSUs granted in 2018. The service vesting condition for the RSUs granted in July 2018 was amended to vest annually on each of the first four anniversaries of the “Company Vesting Date” (defined as February 20, May 20, August 20, or November 20) that most closely precedes the effective date of a registration statement for our IPO, subject to continued service. For the RSUs granted in September 2018, 1/3 of the RSUs will vest on the first anniversary of the “Vesting Commencement Date” (defined as the Company Vesting Date that most closely precedes the award grant date), and the remainder will vest in eight equal quarterly installments on each of the eight quarterly anniversaries of such Company Vesting Date, subject to continued service. At the date the RSUs were amended the RSUs were not probable of vesting for accounting purposes because of the performance vesting condition and accordingly the amendment to the RSUs’ service vesting schedule resulted in a Type IV accounting modification. Accordingly, the fair value of these RSUs was remeasured based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the modification date. The modification date fair value of the July 2018 and September 2018 RSUs was $9.2 million.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

During 2019, we granted 1,272,253 RSUs to certain employees and non-employee consultants which contain both service and performance vesting conditions. The service vesting condition is generally satisfied based on one of five vesting schedules: (i) as of 1/4 of the RSUs on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and as to the remainder of the RSUs quarterly on each quarterly Company Vesting Date thereafter, for certain new employees hired in 2019, subject to continued service over next 36 months, (ii) as to 1/16 of the RSUs on 16 equal quarterly installments on each quarterly anniversary of the Company Vesting Date for new awards granted to existing employees in 2019 for promotion purposes, subject to continued service, (iii) as to 1/8 of the RSUs on eight equal quarterly installments on each quarterly anniversary of the Company Vesting Date for certain consultants, subject to continued service, (iv) as to 1/4 of the RSUs on four equal quarterly installments on each quarterly anniversary of the Company Vesting Date beginning on November 20, 2019 for certain consultants, subject to continued service, or (v) as to 100% of the RSUs on November 20, 2019 subject to continued service. The performance vesting condition is satisfied based on the occurrence of the liquidity event (either on the effective date of a registration statement for our IPO or a change in control). The grant date fair value of these RSUs was $32.2 million.

Because an IPO or change in control is not probable, the performance vesting condition for the RSUs were not met as of December 31, 2018 and 2019. Accordingly, no RSUs have vested and no stock-based compensation cost was recognized associated with these grants for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. On the effective date of the registration statement, the Company will recognize a cumulative catch up adjustment for the portion of the service period completed by the employee or non-employee from the grant date through the IPO date. The Company will continue to recognize additional expense subsequent to the IPO based on the remaining service period required by the employee or non-employee to vest in the award. As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost for all RSUs outstanding at that date was $40.7 million based on the modification date fair value for the July 2018 and September 2018 RSUs and the grant date fair value for the RSUs granted in 2019.

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2018

     431,000     $ 12.63  

Granted

     1,272,253       25.31  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     (27,496     24.62  
  

 

 

   

Unvested at December 31, 2019

     1,675,757     $ 24.29  
  

 

 

   

Restricted stock awards

In July 2019, we granted 205,464 restricted Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock awards (“RSAs”) at a grant date fair value of $26.75 to employees in connection to the acquisition of Honest Buildings. These shares are released from restriction 50% on the first anniversary and 50% on the second anniversary of the acquisition date based on the key employees providing service to the Company. As of December 31, 2019, none of the RSAs have vested. During 2019, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million for these RSAs.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

For each reported period, the Company recorded total stock-based compensation cost from stock options and RSAs as follows (in thousands):

 

     2017      2018      2019  

Cost of revenue

   $ 191      $ 567      $ 1,095  

Sales and marketing

     1,446        2,790        7,463  

Research and development

     1,103        2,380        6,584  

General and administrative

     692        1,752        4,096  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $    3,432      $    7,489      $  19,238  

Stock-based compensation capitalized for software development

     148        393        1,253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation cost

   $ 3,580      $ 7,882      $ 20,491  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13.

INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2017     2018     2019  

Domestic

   $ (55,426   $ (57,059   $ (84,429

Foreign

     124       638       1,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (55,302   $ (56,421   $ (83,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     2017      2018      2019  

Current:

        

State

   $ 6      $ 19      $ 112  

Foreign

     49        49        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     55        68        113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Foreign

     183        182        560  

Federal

     -        -        (556

State

     -        -        (46
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     183        182        (42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $       238      $       250      $       71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34%, 21%, and 21% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively, to loss before provision for income taxes as shown below (in thousands):

 

     2017     2018     2019  

Computed expected income tax benefit

   $ (18,803   $ (11,848   $ (17,437

State income taxes - net of federal income tax benefit

     (1,149     (1,524     (2,879

Change in valuation allowance (federal and state)

     4,091       16,090       28,438  

Non-deductible expenses

     1,048       1,068       1,366  

Stock-based compensation

     1,058       1,167       (2,980

Tax credits (federal and state)

     (3,802     (4,632     (6,338

Foreign rate differential

     (5     92       269  

Federal statutory rate change

     17,971       -       -  

State statutory rate change

     16       4       218  

Other

     (187     (167     (586
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 238     $ 250     $ 71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, are presented below (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss

   $ 44,704     $ 81,305  

Tax credits

     11,846       18,415  

Lease liabilities

     18,948       21,908  

Stock-based compensation

     604       3,334  

Other

     760       752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     76,862       125,714  

Valuation allowance

     (51,703     (85,642
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     25,159       40,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Lease assets

     (16,773     (19,776

Acquired intangible assets

     (785     (7,108

Capitalized software

     (2,344     (5,097

Contract cost asset

     (5,641     (7,711

Prepaid and accrued expenses

     -       (1,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (25,543     (40,996
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (384   $ (924
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon management’s assessment of all available evidence, the Company has concluded that it is not more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized in the United States. Accordingly, the Company’s U.S. net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The Company has net deferred tax liabilities in each foreign jurisdiction.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets include federal net operating losses (“NOLs”), state NOLs, as well as research credits from the acquisition of Honest Buildings, net of deferred tax liabilities relating to intangible assets acquired in the acquisition. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets from the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the valuation allowance (in thousands):

 

     2017      2018      2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 32,123      $ 36,214      $ 51,703  

Current year change

     4,091        15,489        28,438  

Current year change from business combinations

     -        -        5,501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 36,214      $ 51,703      $ 85,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, Australia, Canada, England, Mexico, and various U.S. states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2015.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had an immaterial amount of unremitted earnings in its subsidiaries located outside of the U.S. for which state taxes have not been paid. The Company’s intention is to indefinitely reinvest these earnings outside the U.S. If the Company were to remit its foreign earnings, the Company would be subject to state income taxes or withholding taxes imposed on actual distributions or currency transaction gains (losses) that would result in taxation upon remittance. However, the amounts of any such tax liabilities resulting from the repatriation of foreign earnings are not material.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has federal NOLs of approximately $184.7 million and $327.0 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2025. Federal NOLs generated prior to January 1, 2018 can be carried forward 20 years. Federal NOLs generated beginning January 1, 2018 can be carried forward indefinitely but are limited to 80% of each subsequent year’s taxable income. Honest Buildings contributed $41.9 million to the Company’s federal NOL. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has state NOLs of approximately $101.1 million and $219.7 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2029. Honest Buildings contributed $58.7 million to the Company’s state NOLs. The majority of state NOLs are derived from California. The Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) of 1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of NOLs in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. As of December 31, 2019, the Company completed an analysis to determine if the Company was subject to the provisions of IRC Section 382. Although a portion of the NOLs and credit carryovers are subject to IRC Section 382 annual limitations, the Company has determined that it should be able to fully utilize these NOLs and credit carryovers before they expire, provided the Company generates sufficient taxable income. The Company will continue to monitor ownership changes that could affect its tax attributes.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had credits for research activities available for carryforward for federal income tax purposes of approximately $13.1 million and for state income tax purposes of approximately $10.6 million, which are available to offset future income tax in those jurisdictions and which begin to expire in 2023 for federal but have no expiration for state.

The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     2017     2018      2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 4,283     $ 3,764      $ 5,100  

Increases related to current period positions

     734       1,336        1,869  

Decreases related to prior period positions

     (1,253     -        (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3,764     $ 5,100      $ 6,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to the Company’s full valuation allowance in the United States, none of the unrecognized tax benefits would affect the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The Company does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax positions within the next 12 months. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, accrued interest and penalties related to income tax positions were not significant.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”) was signed into law. The legislation significantly changed U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering corporate income tax rates, implementing a modified territorial tax system and imposing a tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act reduced the U.S. statutory tax rate from 34% to 21% for tax years after December 31, 2017. Accordingly, we re-measured our deferred taxes as of December 31, 2017 to reflect the reduced rate that will apply in future periods when these deferred taxes are settled or realized. The amounts related to the re-measurement which was fully offset by a concurrent change in the valuation allowance, resulting in no tax expense impact.

 

14.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are participating securities as the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends with common stock. In periods of net income, net income is attributed to common stockholders and participating securities based on their participation rights, and basic net income per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

Net losses are not allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in any losses. Accordingly, basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts basic net income per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options and redeemable convertible preferred stock. As the Company has reported net losses for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive, and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.

The following weighted-average potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the diluted earnings per share as they are anti-dilutive:

 

     2017      2018      2019  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     71,772,205        71,273,842        74,925,035  

Restricted stock units

     -        181,030        878,693  

Options to purchase common stock

     12,833,384        14,969,769        17,883,037  

Unvested early exercised common stock

     332,454        142,143        12,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     84,938,043        86,566,784        93,699,019  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     2019  

Numerator:

  

Net loss

   $ (83,107

Denominator:

  

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     24,361,173  

Adjustment for assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

     74,837,783  

Adjustment for Vesting RSUs

     21,544  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     99,220,500  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.84

 

15.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a defined-contribution plan in the U.S. intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company makes contributions to the plan up to 4% of the participating employee’s W-2 earnings and wages. Matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan totaled $1.2 million, $4.1 million, and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

The Company also has defined-contribution plans in certain other countries. The Company made matching contributions to these plans totaling $0.2 million, $0.5 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

16.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenues by geographic region, which is determined based on the billing location of the customer (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,    2017      2018      2019  

United States

   $ 103,080      $ 167,525      $ 256,522  

Rest of the world

     9,171        18,871        32,672  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 112,251      $ 186,396      $ 289,194  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the total of property and equipment, net, and right of use lease assets by geographic region (in thousands):

 

As of December 31,    2018      2019  

United States

   $ 89,207      $ 106,724  

Rest of the world

     2,507        3,549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 91,714      $ 110,273  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 25, 2020, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and has determined that the following subsequent events require disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

During January 2020, the Company issued 130,012 shares of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $37.87 per share raising gross proceeds of approximately $5.0 million. The rights and preferences of the Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock are disclosed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

On February 3, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Avata Intelligence (“Avata”), by acquiring substantially all of its assets for approximately $3.8 million in cash consideration. The purpose of this acquisition is to accelerate the development of the Company’s artificial intelligence and machine learning solutions. Due to the timing of this acquisition, the initial accounting for the acquisition is incomplete. As such, the Company is not able to disclose certain information relating to the acquisition including the preliminary fair value of assets acquired.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Thank you to our customers, partners, and employees for making us a leading cloud-based construction management software solution..


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

PROCORE


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,980  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of ours, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interest. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of ours regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since September 30, 2016 we have issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

In December 2016, we sold an aggregate of 5,369,992 shares of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock to a total of two accredited investors at a purchase price of $9.311 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $49,999,996.

In December 2018, we sold an aggregate of 2,943,843 shares of our Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor at a purchase price of $25.4769 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $74,999,994.

Between September 2019 and January 2020, we sold 2,506,849 shares of our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock to eleven accredited investors at a purchase price of $37.8654 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $94,922,840.

Plan-Related Issuances

From September 30, 2016 through February 28, 2020, we granted to certain directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 17,882,391 shares of our common stock under the 2014 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.88 to $30.34 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $228,936,154.

From September 30, 2016 through February 28, 2020, we granted to certain directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 1,703,253 RSUs to be settled in shares of our common stock under the 2014 Plan.

From September 2016 through February 28, 2020, we issued to certain directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers 9,240,282 shares of our common stock at purchase prices ranging from $0.15 to $24.48, pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the 2014 plan.

Issuances in Connection with Acquisitions

In July 2019, we issued an aggregate of 3,870,826 shares of our Series H-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (with 5,159 shares being released from escrow back to us in December 2019) in connection with our acquisition of a certain company and as consideration to individuals and entities who were former service providers and/or stockholders of such company.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated September 24, 2019.
  5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3*+    Procore Technologies, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.4    Lease by and between Carp Two, LLC, and the Registrant, dated as of August 13, 2013, as amended.
10.5    Lease by and between Carp Two, LLC, and the Registrant, dated as of January 1, 2014, as amended.
10.6    Lease by and between 6267 Carp Ave, LLC, and the Registrant, dated as of November 1, 2017.
10.7    Lease by and between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, and the Registrant, dated as of October 5, 2015, as amended.
10.8    Lease by and between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, and the Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2016.
10.9    Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant, dated October 23, 2018 and related amendments, as amended and restated on February 14, 2020.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Exhibit

10.10+    Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.
10.11*+    Form of Offer Letter between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.
10.12*+    Form of Executive Severance Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3    Consent of Frost & Sullivan.
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Carpinteria, State of California, on February 28, 2020.

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

  Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr., Paul Lyandres and Benjamin C. Singer, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

       

Title

       

Date

/s/ Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

    President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
    February 28, 2020

/s/ Paul Lyandres

Paul Lyandres

    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
    February 28, 2020

/s/ William F. Fleming, Jr.

William F. Fleming, Jr.

    Vice President, Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
    February 28, 2020

/s/ Steven C. Zahm

Steven C. Zahm

    President—Chief Culture Officer and Director     February 28, 2020

/s/ Brian Feinstein

Brian Feinstein

    Director     February 28, 2020

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

       

Title

       

Date

/s/ William Griffith

William Griffith

    Director     February 28, 2020

/s/ Kevin J. O’Connor

Kevin J. O’Connor

    Director     February 28, 2020

/s/ Marcus Ryu

Marcus Ryu

    Director     February 28, 2020

 

Graham Smith

    Director    

/s/ Elisa A. Steele

Elisa A. Steele

    Director     February 28, 2020

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Procore Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Company is Procore Technologies, Inc. The Company’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 5, 2014, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 29, 2014, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 31, 2015, the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 17, 2015, the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 8, 2016, the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 4, 2018, and the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 30, 2019.

B. This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

C. The text of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Procore Technologies, Inc. has caused this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr., a duly authorized officer of the Company, on September 24, 2019.

 

/s/ Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer


SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

I.

The name of this company is PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”).

II.

251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is the Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 209,890,443, 131,286,342 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 78,604,101 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

B. Irrespective of any contrary provisions contained in Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).

C. Six Million Six Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Three (6,657,873) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred”), Eleven Million Three Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred Four (11,322,904) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred”), One Million Nine Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Twenty (1,942,320) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred”), Sixteen Million Six Hundred Forty-Five Thousand Six Hundred Forty-One (16,645,641) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred”), Twelve Million Thirty-Three Thousand Two Hundred Eleven (12,033,211) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series E Preferred”), Fifteen Million Seven Hundred Four Thousand Seven Hundred Forty-Seven (15,704,747) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series F Preferred”), Five Million Three Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Two (5,369,992) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series G Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series G Preferred”), Two Million Nine Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Three (2,943,843) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

 

2


(the “Series H Preferred”), Three Million Eight Hundred Seventy Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty-Six (3,870,826) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series H-1 Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series H-1 Preferred” and together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred and the Series C Preferred, the “Prior Preferred”) and Two Million One Hundred Twelve Thousand Seven Hundred Forty-Four (2,112,744) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series I Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series I Preferred” and together with the Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D Preferred, the “Senior Preferred,” and the Senior Preferred together with the Prior Preferred, the “Series Preferred”).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

(a) In the event dividends are paid or distributions made on any share of Common Stock, whether in cash or property, the Company shall pay an additional dividend or make a distribution on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(b) The provisions of Section 1(a) above shall not apply to (1) a dividend payable solely in Common Stock, (2) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at the lesser of cost or fair market value upon termination of services to the Company, or (3) acquisitions of Common Stock that have been approved in accordance with Section 2(b)(ii) below.

(c) Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 1 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be the fair market value of such distribution as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

(d) Subject to any approvals otherwise required by this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Restated Certificate”), (i) any repurchases of shares of Common Stock by the Company upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director, and (ii) any repurchases of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock by the Company permitted by Section 2(b)(ii) below, may be made without regard to any preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (as such terms are defined in Section 500(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”)).

2. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock, except that (i) the holders of Series Preferred shall not be entitled to vote their shares of Series Preferred in connection with any election for or removal of directors elected pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(e)(iv) below, and (ii) the holders of Senior Preferred shall not be entitled to vote their shares of Senior Preferred in connection with any election for or removal of directors elected pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(e)(iii) below. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

 

3


(b) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the affirmative vote or written consent of holders representing at least a majority of the Series Preferred (excluding the Series H-1 Preferred), voting together as a single class, including the affirmative vote or written consent of the Institutional Majority (as defined below), shall be necessary for the Company to effect or validate any of the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) or to permit any subsidiary of the Company to effect or validate any of the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company having rights, preferences and privileges on a parity with or senior to any series of Series Preferred with respect to dividends, liquidation preference, voting rights, anti-dilution protection or redemption;

(ii) Any redemption or repurchase of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of shares of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(b)(2) and (3) above);

(iii) Any payment or declaration of a dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 1(b)(1) above);

(iv) Any Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 4(b) below);

(v) Any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

(vi) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(vii) Increase the number of shares reserved under any employee stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan, employee restricted stock plan or similar employee stock plan;

(viii) Any amendment, alteration, waiver or repeal of any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation);

(ix) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board;

(x) Any issuance of equity in any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company (other than to the Company or one of its wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiaries);

(xi) Take any action with respect to any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, that if taken by the Company, would require approval pursuant to any clause of this Section 2(b);

(xii) Create or authorize the creation of any indebtedness in excess of $15,000,000;

 

4


(xiii) Change the composition, vesting or other terms of employment for Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr. or Steven C. Zahm, unless approved by the Board;

(xiv) Extend any loan or advance to any entity that is not wholly owned by the Company;

(xv) Own any stock or other securities of any entity that is not wholly owned by the Company;

(xvi) Extend any loan or advance to any person, including any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) Implement or change the Company’s cash investment policy;

(xviii) Enter into any transaction with any director, officer, founder, affiliate or other related party if the amount exceeds $150,000, other than (A) the issuance of ordinary course equity awards pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, (B) ordinary course matters pertaining to employment (but excluding matters related to the compensation of any director or executive officer unless approved by a majority of the directors that are disinterested with respect to such matter), (C) arrangements in the ordinary course providing for indemnification or advancement or reimbursement of expenses, and (D) transactions approved by an authorized committee of the Board; or

(xix) Take any of the foregoing actions with respect to any subsidiary of the Company.

(c) Separate Vote of Series G Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, at any time when shares of Series G Preferred are outstanding and provided that Will Griffith continues to serve as a director on the Board, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the Series G Preferred, shall be necessary for the Company to effect or validate any of the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) or to permit any subsidiary of the Company to effect or validate any of the following actions (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect: (i) any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company having rights, preferences and privileges senior to the Series G Preferred with respect to dividends, liquidation preference, voting rights, anti-dilution protection or redemption; (ii) any payment or declaration of a dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 1(b)(1) above); or (iii) enter into any transaction with any director, officer, founder, affiliate or other related party.

(d) Separate Vote of Senior Preferred and Series H-1 Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, at any time when shares of Senior Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise): (i) make changes to the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred that is materially adverse to the holders of any such series of Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred in a manner that is disproportionate to other series of Series Preferred (each such series, an “Affected Series”), or (ii) take any of the foregoing actions with respect to any subsidiary of the Company, in each case, without (in addition to any other vote required by law, the Company’s Bylaws or this Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such Affected Series, which in the case of the Series I Preferred as an Affected Series, such majority shall include the Lead Series I Investor (as such term is defined in that certain Series I Preferred

 

5


Stock Purchase Agreement, dated or on around the date of filing of this Restated Certificate, and as may be amended from time to time (the “Purchase Agreement”)) if applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the creation or issuance of a senior or pari passu security shall not be considered a change to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred that is materially adverse to the Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred.

Institutional Majority” shall mean the holders of a majority of either: (i) the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred or (ii) the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred.

(e) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as any shares of Series F Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series F Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(ii) For so long as any shares of Series D Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iii) For so long as any shares of Prior Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Prior Preferred (excluding the Series H-1 Preferred), voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of director, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iv) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of director(s), and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director(s).

(vi) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Company is subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL. During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has

 

6


given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly nominated. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(vii) During such time or times that Section 2115(b) of the CGCL purports to apply to the Company, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

(a) Payments to Series Preferred. Subject to Section 3(c) below, upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series Preferred equal to the sum of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Series Preferred plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends on such share of Series Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled if such amounts had been paid in full.

(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, as applicable, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received in such transaction), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(c) Deemed Conversion. Notwithstanding Sections 3(a) or (b) above, solely for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of a series of Series Preferred is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, the Series Preferred shall be treated as if all holders of such series of Series Preferred had converted such holder’s shares of such series of Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion of such series of Series Preferred (including taking into account the operation of this paragraph (c) with respect to such series of Series Preferred), holders of such series of Series Preferred would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to holders of such series of Series Preferred if such holders had not converted such series of Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock. If holders of any Series Preferred are treated as if they had converted shares of such series of Series Preferred into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holders shall not be entitled to receive any distribution pursuant to Section 3(a) above that would otherwise be made to holders of such series of Series Preferred.

(d) The “Original Issue Price” shall be: (i) $0.10 per share for the Series A Preferred; (ii) $0.2575 per share for the Series B Preferred; (iii) $0.10 per share for the Series C Preferred; (iv) $0.9625 per share for the Series D Preferred; (v) $2.4931 per share for the Series E Preferred; (vi)

 

7


$5.094 per share for the Series F Preferred; (vii) $9.311 per share for the Series G Preferred; (viii) $25.4769 per share for the Series H Preferred; (ix) $26.7508 per share for the Series H-1 Preferred; and (x) $37.8654 per share for the Series I Preferred, each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof.

4. ASSET TRANSFER OR ACQUISITION RIGHTS.

(a) An Acquisition or Asset Transfer (each as hereinafter defined) shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Company (including, without limitation, for the purposes of Section 3 above) (a “Deemed Liquidation”), provided that the waiver of the liquidation preference of any individual series of Series Preferred pursuant to Section 3 shall require the separate affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of such series of Series Preferred, which in the case of the Series I Preferred, such majority shall include the Lead Series I Investor, if applicable, by written notice given to the Company at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such Acquisition or Asset Transfer. Subject to the prior sentence, the Company shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation unless the definitive documents effecting such Deemed Liquidation provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3 above. The amount deemed paid or distributed to holders of capital stock of the Company upon any Deemed Liquidation shall be determined in accordance with Section 4(c) below.

(b) For the purposes of this Article IV: (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation, stock exchange or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or (C) any Asset Transfer; provided that an Acquisition shall not include (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes pursuant to a bona fide equity financing in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean (A) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Company or the granting of one or more exclusive licenses which individually or in the aggregate cover all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Company, other than such transfers to wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company; or (B) any transfer of assets by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business, for more than $500,000,000 individually or in the aggregate.

(c) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made; provided, however, that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders will be valued as follows:

(i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30)-day period ending three (3) calendar days prior to the closing; and

 

8


(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the thirty (30)-day period ending three (3) calendar days prior to the closing.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Sections 4(c)(i)(A) and (B) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4, if the definitive transaction documents for an Acquisition or Asset Transfer provide for a different method of valuation, the method of valuation set forth in such documents shall control.

(e) Allocation of Escrow. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company is payable to the stockholders of the Company subject to contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the definitive acquisition agreement relating thereto (or any other document forming part of the acquisition transaction) shall provide that (i) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 above as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation and (ii) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Company upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 above after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 4(e), consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation shall be deemed to be Initial Consideration.

5. CONVERSION RIGHTS.

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect for such series of Series Preferred (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of such series of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of each series of Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” for such series) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Series Preferred by the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series of Series Preferred, calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Price”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

 

9


(d) Mechanics of Optional Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series I Preferred is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, without a corresponding combination of the Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, without a corresponding dividend or other distribution to holders of Series Preferred, each Series Preferred Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The Series Preferred Conversion Price for each Series Preferred shall be adjusted by multiplying each applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, each Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

 

10


(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, each Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter each Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of any applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price of the Senior Preferred.

(i) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price for a series of Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred (a “Qualifying Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case, the then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Price of such series shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (i) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

 

11


(ii) For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of actually issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock on the day immediately preceding the given date, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(iii) No adjustment shall be made to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding sentence shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iv) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be computed as follows: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, Aggregate Consideration shall be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, Aggregate Consideration shall be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration that covers both, Aggregate Consideration shall be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(v) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for, or convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of anti-dilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

 

12


(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of anti-dilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Rate as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred.

(vi) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than (collectively as to all such shares and shares deemed issued, “Excluded Securities”):

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above;

(C) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) issued with the consent of the Board after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or such other stock purchase or stock option plan or other arrangements that have been approved by the Board and in accordance with Section 2(b)(vii) above;

(D) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

 

13


(E) shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a bona fide merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board and the affirmative vote or written consent of the Institutional Majority, or

(F) shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution, in each case approved by the Board and the affirmative vote or written consent of the Institutional Majority.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vii) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the First Dilutive Issuance to the final such Subsequent Dilutive Issuance, then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the applicable series of Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Waiver of Anti-dilution Protection. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any provision of Section 5(h) and any adjustments made or required to be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred pursuant hereto may be waived on behalf of each such series of Senior Preferred or the Series H-1 Preferred by the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the applicable series of Senior Preferred or, in the case of the Series H-1 Preferred, either (1) a majority of the Series H-1 Preferred or (2) if, in the absence of a waiver on behalf of the Series H Preferred, an adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series H Preferred would be made, a majority of the Series H Preferred and the Series H-1 Preferred, voting together as a single class.

(j) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of any Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of any series of Series Preferred, if such Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of such series of Series Preferred at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment

 

14


is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred.

(k) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to the record date, if any, specified therein (or if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect, or in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(l) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Rate for such series of Series Preferred, (A) at any time upon the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the Senior Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, provided that the automatic conversion of any individual series of Senior Preferred or Series H-1 Preferred shall require the separate affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of such series of Senior Preferred or Series H-1 Preferred, provided further that if the affirmative vote or written consent of the Series H Preferred is obtained, the affirmative vote or written consent of the Series H-1 Preferred shall not be required hereunder or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the pre-money equity valuation of the Company is at least $500,000,000; and (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $50,000,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering”). Upon such automatic conversion, all declared but unpaid dividends shall be paid as set forth in Section 5(l)(ii) below.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Sections 5(l)(i) (A) or (B) above, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such

 

15


automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared but unpaid dividends shall be paid at the election of the majority of the Senior Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis (at the Common Stock’s fair market value, determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of such conversion). All rights with respect to the Series Preferred converted pursuant to this Section 5(l), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of such conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time). Such converted Series Preferred shall be retired and cancelled, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series Preferred accordingly.

(m) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board on the date of such conversion).

(n) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(o) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by communication in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(p) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

 

16


6. NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES PREFERRED.

No shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL and, if applicable, Section 317 of the CGCL. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Restated Certificate.

B. Subject to any additional vote required by this Restated Certificate, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Restated Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

D. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Company may be kept (subject to any statutory provision) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Company.

 

17


VII.

In the event that a director of the Company who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Series Preferred and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities (each, a “Fund”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter in such person’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund and that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and such Fund (a “Corporate Opportunity”), then (i) the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, renounces any expectancy that such director offer the Company an opportunity to participate in the Corporate Opportunity, (ii) such director shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have fully satisfied and fulfilled his fiduciary duty to the Company and its stockholders with respect to such Corporate Opportunity, and (iii) the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such Corporate Opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Company or any of its affiliates, provided, however, that that subsections (i) and (ii) above shall not apply unless such director acts in good faith and consistently with such director’s other fiduciary duties to the Company and its stockholders and such opportunity was not offered to such person expressly and solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Company.

 

18


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Procore Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

  1.

This Certificate of Amendment (the “Certificate of Amendment”) amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State on September 24, 2019 (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

  2.

Article IV, Section A of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock and Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 213,661,701, 133,208,944 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 80,452,757 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

  3.

Article IV, Section C of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Six Million Six Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Three (6,657,873) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred”), Eleven Million Three Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred Four (11,322,904) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred”), One Million Nine Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Twenty (1,942,320) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred”), Sixteen Million Six Hundred Forty-Five Thousand Six Hundred Forty-One (16,645,641) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred”), Twelve Million Thirty-Three Thousand Two Hundred Eleven (12,033,211) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series E Preferred”), Fifteen Million Seven Hundred Four Thousand Seven Hundred Forty-Seven (15,704,747) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series F Preferred”), Five Million Three Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Two (5,369,992) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series G Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series G Preferred”), Two Million Nine Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Three (2,943,843) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series H Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series H Preferred”), Three Million Eight Hundred Seventy Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty-Six (3,870,826) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series H-1 Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series H-1 Preferred” and together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred and the Series C Preferred, the “Prior Preferred”) and Three Million Nine Hundred Sixty-One


Thousand Four Hundred (3,961,400) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series I Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series I Preferred” and together with the Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D Preferred, the “Senior Preferred,” and the Senior Preferred together with the Prior Preferred, the “Series Preferred”).

 

  4.

This Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  5.

All other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in full force and effect.

*            *             *            *            *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr., its Chief Executive Officer this 20th day of December, 2019

 

By:   /s/ Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.
Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders of Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Corporation) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

1.2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Corporation shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation) and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(a) be in writing;

(b) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(c) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Corporation.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


1.4. Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

1.5. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6. Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.7. Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8. Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

-2-


Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9. Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Corporation to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Corporation or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Corporation or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is

 

-3-


consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10. Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(b) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(c) in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

(c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.11. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

-4-


1.12. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

2.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.2. Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3. Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to Sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4. Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws:

(a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

-5-


(b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5. Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6. Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8. Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

 

-6-


Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c) sent by facsimile; or

(d) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9. Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

If the Certificate of Incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10. Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11. Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12. Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

-7-


ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

3.1. Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

3.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3. Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(b) Section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(c) Section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(d) Section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(e) Section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(f) Section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However,

(a) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(b) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(c) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the Certificate of Incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-8-


3.4. Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2. Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3. Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4. Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5. Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 4.3.

4.6. Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7. Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

-9-


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

5.1. Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE V, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE V, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3. Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4. Indemnification of Others. Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE V, the Corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

-10-


5.5. Advanced Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this ARTICLE V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws.

5.6. Limitation on Indemnification. Subject to the requirements in Section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this ARTICLE V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act), or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7. Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this ARTICLE V is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation under this ARTICLE V, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

-11-


5.8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this ARTICLE V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10. Survival. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this ARTICLE V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11. Effect of Repeal or Modification. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

5.12. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this ARTICLE V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this ARTICLE V , references to “other enterprises shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation as referred to in this ARTICLE V.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK

6.1. Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing

 

-12-


the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2. Special Designation on Certificates. If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3. Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4. Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-13-


The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5. Stock Transfer Agreements. The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(b) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(c) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7. Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1. Notice of Stockholder Meetings. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2. Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

-14-


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “electronic transmission means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3. Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4. Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5. Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the

 

-15-


express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

8.1. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock or shares of Series H-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series H-1 Preferred Stock”) of the Corporation (other than shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Corporation’s preferred stock, not including the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series H-1 Preferred Stock), or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer (i) that has been approved the Board and (ii) upon such approval, otherwise meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of common stock (other than shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Corporation’s preferred stock, not including shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series H-1 Preferred Stock) or Series H-1 Preferred Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the Corporation shall have the option to purchase all or a portion thereof of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Article VIII, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board. In the event the Corporation elects to purchase a portion or all of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The Corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the Corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within sixty (60) days after the Secretary of the Corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein per paragraph (b) above, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

 

-16-


(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Article VIII:

(i) Any transfer to the Corporation.

(ii) If such stockholder is an individual, such stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death, without consideration (1) to such stockholder’s ancestors, descendants, siblings, spouse or in-laws (each, an “immediate family member”) or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the stockholder or to a company or another entity wholly-owned by such stockholder or any such person or (2) by devise or descent.

(iii) If such stockholder is an entity, any transfer that is (1) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (2) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or its stockholders in accordance with their ownership interest, (3) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (4) a venture capital fund transferring to any investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such venture capital fund or a venture capital fund making distributions, (5) a trust transferring to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust without consideration, or (6) an entity transferring to an immediate family member of the persons controlling such entity without consideration.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the Corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the Corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) This Article VIII shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(i) An Acquisition (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof); or

(ii) Upon the date securities of the Corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

-17-


ARTICLE IX

GENERAL MATTERS

9.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

9.2. Seal. The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.3. Annual Report. The Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Corporation to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Corporation is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

9.4. Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Corporation may, in its Certificate of Incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

-18-


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

The undersigned Secretary of PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) does hereby certify that the above and foregoing Bylaws were duly adopted as the Bylaws of the Corporation by written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation on July 15, 2019.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has subscribed his name and affixed the seal of the Corporation on the date set forth below.

 

July 15, 2019

  

/s/ Benjamin Singer

Date    Benjamin Singer, Secretary

 

-19-

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

The undersigned, Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr., hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this corporation was Procore Technologies, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was June 5, 2014.

TWO: The undersigned is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19808, and the name of the registered agent of this corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is the Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is one billion one hundred million (1,100,000,000). One billion (1,000,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, having a par value per share of $0.0001. One hundred million (100,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, having a par value per share of $0.0001.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

1.


C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Management of Business. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

B. Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II, and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. Removal of Directors.

1. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

2. Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

D. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal, or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

2.


E. Bylaw Amendments.

1. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment, or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

2. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

4. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors, or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This Article VII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

3.


Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

VIII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of applicable law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

4.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Procore Technologies, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this ____ day of [_____], 2020.

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

[_________], 2020


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1  

Section 3.

  Corporate Seal      1  

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1  

Section 4.

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 5.

  Annual Meetings      2  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      6  

Section 7.

  Notice of Meetings      7  

Section 8.

  Quorum      7  

Section 9.

  Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      8  

Section 10.

  Voting Rights      8  

Section 11.

  Joint Owners of Stock      8  

Section 12.

  List of Stockholders      8  

Section 13.

  Action Without Meeting      9  

Section 14.

  Organization      9  

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     10  

Section 15.

  Number and Term of Office      10  

Section 16.

  Powers      10  

Section 17.

  Classes of Directors      10  

Section 18.

  Vacancies      10  

Section 19.

  Resignation      11  

Section 20.

  Removal      11  

Section 21.

  Meetings      11  

Section 22.

  Quorum and Voting      12  

Section 23.

  Action Without Meeting      12  

Section 24.

  Fees and Compensation      13  

Section 25.

  Committees      13  

Section 26.

  Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director      14  

Section 27.

  Organization      15  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     15  

Section 28.

  Officers Designated      15  

Section 29.

  Tenure and Duties of Officers          15  

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 30.

  Delegation of Authority      17  

Section 31.

  Resignations      17  

Section 32.

  Removal      17  

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     17  

Section 33.

  Execution of Corporate Instruments      17  

Section 34.

  Voting of Securities Owned By the Corporation      18  

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     18  

Section 35.

  Form and Execution of Certificates      18  

Section 36.

  Lost Certificates      18  

Section 37.

  Transfers      19  

Section 38.

  Fixing Record Dates      19  

Section 39.

  Registered Stockholders      19  

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     20  

Section 40.

  Execution of Other Securities      20  

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     20  

Section 41.

  Declaration of Dividends      20  

Section 42.

  Dividend Reserve      20  

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     21  

Section 43.

  Fiscal Year      21  

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     21  

Section 44.

  Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      21  

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     24  

Section 45.

  Notices      24  

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     25  

Section 46.

  Amendments      25  

ARTICLE XIV LOANS TO OFFICERS

     26  

Section 47.

  Loans to Officers      26  

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

[_________], 2020

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19808.

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the Corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

 

-1-


Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee; (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee; (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee; (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; (5) a statement whether such nominee, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s failure to receive the required vote for election or re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors; and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

-2-


(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the Corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that no annual meeting was held during the preceding year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the closing of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the Corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy duly authorized at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy

 

-3-


statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class (as defined below) is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

 

-4-


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

(ii) Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation,

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the Corporation,

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the Corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise, or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the Corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member: and

(iii) public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, GlobeNewswire or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer or the President if the Chairperson of the Board of Directors is unavailable, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) For a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation called pursuant to Section 6(a), the Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than as specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

 

-6-


Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If sent via electronic transmission, notice is given as of the sending time recorded at the time of transmission. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders (to the extent required) may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or by applicable stock exchange rules, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or by applicable stock exchange rules, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or by applicable stock exchange rules, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except as otherwise provided by statute, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or by applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

-7-


Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) of this Section 11 shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b)

 

-8-


during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be taken by written consent or electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy duly authorized, shall act as chairperson. The Chairperson of the Board may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as Corporate Secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

-9-


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the Corporation to the public (the “Initial Public Offering”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II, and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal, or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors

 

-10-


by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal, or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation, in his or her discretion, may either (a) require confirmation from the director prior to deeming the resignation effective, in which case the resignation will be deemed effective upon receipt of such confirmation, or (b) deem the resignation effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal. Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed from office with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

 

-11-


(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent

 

-12-


thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the power or authority denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-13-


(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article IV of these Bylaws.

Section 26. Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director.

(a) The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(b) The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairperson is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (the “Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will, with the Chairperson of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, establish the agenda for regular Board of Directors meetings and serve as chairperson of the Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors and preside over such meetings; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of any meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Board of Directors.

 

-14-


Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as Corporate Secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Corporate Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

-15-


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Corporate Secretary. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Corporate Secretary in the absence or disability of the Corporate Secretary, and each Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and

 

-16-


each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and the Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

 

-17-


All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting of Securities Owned By the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other Corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation, including but not limited to, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

-18-


Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

-19-


ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and if such securities require it, the corporate seal may be impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal may be imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Corporation, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture, or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture, or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture, or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture, or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

-20-


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the Corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The Corporation shall have power to indemnify (including the power to advance expenses in a manner consistent with subsection (c) of this Bylaw) its other officers, employees, and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The Corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or executive officer, of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

 

-21-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an executive officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the Corporation (except in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation) for advances, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

-22-


(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees, or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer, or other officer, employee, or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the Corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the Corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration, and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

-23-


(iii) The term the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee, or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.

(v) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, by facsimile, or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, with notice other than one which is delivered personally to be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address of such director.

 

-24-


(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person With Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the Corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend, or repeal these Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment, or repeal of these Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend, or repeal these Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

-25-


ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-26-


CERTIFICATION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PPROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

a Delaware Corporation

I, Benjamin C. Singer, certify that I am the Corporate Secretary of Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, and that the attached Amended and Restated Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

Dated: [___________], 2020

 

 

Benjamin C. Singer,

Corporate Secretary

 

-27-

Exhibit 4.2

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 24, 2019, by and among PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the investors listed on EXHIBIT A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.

RECITALS

A.    Certain of the Investors are holders of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), Series F Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), Series G Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series G Preferred Stock”), Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series H Preferred Stock”) and Series H-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series H-1 Preferred Stock” which, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock the Series G Preferred Stock and the Series H Preferred Stock shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Existing Preferred Stock”) and are parties to the Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of July 30, 2019 (the “Prior Agreement”).

B.    Certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series I Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series I Preferred Stock” which, together with the Existing Preferred Stock shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Preferred Stock”) pursuant to that certain Series I Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”).

C.    Certain obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

D.    In connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement in order (a) amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein and (b) to grant the registration rights, information rights, and other rights to the Investors as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

GENERAL.

1.1    Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)    “Acquisition” shall have the meaning given such term in the Certificate.

 

1


(b)    “affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or managing member of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or is under common investment management with, such Person.

(c)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)    “Certificate” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended or amended and restated from time-to-time.

(e)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f)    Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(g)    “Founders” shall mean Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr. and Steven C. Zahm.

(h)    “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof.

(i)    “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(j)    “Institutional Majority” means the holders of a majority of either (i) the Series D Registrable Securities then outstanding or (ii) the Series E Registrable Securities then outstanding.

(k)    Major Investor” means (i) any Investor that holds at least 2,900,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof), and (ii) Tiger, as long as Tiger and its affiliates hold at least 2,900,000 Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like affecting such shares after the date hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no holder of Series H-1 Preferred Stock shall be deemed a Major Investor under the terms of this Agreement.

(l)    Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(m)    “Qualified Public Offering” shall have the meaning given such term in the Certificate.

(n)    “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(o)    “Registrable Securities” means (i) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares, (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issuable or issued (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other security of the Company, acquired by any Investor on or after January 1, 2019 and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or

 

2


issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities in clauses (i) and (ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (A) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (B) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned, or (C) held by a Holder (together with its affiliates) if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation during any ninety (90) day period without registration.

(p)    Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(q)    “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(r)    “Requisite Senior Preferred Majority” shall mean the holders of: (i) a majority of the Series D Registrable Securities then outstanding and (ii) a majority of the Series E Registrable Securities then outstanding, each voting as a separate class.

(s)    “Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement” shall mean the Sixth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and other parties thereto.

(t)    “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(u)    “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v)    “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and, except as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses” above, all fees and reimbursement of one counsel for the Holders.

(w)     Senior Preferred Registrable Securities” means the Series D Registrable Securities, the Series E Registrable Securities, the Series F Registrable Securities, the Series G Registrable Securities, the Series H Registrable Securities and the Series I Registrable Securities.

(x)    “Series D Designee” shall have the meaning given such term in the Voting Agreement.

(y)    “Series D Registrable Securities” means the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(z)    “Series E Registrable Securities” means the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

 

3


(aa)    “Series F Designee” shall have the meaning given such term in the Voting Agreement.

(bb)     Series F Registrable Securities” means the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

(cc)     Series G Registrable Securities” means the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock.

(dd)     Series H Registrable Securities” means the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock.

(ee)     Series I Registrable Securities” means the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Series I Preferred Stock.

(ff)    “Series D Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Series D Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(gg)     Series E Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Series E Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(hh)     Series F Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Series F Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(ii)    “Series G Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Series G Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(jj)    “Series H Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Series H Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(kk)     Series I Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Series I Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(ll)    “Shares” shall mean the shares of Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on EXHIBIT A hereto and such Investors’ permitted assigns.

(mm) Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) a registration statement related to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration statement related to the offer and sale of debt securities or the stock issuable upon conversion thereof.

(nn)     Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company now existing or formed hereafter (if any).

 

4


(oo)    “Tiger” means TIGER GLOBAL PIP 11 LLC and its affiliates.

(pp)    “Voting Agreement” shall mean the Sixth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and other parties thereto.

 

2.

REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)    Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i)    there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)    (A) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer without consideration by a Holder:

(i)    With respect to a Holder that is an entity, to any transfer by such Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or its stockholders in accordance with their ownership interest, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) a venture capital fund transferring to an investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such venture capital fund or a venture capital fund making distributions, (E) a trust transferring to a trust or beneficiary of the trust without consideration, or (F) an entity transferring to an immediate family member of the persons controlling such entity without consideration; and

(ii)    With respect to a Holder that is an individual, any transfer by such Holder without consideration to (A) such Holder’s ancestors, descendants, siblings, spouse or in-laws (each, an “immediate family member”) or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the Holder or to a company or another entity wholly-owned by such Holder or any such person, or (B) by devise or descent;

(iii)    provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder. In addition, no Holder shall transfer any Shares to (y) any person whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or strategic investor or (z) any customer, distributor or supplier of the Company, if the Company should determine that such transfer would result in such customer, distributor or supplier receiving information that would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage with respect to such customer, distributor or supplier.

 

5


(c)    Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d)    The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, and provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e)    Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal or an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such legend may be removed.

2.2    Demand Registration.

(a)    Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities then outstanding having an aggregate offering price, before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $10,000,000, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible and in any event within ninety (90) days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Senior Preferred Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered and thereafter to use its best efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable.

(b)    If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Senior Preferred Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the

 

6


Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Senior Preferred Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Senior Preferred Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Senior Preferred Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Senior Preferred Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however, that the number of shares of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company (including securities held by stockholders of the Company other than the Holders) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Senior Preferred Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c)    The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i)    prior to the earlier of (A) the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering;

(ii)    after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii)    if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board (or, if no Chairman has been appointed, then the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period;

(iv)    if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offering within ninety (90) days; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(v)    if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

 

7


(vi)    in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is otherwise required to do so.

2.3    Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to primary and/or secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a)    Underwriting. If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration without the written consent of the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority, unless such offering is a Qualified Public Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration without the written consent of those Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors and proposed to be sold in the offering if such inclusion would reduce the number of shares that may be included by Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

8


(b)    Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4    Form S-3 Registration. After the Initial Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3). In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities (the “S-3 Initiating Holders”) a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Senior Preferred Registrable Securities owned by such S-3 Initiating Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities; and

(b)    as soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the receipt of such request, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Senior Preferred Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Senior Preferred Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)    if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii)    if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Senior Preferred Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than one million dollars ($1,000,000), or

(iii)    if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement provided that such Holders were permitted to register such shares as requested to be registered pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof without reduction by the underwriter thereof and provided, further, that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iv)    if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board (or, if no Chairman has been appointed, then the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period, and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period; or

 

9


(v)    if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(vi)    in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is otherwise required to do so.

(vii)     Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Senior Preferred Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the S-3 Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5    Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders or the S-3 Initiating Holders, as applicable, unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request and the Initiating Holders have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse information or (b) the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority agrees to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the Holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested and not excluded prior to such withdrawal. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations requested pursuant to Section 2.2 after the first two (2) registrations (if such registrations have been declared or ordered effective) shall be paid by the selling Holders pro rata in proportion to the number of shares to be sold by each such Holder in any registration.

2.6    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)    Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of at least ninety (90) days (to be measured from the expiration of any lockup period related to such registration, if applicable) or until such earlier time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided,

 

10


however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below); provided, that the Company shall not offer or sell, and shall not permit any director or officer of the Company to offer or sell, any securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed 120 days in the aggregate. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their commercially reasonable best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b)    Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c)    Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d)    Use all reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, except to the extent the Company is otherwise so required.

(e)    In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f)    Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact

 

11


required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use all reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g)    Use all reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h)    Make available to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such selling Holder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), upon request, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration statement subject, in each case, to such confidentiality agreements as the Company shall reasonably request.

(i)    Use its commercially reasonable to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange or quoted on the quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted (or if the Common Stock is not yet listed or quoted, then on such exchange or quotation system as the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the Company shall mutually agree).

(j)    Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(k)    Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any comparable successor provisions).

(l)    Otherwise cooperate with the underwriter(s), the SEC and other regulatory agencies and take all reasonable actions and execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all documents reasonably necessary to effect the registration of any securities under this Agreement.

2.7    Termination of Registration Rights. All registration rights granted under this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of the Company’s first Qualified Public Offering or (ii) an Acquisition or (iii) an Asset Transfer or Liquidation Event (each, as defined in the Certificate).

 

12


2.8    Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a)    No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b)    It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c)    The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if, due to the operation of subsection 2.2(b), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.9    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a)    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b)    To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such partner, member,

 

13


director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, member, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse as incurred any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, member, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder when combined with any amounts contributed under Section 2.9(d) by such Holder.

(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9 to the extent, and only to the extent, such failure is prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party

 

14


and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder, when combined with any amounts contributed under Section 2.9(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f)    The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.9 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.10    Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member, affiliated venture capital fund or stockholder of a Holder, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust, limited partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of an individual Holder, (c) acquires at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof) or (d) is an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree in writing to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.11    Amendment of Registration Rights. Any provision of this Section 2 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority; provided, however, that the rights under this Section 2 of those Investors holding the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series H-1 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Prior Preferred Stock”) may be amended or waived only with the written consent of those Investors holding a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Prior Preferred Stock (excluding the Series H-1 Preferred Stock). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.11 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 2, Holders of Registrable Securities hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

2.12     Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights on a parity with or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder, other than the right to a Special Registration Statement.

2.13    Market Stand-OffAgreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not offer, sell, pledge, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any

 

15


swap, hedging or similar arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Investor prior to the effective date of the registration statement (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed (i) one hundred eighty (180) days (or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulations), or (ii) for those Holders included on EXHIBIT B attached hereto (as may be amended from time to time) (each, a “Strategic Investor”), such longer period, not to exceed three hundred sixty (360) days, as may be determined by the Company (as applicable, the “Restricted Period”), in each case following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided that:

(a)    such agreement shall apply only to the Company’s Initial Offering and, upon the approval of the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority, for a period of up to ninety (90) days following a secondary offering occurring prior to the end of the Restricted Period;

(b)    all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements; and

(c)    such agreement shall provide that any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of such agreement by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, shall apply pro rata to each Investor subject to such agreement, based on the number of shares of capital stock held by such Investor and its affiliates on one hand and the holders of capital stock receiving the waiver or termination of such restrictions on the other hand.

2.14    Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.13 and this Section 2.14 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the Restricted Period. Prior to the Initial Offering, each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.13 and 2.14. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.13 and 2.14 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.15    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees that, at all times when the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act and of the Exchange Act, it shall use its best efforts to:

(a)    Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

16


(b)    File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c)    So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

3.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1    Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a)    The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b)    As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, the Company will furnish each Major Investor with an audited balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related audited statement of income, a statement of stockholders’ equity, and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national or regional standing as selected by the Board.

(c)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

 

17


(e)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto) a comprehensive operating budget forecasting the Company’s revenues, expenses, and cash position on a month-to-month basis for the upcoming fiscal year (a “Budget”). Each Budget shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon). Each Budget shall be presented to the Board for approval at least sixty (60) days prior to such fiscal year.

(f)    All financial information and budgets required under Section 3.1(b)-(e) above shall consist of consolidated financial statements (consolidating the Company and its subsidiaries) unless the rules of generally accepted accounting principles provide otherwise.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing or submission of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering.

3.2    Other Materials. As soon as practicable (or otherwise as provided herein), the Company and furnish each Major Investor with copies of the following documents:

(a)    Material documents filed with governmental agencies on behalf of the Company, including, without limitation, the Internal Revenue Service and the SEC, within thirty (30) days after filing;

(b)    Pleadings of any material lawsuits filed by or against any of the Company, within thirty (30) days after filing or service of process;

(c)    Notices regarding any default on any loan or lease to which the Company is a party within five (5) days after discovery (such notices to contain a statement outlining such default and management’s proposed response); and

(d)    Any other documents or information pertaining to the Company reasonably requested by a Major Investor, unless the Board determines in good faith that the documents or information requested is confidential or attorney-client privileged or that the documents contain information related to trade secrets and related intellectual property and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.2 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.2 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing or submission of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering.

3.3    Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice and during business hours, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.3 with respect to a competitor or strategic investor of the Company (as reasonably determined by the Board) (for the sake of clarity, a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund shall not be deemed to be a competitor or strategic investor of the Company merely because it has a portfolio company that is a competitor to the Company) or with respect to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

 

18


3.4    Confidentiality of Records. Each Major Investor agrees to keep confidential, and to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information, but in no event less than a commercially reasonable degree of care, to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary or parent of such Investor as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.4 or comparable restrictions, and with respect to any Investor that is affiliated with a venture capital firm, to its partners, members, former partners or members who retained an economic interest in such Investor, current or prospective partners or members or any other partnership under common investment management of such Investor, management company, legal counsel, representatives or accountants in connection with communications in the ordinary course of business; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Major Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Major Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law, rule or regulation.

3.5    Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.6    Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all restricted stock, stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) seventy-percent (75%) of such stock shall vest monthly over the remaining three (3) years; provided that all restricted stock, stock options and other stock equivalents granted to employees that have served as an employee for more than a year at the time of such grant shall vest monthly over four (4) years (the “Normal Vesting Schedule”). With respect to any shares of restricted stock purchased by any such person, the Company’s repurchase option shall provide (to the extent in compliance with applicable law) that upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to purchase at the lower of cost or fair market value, as determined by the Board in good faith, any unvested shares of stock held by such person. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, after the date of this Agreement the Company shall not grant any stock option or stock equivalent providing for vesting provisions that differ from the Normal Vesting Schedule or accelerate the vesting upon an Acquisition or an Asset Transfer (as defined in the Certificate), termination of employment or similar event.

3.7    Board of Directors.

(a)    The authorized size of the Board shall be seven (7) members unless approved by a majority of the Board, including the Series D Designee and the Series F Designee.

(b)    The Company will reimburse each outside director for his or her reasonable expenses incurred in the course of Company business (including, without limitation in attending meetings of the Board (including the committees thereof) and any other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company at the Company’s request (such as trade shows), so long as such travel is consistent with the Company’s travel policies).

 

19


(c)    Meetings of the Board shall take place no less than quarterly until such time as the Board, votes to schedule such meetings less frequently.

(d)    The Series D Designee shall have the right to be a member of each committee of the Board.

3.8    Approval of Certain Transactions. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to take any of the following actions, unless previously approved by a majority of the Board, including the Series D Designee and the Series F Designee:

(a)    extend any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any Subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b)    extend any loan or advance to any person, including, any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

(c)    implement or change the Company’s cash investment policy; or

(d)    enter into any transaction with any director, officer, founder, affiliate or other related party if the amount exceeds $120,000, other than (A) the issuance of ordinary course equity awards pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, (B) ordinary course matters pertaining to employment (but excluding matters related to the compensation of any director or executive officer unless approved by a majority of the directors that are disinterested with respect to such matter), (C) arrangements in the ordinary course providing for indemnification or advancement or reimbursement of expenses, and (D) transactions approved by an authorized committee of the Board.

3.9    Market Stand-off. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, and all future shares of Common Stock and preferred stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or other exercisable or convertible securities shall be subject to a market standoff or “lockup” agreement of not less than 180 days following the Company’s initial public offering.

3.10    Right to Conduct Activities. The Company and each Investor hereby acknowledge that some or all of the Investors are professional investment funds, and as such invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be competitive with the Company’s business. No Investor shall be liable to the Company or to any other Investor for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by any Investor in any entity competitive to the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, or other representative of any Investor to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company, or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.10 to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver of any duty of loyalty or obligation of confidentiality with respect to the disclosure of confidential information of the Company.

3.11    Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all future employees and consultants of the Company at the time they first begin working for the Company (whether as an employee or as a consultant) to execute and deliver a proprietary information and inventions agreement in a form previously approved by the Board (or in the case of a consultant, a consulting agreement containing similar provisions), or in such other form containing similar provisions as may be approved by the Board.

 

20


3.12    Assignment of Right of First Refusal. In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital (other than pursuant to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, subject to Section 2.2 thereof), the Company shall, to the extent it may do so, and upon the request of a majority of the holders of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities, assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Major Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Major Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Major Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock held by such Major Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock owned by all Major Investors at the time of such proposed transfer. The provisions of this Section 3.12 may be waived as to all Major Investors by the written consent of Requisite Senior Preferred Majority.

3.13    Key Man Insurance. The Company shall maintain in full force and effect term life insurance in the amount of $2,000,000 on the lives of each of each Founder (for so long as each such individual remains an employee of the Company); naming the Company as beneficiary. Such policies will not be cancelable by the Company without the prior approval of the Board.

3.14    Directors and Officers Insurance. The Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance with an underwriter and with terms acceptable to the Board. The Company shall annually certify such insurance by delivering a copy of such policy to Bessemer Venture Partners VIII, L.P. If requested by the Series D Designee, the Company will add one designee of the Investors as a notice party for such policy and shall request that the issuer of such policy provide such designee with ten (10) days’ notice before such policy is terminated (for failure to pay premiums or otherwise) or assigned or before any change is made in the beneficiary thereof.

3.15    Directors’ Liability and Indemnification.

(a)    The Certificate and Bylaws (as such may be amended or amended and restated from time to time) shall provide (a) for limitation of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In the event any suit is filed or claim is asserted against a director or former director of the Company as a result of such director’s or former director’s service on the Board, the Company will provide such director or former director access to all records and files of the Company as he or she may reasonably request in defending against or preparing to defend against any such suit or claim; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to provide access to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential (and not otherwise subject to a confidentiality agreement) or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

(b)    The Company hereby acknowledges that one or more of the directors nominated by holders of Preferred Stock may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”) for alleged acts or omissions in their capacities as directors of the Company. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate or Bylaws of the

 

21


Company (or any agreement between the Company and such director), without regard to any rights such director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such director with respect to any claim for which such director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such director against the Company.

(c)    If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, commercially reasonable efforts shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

3.16    Subsidiary Approval – General. No Subsidiary shall take any action without the approval of the Board (including the affirmative approval of the Institutional Majority), to the extent approval of the Board (including the affirmative approval of the Institutional Majority) would be required in the event such action was to be taken by the Company itself notwithstanding the fact that local law applicable to the subsidiary may not require such approval.

3.17    Founder Activities. Each Founder and the other executive officers of the Company shall devote 100% of their business time to the Company. Any other professional activities shall require the approval of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall prevent any Founder or other executive officer from devoting reasonable time to his or her personal investment activities.

3.18    Publicity. The Company shall not use an Investor’s (excluding holders of Series H-1 Preferred Stock and any Investor whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or strategic investor) name in any manner, context or format (including reference on or links to websites, press releases, etc.) without the prior approval of such Investor; provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to any disclosure by the Company to (i) the Company’s attorneys, accountants, consultants and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services, (ii) to the Company’s directors, officers, employees, consultants, other services providers and other Affiliates, in each such case, only as reasonably necessary, (iii) as may be required applicable law and regulations (including the rules of any applicable stock exchange), (iv) to potential acquirors, current and potential investors, and current and potential lenders, and their respective agents, advisers, representatives and employees, or (v) to a current or prospective underwriter or manager or their counsel in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act.

3.19    Anti-Corruption Policy. The Company shall maintain, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain, systems or internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law (including without limitation Part 12 of the United States Anti-Terrorism, Crime and Security Act of 2001; the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986; the United States International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001; the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended; and laws applicable in the United Kingdom that prohibit bribery, corrupt practices or money laundering, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Bribery Act 2010).

 

22


3.20    Real Property Holding Covenant. The Company shall notify the Investors promptly following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.897-2(c)(1)) with respect to which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code or if the Company otherwise becomes aware that the Company is a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In addition, at any time upon an Investor’s written request, the Company shall issue a statement to such Investor, in form and substance as described in Treasury Regulations sections 1.897-2(h)(1) and 1.1445-2(c) (or any successor regulations) and signed under penalties of perjury, regarding whether any interest in the Company constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code, together with an executed notice to the Internal Revenue Service described in Treasury Regulations section 1.897-2(h)(2) (or any successor regulation), provided that an Investor may only make such a written request one time per calendar year. Such statement shall be delivered within ten (10) days of the Investor’s written request therefor.

3.21    Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.4 and 3.15(c)) shall expire and terminate upon the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering or an Acquisition, Asset Transfer or Liquidation Event.

 

4.

RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1    Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase his, her or its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the total number of outstanding shares of Registrable Securities held by such Major Investor to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, preferred stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, preferred stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, preferred stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2    Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price not lower and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3    Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Major Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares. Each such Major Investor shall be entitled to acquire a proportion of such unsubscribed shares equal to (a) the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock held by such Major Investor immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock issued

 

23


or issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock held by all such Major Investors immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities. The Major Investors shall have ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. If the Major Investors fail to exercise in full the rights of first refusal, the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Investors’ rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Major Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within sixty (60) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4    Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the Qualified Public Offering or (ii) an Acquisition, Asset Transfer or Liquidation Event. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with respect to a particular transaction with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of then outstanding Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors, which must include the holders of a majority of each series of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities.

4.5    Transfer of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 4 may be transferred to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions, as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.10, other than clause (c) thereof.

4.6    Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to the issuance of Equity Securities that are “Excluded Securities” (as such term is defined in the Certificate).

 

5.

MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1    Commerce Department Compliance. The Company may be required to file reports with the Bureau of Economic Analysis (the “BEA”) of the US Commerce Department when a U.S. affiliate of a foreign Investor if such foreign Investor, together with its affiliates, directly or indirectly controls ten percent (10%) or more of the voting securities of the Company. Such foreign Investor that is a foreign individual or entity or a US subsidiary or affiliate of a foreign parent covenants to provide information necessary for the Company to comply with BEA filings required under the International Investment and Trade in Services Act.

5.2    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO DISPUTES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATED AGREEMENTS AND CONSENT TO A BENCH TRIAL WITH THE APPROPRIATE JUDGE ACTING AS THE FINDER OF FACT. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of San Francisco, California.

5.3    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each

 

24


person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice by the applicable Investor of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.4    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.5    Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the parties required for an amendment pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Prior Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal and notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

5.6    Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.7    Amendment and Waiver.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and an Institutional Majority; provided, however, that any amendment or modification to this Agreement that would materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities under this Agreement in a manner disproportionate to other series of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities (each such series, an “Affected Series”) shall require the prior written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such Affected Series; provided, further, however, that any amendments to this Agreement that relate to the creation or issuance of a senior, pari passu or junior security in a bona fide capital raising transaction, which apply equally to all holders of Senior Preferred Registrable Securities, shall not be considered a change to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Senior Preferred Registrable Securities in a manner that is materially adverse to the Senior Preferred Registrable Securities; provided, further, however, that Exhibit B may be amended by the Company without the consent of the Investors to include any Additional Purchaser as a Strategic Investor; provided, further, however, that Exhibit B may not be amended by the Company to include an existing Investor not currently set forth on Exhibit B without the consent of such existing Investor.

(b)    For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

(c)    Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Agreement shall be binding upon each Investor and Holder of Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

25


5.8    Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.9    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. If notice is given to the Company, it shall be sent to Procore Technologies, Inc., 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, facsimile (866) 281-2906, Attention: Chief Legal Officer; and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Cooley LLP, 101 California Street, San Francisco, CA 94111, Attention: Rachel Proffitt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or EXHIBIT A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.10    Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.11    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including execution by electronic signature) in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

5.12    Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities and all shares of Investor Stock, as applicable, held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13    Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14    Specific Performance. In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, each Investor shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the Company hereunder and to such other injunction or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

5.15    Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series I Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series I Preferred Stock (an “Additional Purchaser”) may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor” hereunder. This Agreement, including without limitation, EXHIBIT A hereto, shall be amended by the Company without the consent of the Investors to include any Additional Purchasers as “Investors.

 

26


5.16     Exhibits. Each Investor (i) acknowledges and agrees that Exhibit A and Exhibit B shall be deemed confidential information of the Company and (ii) waives any right to receive such exhibits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the relevant information contained on such exhibits shall be made available upon the request of an Investor to the extent necessary to comply with the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. Any such information provided shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.

5.17     Termination. This Agreement shall terminate in its entirety and be of no further force or effect upon an Acquisition, Asset Transfer or Liquidation Event or upon the written election of the Requisite Senior Preferred Majority.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

27


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
Corporation
By:  

/s/ Craig F. Courtemanche

  Craig F. Courtemanche, Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

THE INVESTORS:

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS IV, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Signatory

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS IV-B, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Signatory

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS IV CO-INVEST, L.P., P SERIES

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

THE INVESTORS:

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS II, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS II-B, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS II CO-INVEST, L.P.,

a Delaware series limited partnership, P Series

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster

Title:   Authorized Person

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

THE INVESTORS:

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS III, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners III GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners III TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS III-B, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners III GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners III TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS III CO-INVEST, L.P.,

a Delaware series limited partnership, P Series

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners III GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners III TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Carpenter GFII Investments, LLC
By:  

/s/ Pat Robinson

  Pat Robinson, Authorized Signatory
Address:

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Carpenter OFII Investments, LLC
By:  

/s/ Pat Robinson

  Pat Robinson, Authorized Signatory
Address:

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Carpenter OFIV Investments, LLC
By:  

/s/ Pat Robinson

  Pat Robinson, Authorized Signatory
Address:

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P.
By:   Deer VIII & Co. L.P., its General Partner
By:   Deer VIII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott Ring

  Scott Ring, General Counsel
Address:

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.
By:   Deer VIII & Co. L.P., its General Partner
By:   Deer VIII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott Ring

  Scott Ring, General Counsel
Address:

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Tiger Global PIP 11 LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Boyd

  Steven Boyd, General Counsel
Address:     [***]
                        [***]

 

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Kevin J. O’Connor

Kevin J. O’Connor
Address: [***]

 [***]

 

Signature Page to Sixth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

THE INVESTORS:

ARGONAUTIC VENTURES SPC ON BEHALF OF ARGONAUTIC VERTICAL SERIES PROCORE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND I SP

 

By:  

/s/ Viken Douzdjian

Name:   Viken Douzdjian
Title:   Partner

Address: [***]

[***]

Email: [***]@argonauticventures.com AND

[***]@argonauticventures.com


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:
BSOF MASTER FUND L.P.
By: Blackstone Strategic Opportunity Associates L.L.C., its general partner
By  

/s/ Peter Koffler

Name:   Peter Koffler
Title:   Authorized Person

345 Park Avenue, 28th Floor

New York, New York 10154

United States of America

BSOF MASTER FUND II L.P.
By: Blackstone Strategic Opportunity Associates L.L.C., its general partner
By  

/s/ Peter Koffler

Name:   Peter Koffler
Title:   Authorized Person

345 Park Avenue, 28th Floor

New York, New York 10154

United States of America

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [DATE] by and between Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ________________________ (“Indemnitee”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, Indemnitee performs a valuable service for the Company;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has adopted Bylaws (as amended, the “Bylaws”) providing for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company to the maximum extent authorized by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (“Law”);

WHEREAS, the Bylaws and the Law, by their nonexclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors;

WHEREAS, in accordance with the authorization as provided by the Law, the Company may purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”), covering certain liabilities which may be incurred by its officers or directors in the performance of their obligations to the Company;

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by _______________________________ and ___________________ and their affiliates (collectively, with the management company associated with such entities, and any entity that serves as the general partner or managing member to such entities, the “Fund Indemnitors”) which Indemnitee and the Fund Indemnitors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board; and]

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as a director or officer of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee[ with the explicit acknowledgement of the intended third party beneficiaries set forth in Section 2 hereof].

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s service, or agreement to serve, as a director or officer of the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

Page 1


(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as defined below), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as defined below) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as defined below) and Liabilities (as defined below) incurred or paid by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred or paid by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding and in addition to any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses incurred or paid by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred or paid by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Indemnity of Indemnitee by Subsidiary of Company. Notwithstanding and in addition to any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that Indemnitee serves, now or in the future, as a director, officer, member of the board of managers or in a similar position with any of the Company’s subsidiaries, in consideration for such service, Indemnitee shall be indemnified and be entitled to rights of advancement and contribution from any such subsidiary to the maximum extent permitted by this Agreement and by law. Such indemnification, advancement and contribution shall be made pursuant to comparable procedures as those set forth in this Agreement. The Company hereby represents that it is or will be duly authorized and empowered on behalf of each such subsidiary described in the preceding sentence to provide such indemnification, advancement and contribution as set forth in this Section 1(d) and further agrees to take any and all actions necessary to cause each such subsidiary to effectuate such indemnification, advancement and contribution. In the event that any such subsidiary against which Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification, advancement and contribution fails to

 

Page 2


provide such indemnification, advancement or contribution to the maximum extent permitted by this Agreement and by law, the Company agrees to provide to Indemnitee any and all indemnification, advancement and contribution to the maximum extent permitted by this Agreement and by law on behalf of such subsidiary. The rights of indemnification, advancement and contribution provided to Indemnitee by any subsidiary of the Company are not exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have from such subsidiary under statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of the board of directors or board of managers of such subsidiary or otherwise.

2. Additional Indemnity.

(a) In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6, 7 and 22 hereof) to be unlawful under Delaware law.

[(b) If any Fund Indemnitor, as defined above, is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in (including, without limitation, as a witness or responding to discovery) any Proceeding, and such Fund Indemnitor’s involvement in the Proceeding arises from the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or from a Fund Indemnitor’s (or group of Fund Indemnitors) financial interest (whether through equity, debt or otherwise) in or control or alleged control of the Company, then such Fund Indemnitor shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies (including, without limitation, the advancement of Expenses), and shall to the extent indemnified hereunder undertake the obligations, of the Indemnitee under this Agreement to the same extent as the Indemnitee. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.]

3. Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

Page 3


(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than the parties who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than the parties who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses and Liabilities, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered.

(c) Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than the parties who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Liabilities and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a witness or is made to (or asked to) respond to discovery requests in any Proceeding involving the Company, its officers, directors, shareholders or creditors to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith and in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred or paid by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred or paid by Indemnitee. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such Expenses. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent permitted by law to repay the advance (without interest) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to further appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement.

 

Page 4


6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are at least as favorable as may be permitted under the Law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification; provided, however, that failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination (if required by applicable law) as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination, if required by a court of law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as defined below), even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (4) by the stockholders.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel (as defined below) pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 15 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, then either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of

 

Page 5


the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, to Indemnitee’s or the Board of Directors’, respectively, selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred or paid by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as defined below), including financial statements, or on information supplied to an Indemnitee by the directors, officers, agents or employees of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such thirty (30) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders

 

Page 6


for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors, or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(j) The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for

 

Page 7


indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) no contribution has been timely made pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (vi) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not misleading, in connection with Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any D&O Insurance maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 15 of this Agreement) incurred or paid by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery. The Company shall, within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor from Indemnitee, advance such Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to comparable procedures as those set forth in Section 5 with respect to advancement of Expenses therein.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any D&O Insurance maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

Page 8


8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) Indemnitee shall be covered by the D&O Insurance and any other insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Further, if requested by Indemnitee, within two (2) business days of such request, the Company will instruct the insurers and their insurance brokers that they may communicate directly with Indemnitee regarding such claim.

[(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Fund Indemnitors. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses and Liabilities to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.]

 

Page 9


(d) In the event of a change of control or the Company’s becoming insolvent, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance—directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise--in respect of the individual directors and officers of the Company, for a fixed period of six (6) years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”). Such coverage shall be non-cancellable and shall be placed and serviced for the duration of its term by the Company’s incumbent insurance broker or a broker of at least substantially comparable standing and reputation as determined by the Company. Such broker shall place the Tail Policy with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the change of control event (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies).

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, ]in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(f) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, ]the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that payment made to Indemnitee pursuant to an insurance policy purchased and maintained by Indemnitee at his or her own expense of any amounts otherwise indemnifiable or obligated to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement. The Company is intended to be the primary source of payment of amounts indemnifiable hereunder, and any personal policy shall be considered a secondary source, it being understood that Indemnitee is not entitled to recover for the same amounts with respect to the same claim(s) from both the Company and a personal policy, but may recover an additional amount from a personal policy in excess of the amount of the payment(s) made by the Company in respect of the same claim(s) (e.g., if the total liability for a claim is $2,000,000, and the Company pays $1,500,000 of such liability, then Indemnitee may recover an additional $500,000 from a personal policy). For the avoidance of doubt, any payment(s) received by Indemnitee from the Company after a payment from a personal policy shall be used to reimburse the personal insurance provider to the extent such any payment(s) relate to the same amounts for the same claim(s), and are not additional coverage as contemplated in the preceding sentence.

(g) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, ]the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Enterprise.

 

Page 10


9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to:

(a) any claim made against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(b) any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (i) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors, (ii) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (and, to the extent applicable, is serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. In addition, the Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company (and, to the extent applicable, as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise), and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company (and, to the extent applicable, as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise).

 

Page 11


(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof[, other than other rights to Indemnification held by the Fund Indemnitors, which shall continue in full force and effect in addition to the rights of Indemnification provided hereunder].

13. Monetary Damages Insufficient; Specific Performance. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking. If Indemnitee seeks mandatory injunctive relief, it shall not be a defense to enforcement of the Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement that Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law for damages.

14. Information Sharing. In the event Indemnitee is the subject of or is implicated in any way during an investigation, whether formal or informal, the Company, if deemed legally permissible and appropriate by the Company, upon advice of counsel, shall promptly notify Indemnitee of such investigation. Further, to the extent deemed legally permissible and appropriate by the Company, upon advice of counsel, the Company shall further share with Indemnitee any information it has turned over to any third parties concerning the investigation (“Shared Information”) at the time such information is so furnished. By executing this agreement, Indemnitee agrees that such Shared Information is material non-public information that Indemnitee is obligated to hold in confidence and may not disclose publicly; provided, however, that Indemnitee is permitted to use the Shared Information and to disclose such Shared information to Indemnitee’s legal counsel and third parties solely in connection with defending Indemnitee from legal liability.

15. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person or entity who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, equityholder, consultant, or fiduciary of the Company or is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise.

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

Page 12


(c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses and Liabilities arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “Liabilities” includes judgments, penalties, fines, interest, assessments, charges and amounts paid in settlement.

(g) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (whether formal or informal), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee invested in the Company, Indemnitee facilitated or managed any investment in the Company, Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement; and excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

Page 13


16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

18. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

19. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier, (ii) when sent, if sent by email or fax during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, or (iii) 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address:

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Procore Technologies, Inc.

6309 Carpinteria Avenue

Carpinteria, CA 93103

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Email: legalnotice@procore.com

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

20. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Page 14


21. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

22. Governing Law. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof. Any reference made in this Agreement to a judicial determination, decision or action of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or another court of competent jurisdiction shall mean a final, non-appealable order.

23. Gender. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine and gender-neutral pronoun where appropriate.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Page 15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, WITH RESPECT TO SECTION 1(D), ITS SUBSIDIARIES):
PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
BY:  

         

NAME: CRAIG F. COURTEMANCHE, JR.
TITLE: PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
INDEMNITEE  
SIGNATURE:  

 

NAME:  

 

ADDRESS:  

 

 

EMAIL:  

 

Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 10.2

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.

Establishment, Purpose and Types of Awards

Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby establishes the PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by (i) providing key people with incentives to improve stockholder value and to contribute to the growth and financial success of the Company through their future services, and (ii) enabling the Company to attract, retain and reward the best-available personnel.

The Plan permits the granting of stock options (including incentive stock options qualifying under Code section 422 and nonstatutory stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, phantom stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

 

2.

Definitions

Under this Plan, except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or the committee(s) or officer(s) appointed by the Board that have authority to administer the Plan as provided in Section 3 hereof.

(b) “Affiliate means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies, and partnerships). For this purpose, “control” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.

(c) “Award” means any stock option, stock appreciation right, stock award, phantom stock award, restricted stock unit award, performance award, or other stock-based award.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Change in Control” means: (i) the acquisition (other than from the Company) in one or more transactions by any Person, as defined in this Section 2(e), of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 50% or more of (A) the then outstanding shares of the securities of the Company, or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Company Voting Stock”); (ii) the closing of a sale or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) the effective time of any merger, share exchange, consolidation, or other business combination involving the Company if immediately after such transaction persons who hold a majority of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors

 

1


of the surviving entity (or the entity owning 100% of such surviving entity) are not persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, held the Company Voting Stock; and provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not include (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company; (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or (z) a public offering of capital stock of the Company that for purposes of any Award or subplan that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan,” within the meaning of Code section 409A, the Administrator, in its discretion, may specify a different definition of Change in Control in order to comply with or cause an Award to be exempt from the provisions of Code section 409A.

For purposes of this Section 2(e), a “Person” means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than: employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by the Company and by entities controlled by the Company or an underwriter of the Common Stock in a registered public offering.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

(g) “Common Stock” means shares of common stock of the Company, par value of $0.0001 per share.

(h) “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the Common Stock, as of any date:

(i) if the principal market for the Common Stock (as determined by the Administrator if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on more than one exchange or market) is a national securities exchange or an established securities market, the official closing price per share of Common Stock for the regular market session on that date on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading or, if no sale is reported for that date, on the last preceding day for which a sale was reported;

(ii) if the principal market for the Common Stock is not a national securities exchange or an established securities market, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Stock on that date as reported on a national quotation system or, if no prices are reported for that date, on the last preceding day for which prices were reported; or

(iii) if the Common Stock is neither listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange or an established securities market, nor quoted by a national quotation system, the value determined by the Administrator in good faith by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method.

(i) “Grant Agreement” means a written document, including an electronic writing acceptable to the Administrator, memorializing the terms and conditions of an Award granted pursuant to the Plan and which shall incorporate the terms of the Plan.

 

2


3.

Administration

(a) Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or by such committee or committees as may be appointed by the Board from time to time. To the extent allowed by applicable state law, the Board by resolution may authorize an officer or officers to grant Awards (other than stock Awards) to other officers and employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and, to the extent of such authorization, such officer or officers shall be the Administrator.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. The Administrator shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, such powers to include authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan, prescribe Grant Agreements evidencing such Awards and establish programs for granting Awards.

The Administrator shall have full power and authority to take all other actions necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority to: (i) determine the eligible persons to whom, and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; (ii) determine the types of Awards to be granted; (iii) determine the number of shares to be covered by or used for reference purposes for each Award; (iv) impose such terms, limitations, restrictions and conditions upon any such Award as the Administrator shall deem appropriate; (v) modify, amend, extend or renew outstanding Awards, or accept the surrender of outstanding Awards and substitute new Awards; provided however, that, except as otherwise permitted under Section 7(d) of the Plan, any modification, amendment, extension, renewal or substitution that would materially adversely affect any outstanding Award shall not be made without the consent of the holder, but if any of the foregoing actions results in a change in the tax consequences with respect to an Award such change shall not be considered to be a material adverse affect on the Award; (vi) accelerate or otherwise change the time in which an Award may be exercised or becomes payable and to waive or accelerate the lapse, in whole or in part, of any restriction or condition with respect to such Award, including, but not limited to, any restriction or condition with respect to the vesting or exercisability of an Award following termination of any grantee’s employment or other relationship with the Company; (vii) establish objectives and conditions, if any, for earning Awards and determining whether Awards will be paid with respect to a performance period; and (viii) for any purpose, including but not limited to, qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws or otherwise complying with the regulatory requirements of local or foreign jurisdictions, to establish, amend, modify, administer or terminate sub-plans, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to such sub-plans.

The Administrator shall have full power and authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to administer, construe and interpret the Plan, Grant Agreements and all other documents relevant to the Plan and Awards issued thereunder, to establish, amend, rescind and interpret such rules, regulations, agreements, guidelines and instruments for the administration of the Plan and for the conduct of its business as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable, and to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent the Administrator shall deem it desirable to carry it into effect.

 

3


(c) Non-Uniform Determinations. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the persons to receive Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of such Awards, and the Grant Agreements evidencing such Awards, and the ramifications of a Change in Control upon outstanding Awards) need not be uniform and may be made by the Administrator selectively among Awards or persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

(d) Limited Liability. To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Administrator shall be liable for any action taken or decision made in good faith relating to the Plan or any Award thereunder.

(e) Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by law and by the Company’s charter and by-laws, the members of the Administrator shall be indemnified by the Company in respect of all their activities under the Plan.

(f) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. All actions taken and decisions and determinations made by the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned, including the Company, its stockholders, any participants in the Plan and any other employee, consultant, or director of the Company, and their respective successors in interest.

 

4.

Shares Available for the Plan; Maximum Awards

(a) Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 7(d) of the Plan, the shares of Common Stock that may be issued with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of Eleven Million Three Hundred Seventy One Thousand Four Hundred And Sixty (11,371,460) shares of Common Stock. The Company shall reserve such number of shares of Common Stock for Awards under the Plan, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 7(d) of the Plan. If any Award, or portion of an Award, under the Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash without delivery of shares of Common Stock, or is forfeited or otherwise terminated, surrendered or canceled as to any shares, or if any shares of Common Stock are repurchased by or surrendered to the Company in connection with any Award (whether or not such surrendered shares were acquired pursuant to any Award), or if any shares are withheld by the Company, the shares subject to such Award and the repurchased, surrendered and withheld shares shall thereafter be available for further Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that any such shares that are surrendered to or repurchased or withheld by the Company in connection with any Award or that are otherwise forfeited after issuance shall not be available for purchase pursuant to incentive stock options intended to qualify under Code section 422.

 

4


5.

Participation

Participation in the Plan shall be open to all employees, officers, and directors of, and other individuals providing bona fide services to or for, the Company, or of any Affiliate of the Company, as may be selected by the Administrator from time to time. The Administrator may also grant Awards to individuals in connection with hiring, retention or otherwise, prior to the date the individual first performs services for the Company or an Affiliate, provided that such Awards shall not become vested or exercisable, and no shares shall be issued to such individual, prior to the date the individual first commences performance of such services.

 

6.

Awards

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, establishes the terms of all Awards granted under the Plan. Awards may be granted individually or in tandem with other types of Awards, concurrently with or with respect to outstanding Awards. All Awards are subject to the terms and conditions provided in the Grant Agreement.

(a) Stock Options. The Administrator may from time to time grant to eligible participants Awards of incentive stock options as that term is defined in Code section 422 or nonstatutory stock options; provided, however, that Awards of incentive stock options shall be limited to employees of the Company or of any current or hereafter existing “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation,” as defined in Code sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Company and any other individuals who are eligible to receive incentive stock options under the provisions of Code section 422. Options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Code section 422 must have an exercise price at least equal to Fair Market Value as of the date of grant, but nonstatutory stock options may be granted with an exercise price less than Fair Market Value. No stock option shall be an incentive stock option unless so designated by the Administrator at the time of grant or in the Grant Agreement evidencing such stock option.

(b) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may from time to time grant to eligible participants Awards of Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”). A SAR entitles the grantee to receive, subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Grant Agreement, a payment having an aggregate value equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one share of Common Stock over (B) the base price per share specified in the Grant Agreement, times (ii) the number of shares specified by the SAR, or portion thereof, which is exercised. The base price per share specified in the Grant Agreement shall not be less than the lower of the Fair Market Value on the grant date or the exercise price of any tandem stock option Award to which the SAR is related. No SAR shall have a term longer than ten years’ duration. Payment by the Company of the amount receivable upon any exercise of an SAR may be made by the delivery of Common Stock or cash, or any combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. If upon settlement of the exercise of an SAR a grantee is to receive a portion of such payment in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares shall be determined by dividing such portion by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the exercise date. No fractional shares shall be used for such payment and the Administrator shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated.

(c) Stock Awards. The Administrator may from time to time grant restricted or unrestricted stock Awards to eligible participants in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by law, as it shall determine. A stock Award may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, or in a combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

5


(d) Phantom Stock Units. The Administrator may from time to time grant Awards to eligible participants denominated in stock-equivalent units or restricted stock units (“phantom stock units”) in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as it shall determine. Phantom stock units granted to a participant shall be credited to a bookkeeping reserve account solely for accounting purposes and shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets. An Award of phantom stock units may be settled in Common Stock, in cash, or in a combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Grant Agreement, the grantee shall not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock represented by a phantom stock unit solely as a result of the grant of a phantom stock unit to the grantee.

(e) Performance Awards. The Administrator may, in its discretion, grant performance awards which become payable on account of attainment of one or more performance goals established by the Administrator. Performance awards may be paid by the delivery of Common Stock or cash, or any combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. Performance goals established by the Administrator may be based on the Company’s or an Affiliate’s operating income or one or more other business criteria selected by the Administrator that apply to an individual or group of individuals, a business unit, or the Company or an Affiliate as a whole, over such performance period as the Administrator may designate.

(f) Other Stock-Based Awards. The Administrator may from time to time grant other stock-based awards to eligible participants in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by law, as it shall determine. Other stock-based awards may be denominated in cash, in Common Stock or other securities, in stock-equivalent units, in stock appreciation units, in securities or debentures convertible into Common Stock, or in any combination of the foregoing and may be paid in Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or in a combination of Common Stock or other securities and cash, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

7.

Miscellaneous

(a) Withholding of Taxes. Grantees and holders of Awards shall pay to the Company or its Affiliate, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required to be withheld in respect of Awards under the Plan no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company or its Affiliate may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee or holder of an Award. In the event that payment to the Company or its Affiliate of such tax obligations is made in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the applicable date for such purposes and shall not exceed in amount the minimum statutory tax withholding obligation.

 

6


(b) Loans. To the extent otherwise permitted by law, the Company or its Affiliate may make or guarantee loans to grantees to assist grantees in exercising Awards and satisfying any withholding tax obligations.

(c) Transferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, and in any event in the case of an incentive stock option or a stock appreciation right granted with respect to an incentive stock option, no Award granted under the Plan shall be transferable by a grantee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accord with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Award may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee, only by the grantee or, during the period the grantee is under a legal disability, by the grantee’s guardian or legal representative.

(d) Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events.

(i) Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split. In the event of a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Stock, (A) the maximum number of shares of such Common Stock as to which Awards may be granted under this Plan, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan, and (B) the number of shares covered by and the exercise price and other terms of outstanding Awards, shall, without further action of the Board, be adjusted to reflect such event. The Administrator may make adjustments, in its discretion, to address the treatment of fractional shares and fractional cents that arise with respect to outstanding Awards as a result of the stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split.

(ii) Non-Change in Control Transactions. Except with respect to the transactions set forth in Section 7(d)(i), in the event of any change affecting the Common Stock, the Company or its capitalization, by reason of a spin-off, split-up, dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, other than any such change that is part of a transaction resulting in a Change in Control of the Company, the Administrator, in its discretion and without the consent of the holders of the Awards, may make (A) appropriate adjustments to the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan; and (B) any adjustments in outstanding Awards, including but not limited to modifying the number, kind and price of securities subject to Awards, as the Administrator determines to be appropriate and equitable.

(iii) Change in Control Transactions. In the event of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control of the Company, outstanding stock options and other Awards that are payable in or convertible into Common Stock under this Plan will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Awards by, or for the substitution of equivalent awards, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other Awards under the Plan will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or other Awards under the Plan that are then exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, take

 

7


such actions as it deems appropriate in connection with such Change in Control to provide for the full or partial acceleration of the exercisability of any or all outstanding stock options or other Awards, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. There will be no automatic acceleration of the exercisability of any or all outstanding stock options or other Awards upon a Change in Control unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. If, immediately before the Change in Control, no stock of the Company is readily tradeable on an established securities market or otherwise, and the vesting of an Award or Awards pursuant to this Section 7(d)(iii) or the terms of the applicable Grant Agreement would be treated as a “parachute payment” (as defined in section 280G of the Code), then such Award or Awards shall not vest unless the requirements of the shareholder approval exemption of section 280G(b)(5) of the Code have been satisfied with respect to such Award or Awards.

(iv) Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Administrator is authorized to make, in its discretion and without the consent of holders of Awards, adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that no such adjustment shall be made in contravention of Code section 409A with respect to any Award that constitutes a deferred compensation arrangement within the meaning of Code section 409A.

(e) Substitution of Awards in Mergers and Acquisitions. Awards may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for awards held by employees, officers, consultants or directors of entities who become or are about to become employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company or an Affiliate as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing entity with the Company or an Affiliate, or the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of the assets or stock of the employing entity. The terms and conditions of any substitute Awards so granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth herein to the extent that the Administrator deems appropriate at the time of grant to conform the substitute Awards to the provisions of the awards for which they are substituted.

(f) Other Agreements. As a condition precedent to the grant of any Award under the Plan, the exercise pursuant to such an Award, or to the delivery of certificates for shares issued pursuant to any Award, the Administrator may require the grantee or the grantee’s successor or permitted transferee, as the case may be, to become a party to a stock restriction agreement, shareolders’ agreement, voting trust agreement, voting agreement, right of first refusal agreement, co-sale agreement, lock-up agreement, or other agreements regarding the Common Stock of the Company in such form(s) as the Administrator may determine from time to time in its sole discretion.

(g) Termination, Amendment and Modification of the Plan. The Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan or any portion thereof at any time. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

8


(h) Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan or in any Grant Agreement thereunder shall confer any right on an individual to continue in the service of the Company or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such service at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such termination results in (i) the failure of any Award to vest; (ii) the forfeiture of any unvested or vested portion of any Award; and/or (iii) any other adverse effect on the individual’s interests under the Plan.

(i) Compliance with Securities Laws; Listing and Registration. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign securities laws, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan would or may violate the rules of the national exchange on which the shares are then listed for trade, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery would not violate such rules. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Common Stock under Federal, state or foreign laws. The Company may require that a grantee, as a condition to exercise of an Award, and as a condition to the delivery of any share certificate, make such written representations (including representations to the effect that such person will not dispose of the Common Stock so acquired in violation of Federal, state or foreign securities laws) and furnish such information as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be appropriate to permit the Company to issue the Common Stock in compliance with applicable Federal, state or foreign securities laws. The stock certificates for any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Plan may bear a legend restricting transferability of the shares of Common Stock unless such shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state or foreign securities laws.

(j) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a grantee or any other person. To the extent that any grantee or other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(k) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, of Grant Agreements entered into pursuant to the Plan, and of any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to the Plan or such Grant Agreements, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

(l) 409A Savings Clause. The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Code section 409A. The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Code section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Code section 409A(a)(1)(B). Should any provision of the Plan, any Grant Agreement, or any

 

9


other agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Code section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Administrator, and without the consent of the holder of the Award, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Code section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator exercise its discretion to accelerate the payment or settlement of an Award where such payment or settlement constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code section 409A unless, and solely to the extent that, such accelerated payment or settlement is permissible under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4) or any successor provision.

(m) Effective Date; Termination Date. The Plan is effective as of the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board, subject to approval of the stockholders within twelve months before or after such date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the close of business on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan, or if earlier, the tenth anniversary of the date this Plan is approved by the stockholders. Subject to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Awards made under the Plan prior to such termination of the Plan shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the Plan and the terms of such Awards.

 

10


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS FOR CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS

With respect to Awards granted to California residents prior to a public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and only to the extent required by applicable law, the following provisions shall apply notwithstanding anything in the Plan or a Grant Agreement to the contrary:

1. With respect to any Award granted in the form of a stock option pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan:

(a) The exercise period shall be no more than 120 months from the date the option is granted.

(b) The options shall be non-transferable other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if and to the extent permitted under the Grant Agreement, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701).

(c) Unless employment is terminated for “cause” as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan or Grant Agreement, or a contract of employment, the right to exercise the option in the event of termination of employment, to the extent that the Award recipient is entitled to exercise on the date employment terminates, will continue until the earlier of the option expiration date, or:

(1) At least 6 months from the date of termination if termination was caused by death or disability.

(2) At least 30 days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or disability.

2. With respect to an Award, granted pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Plan, that provides the Award recipient the right to purchase stock, the Award shall be non-transferable other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if and to the extent permitted under the Grant Agreement, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701).

3. The Plan shall have a termination date of not more than 10 years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the security holders, whichever is earlier.

4. Security holders representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote must approve the Plan by the later of (a) 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted or (b) 12 months after the granting of any Award to a resident of California. Any option exercised or any securities purchased before security holder approval is obtained must be rescinded if security holder approval is not obtained within the period described in the preceding sentence. Such securities shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

 

A - 1


5. At the discretion of the Administrator, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Grant Agreement or any applicable stock restriction agreement a right to repurchase securities held by an Award recipient upon such Award recipient’s termination of employment at any time within six months after such Award recipient’s termination date (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of an option after the termination date, within six months after the date of such exercise) for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at:

(A) no less than the Fair Market Value of such securities as of the date of the Award recipient’s termination of employment, provided, that such right to repurchase securities terminates when the Company’s securities have become publicly traded; or

(B) the Award recipient’s original purchase price, provided, that such right to repurchase securities at the original purchase price lapses at the rate of at least 20% of the securities per year over 5 years from the date the option is granted (without respect to the date the option was exercised or became exercisable).

The securities held by an officer, director, manager or consultant of the Company or an affiliate may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

6. The Company will provide financial statements to each Award recipient annually during the period such individual has Awards outstanding, or as otherwise required under Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Award recipients when the Plan complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701); provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

7. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o), including without limitation any provision of this Plan that is more restrictive than would be permitted by Section 25102(o) as amended from time to time, shall, without further act or amendment by the Board, be reformed to comply with the provisions of Section 25102(o). If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or federal or state securities laws, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Common Stock under federal or state laws.

 

A - 2


AMENDMENT TO

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RECITALS

A. PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), established the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”);

B. The Company now wishes to amend the Plan to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan by 2,500,000 shares to an aggregate of 34,712,969.

AMENDMENT

1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 7(d) of the Plan, the shares of Common Stock that may be issued with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 34,712,969 shares of Common Stock.”

2. Except as set forth in this amendment, the Plan shall be unaffected hereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to the Plan to be executed as of this 30th day of August, 2019.

 

THE COMPANY:
PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.

Print: Craig F. Courtemanche, Jr.
Title: Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (AUGUST 30, 2019 INCREASE)

 


PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

UK CSOP SUB-PLAN

CSOP OPTIONS FOR UK ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

 

1

GENERAL

This sub-plan to the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“the Plan”) is intended to take effect as a Schedule 4 Company Share Option Plan (“the CSOP Sub-Plan”).

 

2

ESTABLISHMENT OF CSOP SUB-PLAN

Procore Technologies, Inc. (“the Company”) has established the CSOP Sub-Plan under Section 3(b) of the Plan, which authorises the Board to establish sub-plans to the Plan.

 

3

PURPOSE OF CSOP SUB-PLAN

The purpose of the CSOP Sub-Plan is to enable the grant to, and subsequent exercise by, employees and directors in the United Kingdom, on a tax favoured basis, of options to acquire shares in the Company under the Plan.

 

4

COMPLIANCE

The CSOP Sub-Plan is intended to comply with Schedule 4 to ITEPA 2003.

 

5

RULES OF CSOP SUB-PLAN

The rules of the Plan, in their present form and as amended from time to time, shall, with the modifications set out in this sub-plan, form the rules of the CSOP Sub-Plan. In the event of any conflict between the rules of the Plan and this sub-plan, the sub-plan shall prevail.

 

6

RELATIONSHIP OF CSOP SUB-PLAN TO PLAN

The CSOP Sub-Plan shall form part of the Plan and not a separate and independent plan.

 

7

INTERPRETATION

In the CSOP Sub-Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

 

  (a)

Acquiring Company” is a company which obtains Control of the Company in the circumstances referred to in rule 26;

 

  (b)

Adoption Date” is the date on which the CSOP Sub-Plan is adopted by the Board;

 

1


  (c)

Associate” has the meaning given to that expression by paragraph 12 of Schedule 4;

 

  (d)

Constituent Company” means any of the following:

 

  (i)

the Company; and

 

  (ii)

any Eligible Company nominated by the Board to be a Constituent Company at the relevant time.

 

  (e)

Control” has the meaning given to that word by Section 719 of ITEPA 2003 and “Controlled” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (f)

Date of Grant” is the date on which an Option is granted under the CSOP Sub-Plan;

 

  (g)

Eligible Company” means any company of which the Company has Control, including any jointly owned company (as defined in paragraph 34 of Schedule 4):

 

  (i)

which is treated as being under the Company’s Control under paragraph 34 of Schedule 4; and

 

  (ii)

which is not excluded from being a Constituent Company under paragraph 34(4) of Schedule 4;

 

  (h)

Eligible Employee” means any Employee who:

 

  (i)

does not have a Material Interest (either on his own or together with one or more of his Associates), and has not had such an interest in the last 12 months; and

 

  (ii)

has no Associate or Associates which has or (taken together) have a Material Interest, or had such an interest in the last 12 months; and

 

  (iii)

is either:

 

  (A)

not a director of any Constituent Company; or

 

  (B)

a director of a Constituent Company who is required to devote at least 25 hours per week (excluding meal breaks) to his duties;

 

  (i)

Employee” means an employee of a Constituent Company;

 

  (j)

Employer NICs” means secondary class 1 (employer) NICs that are included in any Tax Liability (or that would be included in any Tax Liability if an election of the type referred to in rule 22.2 had not been made) and that may be lawfully recovered from the Participant;

 

2


  (k)

Exercise Price” means the price at which each Share subject to an Option may be acquired on the exercise of that Option, which (subject to rule 29):

 

  (i)

if the Shares are to be newly issued to satisfy the exercise of the Option, many not be less than the nominal value of a Share; and

 

  (ii)

may not be less than the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

  (l)

Existing EMI Options” means all qualifying options (as defined in section 527 of ITEPA 2003) that have been granted as a result of employment with the Company (or any other member of a group of companies to which the Company belongs) that can still be exercised;

 

  (m)

Group Company” means any of the following:

 

  (i)

the Company;

 

  (ii)

a company of which the Company has Control; and

 

  (iii)

a jointly owned company (as defined in paragraph 34 of Schedule 4) that is:

 

  (A)

treated as being under the Company’s Control under paragraph 34 of Schedule 4; and

 

  (B)

that is not excluded from being a Constituent Company under paragraph 34(4) of Schedule 4.

 

  (n)

HMRC” means HM Revenue and Customs;

 

  (o)

ITEPA 2003” means The Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

  (p)

Key Feature” means any provision of the CSOP Sub-Plan which is necessary to meet the requirements of Schedule 4;

 

  (q)

Market Value” means the market value of a Share as determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992, and any relevant published HMRC guidance, on the relevant date. If Shares are subject to a Relevant Restriction, Market Value shall be determined as if they were not subject to a Relevant Restriction;

 

  (r)

Material Interest” has the meaning given to that expression by paragraph 9 of Schedule 4;

 

  (s)

Option” means a right to acquire Shares granted under the CSOP Sub-Plan;

 

  (t)

Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and Participant evidencing the terms of an individual Option grant, subject to the terms and conditions of the CSOP Sub-Plan;

 

  (u)

Participant” means an individual who holds an Option or, where the context permits, that individual’s personal representatives;

 

  (v)

Redundancy” has the meaning given by the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

3


  (w)

Relevant CSOP Options” means all Options granted under the Plan (and any other Schedule 4 CSOP) as a result of employment with the Company (or any other member of a group of companies to which the Company belongs) that can still be exercised;

 

  (x)

Relevant Restriction” means any provision included in any contract, agreement, arrangement, or condition to which sections 423(2), 423(3), and 423(4) of ITEPA 2003 would apply if references in those sections to employment-related securities were references to Shares;

 

  (y)

Schedule 4” means Schedule 4 to ITEPA 2003;

 

  (z)

Schedule 4 CSOP” means a share plan that meets the requirements of Schedule 4 to ITEPA 2003;

 

  (aa)

Shares” means common stock of the Company;

 

  (bb)

Sufficient Shares” means the smallest number of Shares that, when sold, will produce an amount at least equal to the relevant Tax Liability (after deduction of brokerage and any other charges or taxes on the sale);

 

  (cc)

Tax Liability” means the pounds sterling total of:

 

  (i)

any PAYE income tax and primary class 1 (employee) national insurance contributions that the Company or any employer (or former employer) of a Participant is liable to account for as a result of the exercise of an Option; and

 

  (ii)

if the relevant Option includes the requirement specified in rule 22.2, any Employer NICs that the Company or any employer (or former employer) of a Participant is liable to pay as a result of the exercise of an Option.

In this supplement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a)

words and expressions not defined above have the same meanings as are given to them in the Plan;

 

  (b)

the rule headings are inserted for ease of reference only and do not affect their interpretation;

 

  (c)

a reference to a rule is a reference to a rule in this supplement;

 

  (d)

the singular includes the plural and vice-versa and the masculine includes the feminine; and

 

  (e)

a reference to a statutory provision is a reference to a United Kingdom statutory provision and includes any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof.

 

4


8

COMPANIES PARTICIPATING IN CSOP SUB-PLAN

The companies participating in the CSOP Sub-Plan shall be each a Constituent Company.

 

9

SHARES USED IN CSOP SUB-PLAN

The Shares shall form part of the ordinary share capital of the Company which satisfy the conditions specified in paragraphs 16-20 inclusive of Schedule 4.

 

10

GRANT OF OPTIONS

An option granted under the CSOP Sub-Plan shall be granted under and subject to the rules of the Plan as modified by this sub-plan.

 

11

IDENTIFICATION OF OPTIONS

An Option Agreement issued in respect of an Option shall expressly state that it is issued in respect of an Option. An option which is not so identified shall not constitute an Option.

 

12

CONTENTS OF OPTION AGREEMENT

An Option Agreement issued in respect of an Option shall specify:

 

  (a)

the Date of Grant of the Option;

 

  (b)

the number of Shares subject to the Option;

 

  (c)

the Exercise Price;

 

  (d)

any performance criteria imposed on the exercise of the Option;

 

  (e)

the date(s) on which the Option will ordinarily become exercisable;

 

  (f)

the date(s) on which the Option will lapse; and

 

  (g)

a statement that:

 

  (i)

the Option is subject to these rules, Schedule 4, and any other legislation applying to Schedule 4 CSOPs; and

 

  (ii)

the provisions listed in rule 12(g)(i) shall prevail over any conflicting statement relating to the Option’s terms.

 

13

EARLIEST DATE FOR GRANT OF OPTIONS

An Option may not be granted earlier than the Adoption Date.

 

14

PERSONS TO WHOM OPTIONS MAY BE GRANTED

An Option may not be granted to an individual who is not an Eligible Employee at the Date of Grant.

 

5


If an Eligible Employee’s status changes, this shall be regarded as a termination of employment for the purposes of the CSOP Sub-Plan.

 

15

OPTIONS NON-TRANSFERABLE

An Option shall be personal to the Eligible Employee to whom it is granted and, subject to rule 25 hereof, shall not be capable of being transferred, charged, or otherwise alienated and shall lapse immediately if the Participant purports to transfer, charge, or otherwise alienate the Option.

The Plan shall be construed accordingly.

 

16

LIMIT ON NUMBER OF SHARES PLACED UNDER OPTION UNDER CSOP SUB-PLAN

For the avoidance of doubt, Shares placed under Option under the CSOP Sub-Plan shall be taken into account for the purpose of Section 4 of the Plan.

 

17

HMRC LIMIT (£30,000)

 

17.1.

An Option may not be granted to an Eligible Employee if the result of granting the Option would be that the aggregate Market Value of the Shares subject to all outstanding options granted to him under the CSOP Sub-Plan or any other Schedule 4 CSOP would exceed sterling £30,000 or such other limit as may from time to time be specified in paragraph 6 of Schedule 4. For this purpose, the United Kingdom sterling equivalent of the Market Value of a share on any day shall be determined by taking the sterling/dollar exchange rate for that day as shown in the Wall Street Journal.

 

17.2.

If the grant of an Option would otherwise cause the limit in rule 17.1 above to be exceeded, it shall take effect as the grant of an Option under the CSOP Sub-Plan over the highest number of Shares which does not cause the limit to be exceeded.

 

17.3.

If the grant of any share option intended to be an Option (referred to in this rule 17.3 as the Excess Option) would cause the total Market Value of Shares subject to:

 

  (a)

the Excess Option; and

 

  (b)

all Relevant CSOP Options held by the relevant Eligible Employee; and

 

  (c)

all Existing EMI Options held by the relevant Eligible Employee,

to exceed £250,000 (or any other amount specified in section 536(1)(e) of ITEPA 2003 at the relevant time), the whole of that Excess Option shall take effect as a share option granted outside the UK Sub-Plan) but subject to the same terms and conditions as if it were an Option) and without the tax advantages available for Options.

 

18

NON-GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE

The following additional wording shall be included at the end of Section 7(h) of the Plan:

“A Participant waives all and any rights to compensation or damages under the Plan in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with the Company or an Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, any breach of contract by his employer).”

 

6


19

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA IMPOSED ON EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

19.1.

Any performance criteria imposed on the exercise of an Option shall be:

 

  (a)

objective;

 

  (b)

such that, once satisfied, the exercise of the Option is not subject to the discretion of any person; and

 

  (c)

stated on the Date of Grant.

 

19.2.

If an event occurs as a result of which the Board considers that any performance criteria imposed on the exercise of an Option is no longer appropriate and amends or modifies the performance criteria, such amendment or modification shall:

 

  (a)

be fair and reasonable in the circumstances; and

 

  (b)

produce a measure of performance that is no more difficult to satisfy than the original.

 

20

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS BY LEAVERS

 

20.1.

The period during which an Option shall remain exercisable following termination of employment, shall be stated at grant in the Option Agreement, which period may not thereafter be altered.

 

20.2.

A Participant who ceases to be an Employee due to:

 

  (a)

injury;

 

  (b)

ill health;

 

  (c)

disability;

 

  (d)

retirement;

 

  (e)

Redundancy;

 

  (f)

the Participant’s employer ceasing to be a Group Company; or

 

  (g)

the transfer of the business that employs the Participant to a person that is not a Group Company,

will be a “Good Leaver” and may exercise his Option as provided in the Option Agreement during the period of six months following the date the Participant ceased to be an Employee and the Option shall lapse at the end of the exercise period to the extent it is not exercised.

 

21

LATEST DATE FOR EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

The period during which an Option shall remain exercisable shall be stated in the Option Agreement and any Option not exercised by that time shall lapse immediately.

 

7


22

TAX LIABILITIES

 

22.1.

Each Option shall include a requirement that the Participant irrevocably agrees to:

 

  (a)

pay to the Company, his employer, or former employer (as appropriate) the amount of Tax Liability; or

 

  (b)

enter into arrangements to the satisfaction of the Company, his employer, or former employer (as appropriate) for payment of any Tax Liability.

 

22.2.

Unless the Constituent Company which employs the relevant Eligible Employee directs that it shall not, each Option shall include a requirement that the Participant agrees that the Company, his employer or former employer (as appropriate) may recover the whole or any part of any Employer NICs from the Participant:

A Participant’s employer or former employer may decide to release the Participant from, or not to enforce, any part of the Participant’s obligations in respect of Employer NICs under rule 22.1 and rule 22.2.

 

22.3.

If a Participant does not fulfil his obligations under rule 22.1(a) or rule 22.1(b) in respect of any Tax Liability arising from the exercise of an Option within seven days after the date of exercise and Shares are readily saleable at that time, the Company shall withhold Sufficient Shares from the Shares which would otherwise be delivered to the Participant. From the net proceeds of sale of those withheld Shares, the Company shall pay to the employer or former employer an amount equal to the Tax Liability and shall pay any balance to the Participant.

 

22.4.

Participants shall have no rights to compensation or damages on account of any loss in respect of Options or the CSOP Sub-Plan where such loss arises (or is claimed to arise), in whole or in part, from the CSOP Sub-Plan ceasing to be a Schedule 4 CSOP.

 

23

MANNER OF PAYMENT FOR SHARES ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

The amount due on the exercise of an Option shall be paid in cash or by cheque or banker’s draft and may be paid out of funds provided to the Participant on loan by a bank, broker, or other person. The amount may not be paid by the transfer to the Company of Shares or by a “net exercise”.

 

24

ISSUE OR TRANSFER OF SHARES ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

Subject only to compliance by the Participant with the rules of the CSOP Sub-Plan and to any delay necessary to complete or obtain:

 

  (a)

the listing of the Shares on any stock exchange on which Shares are then listed;

 

  (b)

such registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable law, rule, or regulation as the Company determines is necessary or desirable;

the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event not later than thirty days after the date of exercise of an Option, issue or transfer to the Participant, or procure the issue or transfer to the Participant of, the number of Shares specified in the notice of exercise and shall deliver to the Participant, or procure the delivery to the Participant of, a share certificate in respect of such Shares (unless the Shares are held in uncertificated book entry form) together with, in the case of the partial exercise of an Option, an Option Agreement in respect of, or the original Option Agreement endorsed to show, the unexercised part of the Option.

 

8


25

DEATH OF PARTICIPANT

If a Participant dies, his personal representatives shall be entitled to exercise his Options for the twelve-month period following his death. If not so exercised, the Options shall lapse immediately.

 

26

CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

26.1.

Exchange of Options

If an Acquiring Company obtains Control of the Company as a result of:

 

  (a)

making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company;

 

  (b)

making a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company that are the same class as the Shares;

 

  (c)

the court sanctioning a compromise or arrangement under section 899 of the Companies Act 2006 that is applicable to or affects:

 

  (i)

all the ordinary share capital of the Company or all the Shares of the same class as the Shares to which the Option relates; or

 

  (ii)

all the Shares, or all the Shares of that same class, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or directorships or their participation in a Schedule 4 CSOP; or

 

  (d)

shareholders becoming bound by a non-UK reorganisation (as defined by paragraph 35ZA of Schedule 4) that is applicable to or affects (i) all the ordinary share capital of the Company or all the shares of the same class as the Shares to which the Option relates; or (ii) all the shares, or all the shares of that same class, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or directorships or their participation in a Schedule 4 CSOP,

a Participant may, at any time during the period set out in rule 26.2, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release his Option in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to him of a new option (“New Option”) which is equivalent to the Option but which relates to shares in the Acquiring Company (or some other company falling within paragraph 27(2) (b) of Schedule 4) (“New Shares”).

 

9


26.2.

Period allowed for exchange of Options

The period referred to in rule 26.1 is the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made has been satisfied or such other period as is specified in Schedule 4.

 

26.3.

Meaning of “equivalent”

The New Option shall not be regarded for the purpose of this rule 26 as equivalent to the Option unless:

 

  (a)

the New Shares satisfy the conditions specified in paragraphs 16 to 20 inclusive of Schedule 4; and

 

  (b)

save for any performance criteria imposed on the exercise of the Option, the New Option will be exercisable in the same manner as the Option and subject to the provisions of the CSOP Sub-Plan as it had effect immediately before the release of the Option; and

 

  (c)

the total Market Value, immediately before the release of the Option, of the Shares which were subject to the Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant of the New Option, of the New Shares determined using a methodology agreed by HMRC; and

 

  (d)

the total amount payable by the Participant for the acquisition of the New Shares under the New Option is equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Participant for the acquisition of the Shares under the Option.

 

26.4.

Date of grant of New Option

The date of grant of the New Option shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of the Option.

 

26.5.

Application of CSOP Sub-Plan to New Option

In the application of the CSOP Sub-Plan to the New Option, where appropriate, references to “Company” and “Shares” shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Option relates and the New Shares, respectively.

 

26.6.

Interaction with Section 7(d)(iii) of the Plan

 

  (a)

Reference in Section 7(d)(iii) of the Plan to the continuation or assumption or substitution of Options, shall be disapplied for the purposes of the CSOP Sub-Plan.

 

  (b)

In the event that a “Transaction” does not fall within rule 26.1 above, or where it does, but an Acquiring Company does not agree to grant a New Option, or if a New Option would not be regarded as ‘equivalent’ in accordance with rule 26.3 above, the Board shall give written notice to the Participants and all Options shall be exercisable in full up to 20 days before a Transaction save that any Option exercised in anticipation of a Transaction that does not take place will be treated as not having been exercised.

 

10


27

RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES ISSUED ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

All Shares issued on the exercise of an Option shall, as to any voting, dividend, transfer, and other rights, including those arising on a liquidation of the Company, rank equally in all respects and as one class with the Shares in issue at the date of such exercise save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of such exercise.

 

28

AMENDMENT OF CSOP SUB-PLAN

Notwithstanding Section 7(g) of the Plan, no amendment to a Key Feature of the CSOP Sub-Plan shall take effect if, as a result of the amendment, the CSOP Sub-Plan would no longer be a Schedule 4 CSOP.

 

29

ADJUSTMENT OF OPTIONS

 

29.1.

Notwithstanding Section 7(d) (i) and (ii) of the Plan, no adjustment may be made to an Option (i) other than in accordance with paragraph 22 of Schedule 4 and (ii) in the event of a demerger or payment of a capital dividend or similar event.

 

29.2.

Where an adjustment to an Option is made, the total Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option and the total amount payable on the exercise of the Option before and after the adjustment must be the same.

 

30

EXERCISE OF DISCRETION BY THE BOARD

In exercising any discretion which it may have under the CSOP Sub-Plan, the Board shall act fairly and reasonably.

 

31

DISAPPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF PLAN

The provisions of the Plan dealing with:

 

  (a)

Incentive Stock Options (contained in Section 6(a));

 

  (b)

Stock Appreciation Rights (contained in Section 6(b));

 

  (c)

Stock Awards (contained in Section 6(c));

 

  (d)

Phantom Stock Units (contained in Section 6(d));

 

  (e)

Performance Awards (contained in Section 6(e));

 

  (f)

Other Stock Based Awards (contained in Section 6(f));

 

  (g)

The power to modify, amend, extend or renew (Section 3(b)(v));

 

  (h)

The power to accelerate (Section 3(b)(vi));

 

  (i)

Compliance with Section 409A of the Code (Section 7(l));

 

11


  (j)

The ability to change the kind of shares (set out in Section 7(d)(ii));

 

  (k)

Action in connection with a Change in Control in relation to the continuation, assumption or substitution (set out in Section 7(d)(iii));

 

  (l)

The ability to make adjustments in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (set out in Section 7(d)(iv)); and

 

  (m)

Appendix A with provisions for California residents.

shall not form part of, and shall be disregarded for the purposes of the CSOP Sub-Plan.

 

12


Grant No.:

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION NOTICE

This Incentive Stock Option Notice (this “Notice”) evidences the award of a stock option (the “Option”) that has been granted to you,                 , subject to and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Option entitles you to purchase shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), under the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The number of shares you may purchase and the exercise price at which you may purchase them are specified below. This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein. You must return an executed copy of this Notice to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof. If you fail to do so, the Administrator may declare the Option to be null and void.

 

Grant Date:                    
Number of Shares:                
Exercise Price: $                  per share
Vesting Commencement Date:                    

Expiration Date: The Option expires at 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”), unless fully exercised or terminated earlier.

Exercisability Schedule: Subject to the terms and conditions described in the Agreement, the Option becomes exercisable in accordance with the schedule below:

[Vesting Schedule]

The shares of Common Stock subject to the Option which become exercisable as of a particular date shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. However, exercisability shall be rounded

up to 100% on the [                 ] year anniversary date of the Vesting Commencement Date.

(signatures on following page)


PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Printed Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the attached Agreement and the Plan and agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in these documents.

 

OPTIONEE:
Signed:  

 

 
Date:  

 

Enclosures:

  Incentive Stock Option Agreement

  Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

  Exercise Form

  Stock Restriction Agreement

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INCENTIVE OPTION NOTICE


PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Terminology. Capitalized terms used in this Incentive Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) are defined in the correlating Incentive Stock Option Notice and/or the Glossary at the end of the Agreement.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Exercisability. The Option will become exercisable in accordance with the Exercisability Schedule set forth in the Stock Option Notice, so long as you are in the Service of the Company from the Grant Date through the applicable exercisability dates. None of the Option will become exercisable after your Service with the Company ceases, unless the Stock Option Notice provides otherwise with respect to exercisability that arises as a result of your cessation of Service.

(b) Right to Exercise. You may exercise the Option, to the extent exercisable, at any time on or before 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of the Option, unless otherwise provided under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign securities laws, the right to exercise the Option or receive Shares pursuant to the Option shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may violate the rules of the national securities exchange on which the shares are then listed for trade, the right to exercise the Option or receive Shares pursuant to the Option shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such exercise or delivery would not violate such rules. Section 3 below describes certain limitations on exercise of the Option that apply in the event of your death, Total and Permanent Disability, or termination of Service. The Option may be exercised only in multiples of whole Shares and may not be exercised at any one time as to fewer than one hundred Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable). No fractional Shares will be issued under the Option.

(c) Exercise Procedure. In order to exercise the Option, you must provide the following items to the Secretary of the Company or his or her delegate before the expiration or termination of the Option:

 

  (i)

notice, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased under the Option; and

 

  (ii)

full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares or properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise, each in accordance with Section 2(d) of this Agreement;

 

- 1 -


  (iii)

full payment of applicable withholding taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 7 of the Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

an executed copy of the Stock Restriction Agreement, the Company’s then-current voting agreement and right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and any other agreements requested by the Administrator pursuant to Section 2(e) of this Agreement or pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Plan.

An exercise will not be effective until the Secretary of the Company or his or her delegate receives all of the foregoing items, and such exercise otherwise is permitted under and complies with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrator permits payment by means of delivering properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise and such instructions provide for sale of Shares under a limit order rather than at the market, the exercise will not be effective until the earlier of the date the Company receives delivery of cash or cash equivalents in full payment of the Exercise Price or the date the Company receives confirmation from the brokerage firm that the sale instruction has been fulfilled, and the exercise will not be effective unless the earlier of such dates occurs on or before termination of the Option.

(d) Method of Payment. You may pay the Exercise Price by:

 

  (i)

delivery of cash, certified or cashier’s check, money order or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion;

 

  (ii)

a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System through a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Administrator;

 

  (iii)

subject to such limits as the Administrator may impose from time to time, tender (via actual delivery or attestation) to the Company of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which have a Fair Market Value on the date of tender equal to the Exercise Price, provided that tender of such shares will not result in the Company having to record a charge to earnings under United States generally accepted accounting principles then applicable to the Company;

 

  (iv)

any other method approved by the Administrator; or

 

  (v)

any combination of the foregoing.

 

 

- 2 -


(e) Agreement to Execute Other Agreements. You agree to execute, as a condition precedent to the exercise of the Option and at any time thereafter as may reasonably be requested by the Administrator, any agreements requested by the Administrator pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Plan and a Stock Restriction Agreement substantially in the form, and containing the terms and provisions, of the Stock Restriction Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, with respect to any shares you acquire pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that execution of the Stock Restriction Agreement will not be required upon any exercise that occurs after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or, if later, the expiration of any market stand-off agreement that applies to other stockholders of the Company respecting such public offering of capital stock.

(f) Issuance of Shares upon Exercise. The Company shall issue to you the Shares underlying the Option you exercise as soon as practicable after the exercise date, subject to the Company’s receipt of the aggregate exercise price and the requisite withholding taxes, if any. Upon issuance of such Shares, the Company may deliver, subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, such Shares on your behalf electronically to the Company’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as the Company may choose at its sole discretion, within reason, or deliver a share certificate to you or retain such Shares in uncertificated book-entry form. Any share certificates delivered will, unless the Shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under applicable federal and state law, bear a legend restricting transferability of such Shares and referencing any applicable stock restriction agreements.

3. Termination of Service.

(a) Termination of Unexercisable Option. If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason, any portion of the Option that is then unexercisable will terminate immediately upon such cessation[; provided, however, that if your Service ceases within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control due to your termination by the Company other than for Cause, then any portion of the Option that is then unexercisable shall become fully exercisable as of immediately prior to such termination of Service].

(b) Exercise Period Following Termination of Service. If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason other than discharge for Cause, the Option that is then exercisable will terminate upon the earliest of:

(i) the expiration of 90 days following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of (1) your termination by the Company other than a discharge for Cause, or (2) your voluntary termination other than for Total and Permanent Disability or death;

 

- 3 -


(ii) the expiration of 6 months following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of your Total and Permanent Disability or death;

(iii) the expiration of 6 months following your death, if your death occurs during the periods described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 3(b), as applicable; or

(iv) the Expiration Date.

In the event of your death, the exercisable Option may be exercised by your executor, personal representative, or the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(c) Misconduct. The Option will terminate at the election of the Administrator in its entirety, regardless of whether the Option is then exercisable, immediately upon your discharge from Service for Cause, or upon your commission of any of the following acts during the exercise period following your termination of Service: (i) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, or (ii) your breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-solicitation, assignment of inventions, or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company, as determined by the Administrator, which determination will be conclusive.

(d) Changes in Status. If you cease to be a “common law employee” of the Company but you continue to provide bona fide services to the Company following such cessation in a different capacity, including without limitation as a director, consultant or independent contractor, then a termination of Service shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Section 3 upon such change in capacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code section 422 with respect to any exercise that occurs more than three months after such cessation of the common law employee relationship (except as otherwise permitted under Code section 421 or 422). In the event that your Service is with a business, trade or entity that, after the Grant Date, ceases for any reason to be part or an Affiliate of the Company, your Service will be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Section 3 upon such cessation if your Service does not continue uninterrupted immediately thereafter with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

4. Market Stand-Off Agreement. You agree that following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, you, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make

 

- 4 -


any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case during the seven days prior to and the 180 days after the effectiveness of any underwritten offering of the Company’s equity securities (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Stand-Off Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, you agree to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with the terms of this Section 4. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

5. Nontransferability of Option. This Option is nontransferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and during your lifetime, the Option may be exercised only by you or, during the period you are under a legal disability, by your guardian or legal representative. Except as provided above, the Option may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

6. Qualified Nature of the Option.

(a) General Status. The Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code section 422 (“Incentive Stock Option”), to the fullest extent permitted by Code section 422, and this Agreement shall be so construed. The Company, however, does not warrant any particular tax consequences of the Option. Code section 422 provides limitations, not set forth in this Agreement, respecting the treatment of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option. You should consult with your personal tax advisors in this regard.

(b) Code Section 422(d) Limitation. Pursuant to Code section 422(d), the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the Grant Date) of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Incentive Stock Option first becomes exercisable by you in any calendar year under the Plan or any other plan of the Company (and its parent and subsidiary corporations, within the meaning of Code section 424(e) and (f), as may exist from time to time) may not exceed $100,000 or such other amount as may be permitted from time to time under Code section 422. To the extent that such aggregate fair market value exceeds $100,000 or other applicable amount in any calendar year, such portion of the stock option will be treated as a nonstatutory stock option with respect to the amount of aggregate fair market value thereof that exceeds the Code section 422(d) limit. For this purpose, the Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. In such case, the Company may designate the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Incentive Stock Option and the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to the nonstatutory stock option by issuing separate certificates for such shares and identifying the certificates as such in the stock transfer records of the Company.

 

- 5 -


(c) Significant Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Stock Option Notice to the contrary, if you own, directly or indirectly through attribution, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Code section 424(f)) on the Grant Date, then the Exercise Price is the greater of (a) the Exercise Price stated on the Stock Option Notice or (b) 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date, and the Expiration Date is the last business day prior to the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

(d) Disqualifying Dispositions. If you make a disposition (as that term is defined in Code section 424(c)) of any Shares acquired pursuant to the Option within two years of the Grant Date or within one year after the Shares are transferred to you, you must notify the Company of such disposition in writing within 30 days of the disposition. The Administrator may, in its discretion, take reasonable steps to ensure notification of such dispositions, including but not limited to requiring that Shares acquired under the Option be held in an account with a Company-designated broker-dealer until they are sold.

7. Withholding of Taxes. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll or any other payment of any kind due to you and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld, if any, which arise in connection with the Option (including upon a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Code section 421(b)). The Company may require you to make a cash payment to cover any withholding tax obligation as a condition of exercise of the Option or issuance of share certificates representing Shares.

The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit you to satisfy, in whole or in part, any withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the Option either by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise that number of Shares, or by electing to deliver to the Company already-owned shares, in either case having a Fair Market Value not in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the statutory minimum withholding amount due.

8. Adjustments. The Administrator may make various adjustments to your Option, including adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to the Option and the Exercise Price, in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) of the Company, the unexercised portion of the Option will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of the unexercised portion of the Option by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, you will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise or convert all portions of the unexercised Option that are then exercisable or which become exercisable upon or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control.

9. Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between you and the Company, or as a contractual right for you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge you at any time with or without Cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the failure of the Option to become exercisable or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

- 6 -


10. No Rights as a Stockholder. You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares until such Shares have been issued to you upon the due exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Shares are issued.

11. The Company’s Rights. The existence of the Option shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company’s assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the correlating Stock Option Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the Option. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the Option shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

13. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the Option or Shares as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by you and the Company.

14. Conformity with Plan. This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan. Any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is provided to you with this Agreement.

15. Section 409A. This Agreement and the Option granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed as including any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the exercise of the Option. Should any provision of the Plan or this Agreement be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, it may be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Administrator and without requiring your consent, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code. The foregoing, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax effect to you.

 

- 7 -


16. Electronic Delivery of Documents. By your signing the Stock Option Notice, you (a) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the Option, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (b) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (c) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (d) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

17. No Future Entitlement. By execution of the Stock Option Notice, you acknowledge and agree that: (a) the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or compensation in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (b) all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when stock options shall be granted or shall become exercisable, the maximum number of shares subject to each stock option, and the purchase price, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator; (c) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (d) the value of the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (e) the vesting of the Option ceases upon termination of employment with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (f) if the underlying Common Stock does not increase in value, the Option will have no value, nor does the Company guarantee any future value; and (g) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the Option does not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

18. Personal Data. For the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Option, you, by execution of the Stock Option Notice, consent to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to any Change in Control transaction or capital raising transaction involving the Company. You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Option and the Plan and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s). You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Option. You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s Secretary. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a stock option.

 

- 8 -


19. Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of California (except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware applies), without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions. Any suit with respect hereto will be brought in the federal or state courts in the district which includes the city or town in which the Company’s principal executive office is located, and you hereby agree and submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue thereof.

20. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

{Glossary begins on next page}

 

- 9 -


GLOSSARY

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or the committee(s) or officer(s) appointed by the Board that have authority to administer the Plan.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Procore Technologies, Inc. For this purpose, “control” means ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity.

(c) “Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in any written employment agreement entered into between you and the Company. If there is no such employment agreement, then “Cause” shall mean (i) your failure to perform duties or follow directions communicated to you by the Company, (ii) your commission of an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement with respect to the Company, (iii) your conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime of moral turpitude, in each case as determined by the Board, (iv) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company; (v) your material misconduct or your material violation of a material Company policy; or (vi) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the Company may consider as grounds for your discharge.

(d) “Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Plan.

(e) “Company” includes Procore Technologies, Inc. and its Affiliates, except where the context otherwise requires. For purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Company shall mean only Procore Technologies, Inc.

(f) “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock generally means the value determined by the Administrator in good faith at any time while such shares are not registered for trade on a public market. When shares of the Common Stock are registered for trade on a public market, “Fair Market Value” generally means the closing price per share of Common Stock on the relevant date, as reported by the principal market or exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trade. Refer to the Plan for a detailed definition of Fair Market Value.

(g) “Service” means your employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Your Service will be considered to have ceased with the Company and its Affiliates if, immediately after a sale, merger or other corporate transaction, the trade, business or entity with which you are employed or otherwise have a service relationship is not the Company or its successor or an Affiliate of the Company or its successor.

(h) “Shares” means the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option.

(i) “Stock Option Notice” means the written notice evidencing the award of the Option that correlates with and makes up a part of this Agreement.

 

- 10 -


(j) “Total and Permanent Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. The Administrator may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate and the Administrator’s good faith determination as to whether you are totally and permanently disabled will be final and binding on all parties concerned.

(k) “You”; “Your” means the recipient of the award of Option as reflected on the Stock Option Notice. Whenever the Agreement refers to “you” under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to your estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the word “you” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

 

-11-


EXERCISE FORM

Administrator of Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

c/o Office of the Corporate Secretary

6309 Carpinteria Ave

Carpinteria, CA 93013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I hereby exercise the Option granted to me on                 , by Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to all the terms and provisions of the applicable grant agreement and of the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and notify you of my desire to purchase                     shares of Common Stock of the Company at a price of $         per share pursuant to the exercise of said Option.

This will confirm my understanding with respect to the shares to be issued to me by reason of this exercise of the Option (the shares to be issued pursuant hereto shall be collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Shares”) as follows:

(a) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

(b) I understand that the Shares are being issued without registration under the Securities Act, in reliance upon one or more exemptions contained in the Securities Act, and such reliance is based in part on the above representation. I also understand that the Company is not obligated to comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with the requirements for an exemption under Regulation A under the Securities Act for my benefit.

(c) I have had such opportunity as I deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

(d) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(e) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(f) I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available and, therefore, they may need to be held indefinitely; and (iii) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act. As a condition to any transfer of the Shares, I understand that the Company may require an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act or any state securities law.


(g) I understand that the certificates for the Shares to be issued to me will bear a legend substantially as follows:

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and/or a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Incentive Stock Option Agreement, a certain Stock Restriction Agreement and other agreements, each between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his/her predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with those Agreements. A copy of those Agreements is available for inspection at the office of the corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.

The Company will issue appropriate stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent.

(h) I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from §409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(i) I am a party to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement, a Stock Restriction Agreement and other agreements with the Company, pursuant to which I have agreed to certain restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and other matters relating thereto.


Total Amount Enclosed: $            

 

Date:                          Signed:  

 

    Received on                                         , 20        
    Procore Technologies, Inc.
    By:  

 

      Printed Name:                                                                                           
      Title:                                                                                                          


Exhibit A

STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                     , 20     , by and between Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                    (the “Stockholder”).

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Option Shares. The Stockholder was granted the right to purchase up to                      shares (the “Option Shares”) of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), pursuant to a stock option awarded under the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on                    , subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable stock option notice and stock option agreement evidencing such award (the “Option Grant Agreement”). The Stockholder has purchased on even date herewith,                    Option Shares (the “Shares”). The Stockholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Option Grant Agreement. The Stockholder further agrees that any additional Option Shares purchased by the Stockholder shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder. Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall either issue and deliver to the Stockholder one or more certificates in the name of the Stockholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Stockholder, hold such Share certificates in escrow until the underlying Shares may be transferred freely without restriction under this Agreement, or provide for uncertificated, book entry issuance of those Shares.

2. Restrictions on Transfer. Subject to applicable provisions in any other governing documents of the Company or other agreements entered into by the Stockholder, including but not limited to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the Stockholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

(a) Notice Requirement. If at any time the Stockholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her vested Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Stockholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase. For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Stockholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

 

- 1 -


(c) Settlement. If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Stockholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal executive office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Stockholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice or may pay cash in lieu of such other consideration. If the consideration offered for the Offered Shares includes non-cash consideration, the dollar value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination for purposes of this Agreement that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Stockholder is deferred accordingly.

(d) Sales Free of Restrictions. If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Stockholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Stockholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

(e) Exempt Transactions. The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

(i) the Stockholder’s transfer of any or all of the Stockholder’s Shares, either during the Stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Stockholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Stockholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Stockholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination of the foregoing (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, however, that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2. “Immediate family member” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Stockholder, including in each case in-laws and adoptive relations;

(ii) any transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by the Stockholder in connection with the acquisition of the Shares; or

 

 

- 2 -


(iii) any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Stockholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

(f) Termination of Restrictions on Transfer. The foregoing restrictions on transfer in this Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or the exchange of the Shares for shares of an entity that are so registered.

3. Effect of Prohibited Transfer. The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

4. Company’s Repurchase Right.

(a) Upon the termination of the Stockholder’s employment or service relationship with the Company for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase, and the Stockholder or the Stockholder’s personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the obligation to sell upon the Company’s request, any or all of the Stockholder’s Shares, which option may be exercised at any time and from time to time by the Company by giving written notice to the Stockholder or personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, stating the number of Shares to be purchased. The purchase price for such Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement. Settlement of the purchase shall be made at the principal executive office of the Company within 30 days after delivery of such written notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repurchase option of the Company described in this Section 4: (i) shall not be exercisable with respect to Offered Shares when the Company has a right to purchase such Offered Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement nor, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, during the period set forth in Section 2(d) of this Agreement in which the Offered Shares are transferable pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Notice; and (ii) shall terminate, solely with respect to vested Shares, upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or the exchange of the Shares for shares of an entity that are so registered.

 

- 3 -


(b) The purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to their Fair Market Value as determined under Section 4(c) of this Agreement.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. In making such determination, the Board of Directors may take into account any valuation factors it deems appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, profitability, financial position, asset value or other factor relating to the value of the Company, as well as discounts to account for minority interests and lack of marketability.

5. Drag-Along Right. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time the Company’s Board of Directors approves the entering into of any transaction involving (a) a sale of more than 50% of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company in a non-public sale or (b) any merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization or business combination of the Company immediately after which a majority of the directors of the surviving entity is not comprised of persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or after which persons who hold a majority of the voting capital stock of the surviving entity are not persons who held voting capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (a “Change-in-Control Transaction”), the Company may require the Stockholder to participate in such Change-in-Control Transaction with respect to all or such number of the Stockholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Stockholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be. Upon receipt of such notice, the Stockholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to other holders of the same series or class of securities in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquirer or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Stockholder in immediately available funds. In addition, if at any time the Company proposes to enter into any such Change-in-Control Transaction, the Company may require the Stockholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Stockholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction. If the Company requires such vote, the Stockholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change-in-Control Transaction.

6. Company’s Right to Defer Payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement that would cause the Company to violate any law, or any rights or preference of preferred shareholders of the Company, any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed. Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default. Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is

 

- 4 -


actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal on the date such payment would otherwise have been made, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum. The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

7. Restrictive Legend. All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws or other applicable agreements:

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, provisions, limitations and restrictions set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or such person’s predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement. A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.

8. Investment Representations. The Stockholder represents, warrants and covenants

as follows:

(a) Stockholder is purchasing the Shares for the Stockholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

(b) Stockholder understands that the Shares are being issued without registration under the Securities Act, in reliance upon one or more exemptions contained in the Securities Act, and such reliance is based in part on the above representation. The Stockholder also understands that the Company is not obligated to comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with the requirements for an exemption under Regulation A under the Securities Act for the Stockholder’s benefit.

(c) Stockholder has had such opportunity as the Stockholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Stockholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Stockholder’s investment in the Company.

 

- 5 -


(d) Stockholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(e) Stockholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(f) Stockholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available and, therefore, they may need to be held indefinitely; and (iii) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act. As a condition to any transfer of the Shares, the Stockholder understands that the Company may require an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act or any state securities law.

9. Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc.

(a) If from time to time there is any spin-off, stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Stockholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

(b) If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

10. Market Stand-Off. The Stockholder acknowledges that he or she is subject to a Market Stand-Off Period and other stop-transfer restrictions with respect to the Shares as set forth in the Option Grant Agreement.

11. Withholding Taxes. The Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Stockholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase, sale or vesting of the Shares by the Stockholder.

12. Invalidity or Unenforceability. It is the intention of the Company and the Stockholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Stockholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


13. Waiver. No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

14. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Stockholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided that such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

15. No Rights To Employment. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Stockholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or other service provider of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Stockholder’s employment or other service relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

16. Notices. All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Stockholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal executive office or transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

17. Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

18. Stockholder. Whenever the word “Stockholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Stockholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Stockholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

20. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Stockholder.

 

- 7 -


21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions. Any suit with respect hereto will be brought in the federal or state courts in the districts which include the principal executive offices of the Company, and the Stockholder hereby agrees and submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue thereof.

*    *    *    *    *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Restriction Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

                              

Name:  

 

Print
Title:  

 

STOCKHOLDER

 

Signature
Name:  

                 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 8 -


If the Stockholder resides in a community property state, including Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington, or Wisconsin, the Stockholder’s spouse must execute the following Consent of Community Property Spouse.

Consent of Community Property Spouse

The undersigned spouse of the Stockholder has read, understands, and hereby approves the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Stock Restriction Agreement and the related Option Grant Agreement between the Stockholder and the Company (the “Agreements”). In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreements, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreements and further agrees that any community property interest shall similarly be bound by the Agreements. The undersigned hereby appoints the Stockholder as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreements.

 

Date:                                               Signed:  

                     

          Signature of Stockholder’s Spouse
  Address:  

 

   

 

   

 

 

- 9 -


Grant No.:

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION NOTICE

This Nonqualified Stock Option Notice (this “Notice”) evidences the award of a stock option (the “Option”) that has been granted to you, ____________, subject to and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Option entitles you to purchase shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), under the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The number of shares you may purchase and the exercise price at which you may purchase them are specified below. This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein. You must return an executed copy of this Notice to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof. If you fail to do so, the Administrator may declare the Option to be null and void.

Grant Date: __________

Number of Shares: __________

Exercise Price: $                     per share

Vesting Commencement Date: __________

Expiration Date: The Option expires at 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”), unless fully exercised or terminated earlier.

Exercisability Schedule: Subject to the terms and conditions described in the Agreement, the Option becomes exercisable in accordance with the schedule below:

[Vesting Schedule]

The shares of Common Stock subject to the Option which become exercisable as of a particular date shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. However, exercisability shall be rounded up to 100% on the [                 ] year anniversary date of the Vesting Commencement Date.

 

(signatures on following page)


PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

                              

Printed Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the attached Agreement and the Plan and agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in these documents.

 

OPTIONEE:
Signed:  

                 

Date:  

 

 

Enclosures:

  Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement

  Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

  Exercise Form

  Stock Restriction Agreement

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NONQUALIFIED OPTION NOTICE


PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Terminology. Capitalized terms used in this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) are defined in the correlating Nonqualified Stock Option Notice and/or the Glossary at the end of the Agreement.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Exercisability. The Option will become exercisable in accordance with the Exercisability Schedule set forth in the Stock Option Notice, so long as you are in the Service of the Company from the Grant Date through the applicable exercisability dates. None of the Option will become exercisable after your Service with the Company ceases, unless the Stock Option Notice provides otherwise with respect to exercisability that arises as a result of your cessation of Service.

(b) Right to Exercise. You may exercise the Option, to the extent exercisable, at any time on or before 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of the Option, unless otherwise provided under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign securities laws, the right to exercise the Option or receive Shares pursuant to the Option shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may violate the rules of the national securities exchange on which the shares are then listed for trade, the right to exercise the Option or receive Shares pursuant to the Option shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such exercise or delivery would not violate such rules. Section 3 below describes certain limitations on exercise of the Option that apply in the event of your death, Total and Permanent Disability, or termination of Service. The Option may be exercised only in multiples of whole Shares and may not be exercised at any one time as to fewer than one hundred Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable). No fractional Shares will be issued under the Option.

(c) Exercise Procedure. In order to exercise the Option, you must provide the following items to the Secretary of the Company or his or her delegate before the expiration or termination of the Option:

 

  (i)

notice, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased under the Option; and

 

- 1 -


  (ii)

full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares or properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise, each in accordance with Section 2(d) of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

full payment of applicable withholding taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 7 of the Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

an executed copy of the Stock Restriction Agreement, the Company’s then-current voting agreement and right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and any other agreements requested by the Administrator pursuant to Section 2(e) of this Agreement or pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Plan.

An exercise will not be effective until the Secretary of the Company or his or her delegate receives all of the foregoing items, and such exercise otherwise is permitted under and complies with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrator permits payment by means of delivering properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise and such instructions provide for sale of Shares under a limit order rather than at the market, the exercise will not be effective until the earlier of the date the Company receives delivery of cash or cash equivalents in full payment of the Exercise Price or the date the Company receives confirmation from the brokerage firm that the sale instruction has been fulfilled, and the exercise will not be effective unless the earlier of such dates occurs on or before termination of the Option.

(d) Method of Payment. You may pay the Exercise Price by:

 

  (i)

delivery of cash, certified or cashier’s check, money order or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion;

 

  (ii)

a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System through a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Administrator;

 

  (iii)

subject to such limits as the Administrator may impose from time to time, tender (via actual delivery or attestation) to the Company of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which have a Fair Market Value on the date of tender equal to the Exercise Price, provided that tender of such shares will not result in the Company having to record a charge to earnings under United States generally accepted accounting principles then applicable to the Company;

 

  (iv)

any other method approved by the Administrator; or

 

  (v)

any combination of the foregoing.

 

 

- 2 -


(e) Agreement to Execute Other Agreements. You agree to execute, as a condition precedent to the exercise of the Option and at any time thereafter as may reasonably be requested by the Administrator, any agreements requested by the Administrator pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Plan and a Stock Restriction Agreement substantially in the form, and containing the terms and provisions, of the Stock Restriction Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, with respect to any shares you acquire pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that execution of the Stock Restriction Agreement will not be required upon any exercise that occurs after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or, if later, the expiration of any market stand-off agreement that applies to other stockholders of the Company respecting such public offering of capital stock.

(f) Issuance of Shares upon Exercise. The Company shall issue to you the Shares underlying the Option you exercise as soon as practicable after the exercise date, subject to the Company’s receipt of the aggregate exercise price and the requisite withholding taxes, if any. Upon issuance of such Shares, the Company may deliver, subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, such Shares on your behalf electronically to the Company’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as the Company may choose at its sole discretion, within reason, or deliver a share certificate to you or retain such Shares in uncertificated book-entry form. Any share certificates delivered will, unless the Shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under applicable federal and state law, bear a legend restricting transferability of such Shares and referencing any applicable stock restriction agreements.

3. Termination of Service.

(a) Termination of Unexercisable Option. If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason, any portion of the Option that is then unexercisable will terminate immediately upon such cessation[; provided, however, that if your Service ceases within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control due to your termination by the Company other than for Cause, then any portion of the Option that is then unexercisable shall become fully exercisable as of immediately prior to such termination of Service].

(b) Exercise Period Following Termination of Service. If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason other than discharge for Cause, the Option that is then exercisable will terminate upon the earliest of:

(i) the expiration of 90 days following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of (1) your termination by the Company other than a discharge for Cause, or (2) your voluntary termination other than for Total and Permanent Disability or death;

(ii) the expiration of 6 months following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of your Total and Permanent Disability or death;

 

 

 

- 3 -


(iii) the expiration of 6 months following your death, if your death occurs during the periods described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 3(b), as applicable; or

(iv) the Expiration Date.

In the event of your death, the exercisable Option may be exercised by your executor, personal representative, or the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(c) Misconduct. The Option will terminate at the election of the Administrator in its entirety, regardless of whether the Option is then exercisable, immediately upon your discharge from Service for Cause, or upon your commission of any of the following acts during the exercise period following your termination of Service: (i) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, or (ii) your breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-solicitation, assignment of inventions, or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company, as determined by the Administrator, which determination will be conclusive.

(d) Changes in Status. If you cease to be a “common law employee” of the Company but you continue to provide bona fide services to the Company following such cessation in a different capacity, including without limitation as a director, consultant or independent contractor, then a termination of Service shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Section 3 upon such change in capacity. In the event that your Service is with a business, trade or entity that, after the Grant Date, ceases for any reason to be part or an Affiliate of the Company, your Service will be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Section 3 upon such cessation if your Service does not continue uninterrupted immediately thereafter with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

4. Market Stand-Off Agreement. You agree that following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, you, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case during the seven days prior to and the 180 days after the effectiveness of any underwritten offering of the Company’s equity securities (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Stand-Off Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, you agree to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with the terms of this Section 4. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

 

- 4 -


5. Nontransferability of Option. This Option is nontransferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and during your lifetime, the Option may be exercised only by you or, during the period you are under a legal disability, by your guardian or legal representative. Except as provided above, the Option may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

6. Nonqualified Nature of the Option. The Option is intended to be a nonqualified stock option. You should consult with your personal tax advisors in this regard.

7. Withholding of Taxes. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll or any other payment of any kind due to you and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company may require you to make a cash payment to cover any withholding tax obligation as a condition of exercise of the Option or issuance of share certificates representing Shares.

The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit you to satisfy, in whole or in part, any withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the Option either by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise that number of Shares, or by electing to deliver to the Company already-owned shares, in either case having a Fair Market Value not in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the statutory minimum withholding amount due.

8. Adjustments. The Administrator may make various adjustments to your Option, including adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to the Option and the Exercise Price, in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) of the Company, the unexercised portion of the Option will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of the unexercised portion of the Option by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, you will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise or convert all portions of the unexercised Option that are then exercisable or which become exercisable upon or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control.

9. Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between you and the Company, or as a contractual right for you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge you at any time with or without Cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the failure of the Option to become exercisable or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

- 5 -


10. No Rights as a Stockholder. You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares until such Shares have been issued to you upon the due exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Shares are issued.

11. The Company’s Rights. The existence of the Option shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company’s assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the correlating Stock Option Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the Option. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the Option shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

13. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the Option or Shares as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by you and the Company.

14. Conformity with Plan. This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan. Any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is provided to you with this Agreement.

15. Section 409A. This Agreement and the Option granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed as including any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the exercise of the Option. Should any provision of the Plan or this Agreement be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, it may be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Administrator and without requiring your consent, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code. The foregoing, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax effect to you.

 

- 6 -


16. Electronic Delivery of Documents. By your signing the Stock Option Notice, you (a) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the Option, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (b) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (c) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (d) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

17. No Future Entitlement. By execution of the Stock Option Notice, you acknowledge and agree that: (a) the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or compensation in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (b) all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when stock options shall be granted or shall become exercisable, the maximum number of shares subject to each stock option, and the purchase price, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator; (c) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (d) the value of the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (e) the vesting of the Option ceases upon termination of employment with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (f) if the underlying Common Stock does not increase in value, the Option will have no value, nor does the Company guarantee any future value; and (g) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the Option does not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

18. Personal Data. For the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Option, you, by execution of the Stock Option Notice, consent to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to any Change in Control transaction or capital raising transaction involving the Company. You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Option and the Plan and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s). You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Option. You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s Secretary. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a stock option.

 

- 7 -


19. Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of California (except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware applies), without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions. Any suit with respect hereto will be brought in the federal or state courts in the district which includes the city or town in which the Company’s principal executive office is located, and you hereby agree and submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue thereof.

20. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

{Glossary begins on next page}

 

- 8 -


GLOSSARY

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or the committee(s) or officer(s) appointed by the Board that have authority to administer the Plan.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Procore Technologies, Inc. For this purpose, “control” means ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity.

(c) “Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in any written employment agreement entered into between you and the Company. If there is no such employment agreement, then “Cause” shall mean (i) your failure to perform duties or follow directions communicated to you by the Company, (ii) your commission of an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement with respect to the Company, (iii) your conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime of moral turpitude, in each case as determined by the Board, (iv) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company; (v) your material misconduct or your material violation of a material Company policy; or (vi) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the Company may consider as grounds for your discharge.

(d) “Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Plan.

(e) “Company” includes Procore Technologies, Inc. and its Affiliates, except where the context otherwise requires. For purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Company shall mean only Procore Technologies, Inc.

(f) “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock generally means the value determined by the Administrator in good faith at any time while such shares are not registered for trade on a public market. When shares of the Common Stock are registered for trade on a public market, “Fair Market Value” generally means the closing price per share of Common Stock on the relevant date, as reported by the principal market or exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trade. Refer to the Plan for a detailed definition of Fair Market Value.

(g) “Service” means your employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Your Service will be considered to have ceased with the Company and its Affiliates if, immediately after a sale, merger or other corporate transaction, the trade, business or entity with which you are employed or otherwise have a service relationship is not the Company or its successor or an Affiliate of the Company or its successor.

(h) “Shares” means the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option.

(i) “Stock Option Notice” means the written notice evidencing the award of the Option that correlates with and makes up a part of this Agreement.

 

- 9 -


(j) “Total and Permanent Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. The Administrator may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate and the Administrator’s good faith determination as to whether you are totally and permanently disabled will be final and binding on all parties concerned.

(k) “You”; “Your” means the recipient of the award of Option as reflected on the Stock Option Notice. Whenever the Agreement refers to “you” under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to your estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the word “you” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

-10-


EXERCISE FORM

Administrator of Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

c/o Office of the Corporate Secretary

6309 Carpinteria Ave

Carpinteria, CA 93013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I hereby exercise the Option granted to me on                     , by Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to all the terms and provisions of the applicable grant agreement and of the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and notify you of my desire to purchase                     shares of Common Stock of the Company at a price of $ per share pursuant to the exercise of said Option.

This will confirm my understanding with respect to the shares to be issued to me by reason of this exercise of the Option (the shares to be issued pursuant hereto shall be collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Shares”) as follows:

(a) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

(b) I understand that the Shares are being issued without registration under the Securities Act, in reliance upon one or more exemptions contained in the Securities Act, and such reliance is based in part on the above representation. I also understand that the Company is not obligated to comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with the requirements for an exemption under Regulation A under the Securities Act for my benefit.

(c) I have had such opportunity as I deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

(d) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(e) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(f) I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available and, therefore, they may need to be held indefinitely; and (iii) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act. As a condition to any transfer of the Shares, I understand that the Company may require an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act or any state securities law.


(g) I understand that the certificates for the Shares to be issued to me will bear a legend substantially as follows:

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and/or a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, a certain Stock Restriction Agreement and other agreements, each between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his/her predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with those Agreements. A copy of those Agreements is available for inspection at the office of the corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.

The Company will issue appropriate stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent.

(h) I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from §409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(i) I am a party to a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, a Stock Restriction Agreement and other agreements with the Company, pursuant to which I have agreed to certain restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and other matters relating thereto.

Total Amount Enclosed: $                


Date:                                                                            Signed:                                                                                          
  Received on                                    , 20     _
  Procore Technologies, Inc.
  By:                                                                      
    Printed Name:                                           
    Title:                                                          
   
   
   


Exhibit A

STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                 , 20     , by and between Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                     (the “Stockholder”).

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Option Shares. The Stockholder was granted the right to purchase up to                 shares (the “Option Shares”) of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), pursuant to a stock option awarded under the Procore Technologies, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on                     , subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable stock option notice and stock option agreement evidencing such award (the “Option Grant Agreement”). The Stockholder has purchased on even date herewith,                     Option Shares (the “Shares”). The Stockholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Option Grant Agreement. The Stockholder further agrees that any additional Option Shares purchased by the Stockholder shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder. Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall either issue and deliver to the Stockholder one or more certificates in the name of the Stockholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Stockholder, hold such Share certificates in escrow until the underlying Shares may be transferred freely without restriction under this Agreement, or provide for uncertificated, book entry issuance of those Shares.

2. Restrictions on Transfer. Subject to applicable provisions in any other governing documents of the Company or other agreements entered into by the Stockholder, including but not limited to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the Stockholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

(a) Notice Requirement. If at any time the Stockholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her vested Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Stockholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase. For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Stockholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

 

- 1 -


(c) Settlement. If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Stockholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal executive office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Stockholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice or may pay cash in lieu of such other consideration. If the consideration offered for the Offered Shares includes non-cash consideration, the dollar value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination for purposes of this Agreement that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Stockholder is deferred accordingly.

(d) Sales Free of Restrictions. If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Stockholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Stockholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

(e) Exempt Transactions. The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

(i) the Stockholder’s transfer of any or all of the Stockholder’s Shares, either during the Stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Stockholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Stockholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Stockholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination of the foregoing (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, however, that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2. “Immediate family member” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Stockholder, including in each case in-laws and adoptive relations;

(ii) any transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by the Stockholder in connection with the acquisition of the Shares; or

(iii) any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

- 2 -


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Stockholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

(f) Termination of Restrictions on Transfer. The foregoing restrictions on transfer in this Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or the exchange of the Shares for shares of an entity that are so registered.

3. Effect of Prohibited Transfer. The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

4. Drag-Along Right. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time the Company’s Board of Directors approves the entering into of any transaction involving (a) a sale of more than 50% of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company in a non-public sale or (b) any merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization or business combination of the Company immediately after which a majority of the directors of the surviving entity is not comprised of persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or after which persons who hold a majority of the voting capital stock of the surviving entity are not persons who held voting capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (a “Change-in-Control Transaction”), the Company may require the Stockholder to participate in such Change-in-Control Transaction with respect to all or such number of the Stockholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Stockholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be. Upon receipt of such notice, the Stockholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to other holders of the same series or class of securities in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquirer or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Stockholder in immediately available funds. In addition, if at any time the Company proposes to enter into any such Change-in-Control Transaction, the Company may require the Stockholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Stockholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction. If the Company requires such vote, the Stockholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change-in-Control Transaction.

5. Company’s Right to Defer Payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement that would cause the Company to violate any law, or any rights or preference of preferred shareholders of the Company, any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or

 

- 3 -


assumed. Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default. Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal on the date such payment would otherwise have been made, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum. The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

6. Restrictive Legend. All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws or other applicable agreements:

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, provisions, limitations and restrictions set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or such person’s predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement. A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.

7. Investment Representations. The Stockholder represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

(a) Stockholder is purchasing the Shares for the Stockholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

(b) Stockholder understands that the Shares are being issued without registration under the Securities Act, in reliance upon one or more exemptions contained in the Securities Act, and such reliance is based in part on the above representation. The Stockholder also understands that the Company is not obligated to comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with the requirements for an exemption under Regulation A under the Securities Act for the Stockholder’s benefit.

 

- 4 -


(c) Stockholder has had such opportunity as the Stockholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Stockholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Stockholder’s investment in the Company.

(d) Stockholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(e) Stockholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(f) Stockholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available and, therefore, they may need to be held indefinitely; and (iii) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act. As a condition to any transfer of the Shares, the Stockholder understands that the Company may require an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act or any state securities law.

9. Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc.

(a) If from time to time there is any spin-off, stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Stockholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

(b) If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

10. Market Stand-Off. The Stockholder acknowledges that he or she is subject to a Market Stand-Off Period and other stop-transfer restrictions with respect to the Shares as set forth in the Option Grant Agreement.

11. Withholding Taxes. The Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Stockholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase, sale or vesting of the Shares by the Stockholder.

 

- 5 -


12. Invalidity or Unenforceability. It is the intention of the Company and the Stockholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Stockholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

13. Waiver. No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

14. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Stockholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided that such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

15. No Rights To Employment. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Stockholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or other service provider of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Stockholder’s employment or other service relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

16. Notices. All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Stockholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal executive office or transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

17. Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

18. Stockholder. Whenever the word “Stockholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Stockholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Stockholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


20. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Stockholder.

21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions. Any suit with respect hereto will be brought in the federal or state courts in the districts which include the principal executive offices of the Company, and the Stockholder hereby agrees and submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue thereof.

*  *  *  *  *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Restriction Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

                                 Print
Title:  

 

STOCKHOLDER

 

Signature
Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 7 -


If the Stockholder resides in a community property state, including Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington, or Wisconsin, the Stockholder’s spouse must execute the following Consent of Community Property Spouse.

Consent of Community Property Spouse

The undersigned spouse of the Stockholder has read, understands, and hereby approves the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Stock Restriction Agreement and the related Option Grant Agreement between the Stockholder and the Company (the “Agreements”). In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreements, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreements and further agrees that any community property interest shall similarly be bound by the Agreements. The undersigned hereby appoints the Stockholder as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreements.

 

Date:  

 

              Signed:   

 

       Signature of Stockholder’s Spouse
       Address:   

 

         

 

         

 

 

- 8 -


PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

(2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby awards to Participant (as of the date indicated below) Restricted Stock Units for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:   

 

  
Date of Grant:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

As set forth below

  
Expiration Date:   

 

  
Number of Units (“RSUs”) Subject to Award:   

 

  

 

Expiration Date:    The Expiration Date is set forth above. All RSUs that are not Vested RSUs as of the Expiration Date will be forfeited to the Company without consideration as of the Expiration Date.
Vesting:    Participant will receive a benefit with respect to an RSU only if it vests. Except as explicitly set forth below, the Liquidity Event Requirement and the Service-Based Requirement must be satisfied on or before the applicable Expiration Date specified above in order for an RSU to vest. An RSU shall actually vest (and therefore become a “Vested RSU”) on the first date upon which both of the Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied with respect to that particular RSU.
Liquidity Event Requirement:    The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied as to any then-outstanding RSUs on the first to occur of: (1) a Change in Control (as defined in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement), or (2) the effective date of a registration statement for an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.
Service-Based Requirement:    The Vesting Commencement Date of the Award shall be the Company Vesting Date (as defined below) that most closely precedes the Date of Grant (or, if the Date of Grant is a Company Vesting Date, the Date of Grant). The Service-Based Requirement will be satisfied in installments as to the RSUs as follows: [Service Based Vesting Schedule]. For the avoidance of doubt, once a Participant ceases to provide Service to the Company, no additional RSUs will be deemed to have the Service-Based Requirement satisfied with respect to such RSUs.
   Company Vesting Date” means each February 20, May 20, August 20 and November 20.


Settlement:    If an RSU vests as provided for above, the Company will deliver one share of Common Stock for each Vested RSU. The shares will be issued in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 5 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan (the “Grant Documents”). Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, the Grant Documents set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding this Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, offer letters, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) other equity awards previously or simultaneously granted and delivered to Participant, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein (provided that if there is any conflict in the vesting and/or acceleration terms, those contained in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall control).

By accepting the Award, Participant acknowledges having received and read the Grant Documents and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents. Furthermore, by accepting the Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

Notwithstanding the above, if Participant has not actively accepted the Award within 90 days of the Date of Grant set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, Participant is deemed to have accepted the Award, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Documents.

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

      PARTICIPANT:  
By:                                                                                                        

 

 
Signature       Signature  
Name & Title:                                                                                     Date:                                                                       
Date:                                                                                                      

ATTACHMENTS: Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

2


ATTACHMENT I

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

(2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”) and in consideration of your services, Procore Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded you Restricted Stock Units (the “Award”) under its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Award is granted to you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice for this Award. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement will have the same meanings given to them in the Plan and Grant Notice. In the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. The details of the Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1. GRANT OF THE AWARD. The Award represents the right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Common Stock as indicated in the Grant Notice (the “Shares”) upon the satisfaction of the terms set forth in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the shares or the delivery of the underlying Common Stock.

2. VESTING.

(a) Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Award will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice. Except as set forth in the Grant Notice, any units or shares that have yet to satisfy any time or service-based requirement, including the Service-Based Requirement, will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock. For purposes of determining whether the Liquidity Event Requirement has been satisfied, Change in Control has the same meaning as in the Plan except as follows in this Section 2. A transaction or event will not constitute a Change in Control unless the transaction or event qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A. “Service” means your employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in your written employment or service contract with the Company as in effect at the time at issue and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means your (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of, the Company, any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses) or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with your duties or willful failure to perform your responsibilities in the best interests of the Company; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any Company rule, regulation, procedure or policy; (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non- competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company; or (viii) conduct which demonstrates gross unfitness to serve.

 

1


3. NUMBER OF SHARES.

(a) The number of units/shares subject to the Award may be adjusted from time to time, as provided in the Plan.

(b) Any units, shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3 if any, will be subject, in a manner determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other shares covered by the Award.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. The Board will, in its discretion, determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in this Section 3.

4. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER COMPLIANCE. You may not be issued any shares under the Award unless either (a) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (b) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

5. DATE OF ISSUANCE. Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement, the Company will deliver to you a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Vested RSUs subject to the Award, including any additional shares received pursuant to Section 3 above that relate to those Vested RSUs on the applicable vesting date(s) as provided in the Grant Notice. However, if a scheduled delivery date falls on a date that is not a business day, such delivery date will instead fall on the next following business day. The form of such delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) will be determined by the Company. In all cases, the delivery of shares under this Award is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

6. DIVIDENDS. You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your RSUs with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution except as provided in the Plan.

7. MARKET STAND-OFF PERIOD. You agree that following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, you, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership

 

2


of such securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case during the seven days prior to and the 180 days after the effectiveness of any underwritten offering of the Company’s equity securities (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Stand-Off Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, you agree to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with the terms of this Section 7. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

8. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws and the restrictions in Sections 9 and 10, as applicable, you will not sell, assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or any part of your Award, the shares subject to your Award or any interest in such shares except in compliance with this Agreement (including without limitation Section 9), the Company’s bylaws and applicable securities law.

9. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Subject to applicable provisions in any other governing documents of the Company or other agreements entered into by the holder of the Shares (the “Stockholder”), including but not limited to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the Stockholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

(a) Notice Requirement. If at any time the Stockholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Stockholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase. For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Stockholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 9(c) of this Agreement.

(c) Settlement. If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Stockholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal executive office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Stockholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered

 

3


Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice or may pay cash in lieu of such other consideration. If the consideration offered for the Offered Shares includes noncash consideration, the dollar value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination for purposes of this Agreement that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 9(c) if any payment due the Stockholder is deferred accordingly.

(d) Sales Free of Restrictions. If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Stockholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Stockholder with the procedures described in this Section 9.

(e) Exempt Transactions. The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 9:

(i) the Stockholder’s transfer of any or all of the Stockholder’s Shares, either during the Stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Stockholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Stockholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Stockholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination of the foregoing (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, however, that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 9. “Immediate family member” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Stockholder, including in each case in-laws and adoptive relations;

(ii) any transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by the Stockholder in connection with the acquisition of the Shares; or

(iii) any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 9, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 9(e)(iii), any proposed transferee or permitted Transferee of the Stockholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 9.

 

4


(f) Termination of Restrictions on Transfer. The foregoing restrictions on transfer in this Section 9 shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act or the exchange of the Shares for shares of an entity that are so registered.

(g) Effect of Prohibited Transfer. The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

10. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. All certificates representing the Common Stock issued under this Agreement will be endorsed with legends in substantially the following forms (in addition to any other legend that may be required by other agreements between you and the Company):

(a) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL CORPORATE OFFICES. ANY TRANSFER OR ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF ANY SHARES IN VIOLATION OF SUCH RESTRICTIONS IS VOID WITHOUT THE PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.”

(b) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(c) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF REFUSAL GRANTED TO THE COMPANY AND ACCORDINGLY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN CONFORMITY WITH THE TERMS OF THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY AND/OR A RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL CORPORATE OFFICES.”

(d) Any legend required by appropriate blue sky officials.

 

5


11. AWARD NOT AN EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE CONTRACT.

(a) Your Services with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (an “Affiliate”) is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of the Award pursuant to Section 2 or the issuance of the shares subject to the Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan will: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company or an Affiliate of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

(b) By accepting this Award, you acknowledge and agree that the right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to Section 2 and the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of the Company or an Affiliate (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization”). You further acknowledge and agree that such reorganization could result in the termination of your Services, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. You further acknowledge and agree that this Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant with the Company or an Affiliate for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and will not interfere in any way with your right or the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate your Services at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR TAXES.

(a) You acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company, the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you or deemed by the Company in its discretion to be an appropriate charge to you even if legally applicable to the Company (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains your responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company.

(b) Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, you agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or your employer (if not the Company) to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, you authorize the Company or its agent to satisfy their withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items, if any, by any

 

6


of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or your employer; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) entering on your behalf (pursuant to this authorization without further consent) into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Award to satisfy the Tax-Related Items and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Tax-Related Items directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you or, if and as determined by the Company, the date on which the Tax-Related Items are required to be calculated) equal to the amount of such Tax-Related Items. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts (as determined by the Company) to facilitate the satisfaction of Tax-Related Items by you using one of the methods described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence or by permitting you to sell shares of Common Stock in any initial public offering by the Company. However, the Company does not guarantee that you will be able to satisfy any Tax-Related Items through any of the methods described in the preceding sentence and in all circumstances you remain responsible for timely and fully satisfying the Tax-Related Items. Depending on the withholding method employed, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case you will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award, notwithstanding that a number of the shares of Common Stock are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(c) Finally, you agree to pay to the Company or your employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or your employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of your participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by any of the means previously described. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Notice of Grant or of this Agreement, if you fail to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items when due, you permanently will forfeit the RSUs on which the Tax-Related Items were not satisfied and will also permanently forfeit any right to receive shares of Common Stock thereunder. In that case, the RSUs will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

13. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. In connection with your acquisition of the Common Stock under your Award, you represent to the Company the following:

(a) You are aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Common Stock. You are acquiring the Common Stock for investment for your own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

7


(b) You understand that the Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of your investment intent as expressed in this Agreement.

(c) You further acknowledge and understand that the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Common Stock is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. You further acknowledge and understand that the Company is under no obligation to register the Common Stock. You understand that the certificate evidencing the Common Stock will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Common Stock unless the Common Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) You are familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be sold by you 90 days thereafter, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144 and the Market Standoff Period agreement described in Section 7.

(e) In the event that the sale of the Common Stock does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of issuance, then the Common Stock may be resold by you in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company; and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after you have purchased, and made full payment of (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

(f) You further understand that at the time you wish to sell the Common Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public current information requirements of Rule 144 or 701, and that, in such event, you would be precluded from selling the Common Stock under Rule 144 or 701 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

14. NO OBLIGATION TO MINIMIZE TAXES. You acknowledge that the Company is not making representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Award, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends and/or any dividend equivalent payments. Further, you acknowledge that the Company does not have any duty or obligation to minimize your liability for Tax-Related Items arising from the Award and will not be liable to you for any Tax-Related Items arising in connection with the Award.

 

8


15. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the Tax-Related Items arising in connection with the Award and by accepting the Award, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

16. UNSECURED OBLIGATION. The Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares pursuant to this Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

17. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan will be given in writing and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

18. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) As a condition to the grant of your Award or to the Company’s issuance of any shares of Common Stock under this Agreement, the Company may require you to execute certain customary agreements entered into with the holders of capital stock of the Company, including without limitation a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and a stockholders agreement.

(b) The rights and obligations of the Company under the Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under the Award may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(c) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award.

 

9


(d) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed the documents provided to you in relation to the Award in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting the Award, and fully understand all provisions of such documents.

(e) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(f) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

19. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. The Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of the Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided herein, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. For purposes of the Award, a transaction or event will not constitute a Change in Control unless the transaction or event qualifies as a change of control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

20. SEVERABILITY. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

21. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

22. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change will be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

10


23. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Notice of Grant, or of this Agreement, under no circumstances will the Company reimburse you for any taxes or other costs under Section 409A or any other tax law or rule. All such taxes and costs are solely your responsibility.

*     *     *

This Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

11


ATTACHMENT II

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes only August 13, 2013, is made by and between Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (“Lessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, located in the City of Carpinteria, County of Santa Barbara, State of California, with zip code 93013, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): approximately 12,769 square foot office building.

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: fifteen (15) uncovered / unreserved and nineteen (19) covered / reserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6 and Addendum)

1.3 Term: five (5) years and approximately seven (7) months (“Original Term”) commencing the date Lessor delivers the Premises with Lessor’s Work substantially completed, excepting minor punch list items (“Commencement Date”) and ending July 31, 2019 (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing upon completion of Lessor’s Work (“Early Possession Date”). See Addendum. (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $20,430.40 per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of each month commencing August 1, 2014. (See also Paragraph 4) See Addendum If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50 and Addendum

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: thirty-nine percent (39%) (“Lessee’s Share”). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $7,000.00 for the period January 1-31, 2014.

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $0.00 for the period na.

(c) Security Deposit: $20,430.40 (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $na for na.

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $27,430.40.

1.8 Agreed Use: office. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

Francois DeJohn and Steve Hayes, Hayes Commercial Group and David K. Beerman represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”); Liam Murphy, Hayes Commercial Group represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”); or represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached a separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of ____________ or _________ % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of ____________ or _________ of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of ____________ or _________ % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by na (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 52 through 60;

a site plan depicting the Premises (Exhibits A-1 & A2);

a site plan depicting the Project (Exhibit B);

a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project (Exhibit C);

a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

a Work Letter;

other (specify); Paragraph 50 (Rent Adjustments), Paragraph 51 (Options to Extend), Exhibits D-1 & D2 (Plans), Exhibit E (Common Area Operating Expenses) and Exhibit F (Sign Plan).

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any asbestos, mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be 12 months from the Commencement Date as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls—see Paragraph 7).

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date, including the ADA (“Applicable Requirements”). Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees, so long as such Rules and Regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways; provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, reasonably deemed to be appropriate, provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date. During the course of construction of Lessor’s Work, Lessor shall grant Lessee reasonable access to the Premises for the purposes of (i) ensuring that the computer, data and telephone networks are installed correctly and working and (ii) for the purpose of installing signage. Lessor shall deliver possession of the Premises upon completion of Lessor’s Work, as defined in the Addendum attached to this Lease. If Lessee occupies the Premises after completion of Lessor’s Work and prior to the Commencement Date, Lessee’s obligation to pay Rent (including but not limited to the obligation to pay Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Project Taxes and insurance premiums) shall be abated for the period of such early possession up to the Commencement Date. All other terms of this Lease shall be in effect during such period.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered by March 15, 2014 within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Beginning August 1, 2014, Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, “Common Area Operating Expenses” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, any of the following:

(i) Expenses relating to any tenant improvements for a specific tenant at the Project;

(ii) Leasing commissions, attorney’s fees and costs, or other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Project, or in connection with any dispute with any tenant or other occupant of the Project;

(iii) Expenses of complying with any laws, rules, or regulations relating to Hazardous Substances, unless caused by Lessee;

(iv) Any administrative, overhead or property management expense to the extent they exceed 5% of all Rents collected;

(v) Debt service on any mortgages or other debt, or rent on any ground or underlying lease or other similar financing device;

(vi) Any depreciation on the Building, the Project or any portion thereof;

(vii) Costs of furnishing any item or service to other tenants in the Project;

(viii) Advertising, marketing or promotional expenses, or the costs of signs in or on the Building or Project identifying the owner thereof;

(ix) Any tax or similar fee (including, without limitation, any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment) other than Real Property Taxes;

(x) Any penalty or late charge resulting from any failure to pay Real Property Taxes prior to delinquency;

(xi) Cash contributions made gratuitously by Lessor to benefit political or charitable causes;

(xii) Any cost or expense for which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds; or

(xiii) Any cost or expense that is duplicative of another Common Area Operating Expense Item.”

 

 

  

PAGE 4 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(g) Lessor shall keep accurate and complete books and records that show all Common Area Operating Expenses that include, without limitation, invoices, receipts, canceled checks, and like matters. Lessor shall retain such books and records for at least three (3) years after the expiration of the calendar year to which they relate. Lessee or its designees shall have the right, within one (1) year of billing by Lessor, to review such books and records upon giving notice to Lessor of an intent to review such books and records at least fifteen (15) days prior to a mutually agreeable review date. If the audit discloses any error in the determination of the Common Area Operating Expenses, or in the allocation thereof, an appropriate adjustment shall be promptly made. Common Area Operating Expenses to be accounted for and billed substantially in accordance with Exhibit E.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any related third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

 

  

PAGE 5 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to such Requirements, without regard to whether said Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no case less than 24 hours) notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler

 

 

  

PAGE 6 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any related third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

 

  

PAGE 7 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value Insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 8 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


8.10 Waiver of Consequential Damages. Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall be liable to the other (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under the other) for, and each hereby releases and waives any claims with respect to, any consequential damages arising under or in connection with this Lease, including but not limited to, lost profits and business interruption.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the, Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

 

  

PAGE 9 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, (i) any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment, (ii) or any taxes or assessments applicable to any period outside the term of this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Prior to August 1, 2014, Lessor shall be responsible to pay for all gas, water and electrical utilities serving the Premises and the Common Area. Commencing August 1, 2014, Lessee shall pay for all utilities serving the Premises, plus its pro rata share of utilities serving the Common Area and reimbursed as Common Area Expenses. At Lessor’s election, Lessee shall commencing on August 1, 2014, contract directly with all utility providers for water, electricity, gas, telephone and cable (but excluding such utilities that serve the 6305 Building and/or the Common Areas). water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Early Possession Date, Lessee shall be responsible to provide its own janitorial services for the Premises, and to pay for any internet, telephone or cable it desires.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 2535% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee may, without the consent of Lessor, but by providing advance written notice to Lessor, assign (a “Permitted Transfer”) this Lease to (a) a parent, subsidiary, division, affiliate or entity controlled by or under common control with Lessee, (b) any successor entity arising out of any merger, consolidation, reorganization, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out, or similar action involving

 

 

  

PAGE 10 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


Lessee, (c) any successor entity arising out of any governmental action involving Lessee (d) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets, or (e) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of the shares, partnership interest, membership interests, or other ownership interests of Lessee (each a “Permitted Transferee”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no Transfer or transaction described in this Section 12.1(h) to a Permitted Transferee shall result in the loss of any rights, benefits or options of Lessee under this Lease, including without limitation, the options to extend this Lease.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

 

  

PAGE 11 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

 

  

PAGE 12 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the Indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word days as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

 

  

PAGE 13 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150120% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

 

  

PAGE 14 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse at attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no event less than 24 hours) prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, not shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

 

  

PAGE 15 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or a Permitted Transfereeand only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee or increase Lessee’s financial burden. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease is is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises: have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

 

  

PAGE 16 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

 

  

PAGE 17 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:                                                                                   Executed at:                                                                            
On:                                                                                                  On:                                                                                           
By LESSOR:       By LESSEE:
Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company       Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
By:   /s/ Paul J. Orfalea                                                                By:                                                                                          
Name Printed: Paul J. Orfalea                        Name Printed: Steve Zahm
Title: Manager       Title: President
By:                                                                                                By:    /s/ Craig Courtemanche                                               
Name Printed:                                                                               Name Printed: Craig Courtemanche
Title:                                                                                              Title: CEO
Address: 2151 Alessandro Dr. #145       Address:                                                                                 
               Ventura, CA 93001                                                                                                    
                                                                                                   
Telephone: (805) 648-6448       Telephone: (805) 290-4184
Facsimile: (    )                                                                             Facsimile: (    )                                                                       
Email:                                                                                           Email:                                                                                    
Email:                                                                                           Email: [***]@procore.com
Federal ID No. 77-0525079       Federal ID No. 73-1636261
BROKER:       BROKER:
Hayes Commercial Group       Hayes Commercial Group
Attn: Francois DeJohn       Attn: Liam Murphy
Title: Partner       Title: Associate
Address: 222 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 101       Address: 222 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 101
Santa Barbara, CA 93101      
Telephone: (805) 898-4365       Telephone: (805) 898-4385
Facsimile: (805) 898-4360       Facsimile: (805) 898-4360
Email: fran@hayescommercial.com       Email: liam@hayescommercial.com
Federal ID No.                                                                               Federal ID No.                                                                      
Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01157821 / 01144570       Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01439777

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

©Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 18 OF 18

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    August 13, 2013
By and Between (Lessor)    Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a California Corporation
Address of Premises:    6309 Carpinteria Avenue
     Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 50

A. RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates): August 1, 2015 and annually thereafter the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area): Los Angeles – Riverside – Orange County. All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.l.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or (Fill in Other “Base Month”): August 1, 2014. The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment. See Addendum.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s):                                                                                                                                        the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an appraiser or broker (“Consultant” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e., the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


LOGO

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    August 13, 2013
By and Between (Lessor)    Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a California Corporation
Address of Premises:    6309 Carpinteria Avenue
     Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 51

A. OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty (60) month period(s) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 6 but not more than 9 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates): August 1, 2019 and annually thereafter the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area): Los Angeles – Riverside – Orange County All items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”. See Addendum.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or (Fill in Other “Base Month”): August 1, 2014

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)):                                                                                                                                        the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. lf agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing; to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an appraiser or broker (“Consultant” check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments; and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustments) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


ADDENDUM TO AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE-NET

This Addendum is incorporated into and made a part of that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated August 13, 2013 (the “Lease”) between Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, as Lessee.

This Addendum shall serve to supersede, amend, add and replace certain terms and conditions of the Lease as provided herein. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Addendum. In the event there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall prevail.

52. Project: Building; Premises; Adjoining Property; CC&R’s. Lessee acknowledges that the Premises solely encompass one (1) free standing building (the “6309 Building”) approximately 12,769 leasable square feet in size, and that there sits upon the Project an additional free-standing building (the “6305 Building”) approximately 20,000 leaseable square feet in size, and commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA.

The 6305 Building and the 6309 Building share common landscaping, driveways and parking areas and are subject to certain restrictions and covenants with the adjacent property commonly known as 6303 and 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA (the “Adjacent Property”). Such rights and obligations are contained in that certain document entitled “Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions” dated November 18, 1997 and recorded on January 30, 1998 as Document No. 98-006047 in the Official Records, Santa Barbara County (the “CC&R’s”). The CC&R’s provide that all tenants of the Project and the Adjacent Property (the “Carpinteria Corporate Center”) are entitled to the non-exclusive use of all parking areas (see paragraph 5, below), access drives, greenspaces, and picnic areas located in and on the Project and the Adjacent Property. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to maintain compliance with the obligations imposed upon Lessor by the CC&R’s.

53. Base Rent; Adjustments. Section 1.5 of the Lease is supplemented with the following schedule for Base Rent for the period from the Commencement Date to July 31, 2014:

Commencing on the Commencement Date, through 12/31/13, Base Rent shall be $5,000.00 per month gross. The term “gross” for purposes of this paragraph, means that Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and Utilities ( excluding telephone, internet, cable and janitorial) and any other NNN costs (including Lessee’s share of Property Insurance and Property Taxes) are included within the specified Base Rent.

 

1


01/01/14

   $7,000.00 per month gross

02/01/14

   $9,000.00 per month gross

03/01/14

   $11,000.00 per month gross

04/01/14

   $13,000.00 per month gross

05/01/14

   $15,000.00 per month gross

06/01/14

   $17,000.00 per month gross

07/01/14

   $19,000.00 per month gross

08/01/14

   $20,430.40 per month ($1.60) plus Lessee’s Share of Common Area Expenses and Utilities.

Base Rent is to be adjusted commencing 08/1/15, and each subsequent August 1 during the Term and the 1st Option to Extend, in accordance with paragraph 51. Such adjustments shall not be less than two percent (2%), nor more than five percent (5%), annually, over the prior Lease Year, through July 31, 2024.

Base Rent adjustments during the Term as extended by the 2nd Option to Extend (from and after August 1, 2024), shall not be less than two percent (2%), nor more than six percent (6%), annually, over the prior Lease Year, through July 31, 2029.

54. Common Area Expenses. Common Area Expenses identified in Section 4.2 of the Lease are not an all inclusive list of Common Area Expenses to be reimbursed by Lessor pertaining to the ownership, operation, management, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises, Building and the Project. The Common Area Expenses payable by Lessee shall include 100% of all reasonable and necessary expenses attributable to the 6309 Building; Lessee’s Share of all reasonable and necessary Common Area Expenses attributable to the Project; and Lessee’s Share of Lessor’s share of expenses payable under the CC&R’s. Management fees shall be reasonable and competitive to the local market for similar properties.

55. Parking. Section 2.6 of the Lease is supplemented as follows: “Lessee acknowledges that the Project and the Adjacent Property, which together comprise the Carpinteria Corporate Center, have approximately 320 total parking spaces available to serve the tenants thereof, or approximately 2.65 parking spaces for every 1,000 leasable square feet of floor space. Lessee shall have the exclusive use of nineteen (19) covered parking spaces located directly beneath the Premises, and the non-exclusive right to use an additional fifteen (15) uncovered and unmarked parking spaces located on or around the Building. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to ensure and

 

2


enforce parking for all tenants of the Carpinteria Corporate Center, so long as such rules and regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease.”

56. Signage. Lessee shall have the right to install its proportionate share of signage on the monument sign at the East entrance to the Project, its proportionate share of signage on the monument sign in front of the 6309 Building, on the Building and on the entry doors to the Building. Final signage shall be similar in scope to the attached Exhibit F and subject to Lessor’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and further subject to any necessary approvals from the City of Carpinteria.

57. Lessor’s Work: Dates. Copies of the new floor plans for the Premises, which have been approved by Lessor and Lessee, are attached to the Lease as Exhibit D-1 and D-2 (the “Plans”). Lessor shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause Lessor’s Work (defined below) to be completed as soon as possible. Lessor shall cause Lessor’s Work to be completed by one or more licensed contractors in a workmanlike, prompt and expeditious manner with new materials, and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. The estimated completion date will be between December l and December 31, 2013.

Lessor’s Work” means the work denoted on the Plans, including the notes, schedules and specifications contained therein.

 

  a)

All paint, carpet, and Cats wiring, per mutually acceptable specifications.

 

  b)

Trellis and monument sign repair.

 

  c)

Lessor has agreed to the scope of work identified in the Work Drawings, and based upon a budget not to exceed $285,717 (the “Budget”). To the extent that Lessee shall initiate changes or change orders to the Plans scope of Lessor’s Work and such changes result in additional costs, Lessee shall be responsible for such additional costs; provided that Lessor shall first advise Lessee of such costs and the parties shall memorialize the additional costs in writing.

58. Lessor Environmental Disclosure-Adjacent Property. Lessee is herein advised that to the best of Lessor’s knowledge, in or around 1977, Santa Barbara Optics (Infrared Industries), did install two underground concrete tanks for the storage of waste oils and halogenated and non-halogenated waste solvents on the Adjacent Property. During removal of the tanks, Infrared discovered oil and solvent contamination of soils on the project. Four monitoring wells were installed and monitored semi-annually from 1988 through 1989. In 1989, approximately 4,000 cubic yards of soil was removed and the site, parking and landscaping were converted to drought tolerant plantings with minimal drip irrigation to minimize infiltration and prevent mobilization of seepage at the nearby cliffs.

 

3


To the best of Lessor’s knowledge, and despite the remaining wastes, the Adjacent Property currently meets all relevant public health and safety standards. The ongoing cleanup is being monitored under the authority of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board.

59. Lessee’s Provisions.

59.1 Dogs. Lessee’s employees and consultants shall have the privilege to bring dogs into the Premises and on or around the Building provided that: (i) all such dogs shall be under their owners’ control at all times; (ii) Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations to insure that any such dogs shall not create a nuisance to all other tenants of the Project; (iii) Lessor shall have the ability to revoke or suspend this privilege; and (iv) Lessor shall indemnify Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain from any person whatsoever relating to any such dogs.

59.2 Car Washing. Lessee’s employees and consultants may have their cars professionally washed while parked in the Project, provided such car washing is performed by insured providers and further provided that Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations relating thereto.

59.3 Use of Grass Areas. Lessee may use the grass areas between 6305 and 6309 Carpinteria Avenue for company gatherings and events related to Lessee’s business, subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Gatherings and events may include, but not limited to, company celebrations, training or lunches, and client appreciation events, provided that no such events shall disturb the other tenants of the Project and further provided that all costs associated with such gatherings or events, including clean up and any requisite repairs to the Common Area and landscaping, shall be borne by Lessee.

60. Representations and Warranties. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant to each other, as follows:

60.1 Lessor is the sole owner of the Project.

60.2 Lessor and Lessee each have the full power and authority to enter into the Lease and perform its obligations under the Lease.

60.3 The Lease is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Lessor and Lessee, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

60.4 No other person owns or has any leasehold interest in the Premises or any portion thereof or any other right to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof.

 

4


60.5 With the exception of the previously referenced Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (see Paragraph 52), there are no reciprocal easement agreements or covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements or similar rights affecting the property, including any amendments thereto which could (i) interfere with or otherwise adversely affect Lessee’s access to, or occupancy or use of, the Premises and the Building, or (ii) increase Lessee’s financial obligations under the Lease.

60.6 Lessor has not received written notice of any, and to Lessor’s best knowledge as of the date of this Lease there are no, pending or threatened legal proceedings or actions of any kind or character affecting the use and occupancy of the Premises by Lessee for the Agreed Use in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

Carp Two, LLC,

a California limited liability company

   

Procore Technologies, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Paul J. Orfalea

    By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemonche

Its:   Paul J. Orfalea     Its:   CEO

 

5


Exhibit A-1

 

LOGO


Exhibit A-2

 

LOGO


Exhibit B

 

LOGO


LOGO

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Exhibit C

 

Dated: August 13, 2013

 

By and Between Carp Two, LLC and Procore Technologies, Inc.

GENERAL RULES

1. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas, including driveways, walkways and stairways.

2. Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in good faith judges to be a threat to the safety and reputation of the Project and its occupants.

3. Lessee shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or interfere with other lessees or persons having business within the Project.

4. Lessee shall not keep animals or birds within the Project, and shall not bring bicycles, motorcycles or other vehicles into areas not designated as authorized for same. See addendum.

5. Lessee shall not make, suffer or permit litter except in appropriate receptacles for that purpose.

6. Lessee shall not alter any lock or install new or additional locks or bolts.

7. Lessee shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet rooms, plumbing or other utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be inserted therein.

8. Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the Premises or Project.

9. Lessee shall not suffer or permit anything in or around the Premises or Building that causes excessive vibration or floor loading in any part of the Project.

10. Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out of the building only with the Lessor’s knowledge and consent, and subject to such reasonable limitations, techniques and timing, as may be designated by Lessor. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Office Building Project arising from any such activity.

11. Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work to be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.

12. Lessor reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and Building Holidays, and on other days between thehours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. of the following day. If Lessee uses the Premises during such periods, Lessee shall be responsible for securely locking any doors it may have opened for entry.

13. Lessee shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.

14. No window coverings, shades or awnings shall be installed or used by Lessee.

15. No Lessee, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.

16. Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or cigarettes in areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

17. Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than as provided by Lessor.

18. Lessee shall not install, maintain or operate any vending machines upon the Premises without Lessor’s written consent.

19. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, commercial cooking or food preparation.

20. Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

21. Lessor reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations, and/or as to any particular Lessee, and any such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any other rule or regulation or any subsequent application thereof to such Lessee.

22. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep its Premises locked as may be required.

23. Lessor reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate operation and safety of the Project and its occupants. Lessee agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

PARKING RULES

1. Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than full size, passenger automobiles herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as “Oversized Vehicles.”

2. Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

3. Parking stickers or identification devices shall be the property of Lessor and be returned to Lessor by the holder thereof upon termination of the holder’s parking privileges. Lessee will pay such replacement charge as is reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.

4. Lessor reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly identification devices to any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with the applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.

5. Lessor reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces from floor to floor, within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite location(s), and to reasonably allocate them between compact and standard size spaces, as long as the same complies with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.

6. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.

7. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and lock his own vehicle. Lessor will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

8. Validation, if established, will be permissible only by such method or methods as Lessor and/or its licensee may establish at rates generally applicable to visitor parking.

9. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or Common Areas is prohibited.

10. Lessee shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

11. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

12. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 1

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OFG-1-9/99E


Exhibit D-1

 

LOGO


Exhibit D-2

 

LOGO


Exhibit E

Carp Two, LLC

CAM Expenses – 6305 & 6309 Carpinteria Avenue

2012

 

     SF      %  

6305

     20,000        61.03

6309

     12,769        38.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     32,769        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Shared      Building Allocations         
     Amount      6305      6309      Totals  

General Expenses:

           

Green Waste Dump Fee

   $ 624.00      $ 380.85      $ 243.15      $ 624.00  

Landscape Maintenance

     8,458.80        5,162.68        3,296.12        8,458.80  

Management Fees

     25,248.86        15,410.21        9,838.65        25,248.86  

Maintenance & Repair

     3,556.17        2,170.45        1,385.72        3,556.17  

Property Tax

     146,813.65        89,605.21        57,208.44        146,813.65  

Property Water

     6,267.11        3,825.02        2,442.09        6,267.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $  190,968.59        116,554.42        74,414.17        190,968.59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Building Specific Expenses:

           

Elevator Alarm

           954.77        954.77  

Elevator Maintenance

        2,423.58        2,799.83        5,223.41  

Elevator Phone Line

           362.68        362.68  

Insurance

        14,374.50        9,508.17        23,882.67  

Pest Control

        886.00        1,816.00        2,702.00  

Security

        936.00        1,049.22        1,985.22  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotals

        18,620.08        16,490.67        35,110.75  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

      $  135,174.50      $  90,904.84      $  226,079.34  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Expenses:

           

Per Month

      $ 11,264.54      $ 7,575.40      $ 18,839.94  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Square Foot Per Year

      $ 6.76      $ 7.12      $ 6.90  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Square Foot Per Month

      $ 0.56      $ 0.59      $ 0.57  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tenant Utilities:

           

Electricity

      $ 53,016.35      $ 22,403.72      $ 75,420.07  

Gas

        3,115.58        5,816.77        8,932.35  

Refuse

        7,329.84        5,564.52        12,894.36  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 63,461.77      $ 33,785.01      $ 97,246.78  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This First Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated August 13, 2013 (the “Existing Lease”) between Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this First Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6305 Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended and the revised Expiration Date is May 31, 2021.

2. Base Rent Payments. Payments of the Base Rent due monthly from Lessee as set forth in Paragraph 53 of the Addendum to the Existing Lease shall remain as scheduled, except that commencing June 1, 2015, the monthly Base Rent shall be the sum of $22,345.75, until June 1, 2016, when the Base Rent is adjusted as provided in Paragraph 3, below.

3. Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments as set forth in the Existing Lease (including in Paragraphs 50 and 51) shall be revised from August 1 of each year during the Term (and any extension terms) to June 1 of each calendar year, commencing June 1, 2016. The Base Month for the purposes of Paragraphs 50 and 51 of the Existing Lease shall be April 1, 2015.

4. Lessor’s Work Budget. The Budget (as defined in Paragraph 57 of the Existing Lease) is hereby increased by an additional $161,198.00, from $285,717.00 to $446,915.00. Paragraph 57(c) of the Existing Lease is hereby restated to read as follows:

“c) Lessor has agreed to the scope of work identified in the Plans, and based upon a budget not to exceed $446,915.00 (the “Budget”). If the cost of Lessor’s Work, which shall include all architectural, design and permit fees, is less than the Budget, any excess shall be used to increase the budget under the 6305 Lease for the Lessor’s work to be completed under the 6305 Lease. In addition, if the cost of the Lessor’s work to be completed under the 6305 Lease is less than the budget under the 6305 Lease, any excess shall be used to increase the Budget for Lessor’s Work hereunder. To the extent that Lessee shall initiate changes or change orders to the scope of Lessor’s Work and such changes result in the cost of Lessor’s Work exceeding the Budget, Lessee shall be responsible for such additional costs to the extent the cost of Lessor’s Work exceeds the Budget; provided that Lessor shall first advise Lessee of such costs and the parties shall memorialize the additional costs in a signed writing.”

 

Page 1 of 2


5. Lessee’s Option to Terminate the Lease. Provided that Lessee is not then in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Lessee shall have the right to terminate the Original Term of the Lease, effective any time after May 31, 2020, by providing no less than nine (9) months advance written notice to Lessor. Upon any such termination, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the unamortized portion, if any, of the amounts paid by Lessor for the Lessor’s Work and for brokerage commissions to real estate brokers for the Lease (all amortized on a straight line basis over the period commencing on January 1, 2014 and terminating on May 31, 2021). This option to terminate shall not apply to any option term.

6. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this First Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this First Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall prevail.

7. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this First Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this First Amendment and that this First Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

8. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this First Amendment, this First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this First Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this First Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease effective as of January 1, 2014.

 

LESSOR     LESSEE
CARP TWO, LLC     PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a California limited liability company     a California corporation
By:  

/s/ Paul J. Orfalea

    By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:   Paul J. Orfalea     Its:   CEO
  Manager    

 

Page 2 of 2


SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This Second Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated August 13, 2013 and further amended on January 1, 2014 (the “Existing Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6307 Lease”), and into a separate lease amendment for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6305 Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended from June 1, 2021 through March 31, 2023 (the ‘Extended Term”), and the revised Expiration Date is March 31, 2023.

2. Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments during the Extended Term shall occur pursuant to Sections 50 & 53 of the Lease on June 1, 2021, and on June 1, 2022.

3. Option(s) to Extend. Lessee’s first option period shall commence on April 1, 2023 and expire on March 31, 2028 and Lessee’s second option period shall commence on April 1, 2028 and expire on March 31, 2033. During the option periods the Base Rent shall continue to be adjusted every June 1, pursuant to Sections 51 and 53 of the Lease.

4. Lessee’s Option to Terminate the Lease. Lessee shall no longer have the right to terminate said Lease.

5. Real Estate Brokers and Brokerage Fees. Sections 1.10 and 15 of the Existing Lease shall be modified as follows:

15.1 Additional Commissions. Subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) shall be deleted and no longer applicable to the Existing Lease. Furthermore, Lessor, Lessee and Brokers hereby agree that all brokerage commissions have been paid by Lessor to Brokers and no additional brokerage commissions are due to Brokers in connection with the Existing Lease, except as set forth herein in connection with the Extended Term.

 

Page 1 of 2


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Existing Lease, in connection with the Extend Term, (i) Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that regarding Section 1.10 in the Lease, Lessor’s Broker shall remain as Hayes Commercial Group, and Lessee’s Broker shall be modified to Cresa Los Angeles, and (ii) Subparagraphs 15.1 (a), (b) and (c) in the Existing Lease shall be deleted no longer applicable to the Existing Lease as amended herein. Except as set forth herein, all other terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.10 and Section 15 in the Existing Lease shall remain unmodified, valid and in full force and effect, including the Extended Term.

6. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this Second Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this Second Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment shall prevail.

7. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this Second Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this Second Amendment and that this Second Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

8. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this Second Amendment, this Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this Second Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this Second Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment to Lease effective as of November 9, 2015.

 

LESSOR     LESSEE
6303 CARPINTERIA AVENUE, LLC     PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a California limited liability company     a California corporation
By:  

/s/ Jeremy K. Rogers

    By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:   Manager     Its:   CEO
    By:  

/s/ Steven Zahm

    Its:   President

 

Page 2 of 2


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This Third Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated August 13, 2013 and further amended on January 1, 2014 and November 9, 2015 (the “Existing Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (successor in interest to Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation), as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6303 Lease”), and into separate lease amendments for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6305 Lease”) and 6307-B Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6307-B Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended from April 1, 2023 through March 31, 2027 (the ‘Extended Term”), and the revised Expiration Date is March 31, 2027.

2. Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments during the Term shall occur pursuant to Section 50 of the Lease as follows:

 

April 1, 2017:

   $ 23,476.44  

April 1, 2018:

   $ 24,180.74  

April 1, 2019:

   $ 24,906.16  

April 1, 2020:

   $ 25,653.35  

April 1, 2021:

   $ 26,422.95  

April 1, 2022:

   $ 27,215.63  

April 1, 2023:

   $ 28,032.10  

April 1, 2024:

   $ 28,873.07  

April 1, 2025:

   $ 29,739.26  

April 1, 2026:

   $ 30,631.44  

 

Page 1 of 2


3. Option(s) to Extend. Lessee’s first option period shall commence on April 1, 2027 and expire on March 31, 2032 and Lessee’s second option period shall commence on April 1, 2032 and expire on March 31, 2037. Lessee must exercise its options at least nine (9) months, but not more than 12 months, prior to the dates that the option periods would commence. During the option periods the Base Rent shall be adjusted every April 1, pursuant to Section 51 of the Lease as follows:

 

April 1, 2027

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2028

   3% increase

April 1, 2029

   3% increase

April 1, 2030

   3% increase

April 1, 2031

   3% increase

April 1, 2032

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2033

   3% increase

April 1, 2034

   3% increase

April 1, 2035

   3% increase

April 1, 2036

   3% increase

4. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this Third Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this Third Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this Third Amendment shall prevail.

5. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this Third Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this Third Amendment and that this Third Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

6. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this Third Amendment, this Third Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this Third Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this Third Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amendment to Lease effective as of June ___, 2016.

 

LESSOR     LESSEE
6303 CARPINTERIA AVENUE, LLC     PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

             

    By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:  

             

    Its:   Craig Courtemanche
                 CEO

 

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes only January 1, 2014, is made by and between Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (“Lessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, located in the City of Carpinteria, County of Santa Barbara, State of California, with zip code 93013, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): approximately 20,000 square foot office building.

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: thirty-two (32) uncovered/unreserved and twenty-one (21) covered/reserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6 and Addendum)

1.3 Term: seven (7) years and zero (0) months (“Original Term”) commencing the date Lessor delivers the Premises with Lessor’s Work substantially completed, excepting minor punch list items which is estimated to be June 1, 2014 (“Commencement Date”) and ending May 31, 2021 (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing upon completion of Lessor’s Work (“Early Possession Date”). See Addendum (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $35,000.00 per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of each month commencing June 1, 2015. (See also Paragraph 4)

If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50 and Addendum

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: sixty-one percent (61%) (“Lessee’s Share”). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $9,000.00 for the period June 1-30, 2014.

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $0.00 for the period                                         .

(c) Security Deposit: $46,400.00 (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $na for na.

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $32,200 due on Lease execution, $23,200 due on February 1, 2014.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


1.8 Agreed Use: office. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes): Francois DeJohn and Steve Hayes, Hayes Commercial Group and David K. Beerman represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”); Liam Murphy, Hayes Commercial Group represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”); or represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached a separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of             or             % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of             or            of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of            or            % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by na (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 52 through 61;

a site plan depicting the Premises (Exhibits A-1 & A2);

a site plan depicting the Project (Exhibit B);

a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project (Exhibit C);

a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

a Work Letter;

other (specify); Paragraph 50 (Rent Adjustments), Paragraph 51 (Options to Extend), Exhibits D-1 & D2 ) Plans), Exhibit E (Common Area Operating Expenses) and Exhibit F (Sign Plan).

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any asbestos, mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be 12 months from the Commencement Dateas follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls—see Paragraph 7).

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date, including the ADA (“Applicable Requirements”). Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees, so long as such Rules and Regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways, provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate, provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.During the course of construction of Lessor’s Work, Lessor shall grant Lessee reasonable access to the Premises for the purposes of (i) ensuring that the computer, data and telephone networks are installed correctly and working and (ii) for the purpose of installing signage. Lessor shall deliver possession of the Premises upon completion of Lessor’s Work, as defined in the Addendum attached to this Lease. If Lessee occupies the Premises after completion of Lessor’s Work and prior to the Commencement Date, Lessee’s obligation to pay Rent (including but not limited to the obligation to pay Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Project Taxes and insurance premiums) shall be abated for the period of such early possession up to the Commencement Date. All other terms of this Lease shall be in effect during such period.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 4 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Beginning June 1, 2015, Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, “Common Area Operating Expenses” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, any of the following:

 

 

  

PAGE 5 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(i) Expenses relating to any tenant improvements for a specific tenant at the Project;

(ii) Leasing commissions, attorney’s fees and costs, or other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Project, or in connection with any dispute with any tenant or other occupant of the Project;

(iii) Expenses of complying with any laws, rules, or regulations relating to Hazardous Substances, unless caused by Lessee;

(iv) Any administrative, overhead or property management expense to the extent they exceed 5% of all Rents collected;

(v) Debt service on any mortgages or other debt, or rent on any ground or underlying lease or other similar financing device;

(vi) Any depreciation on the Building, the Project or any portion thereof;

(vii) Costs of furnishing any item or service to other tenants in the Project;

(viii) Advertising, marketing or promotional expenses, or the costs of signs in or on the Building or Project identifying the owner thereof;

(ix) Any tax or similar fee (including, without limitation, any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment) other than Real Property Taxes;

(x) Any penalty or late charge resulting from any failure to pay Real Property Taxes prior to delinquency;

(xi) Cash contributions made gratuitously by Lessor to benefit political or charitable causes;

(xii) Any cost or expense for which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds; or

(xiii) Any cost or expense that is duplicative of another Common Area Operating Expense Item.”

(g) Lessor shall keep accurate and complete books and records that show all Common Area Operating Expenses that include, without limitation, invoices, receipts, canceled checks, and like matters. Lessor shall retain such books and records for at least three (3) years after the expiration of the calendar year to which they relate. Lessee or its designees shall have the right, within one (1) year of billing by Lessor, to review such books and records upon giving notice to Lessor of an intent to review such books and records at least fifteen (15) days prior to a mutually agreeable review date. If the audit discloses any error in the determination of the Common Area Operating Expenses, or in the allocation thereof, an appropriate adjustment shall be promptly made. Common Area Operating Expenses to be accounted for and billed substantially in accordance with Exhibit E.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 60 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of

 

 

  

PAGE 6 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any related third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnity, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at

 

 

  

PAGE 7 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to such Requirements, without regard to whether said Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no case less than 24 hours) notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

 

 

  

PAGE 8 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any related third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

 

  

PAGE 9 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value Insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 10 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

8.10 Waiver of Consequential Damages. Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall be liable to the other (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under the other) for, and each hereby releases and waives any claims with respect to, any consequential damages arising under or in connection with this Lease, including but not limited to, lost profits and business interruption.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

 

  

PAGE 11 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the, Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

 

  

PAGE 12 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term ‘Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, (i) any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment, (ii) or any taxes or assessments applicable to any period outside the term of this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Prior to June 1, 2014, Lessee shall be responsible to pay for all gas, water and electrical utilities serving the Premises and the Common Area. Commencing June 1, 2014, Lessee shall pay for all utilities serving the Premises, plus its pro rata share of utilities serving the Common Area and reimbursed as Common Area Expenses. At Lessor’s election, Lessee shall commencing on June 1, 2014, contract directly with all utility providers for water, electricity, gas, telephone and cable (but excluding such utilities that serve the 6305 Building and/or the Common Areas). water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Early Possession Date, Lessee shall be responsible to provide its own janitorial services for the Premises, and to pay for any internet, telephone or cable it desires.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 2535% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

 

  

PAGE 13 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee may, without the consent of Lessor, but by providing advance written notice to Lessor, assign (a “Permitted Transfer”) this Lease to (a) a parent, subsidiary, division, affiliate or entity controlled by or under common control with Lessee, (b) any successor entity arising out of any merger, consolidation, reorganization, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out, or similar action involving Lessee, (c) any successor entity arising out of any governmental action involving Lessee (d) any person who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets, or (e) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of the shares, partnership interest, membership interests, or other ownership interests of Lessee (each a “Permitted Transferee”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no Transfer or transaction described in this Section 12.1(h) to a Permitted Transferee shall result in the loss of any rights, benefits or options of Lessee under this Lease, including without limitation, the options to extend this Lease.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

 

  

PAGE 14 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

 

  

PAGE 15 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

 

  

PAGE 16 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the Indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

 

  

PAGE 17 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word days as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

 

  

PAGE 18 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150120% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner. The foregoing exceptions in (a) through (d) shall apply only to a foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which the Lease is subordinated.

 

 

  

PAGE 19 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no event less than 24 hours) prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, not shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

 

  

PAGE 20 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or a Permitted Transfereeand only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee or increase Lessee’s financial burden. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease    is    is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises:    have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).    have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.    have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.

 

 

  

PAGE 21 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: Santa Barbara CA     Executed at:                                                                                    
On:                                                                                                                      On:                                                                                                 
By LESSOR:     By LESSEE:
Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company     Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
By: /s/ Paul Orfalea                                                                          By:                                                                                           
Name Printed: Paul Orfalea     Name Printed: Steve Zahm
Title: Manager     Title: President
By:                                                                                                                      By: /s/ Craig Courtemanche                                                
Name Printed:                                                                                                     Name Printed: Craig Courtemanche
Title:                                                                                                                   Title: CEO
Address: 2151 Alessandro Rd #145     Address:                                                                                        
Ventura, CA 93001    

 

   

 

 

 

  

PAGE 22 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


Telephone: (805) 648-6448                                                                  Telephone: (805) 290-4184                                                      
Facsimile: (    )                                                                                     Facsimile: (    )                                                                          
Email:                                                                                                   Email: [***]@procore.com                                                         
Email:                                                                                                   Email: 73-1636261                                                                     
Federal ID No. 77-0525079     Federal ID No.                                                                            
BROKER:     BROKER:
Hayes Commercial Group     Hayes Commercial Group
Attn: Francois DeJohn    
Title: Partner     Attn: Liam Murphy
Address: 222 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 101     Title: Associate
Santa Barbara, CA 93101     Address: 222 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 101
Telephone: (805) 898-4365     Telephone: (805) 898-4385
Facsimile: (805) 898-4360     Facsimile: (805) 898-4360
Email: fran@hayescommercial.com     Email: liam@hayescommercial.com
Federal ID No.                                                                                        Federal ID No.                                                                               
Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01157821 / 01144570     Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01439777

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

©Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 23 OF 23

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    January 1, 2014
By and Between (Lessor)    Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
Address of Premises:    6305 Carpinteria Avenue
   Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 50

A. RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates): June 1, 2016 and annually thereafter the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one):    CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or    CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

Los Angeles – Riverside – Orange County. All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.l.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one):    the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or    (Fill in Other “Base Month”): April 1, 2015. The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment. See Addendum.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s):                                                      the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an         appraiser or         broker (“Consultant” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e., the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new ‘Base Month’ for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


LOGO

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    January 1, 2014
By and Between (Lessor)    Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
Address of Premises:    6305 Carpinteria Avenue
   Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 51

A. OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty (60) month period(s) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 6 but not more than 9 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below: (Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates): June 1, 2021 and annually thereafter the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one):    CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or    CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

Los Angeles – Riverside – Orange County All items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”. See Addendum.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


2 months prior to (select one):    the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or    (Fill in Other “Base Month”): April 1, 2015

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)):                                                                      the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. lf agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing; to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☐ broker (“Consultant” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments; and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any rental adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


ADDENDUM TO AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE-NET

This Addendum is incorporated into and made a part of that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated November 19, 2013 (the “Lease”) between Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013.

This Addendum shall serve to supersede, amend, add and replace certain terms and conditions of the Lease as provided herein. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Addendum. In the event there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall prevail.

Lessor and Lessee are parties to a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (as it has been and may be amended, the “6309 Lease”).

52. Project: Building; Premises; Adjoining Property; CC&R’s. Lessee acknowledges that the Premises solely encompass one (1) free standing building (the “6305 Building”) approximately 20,000 leasable square feet in size, and that there sits upon the Project an additional free-standing building (the “6309 Building”) approximately 12,769 leaseable square feet in size, and commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA.

The 6305 Building and the 6309 Building share common landscaping, driveways and parking areas and are subject to certain restrictions and covenants with the adjacent property commonly known as 6303 and 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA (the “Adjacent Property”). Such rights and obligations are contained in that certain document entitled “Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions” dated November 18, 1997 and recorded on January 30, 1998 as Document No. 98-006047 in the Official Records, Santa Barbara County (the “CC&R’s”). The CC&R’s provide that all tenants of the Project and the Adjacent Property (the “Carpinteria Corporate Center”) are entitled to the non-exclusive use of all parking areas (see paragraph 5, below), access drives, greenspaces, and picnic areas located in and on the Project and the Adjacent Property. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to maintain compliance with the obligations imposed upon Lessor by the CC&R’s.


53. Base Rent: Adjustments. Section 1.5 of the Lease is supplemented with the following schedule for Base Rent for the period from the Commencement Date to May 31, 2016:

Commencing on the Commencement Date, through 5/31/14, Base Rent shall be $0.00 per month gross. The term “gross” for purposes of this paragraph, means that Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and Utilities (excluding telephone, internet, cable and janitorial) and any other NNN costs (including Lessee’s share of Property Insurance and Property Taxes) are included within the specified Base Rent.

 

06/01/14

   $9,000.00 per month gross

07/01/14

   $10,800.00 per month gross

08/01/14

   $12,600.00 per month gross

09/01/14

   $14,400.00 per month gross

10/01/14

   $16,200.00 per month gross

11/01/14

   $18,000.00 per month gross

12/01/14

   $19,800.00 per month gross

01/01/15

   $21,600.00 per month gross

02/01/15

   $23,400.00 per month gross

03/01/15

   $25,200.00 per month gross

04/01/15

   $27,000.00 per month gross

05/01/15

   $28,800.00 per month gross

06/01/15

   $35,000.00 per month ($1.75) plus Lessee’s Share of Common Area Expenses and Utilities.

Base Rent is to be adjusted commencing 06/1/16, and each subsequent June 1 during the Term and the 1st Option to Extend, in accordance with paragraph 51. Such adjustments shall not be less than two percent (2%), nor more than five percent (5%), annually, over the prior Lease Year, through May 31, 2026.

Base Rent adjustments during the Term as extended by the 2nd Option to Extend (from and after June 1, 2026), shall not be less than two percent (2%), nor more than six percent (6%), annually, over the prior Lease Year, through May 31, 2031.

54. Common Area Expenses. Common Area Expenses identified in Section 4.2 of the Lease are not an all inclusive list of Common Area Expenses to be reimbursed by Lessor pertaining to the ownership, operation, management, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises, Building and the Project. The Common Area Expenses payable by Lessee shall include 100% of all reasonable and necessary expenses attributable to the 6305 Building; Lessee’s Share of all reasonable and necessary Common Area Expenses attributable to the Project; and Lessee’s Share of Lessor’s share of expenses payable under the CC&R’s. Management fees shall be reasonable and competitive to the local market for similar properties.


55. Parking. Section 2.6 of the Lease is supplemented as follows: “Lessee acknowledges that the Project and the Adjacent Property, which together comprise the Carpinteria Corporate Center, have approximately 320 total parking spaces available to serve the tenants thereof, or approximately 2.65 parking spaces for every 1,000 leasable square feet of floor space. Lessee shall have the exclusive use of twenty-one (21) covered parking spaces located directly beneath the Premises, and the non-exclusive right to use an additional thirty-two (32) uncovered and unmarked parking spaces located on or around the Building. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to ensure and enforce parking for all tenants of the Carpinteria Corporate Center, so long as such rules and regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease.”

56. Signage. Lessee shall have the right to install its proportionate share of signage on the monument sign at the East entrance to the Project, its proportionate share of signage on the monument sign in front of the 6305 Building, on the Building and on the entry doors to the Building. Final signage shall be similar in scope to the attached Exhibit F and subject to Lessor’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and further subject to any necessary approvals from the City of Carpinteria.

57. Lessor’s Work; Dates. Lessor shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause Lessor’s Work (defined below) to be completed as soon as possible. Lessor shall cause Lessor’s Work to be completed by one or more licensed contractors in a workmanlike, prompt and expeditious manner with new materials, and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Landlord shall use its best efforts to complete Lessor’s Work by June 1, 2014.

Lessor’s Work” means the initial changes to the Premises that are agreed upon in writing by Lessor and Lessee. Lessor’s Work shall be completed in two separate phases, as described below. In Phase 1, Lessor shall complete the interior demolition agreed upon in writing by Lessor and Lessee. During or after Phase 1, Lessor and Lessee shall agree in writing on a new space plan for the Premises, along with related plans and specifications (collectively, the “Plans”). In Phase 2, Lessor shall complete the work described in the Plans.

The budget for Lessor’s Work is $700,000.00 (the “Budget”). If the cost of Lessor’s Work, which shall include all architectural, design and permit fees, is less than the Budget, any excess shall be used to increase the budget under the 6309 Lease for the Lessor’s work to be completed under the 6309 Lease. In addition, if the cost of the Lessor’s work to be completed under the 6309 Lease is less than the budget under the 6309 Lease, any excess shall be used to increase the Budget for Lessor’s Work hereunder.


Subject to the foregoing paragraph, to the extent that Lessee shall initiate changes or change orders to the scope of Lessor’s Work and such changes result in the cost of Lessor’s Work exceeding the Budget, Lessee shall be responsible for such additional costs to the extent the cost of Lessor’s Work exceeds the Budget; provided that Lessor shall first advise Lessee of such costs and the parties shall memorialize the additional costs in a signed writing.

In addition, Lessor shall complete the following work at its sole costs and expense outside of the Budget:

 

  a.

Any improvements to paths of ingress and egress to the Building necessary to meet ADA compliance;

 

  b.

Deliver the building electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems in good working condition; and

 

  c.

Complete all necessary repairs/deferred maintenance.

58. Lessor Environmental Disclosure-Adjacent Property. Lessee is herein advised that to the best of Lessor’s knowledge, in or around 1977, Santa Barbara Optics (Infrared Industries), did install two underground concrete tanks for the storage of waste oils and halogenated and non-halogenated waste solvents on the Adjacent Property. During removal of the tanks, Infrared discovered oil and solvent contamination of soils on the project. Four monitoring wells were installed and monitored semi-annually from 1988 through 1989. In 1989, approximately 4,000 cubic yards of soil was removed and the site, parking and landscaping were converted to drought tolerant plantings with minimal drip irrigation to minimize infiltration and prevent mobilization of seepage at the nearby cliffs. To the best of Lessor’s knowledge, and despite the remaining wastes, the Adjacent Property currently meets all relevant public health and safety standards. The ongoing cleanup is being monitored under the authority of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board.

59. Lessee’s Provisions.

59.1 Dogs. Lessee’s employees and consultants shall have the privilegeto bring dogs into the Premises and on or around the Building provided that: (i) all such dogs shall be under their owners’ control at all times; (ii) Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations to insure that any such dogs shall not create a nuisance to all other tenants of the Project; (iii) Lessor shall have the ability to revoke or suspend this privilege; and (iv) Lessor shall indemnify Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain from any person whatsoever relating to any such dogs.


59.2 Car Washing. Lessee’s employees and consultants may have their cars professionally washed while parked in the Project, provided such car washing is performed by insured providers and further provided that Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations relating thereto.

59.3 Use of Grass Areas. Lessee may use the grass areas between 6305 and 6309 Carpinteria Avenue for company gatherings and events related to Lessee’s business, subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Gatherings and events may include, but not limited to, company celebrations, training or lunches, and client appreciation events, provided that no such events shall disturb the other tenants of the Project and further provided that all costs associated with such gatherings or events, including clean up and any requisite repairs to the Common Area and landscaping, shall be borne by Lessee.

60. Lessee’s Option to Terminate the Lease. Provided that Lessee is not then in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Lessee shall have the right to terminate the Original Term of the Lease, effective any time after May 31, 2020, by providing no less than nine (9) months advance written notice to Lessor. Upon any such termination, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the unamortized portion, if any, of the amounts paid by Lessor for the Lessor’s Work and for brokerage commissions to real estate brokers for the Lease (all amortized on a straight line basis over the period commencing on June 1, 2014 and terminating on May 31, 2021). This option to terminate shall not apply to any option term.

61. Representations and Warranties. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant to each other, as follows:

61.1 Lessor is the sole owner of the Project.

61.2 Lessor and Lessee each have the full power and authority to enter into the Lease and perform its obligations under the Lease.

61.3 The Lease is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Lessor and Lessee, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

61.4 No other person owns or has any leasehold interest in the Premises or any portion thereof or any other right to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof.

61.5 With the exception of the previously referenced Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (see Paragraph 52), there are no reciprocal easement agreements or covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements or similar rights affecting the property, including any amendments thereto which could (i) interfere with or otherwise adversely affect Lessee’s access to, or occupancy or use of, the Premises and the Building, or (ii) increase Lessee’s financial obligations under the Lease.


61.6 Lessor has not received written notice of any, and to Lessor’s best knowledge as of the date of this Lease there are no, pending or threatened legal proceedings or actions of any kind or character affecting the use and occupancy of the Premises by Lessee for the Agreed Use in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

Carp Two, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

Procore Technologies, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Paul J. Orfalea

  By:   

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:   Manager   Its:    CEO

 


Exhibit A-1

 

LOGO


Exhibit A-2

 

LOGO


Exhibit B

 

LOGO


LOGO

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Exhibit C

Dated: January 1, 2014

By and Between Carp Two, LLC and Procore Technologies, Inc.

GENERAL RULES

1. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas, including driveways, walkways and stairways.

2. Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in good faith judges to be a threat to the safety and reputation of the Project and its occupants.

3. Lessee shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or interfere with other lessees or persons having business within the Project.

4. Lessee shall not keep animals or birds within the Project, and shall not bring bicycles, motorcycles or other vehicles into areas not designated as authorized for same. See addendum.

5. Lessee shall not make, suffer or permit litter except in appropriate receptacles for that purpose.

6. Lessee shall not alter any lock or install new or additional locks or bolts.

7. Lessee shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet rooms, plumbing or other utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be inserted therein.

8. Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the Premises or Project.

9. Lessee shall not suffer or permit anything in or around the Premises or Building that causes excessive vibration or floor loading in any part of the Project.

10. Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out of the building only with the Lessor’s knowledge and consent, and subject to such reasonable limitations, techniques and timing, as may be designated by Lessor. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Office Building Project arising from any such activity.

11. Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work to be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.

12. Lessor reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and Building Holidays, and on other days between the hours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. of the following day. If Lessee uses the Premises during such periods, Lessee shall be responsible for securely locking any doors it may have opened for entry.

13. Lessee shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.

14. No window coverings, shades or awnings shall be installed or used by Lessee.

15. No Lessee, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.

16. Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or cigarettes in areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

17. Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than as provided by Lessor.

18. Lessee shall not install, maintain or operate any vending machines upon the Premises without Lessor’s written consent.

19. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, commercial cooking or food preparation.

20. Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

21. Lessor reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations, and/or as to any particular Lessee, and any such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any other rule or regulation or any subsequent application thereof to such Lessee.

22. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep its Premises locked as may be required.

23. Lessor reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate operation and safety of the Project and its occupants. Lessee agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

PARKING RULES

1. Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than full size, passenger automobiles herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as “Oversized Vehicles.”

2. Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

3.  Parking stickers or identification devices shall be the property of Lessor and be returned to Lessor by the holder thereof upon termination of the holder’s parking privileges. Lessee will pay such replacement charge as is reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.

4.  Lessor reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly identification devices to any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with the applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.

5.  Lessor reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces from floor to floor, within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite location(s), and to reasonably allocate them between compact and standard size spaces, as long as the same complies with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.

6. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.

7. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and lock his own vehicle. Lessor will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

8.  Validation, if established, will be permissible only by such method or methods as Lessor and/or its licensee may establish at rates generally applicable to visitor parking.

9. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or Common Areas is prohibited.

10. Lessee shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

11. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

12. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 1

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OFG-1-9/99E


Exhibit E

Carp Two, LLC

CAM Expenses - 6305 & 6309 Carpinteria Avenue

2012

 

     SF      %  

6305

     20,000        61.03

6309

     12,769        38.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     32,769        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Shared
Amount
     Building Allocations         
     6305      6309      Totals  

General Expenses:

        

Green Waste Dump Fee

   $ 624.00      $ 380.85      $ 243.15      $ 624.00  

Landscape Maintenance

     8,458.80        5,162.68        3,296.12        8,458.80  

Management Fees

     25,248.86        15,410.21        9,838.65        25,248.86  

Maintenance & Repair

     3,556.17        2,170.45        1,385.72        3,556.17  

Property Tax

     146,813.65        89,605.21        57,208.44        146,813.65  

Property Water

     6,267.11        3,825.02        2,442.09        6,267.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 190,968.59        116,554.42        74,414.17        190,968.59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Building Specific Expenses:

           

Elevator Alarm

           954.77        954.77  

Elevator Maintenance

        2,423.58        2,799.83        5,223.41  

Elevator Phone Line

           362.68        362.68  

Insurance

        14,374.50        9,508.17        23,882.67  

Pest Control

        886.00        1,816.00        2,702.00  

Security

        936.00        1,049.22        1,985.22  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotals

        18,620.08        16,490.67        35,110.75  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 135,174.50      $ 90,904.84      $ 226,079.34  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Expenses:

           

Per Month

      $ 11,264.54      $ 7,575.40      $ 18,839.94  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Square Foot Per Year

      $ 6.76      $ 7.12      $ 6.90  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Square Foot Per Month

      $ 0.56      $ 0.59      $ 0.57  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tenant Utilities:

           

Electricity

      $ 53,016.35      $ 22,403.72      $ 75,420.07  

Gas

        3,115.58        5,816.77        8,932.35  

Refuse

        7,329.84        5,564.52        12,894.36  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 63,461.77      $ 33,785.01      $ 97,246.78  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This First Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated January 1, 2014 (the “Existing Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this First Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6307 Lease”), and into a separate lease amendment for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6305 Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended from June 1, 2021 through March 31, 2023 (the ‘Extended Term”), and the revised Expiration Date is March 31, 2023.

2. Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments during the Extended Term shall occur pursuant to Sections 50 & 53 of the Lease on June 1, 2021, and on June 1, 2022.

3. Option(s) to Extend. Lessee’s first option period shall commence on April 1, 2023 and expire on March 31, 2028 and Lessee’s second option period shall commence on April 1, 2028 and expire on March 31, 2033. During the option periods the Base Rent shall continue to be adjusted every June 1, pursuant to Sections 51 and 53 of the Lease.

4. Lessee’s Option to Terminate the Lease. Lessee shall no longer have the right to terminate said Lease.

5. Real Estate Brokers and Brokerage Fees. Sections 1.10 and 15 of the Existing Lease shall be modified as follows:

15.1 Additional Commissions. Subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) shall be deleted and no longer applicable to the Existing Lease. Furthermore, Lessor, Lessee and Brokers hereby agree that all brokerage commissions have been paid by Lessor to Brokers and no additional brokerage commissions are due to Brokers in connection with the Existing Lease, except as set forth herein in connection with the Extended Term.

 

Page 1 of 2


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Existing Lease, in connection with the Extend Term, (i) Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that regarding Section 1.10 in the Lease, Lessor’s Broker shall remain as Hayes Commercial Group, and Lessee’s Broker shall be modified to Cresa Los Angeles, and (ii) Subparagraphs 15.1 (a), (b) and (c) in the Existing Lease shall be deleted no longer applicable to the Existing Lease as amended herein. Except as set forth herein, all other terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.10 and Section 15 in the Existing Lease shall remain unmodified, valid and in full force and effect, including the Extended Term.

6. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this First Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this First Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall prevail.

7. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this First Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this First Amendment and that this First Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

8. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this First Amendment, this First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this First Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this First Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease effective as of November __, 2015.

 

LESSOR   LESSEE

6303 CARPINTERIA AVENUE, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Jeremy K. Rogers

  By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:   Manager   Its:   CEO
    By:  

/s/ Steve Zahm

    Its:   President

 

Page 2 of 2


SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This Second Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated January 1, 2014 and further amended on November 9, 2015 by the First Amendment (the “Existing Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (successor in interest to Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation), as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6303 Lease”), and into separate lease amendments for the premises commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6309 Lease”) and 6307-B Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6307-B Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended from April 1, 2023 through March 31, 2027 (the “Extended Term”), and the revised Expiration Date is March 31, 2027.

2. Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments during the Term shall occur pursuant to Sections 50 of the Lease as follows:

 

April 1, 2017:

   $ 36,771.00  

April 1, 2018:

   $ 37,874.13  

April 1, 2019:

   $ 39,010.35  

April 1, 2020:

   $ 40,180.66  

April 1, 2021:

   $ 41,386.08  

April 1, 2022:

   $ 42,627.67  

April 1, 2023:

   $ 43,906.50  

April 1, 2024:

   $ 45,223.69  

April 1, 2025:

   $ 46,580.40  

April 1, 2026:

   $ 47,977.81  

 

Page 1 of 3


3. Option(s) to Extend. Lessee’s first option period shall commence on April 1, 2027 and expire on March 31, 2032 and Lessee’s second option period shall commence on April 1, 2032 and expire on March 31, 2037. Lessee must exercise its options at least nine (9) months, but not more than 12 months, prior to the dates that the option periods would commence. During the option periods the Base Rent shall continue to be adjusted every April 1, pursuant to Section 51 of the Lease as follows:

 

April 1, 2027:

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2028:

   3% increase

April 1, 2029:

   3% increase

April 1, 2030:

   3% increase

April 1, 2031:

   3% increase

April 1, 2032:

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2033:

   3% increase

April 1, 2034:

   3% increase

April 1, 2035:

   3% increase

April 1, 2036:

   3% increase

4. Miscellaneous. The second paragraph in the First Amendment to the Existing Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following paragraph:

“Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6307 Lease”), and into a separate lease amendment for the premises commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6309 Lease”).”

Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this Second Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this Second Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment shall prevail.

5. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this Second Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this Second Amendment and that this Second Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

6. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this Second Amendment, this Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this Second Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this Second Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment to Lease effective as of June __, 2016.

 

Page 2 of 3


LESSOR   LESSEE

6303 CARPINTERIA AVENUE, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

 

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a California corporation

By:  

                     

  By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:  

                     

  Its:   Craig Courtemanche
      CEO

 

Page 3 of 3

LOGO    Exhibit 10.6

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - NET

 

1.

Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease                     ”), dated for reference purposes only November 1, 2017, is made by and between 6267 Carp Ave, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 6267 Carpinteria Avenue, located in the City of Carpinteria, County of Santa Barbara, State of California, with zip code 93013, as outlined on Exhibit A, attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): a two-story office building consisting of approximately 50,955 square feet and as further depicted on Exhibit A of this Lease.

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof (except as provided in the Addendum) or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Lessee shall have rights to the roof as further described in the Addendum. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: all parking spaces at the Project free of charge during the Original Term, as extended. unreserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term: See Addendum years and                      months (“Original Term”) The “Original Term” shall be the period commencing on the Commencement Date (“Commencement Date”) and ending March 31, 2027 (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3 and the Addendum).

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing                     (“Early Possession Date”).

(See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $99,362.25, per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the 1st, day of each month commencing upon the Commencement Date. (See also Paragraph 4)

☒ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph                     

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: One hundred percent (100 %) (“Lessee’s Share”). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $99,362.25 for the period of the 1st month commencing on the Commencement Date.

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $43,040.00 for the period of the 1st full month commencing on the Commencement Date.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-22/16E


(c) Security Deposit: $99,362.25 of the total security deposit of $596,173.50 (“Security Deposit”); provided however, the balance of such Security Deposit (i.e. $496,811.25) shall be paid to Lessor within 2 business days of the Recapture Condition. (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $                      for                                                                                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                        

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $241,764.50.

1.8 Agreed Use: General office and administrative use, and uses reasonably related to the foregoing. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

☐                                                                                                   represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”);

☒ Cresa Los Angeles, Carlo Brignardello represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”); or

☐                                                                                                   represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon the Commencement Date execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement the sum of                 or                 % 3% of the total Base Rent for the first Sixty (60) months of the Original Term, and 1.5% of the Base Rent for the remainder of the Original Term. Notwithstanding anything contained herein no brokerage fees shall be paid on any period of time prior to the Commencement Date, or on any Lessee improvement allowance) or in connection with any extended terms pursuant to the Options granted herein. for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by                                                                               (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

☒ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 52 through 72;

☒ a site plan depicting the Premises, Exhibit A;

☒ a site plan depicting the Project Exhibit A;

☐ a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project;

☐ a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

☐ a Work Letter;

☒ other (specify); Exhibit A-2: site plan depicting the currently leased portions of the Premises; Exhibit B: Commencement Date Memorandum.

 

2.

Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Delivery Date Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, represents and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements and systems in or servicing the Premises and Building the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Premises and Building Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date and as Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedy for any non-compliance with such warranty, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Premises and Building Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of the Party designated by the other terms and conditions of this Lease be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls—see Paragraph 7) except as otherwise set forth in this Lease. Lessor also warrants, that unless otherwise specified in writing, Lessor is unaware of (i) any recorded Notices of Default affecting the Premise; (ii) any delinquent amounts due under any loan secured by the Premises; and (iii) any bankruptcy proceeding affecting the Premises.

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (excluding compliance prior to or after the Delivery Date as they relate to Americans with Disabilities Act) (“Applicable Requirements”) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Furthermore, sSaid warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. For the avoidance of doubt, Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall assume the responsibility that the Premises, the Building and the Common Areas are in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and shall make any improvements required thereunder. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty and as Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedy for any non-compliance with such warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall not be the obligation of Lessor. be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Five percent (5%) per annum interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share,

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Capital Expenditure that is (i) as a result of an Applicable Requirement that was enacted prior to the Commencement Date (excluding the American With Disabilities Act which shall be the responsibility of Lessee) or (ii) in connection with any repairs or replacements of the Building foundation, structure walls and/or structural of the Building shall be paid by Lessor at Lessor’s sole cost and shall not be amortized or paid by Lessee.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease, except as otherwise set forth herein.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

Lessor believes the square footage of the Premises is approximately 50,955 and that the Base Rent stated in this Agreement is calculated on that measurement. Should Lessee object to this measurement, Lessee shall have the right to remeasure the Premises pursuant to BOMA Standards within Thirty (30) days from the Delivery Date. If the Lessee fails to do so, the right to do so shall be waived and Base Rent will be as set forth above. If the Lessee timely measures the Premises pursuant to BOMA Standards and there is a greater than one percent (1%) variance between 50,955 and the Lessee’s measurement, Lessee may object to Lessor’s measurement and Lessee and Lessor shall make a good faith effort to remeasure the rentable building square footage. If the Lessor and Lessee cannot resolve such dispute within Ten (10) days after Lessee’s notice to Lessor that it objects to Lessor’s measurement, Lessee and Lessor shall appoint an independent architect selected by both parties and such determination pursuant to BOMA Standards shall be binding on both parties. The Base Rent, and Lessee Improvement Allowance and any other charges based on rentable square footage will be adjusted prorata on square footage based on the measurement agreed to or binding on both parties.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use all the number of parking spaces, on the Project free of charge, subject to Lessor’s parking obligations to Starr Aviation under the Starr Aviation Sublease. If the Lessee, at Lessee’s sole cost, and subject to Lessor’s prior written and reasonable approval, and the City of Carpinteria’s approval, is able to re-stripe the parking area in the Project and secure additional parking spaces and/or use valet and/or tandem spaces. specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than

 

 

  

PAGE 4 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those reasonably designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, after reasonable notice without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be payable within 30 days of immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and reasonably designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roofs, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any commercially reasonable and rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable within 30 days of upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable nondiscriminatory rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees; provided, however, such Rules and Regulations shall in no event interfere with Lessee’s right to use the Premises for the Agreed Use and parking areas. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best commercially reasonable efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. To the extent that Lessor’s use of and access to the Premises and the parking areas are not materially affected, Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

 

3.

Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3, the Addendum and the Commencement Date Memorandum.

 

 

  

PAGE 5 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease excluding (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and Lessor’s insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Delivery Date Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Delivery Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Delivery Date, the Start Delivery Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4.

Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems (excluding the HVAC system(s)), exterior glass envelope, and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any commercially reasonable deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

 

 

  

PAGE 6 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


(ix) The cost of any Capital Expenditure capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such Capital Expenditure capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such Capital Expenditure capital improvement in any given month.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year, written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments of Rent. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 30 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee commits a Breach fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 30 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Lessor shall upon written request provide Lessee with an accounting showing how that portion of the Security Deposit that was not returned was applied. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. THE SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT BE USED BY LESSEE IN LIEU OF PAYMENT OF THE LAST MONTH’S RENT. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, and provided there is no then existing and/or

 

 

  

PAGE 7 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


uncured event of Default or Breach and not more than two (2) late fees assessed in the Twelve (12) months preceding the dates set forth below, Lessor shall refund to Lessee an amount equal to one (1) months Initial Base Rent ($99,362.25) on the first day of the Thirteenth (13th), Twenty-Fifth (25th), Thirty-Seventh (37th), Forty Ninth (49th) and Sixty-First (61st) month of the Original Term. The remaining balance of the Security Deposit ($99,362.25) shall be held by Lessor for the remainder of the Original Term and during any Option(s).

 

6.

Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal, service and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessor represents and warrants to the best of its knowledge that the underlying soil, Building, Project and Premises are free of any Hazardous Substances and compliant with all laws related to environmental conditions and Hazardous Substances; provided, however, Lessee’s sole remedy for any breach of such warranty shall be limited solely and exclusively to Lessor’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.2. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnity, defend, protect, reimburse and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or Lessee’s invitees, employees, agents or contractors any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability

 

 

  

PAGE 8 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, protect, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease and shall be excluded from Common Area Operating Expenses.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in this Lease, Lessee, during the Term of the Lease or any extensions thereof, shall not have any responsibilities or obligations to remove, remediate or encapsulate any Hazardous Substances in, on, under or about the Premises unless (i) such Hazardous Substances were brought onto the Premises by Lessee or its invitees, employees, agents or contractors or (ii) Lessee or Lessee’s invitees, employees, agents or contractors caused such contamination, spillage or release of Hazardous Substances. Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the commercially reasonable recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said Applicable Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 business days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Subject to Paragraph 32, Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants authorized by Lessor shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting and/or testing the condition of the Premises and/or for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements caused by Lessee or its agents, employees or contractors, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) caused by Lessee or its agents,

 

 

  

PAGE 9 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


employees or contractors is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefore. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to allow such inspections or testing will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to allow such inspections and/or testing in a timely fashion the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for the remainder to the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to allow such inspection and/or testing. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such failure nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

7.

Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the interior non-structural portions of the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualty excepted, (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior non-structural walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any obligation of Lessee to repair or maintain the Premises under this Section 7.1 that is a Capital Expenditure shall instead be performed by Lessor and shall be amortized pursuant to Paragraph 4.2(a)(ix) of the Lease. Furthermore, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Lessee’s obligation shall be to return the Building and the Premises in the condition and repair as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain quarterly contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon within 30 days of demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 105% 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) is a Capital Expenditure cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance at 5% per annum but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, (, except as otherwise set forth herein as to foundation, structural walls and the structural

 

 

  

PAGE 10 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


integrity of the Building), shall maintain and keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, exterior glass curtain, exterior Building systems, subsurface plumbing, electrical panel, and transformers, elevator, exterior windows, exterior doors, structural condition of interior bearing wells, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace interior windows, interior doors or plate glass of the Premises. Costs in connection with the foundation, structural walls and structure integrity of the Building shall be paid by Lessor and not included in Common Area Operating Expenses.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises unless Lessee repairs the same. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be granted or denied within 10 business days. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not adversely affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, do not trigger the requirement for additional modifications and/or improvements to the Premises resulting from Applicable Requirements, such as compliance with Title 24, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to $200,000 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate in one year or $                      a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor, except as otherwise provided herein. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or reasonably approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of $1,000,000 one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 125% 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made

 

 

  

PAGE 11 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


without the required consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not be required to remove any (i) Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations constructed or installed by Lessee as described under Lessee’s Improvements under the Addendum to Lease; (ii) any other Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations subsequently constructed and consented to by Lessor as provided herein unless Lessor states they are to be removed as part of Lessor’s consent to such Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations; or (iii) any tenant improvements constructed by Lessee in the Premises following the Commencement Date so long as these improvements are considered typical office improvements in nature.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and Lessor’s Obligations excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Lessee occupies the Premises for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall have no obligation to remove previously constructed tenant improvements existing upon the Delivery Date. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) to the level specified in Applicable Requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Lessee’s obligation shall be to return the Building and the Premises in the condition and repair as when received, reasonable wear and tear excluded.

 

8.

Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense, except as otherwise provided herein. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

 

 

  

PAGE 12 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value Insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $25,000 1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may increase his liability insurance coverage and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s or its agents, employees or contractors gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

 

 

  

PAGE 13 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

9.

Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 12 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 12 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense (subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2), in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

 

  

PAGE 14 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

10.

Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be reasonably determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

 

 

  

PAGE 15 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. In addition, Lessee shall contract directly and pay for janitorial services to the Premises and Building, internet service and telephone service. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. Except as otherwise provided herein, there There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

12.

Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned and shall be granted or denied within 30 days or such consent shall be deemed granted.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 50% 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 15% 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

 

  

PAGE 16 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee or any Affiliate by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 12.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13.

Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, in each case, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. In the event that Lessee commits waste, a nuisance or an illegal activity a second time then, the Lessor may elect to treat such conduct as a non-curable Breach rather than a Default.

 

 

  

PAGE 17 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 business days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 105% 115% of the actual costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

 

  

PAGE 18 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, the cost of tenant improvements for Lessee paid for or performed by Lessor, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 business days after such amount is past due shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 6% 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion; provided, however, in the event of an emergency, Lessor shall be required to act timely as required by such emergency.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

 

  

PAGE 19 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


15.

Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the Indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16.

Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 business days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) to Responding Party’s actual knowledge, there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 business days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as are prepared in the ordinary course of business as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth and such lender or purchaser shall execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

 

  

PAGE 20 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project, including rent, insurance, sales and condemnation proceeds, Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

23.

Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier), reputable overnight courier, or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission, or by email, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given upon delivery or rejection of the same. 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24.

Waivers.

(a) No waiver by either party Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by the other party Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s or Lessee’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s or Lessee’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by the first party Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

 

25.

Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

 

  

PAGE 21 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Holdover Base Rent shall be calculated on monthly basis. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30.

Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder thereafter arising and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

 

  

PAGE 22 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


30.4 Self-Executing. Except as otherwise provided herein, the The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse at attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior 48 hours prior written notice (which shall include e-mail) for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of or access to the Premises or parking and provided that Lessor shall reasonably schedule any such entries with Lessee. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessee shall be entitled to install interior and exterior signage, including but not limited to monument signage and building signage. All signage must comply with all Applicable Requirements and is subject to Lessor’s prior approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Lessee’s signage shall be at the sole cost and expense of Lessee. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Lessee shall be obligated to remove Lessee’s signage, including but not limited to, any lettering or logo provided however Lessee shall not be obligated to remove any permanently installed existing or Lessee constructed monument sign (only lettering and logos shall be removed). Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. All requests for consent shall be in writing. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, not shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

37.

Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

 

 

  

PAGE 23 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease within all applicable notice and cure periods, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39.

Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof),or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of or access to the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

43.

Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

 

  

PAGE 24 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, decrease Lessee’s rights hereunder or increase Lessee’s monetary obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease

☐ is ☒ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises:

☒ Have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Note: A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.

☐ Have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential.

☐ Have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential except as necessary to complete repairs and corrections of violations of construction related accessibility standards.

In the event that the Premises have been issued an inspection report by a CASp the Lessor shall provide a copy of the disability access inspection certificate to Lessee within 7 days of the execution of this Lease.

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and other state and local accessibility statutes are dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in compliance with ADA or other accessibility statutes, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

 

  

PAGE 25 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: Carpinteria    Executed at: Carpinteria
On: November 6, 2017    On: November 6, 2017
By LESSOR:    By LESSEE:
6267 Carp Ave LLC, a California limited partnership    Procore Technologies, Inc. a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Victor Schaff                                                                                By: /s/ Craig F. Courtemanche                                                       
Name Printed: Victor Schaff    Name Printed: Craig F. Courtemanche
Title: President    Title: Chief Executive Officer
By:                                                                                                          By: /s/ Robert B. Reed, III                                                             
Name Printed:                                                                                         Name Printed: Robert B. Reed, III
Title:                                                                                                        Title: Secretary
Address: 6155 Carpinteria Avenue Carpinteria, CA 93013    Address: 6309 Carpinteria Avenue Carpinteria, CA 93013
                                                                                                               

with copy to Legal Department as follows:

[***]@procore.com

Facsimile: 866-281-2906

Telephone: (805) 684-0436
Facsimile: (            )                                                                            
Email: victorschaff@ssseeds.com    Telephone: (805) 755-4059
Email: robinstorey@gmail.com    Facsimile: (    )                                                                                  
Federal ID No.                                                                                        Email: [***]@procore.com
   Email: [***]@procore.com
   Federal ID No. 73-1636261
BROKER:    BROKER:
                                                                                                                 Cresa Los Angles
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
Attn:                                                                                                         Attn: Carlo Brignardello
Title:                                                                                                         Title: Principal
Address:                                                                                                   Address: 21820 Burbank Blvd, Suite 150
                                                                                                                 Woodland Hills, CA 91367
Telephone: (            )                                                                               Telephone: (310) 207-1700
Facsimile: (            )                                                                                Facsimile: (    )                                                                                  
Email:                                                                                                      Email: cbrignardello@cresa.com
Federal ID No.                                                                                         Federal ID No.                                                                                
Broker/Agent DRE License #:                                                               Broker/Agent DRE License #:                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

©Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 26 OF 26

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-25-12/16E


LOGO

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    November 1, 2017
By and Between (Lessor)    6267 Carp Ave, LLC, a California limited
  

liability company

 

(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
  

Corporation

 

Address of Premises:    6267 Carpinteria Ave., Carpinteria CA 93013

Paragraph 50

 

A.

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty-month (60) month period(s) (each an “Extended Term”) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least six (6) but not more than months prior to the date that the Extended Term option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On                 (Fil                                                              l                                     in                             COLA                                 Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

 

 

All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 4

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ☐ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s))                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing; to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☐ broker (“Consultant” check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

On the first day of the first month of each Extended Term pursuant to an Option, the Base Rent shall be adjust to the “Market Rental Value” of the Premises (as defined below) as follows: Within fifteen (15) days following Lessor’s receipt of Lessee’s written notice exercising its Option, Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of its determination for the Extended Term of the Market Rental Value. Lessee shall have fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice within which to notify Lessor in writing if Lessee disagrees with such determination, and, if so, such notice from Lessee shall explain in reasonable detail the reasons for its disagreement. Should Lessee fail to so notify Lessor in writing of its disagreement within said fifteen (15) day period, then the Market Rental Value determined by Lessor shall be deemed accepted by Lessee as the Market Rental Value for the Extended Term. Should Lessee notify Lessor in writing that it disagrees with Lessor’s determination of the Market Rental Value within said fifteen (15) day period, and if Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon such Market Rental Value for the Premises within the next ensuing thirty (30) days (the “Negotiation Period”), then such Market Rental Value shall be determined by the arbitration procedures set forth below. In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on the Market Rental Value of the Premises prior to the expiration of the Negotiation Period, then Lessor and Lessee shall, within ten (10) business days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, each appoint one (1) arbitrator who shall (i) by profession be a licensed commercial real estate broker or an MAI real estate appraiser and (ii) have been active (over the five

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 4

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


(5) year period ending on the date of such appointment) in the brokering or appraising of real property comparable to the Premises in Carpinteria, California. If either Lessor or Lessee does not appoint an arbitrator, the single arbitrator appointed shall be the sole arbitrator and shall establish the then Market Value of the Premises. Within ten (10) days after the second arbitrator has been appointed, the two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator who meets the qualifications set forth above and shall not have been active in any capacity for either Lessor or Lessee in the five (5) year period immediately preceding the selection of the third arbitrator. If they are unable to agree on the third arbitrator, either Lessor or Lessee, by giving ten (10) days prior written notice to the other, can apply to the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Santa Barbara County for the selection of a third arbitrator who meets the qualifications set forth above. Each party shall bear the cost of the arbitrator that it appoints and one-half the cost of the third arbitrator. Any other costs of the arbitration shall be borne by Lessor and Lessee equally. The arbitrators shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator, each reach a decision as to the Market Rental Value of the Premises for the applicable Extended Term within such (30) day period. Upon such determination by the 3 arbitrators, the Market Rental Value determinations of the three (3) arbitrators shall be added together and total divided by 3 and the resulting quotient shall be the Market Rental Value of the Premises for the applicable Extended Term. However, if the lowest Market Rental Value determination of an arbitrator is more than ten percent (10%) lower than the middle Market Rental Value determination, such lowest determination shall be disregarded, and if the highest Market Rental Value determination is more than ten percent (10%) higher than the middle Market Rental Value determination, such highest determination shall be disregarded. If only one (1) Market Rental Value determination is disregarded, the remaining two (2) determinations shall be added together and the total divided by 2 and the resulting quotient shall be the Market Rental Value of the Premises for the applicable extended term. If both the lowest and the highest Market Rental Value determinations are disregarded, the middle Market Rental Value determination shall be the Market Rental Value of the Premises for the applicable Extended Term.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new Market Rental Value MRV shall not be less than the monthly Base Rent immediately preceding the commencement of the Extended Term the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new Base Rent included in the Market Rental Value MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the new Base Rent included in the Market Rental Value shall be subject to the annual adjustment called for in Paragraph 51 (Rent Adjustments).

3) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

c. As used herein, “Market Rental Value” shall mean the Base Rent for the Premises that a ready and willing lessee would pay as the commencement of the Extended Term to a ready and willing lessor of the Premises if the Premises were exposed for lease on the open market for a reasonable period of time and taking into account all of the purposes for which the Premises may be used (inclusive of base rental rate and any increases, operating charges, tenant improvement allowances, and any other monetary consideration concessions provided other landlords) in comparable space, in comparable buildings in Carpinteria, CA.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 4

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):                           The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

B.

NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any rental adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C.

BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017 Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 4 OF 4

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    November 1, 2017
By and Between (Lessor)    6267 Carp Ave, LLC, a California limited
   liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
   Corporation
Address of Premises:    6267 Carpinteria Ave
   Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 51

 

A.

RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             , the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              . All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ☐ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):                                                                  . The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)):                                                                         the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☐ broker (“Consultant” – check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e., the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new ‘Base Month’ for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased on the 13th month following the Commencement Date, and annually thereafter, including any Extended Term pursuant to an Option, by three percent (3%) so the monthly Base Rent each year after such adjustment is 3% more than the Base Rent for the month immediately preceding such adjustments. to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):                           The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


B.

NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C.

BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

EXHIBIT B

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

AIR Commercial Real Estate Association

 

By and Between (Lessor)    6267 Carp Ave, LLC, a California limited liability company
And (Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Address of Premises:    6267 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, California 93013

THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of November 30, 2017 by and between 6267 Carp Ave, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”).

Recitals:

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Lease, dated for reference purposes a November 1, 2017 (this “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) commonly known as 6267 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, California.

Lessee is now in possession of the Premises and the Term of the Lease has commenced.

Lessor and Lessee desire to enter into this Memorandum confirming the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and other matters under the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

1. The actual Commencement Date is TBD.

2. The actual Expiration Date is March 31, 2027.

3. The Base Rent shall be adjusted on the dates indicated as follows: the 13th month following the Commencement Date, pursuant to paragraph 53, Rent Adjustment(s) of the Agreement, (strike if not applicable)

4. Other:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               (Strike if not applicable)

5. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

By LESSOR:                       By LESSEE:
6267 Carp Ave LLC, a California limited Liability company      Procore Technologies, Inc. a Delaware corporation
    
By:                                                                                        By:                                                                                  
Name Printed: Victor Echaff      Name Printed: Craig F. Courtemanche
Title: President      Title: President
By:                                                                                        By:                                                                                  
Name Printed:                                                                       Name Printed: Robert Reed
Title:                                                                                   Title: Secretary
                                                                                                Address:                                                                         
Address:                                                                               

                                                                                        

                                                                                               

Telephone: (    )                                                             

Telephone: (            )                                                           

Facsimile: (    )                                                               

Facsimile: (            )                                                            

Federal ID No: (    )                                                       

Federal ID No: (            )                                                     

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 1

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2006 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM CDM-1-010/12E


ADDENDUM TO LEASE

This Addendum is attached to and forms a part of that certain Standard Industrial/ Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease- Net dated for reference purposes November l, 2017 by and between 6267 CARP AVE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”), and PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”). The Standard Industrial Lease is hereby amended (and as amended is hereinafter referred to as “this Lease”), as set forth below. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the printed form lease and this Addendum, the terms and provisions of this Addendum shall control. Unless otherwise defined in this Addendum, the capitalized terms used in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as set forth in the printed form lease.

 

52.

Recapture Condition.

The Building and Premises are currently leased to Venoco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Venoco”), under the terms of a lease between Lessor and Venoco (the “Venoco Lease”). This Lease and the Parties rights and obligations hereunder are subject to the rejection by Venoco of the Venoco Lease in connection with its bankruptcy filing (In re Venoco, et al., U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, Case No. 17-10828 (KG) and Lessor’s recovery and recapture of possession of the Premises (collectively the ‘‘Recapture Condition”). If the Recapture Condition has not occurred on or before August 13, 2018 (the “Recapture Outside Date”), either party may terminate this Lease by providing written notice of termination to the other Party, in which case all funds previously paid by Lessee to Lessor shall be returned and neither party shall have any further obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if neither Party has terminated the Lease after the Recapture Outside Date and the Recapture Condition subsequently occurs before any such termination, then neither party may terminate this Lease pursuant to the right contained herein and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and the right to terminate as provided herein shall be deemed waived by the Parties.

 

53.

Other Leases and Subleases

 

  53.1

Lessor had entered into an Option and Building and Rooftop Lease Agreement dated March 20, 2016 with GTE Mobilenet of Santa Barbara Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, d/b/a Verizon Wireless as lessee (the “Verizon Lease”). Venoco has entered into the following subleases for the Premises: (i) Sublease dated August 26, 2016 (the “Starr Aviation Sublease”) by and between Venoco as sublessor and International Aerospace Insurance Services, Inc., a California corporation (“Starr Aviation”), as sublessee for Suite 101 (the “Starr Aviation Premises”); and (ii) Sublease dated September 2, 2015 by and between Venoco as Sublessor and Lessee as Sublessee for Suite 102 and Sublease dated March 9, 2016, by and between Venoco as Sublessor and Lessee as Sublessee for Suite 250 (collectively, the “Procore Sublease”). Exhibit A-2 attached hereto depicts the areas leased and occupied by Venoco under the Venoco Lease, and the Starr Aviation Premises subleased by Starr Aviation under the Starr Aviation Sublease, and by Lessee under the Procore Sublease.

 

1


  53.2

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, on the Commencement Date, the premises in connection with the Procore Sublease shall become part of the Premises and (ii) the Procore Sublease shall become a direct lease between Lessor and Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease, provided, however, Lessor shall have no obligation for any obligations or defaults under the Procore Sublease for the period prior to the Delivery Date; provided further, however, that Lessor shall assume all of Venoco’s responsibilities under and be bound by the provisions of the Procore Sublease from the Delivery Date through the Commencement Date, and Lessee as the “Subtenant” under the Procore Sublease shall continue to be bound by the terms of the Procore Sublease, including the obligations to pay rent and common area operating expenses as provided therein, for the period from the Delivery Date to the Commencement Date. Commencing on the Commencement Date, the Procore Sublease shall terminate automatically and the premises subject to the Procore Sublease shall become part of the Premises as set forth above and shall be governed by the Lease.

 

  53.3

Lessor shall in its sole but good faith discretion endeavor to exercise its rights under the Starr Aviation Sublease and the Venoco Lease to terminate such Sublease, in which case the Starr Aviation Premises shall become part of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an agreement with Starr Aviation (a “Transition Agreement”) to allow Starr Aviation to remain in possession of the Starr Aviation Premises for a period not to exceed 120 days (the “Transition Agreement Period”) after Lessor has recovered the Premises pursuant to the Recapture Condition. If (a) after the Recapture Condition, Lessor and Starr Aviation fail to enter into a Transition Agreement and Starr Aviation fails to vacate the Starr Aviation Premises voluntarily, or (b) Starr Aviation fails to vacate the Starr Aviation Premises on or before the Transition Agreement Period, Lessor, prior to the Commencement Date (or within 5 business days of the Commencement Date if the Transition Agreement Period ends on the Commencement Date), shall commence an unlawful detainer action. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the failure of the Lessor to cause the termination of the Star Aviation Sublease shall not be a default of Lessor hereunder. So long as Starr Aviation continues to occupy the Starr Aviation Premises, the parking delivered to Lessee shall be reduced by the parking Starr Aviation is entitled to under the Starr Aviation Sublease or any Transition Agreement and Starr Aviation shall be entitled to use the Common Areas together with Lessee to the extent contemplated by the Starr Aviation Sublease or any Transition Agreement. Until the Starr Aviation Premises Rent Commencement Date (as defined below), the Base Rent shall be reduced by $17,471.41 per month and the Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be reduced to 81.3%. On the Starr Aviation Premises Rent Commencement Date, the Base Rent shall be as provided in Paragraph 1.5 (i.e. $99,362.25) and the Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be as provided in Paragraph 1.6 (i.e. 100%). As used herein, the Starr Aviation Premises Rent Commencement Date shall be 120 days after the Starr Aviation

 

2


  Premises are recovered by Lessor and turned over to Lessee in the condition required under Paragraph 2.2 of this Lease (the “Starr Aviation Premises Delivery Date”). Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of the Starr Aviation Premises Delivery Date and Lessee shall have 3 business days thereafter lo either approve or disapprove in writing the condition of the Premises regarding Lessor’s obligation to deliver the Premises in broom clean condition and free debris, and as required under Paragraph 2.2, and if Lessee disapproves such condition, it must include the reasons why the Starr Aviation Premises fail to be in the condition called for under Paragraph 2.2. Lessee’s failure to disapprove said condition within such 3 business day period shall be deemed to be Lessee’s approval that the condition of the Starr Aviation Premises are as called for under Paragraph 2.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee’s approval or disapproval of the condition of the Starr Aviation Premises upon delivery to Lessee shall in no event (i) reduce Lessee’s rights under Lease including Paragraph 2.2, (ii) release Lessor from any of Lessor’s obligation to repair and maintain under the Lease, and/or (iii) release Lessor from Lessor’s representations and warranties set forth in the Lease including Paragraph 2.2.

 

54.

Delivery Date; Commencement Date; Commencement of Payment of Base Rent.

 

  54.1

Delivery Date.

Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee on the “Delivery Date”, subject to the Verizon Lease, Starr Aviation Sublease and Procore Sublease. As used herein, the “Delivery Date” shall mean the soonest date after the satisfaction of the Recapture Condition in which the Lessor can deliver the Premises to Lessee in the condition called for under Paragraph 2.2 of this Lease. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of the Delivery Date and Lessee shall have 3 business days thereafter to either approve or disapprove in writing the condition of the Premises which shall be in a condition as required under the Lease and if it disapproves such condition, it must include the reasons why the Premises fail to be in the condition called for under Paragraph 2.2. Lessee’s failure to disapprove within such 3 business day period shall be deemed to be Lessee’s approval that the condition of the Premises are as called for under Paragraph 2.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee’s approval or disapproval of the condition of the Premises upon delivery to Lessee shall in no event (i) reduce Lessee’s rights under Lease including Paragraph 2.2, (ii) release Lessor from any of Lessor’s obligation to repair and maintain under the Lease, and/or (iii) release Lessor from Lessor’s representations and warranties set forth in the Lease including Paragraph 2.2.

 

54.2

Commencement Date; Term

The Commencement Date under this Lease shall be the earlier of (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after the Delivery Date, subject to Lessor Delays and Force Majeure Delays, and (ii) the date Lessee commences business at the Premises (not including the space subject to the Procore Sublease). Lessor and Lessee shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B setting forth the exact date of the Commencement Date; provided, however, the failure to do so shall not otherwise modify the Commencement Date. The “Term” of the Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and end at 11:59 p.m. on the March 31, 2027 (the “Expiration Date”). The Commencement Date shall be subject to any

 

3


Force Majeure Delays and Lessor Delays (as defined below) in connection with the (a) Lessee taking possession of the Premises, or with completion of the Lessee Improvements (as defined below) or (b) any delay in the completion of the Lessee Improvements attributable to the Lessor’s Work, in which case there shall be a day for day extension of the Commencement Date for each day that Force Majeure or Lessor Delays or any delay in the completion of the Lessor’s Work, causes the delay of the completion of the Lessee Improvements.

 

55.

Rooftop Equipment

Lessee shall have the right to install telecommunication, satellites, antennas, HVAC units or other reasonable rooftop equipment required for Lessee’s business on the roof (“Rooftop Equipment”). Rooftop Equipment shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, shall be screened, shall be subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be subject to Paragraph 7.3 of the Lease. Any penetration of the room membrane by the Rooftop Equipment shall require the prior consent written consent of Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. It shall be reasonable for Lessor to disapprove any Rooftop Equipment that interferes with the equipment maintained under the terms of the Verizon Lease. The installation, maintenance and repair of any such Rooftop Equipment shall be at the sole cost and expense to Lessee, but shall be otherwise free of charge. Any damage to the roof due to the Rooftop Equipment shall be performed by Lessor but shall be at Lessee’s sole cost and expense based on actual costs incurred.

Upon expiration of the Lease, Lessee shall be obligated to remove the Rooftop Equipment, with the exception of any Lessee installed HVAC unit(s), and seal and restore any roof penetrations to the condition prior to installation of the Rooftop Equipment. Notwithstanding contained herein, in no event shall Lessee’s Rooftop Equipment interfere with Lessor’s existing rooftop equipment or with Lessor’s obligations under the Verizon Lease and in the event of any such interference, Lessee shall immediately cease using the equipment causing such interference and the failure to do so shall be a Breach hereunder.

Except for the limited rights contained herein, Lessee shall have no other rights to the roof of the Building. Subject to the Verizon Lease, Lessor agrees that it will not install any sign on the roof of the Building or install any equipment on the roof of the Building that will interfere with the Roof Equipment.

 

56.

Generator.

Lessee shall have the right, at no additional fee or charge, to install a generator (up to 500 KW, including a reasonable diesel tank or propane storage, if a gas line is not available and an electrical conduit from the generator to an area designated by the Lessee) (collectively the “Generator”) in the exterior common areas of the Building at Lessee’s sole cost and expense and in an area reasonably approved by Lessor. The Generator shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, shall be screened, and shall be subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall be subject to Paragraph 7.3 of the Lease. It shall be reasonable for Lessor to disapprove any underground fuel tanks used

 

4


in connection with the Generator. In no event shall the Generator reduce the number of parking spaces within the Project. Lessee shall not be obligated to remove the Generator upon expiration of this Agreement provided at the time of the Lease expires the Generator is in good working order, condition and repair; provided however, if it is not in good working order, condition or repair, then Lessor shall have the right to require Lessee to remove it pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 7.4(c).

 

57.

Fiber Optics/Internet Connectivity

Lessee, at no additional charge to Lessee, shall have (i) the right use the existing Building’s risers and/or install additional risers for Lessee’s cabling, and (ii) reasonable access to all areas within the Building, including the Building’s MPOE (main point of entry), to install the required infrastructure to service Lessee’s IT and telecommunications requirements; provided, however such any such installation shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.3. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with all Applicable Requirements, Tenant shall be permitted, at its sole cost and expense, to contract with any telecommunications and/or internet provider(s) of its choice to provide telecommunications and/or internet service to the Premises and, subject to Paragraph 55 above, to place telecommunications systems on the roof of the Building and Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate in granting such providers access to the Building and Project.

 

58.

Lessee Improvements.

 

  58.1

Generally.

Lessee shall have the right to construct the tenant improvements in the Premises that are considered typical office improvements, subject to Lessor’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned (the “Lessee Improvements”), at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, subject to the Lessor’s obligations to pay the Allowance.

 

  58.2

Lessee Improvement Allowance.

 

  58.2.1.

Amount of Allowance.

Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance of $1,783,425.00 [$35.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises) (the “Allowance”) and may be used for design and construction, architectural fees, legal fees, consulting fees, project management fees, engineering services, mechanical and electrical services, construction management, information technology, and building permits as the foregoing relate to the Lessee Improvements.

 

  58.2.2.

Disbursements from Allowance.

Upon completion of the Lessee Improvements, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of the invoices from the licensed general contractor or subcontractor performing the Lessee Improvements, unconditional lien releases upon final payment pursuant to Civil Code Section 8138 from that contractor and its sub-contractors for the Lessee Improvements for which payment is being sought, a written certificate from Lessee’s architect or interior designer

 

5


certifying the completion of the Lessee Improvements and a copy of Lessee’s Certificate of Occupancy or its legal equivalent allowing legal occupancy. If such documents are submitted and provided there is no then existing and/or uncured event of Default or Breach under the Lease by Lessee, the Lessor shall disburse to Lessee “in equal amounts over the Original Term of the Lease, the Allowance commencing on the Commencement Date, and annually thereafter on the anniversary of the Commencement Date (Example: Allowance $1,783,425.00 divided by Nine (9) years, annual disbursements would equal $198,158.33 per year) (the “Annual Disbursement”). In the event that there is an existing and/or uncured event of Default or Breach by Lessee under the Lease at the time any Annual Disbursement is due, Lessor shall have no obligation to make such Annual Disbursement until such Default or Breach has been cured. Furthermore, Lessor shall have no obligation to the first Annual Disbursement until the Lessee Improvements are substantially completed and the documents required above are submitted.

To the extent that Lessee has not completed Lessee Improvements in the Premises which amount to the Allowance within twenty-four (24) months after the Commencement Date, such remaining amount of the Allowance shall be retained by the Lessor and shall not be refunded to Lessee or be available to Lessee as a credit against any obligations of Lessee under the Lease.

At Lessor’s option and instead of disbursing the Annual Disbursements to Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to cause Lessee to offset monthly Base Rent payable to Lessor by an amount equal to the Annual Disbursement. Lessor shall notify Lessee of its election in writing not less than 15 business days prior to any disbursement of the Annual Disbursement. Lessor shall have the right to discontinue such offset at any time by providing Lessee with 15 business days prior written notice to Lessee in which case Lessor shall resume disbursing the Annual Disbursement. By way of example, and not limitation, if Lessor elects such option commencing on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and assuming monthly Base Rent is then $102,343 (i.e. 103% of the previous year’s rent), then Lessee would offset all of the Base Rent payable in the first month of the second lease year (i.e. $102,343) and $95,815.47 of the Base Rent payable in the second month of the second lease year and would be obligated to pay $6,527.53 ($102,343 - $95,8145.47= $6,527.53).

 

  58.3

Preparation of Lessee Improvement Preliminary Plans.

Lessee shall provide Lessor with a space plan and/or preliminary drawings and documents prepared by Lessee which shall be subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval, showing general description, basic elements and conceptual layout of the Lessee Improvements (the “Lessee Improvement Preliminary Plans”). Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Lessee shall not be permitted to make any modifications to the existing perimeter walls that separate the Premises from the Common Areas. Such walls shall remain in place, provided, however, that Lessee shall be allowed to create openings in said walls. Refer to Exhibit A attached hereto, the walls that shall remain are the walls highlighted in red that encapsulate the portion of the Building in “white”; provided, however, Lessee shall be allowed to remove these walls as part of Lessee Improvements, subject to Lessee restoring any removed walls to their original location and condition at the Expiration Date of the Lease.

 

6


  58.4

Preparation of Lessee Improvement Construction Plans.

Based on the Lessee Improvement Preliminary Plans, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor construction drawings consisting of all drawings, plans and specifications in order to construct the Lessee Improvements (the “Lessee Improvement Construction Plans”). Lessee, subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval, which shall be granted or denied within seven (7) business days, shall have the right to select its own architect for the preparation of any space planning and/or construction documents, including the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans. Lessor shall approve such Lessee Improvement Construction Plans or specify with particularity its objection thereto within 7 business days following receipt thereof. Failure to approve or disapprove within said 7 business day period of time shall constitute approval thereof. In the event that Lessor requests changes to the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans, Lessor and Lessee shall meet to resolve such request; provided that, in the event Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree within 7 business days after Lessor requests such changes, then the issues which the parties are unable to agree upon shall be determined by Lessor’s Architect. Upon completion of the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans, Lessee shall obtain any and all necessary approvals to the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans from the City of Carpinteria and any other governmental agencies with jurisdiction, and after such approval, a copy of such approved Lessee Improvement Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by parties.

In the event that Lessee requests any changes to the Lessee’s construction drawings, including the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans, Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any such changes, and shall respond to such changes within five (5) business days after Lessor’s receipt of same.

In the event that, prior to the Commencement Date, the Premises is determined to contain Hazardous Substances, upon written notification from Lessee to Lessor, Lessor shall remove, encapsulate, contain or otherwise dispose of such Hazardous Substances as required by Applicable Requirements as soon as commercially reasonable thereafter.

Force Majeure Delay. The term “Force Majeure Delay” shall mean any delay in the substantial completion of the Lessee Improvements which is attributable to any: (1) actual delay or failure to perform attributable to any strike, lockout or other labor or industrial disturbance (whether or not on the part of the employees of Lessee), civil disturbance, future order claiming jurisdiction, act of the public enemy, war, riot, sabotage, blockade, embargo, inability to secure customary materials, supplies or labor through ordinary sources by reason of regulation or order of any government or regulatory body; or (2) delay attributable to lightning, earthquake, fire, storm, hurricane, tornado, flood, washout, explosion, or any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of Lessee, or any of its contractors or other representatives.

Lessor Delay. The term “Lessor Delay” shall mean any delay in the substantial completion of the Lessee Improvements which is due to any act or omission of Lessor (wrongful, negligent or otherwise), its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, or licensees (including acts or omissions while acting as agent, employee, contractor or subcontractor for Lessee). The term Lessor Delay shall include, but shall not be limited to any: (1) delay in the giving of authorizations or approvals by Lessor within the time periods specified in this Lease, if specified, or otherwise, an unreasonable delay; (2) unreasonable delay attributable to the acts or

 

7


failures to act, whether willful, negligent or otherwise, of Lessor, its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors or licensees where such acts or failures to act delay the substantial completion of the Lessee Improvements in the Premises; (3) delay attributable to the failure or refusal of Lessor or any of its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors or licensees to permit Lessee, its agents, employees, contractors, or subcontractors access to and use of the Building or any Building facilities or services, including loading docks, which access and use are required for the orderly and continuous performance of the work necessary to complete the Lessee Improvements; (4) omitted; and (5) any delay caused in the substantial completion of the Lessee Improvements resulting from the discovery of Hazardous Substances in the Building (excluding any groundwater and/or soil contamination or the like) which are discovered or are otherwise disturbed by Lessee during the construction of the Lessee Improvements which Lessor is obligated to clean-up at its cost.

 

  58.5

Construction Contract for Lessee Improvements.

Upon the parties’ approval of the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans, Lessee shall negotiate a construction contract for the construction of the Lessee Improvements (the “Lessee Improvement Construction Contract”) with a general contractor which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lessor, which consent shall be granted or denied within five (5) business days.

 

  58.6

Construction of Lessee Improvements.

 

  58.6.1.

General Requirements.

The Lessee Improvements shall be constructed in compliance with the following conditions:

(a) All such work shall be done in conformity with (i) the final approved Lessee Improvement Construction Plans, (ii) all Applicable Requirements, and (iii) valid building permits and other authorizations from appropriate governmental agencies. Lessee shall furnish copies of all such permits to Lessor prior to commencing work and shall construct the Lessee Improvements in compliance with all conditions therein. All work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion of the Lessee Improvements furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications therefor in Auto CAD format. Any work not acceptable to the appropriate governmental agencies or not reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, shall be promptly replaced at Lessee’s expense. All contractors and subcontractors retained by Lessee shall be bondable, licensed contractors, possessing good labor relations and capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Lessor’s general contractor and other contractors on the Premises but Lessee’s contractor and subcontractor shall not be required to be union.

(b) Lessee and Lessee’s contractors shall abide by all safety and construction rules and regulations of Lessor and any governmental entity having jurisdiction over the Premises, and all work and deliveries shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease including, without limitation, provisions in the Lease governing Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations in Paragraph 7.3. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease, all Lessee’s materials, work, and installations of any nature brought upon or installed in the Premises shall be at Lessee’s risk, and neither Lessor nor any party acting on Lessor’s behalf shall be responsible for any damage thereto or loss or destruction thereof.

 

8


(c) Omitted.

(d) Lessee’s Work shall be subject to the general inspection and approval of Lessor and Lessor’s Architect and general contractor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(e) Before any work is commenced or any contractor’s equipment is moved onto any part of the Premises, Lessee’s contractors shall deliver to Lessor certificates evidencing the following types of insurance coverage in the following minimum amounts, which policies shall be issued by companies with a rating of at least A-, VII as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, shall be maintained by Lessee’s general contractor at all times during the performance of Lessee’s work, and which shall name Lessor and any other persons having an interest in the Premises as additional insureds as their interest may appear:

 

  (1)  

Workers’ Compensation

    State:    Statutory
    Applicable Federal:    Statutory
    Employer’s Liability:    $1,000,000
    Benefits Required by Union Labor Contracts: As applicable
  (2)  

Comprehensive General Liability (Including Premises - Operations; Independent Contractors’ Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage):

    Bodily Injury:    $2,000,000 Bach Occurrence
       $5,000,000 Aggregate and Products
       $5,000,000 Completed Operations
    Property Damage:    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
       $5,000,000 Aggregate
       Include X, C and U hazards
    Contractual Liability    (Hold Harmless Coverage):
    Bodily Injury:    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
    Property Damage:    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
       $5,000,000 Aggregate
    Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted; $5,000,000 aggregate
  (3)  

Comprehensive Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired):

    Bodily Injury: $2,000,000 Each Person
       $2,000,000 Each Accident
    Property Damage:    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence

(4) Builder’s risk insurance, in an amount not less than 100% of the cost of the Lessee Improvements being performed by Lessee’s contractor.

 

9


(f) Lessee shall pay when due (or bond over) all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility.

(g) On the completion of the Lessee Improvements, Lessor’s Architect and/ or contractor shall inspect the Premises, and shall confirm that the Lessee has satisfactorily completed the work as contemplated by the Lessee Improvement Construction Plans and hereunder.

(h) Lessee shall furnish Lessor with customary California statutory unconditional waivers of liens from all persons who have performed labor or supplied materials in connection with the Lessee Work, showing that they have been compensated in full.

(i) Lessee shall not be charged a construction management fee or supervision fee, or any charges for electricity, parking, elevator use, loading dock use, trash (with the exception such trash is not related to Lessee’s construction refuse), or similar charges, for any of the Lessee’s Work. Lessor shall provide at no charge to Lessee HVAC, electricity, water and washroom usage prior to the Commencement Date.

Lessor, in addition to and separate from the Allowance and in connection with the construction of the Lessee Improvements by Lessee, shall be responsible for any costs associated with (i) any latent defects in the. Building systems and shell & core, (ii) the removal or encapsulation of any hazardous materials and (iii) shall deliver the HVAC, plumbing and electrical systems servicing the Premises in good working order (collectively the “Lessor’s Work”).

 

59.

Intentionally Deleted.

 

60.

Assignment and Subletting.

 

  60.1

Paragraph 12.1 (Lessor’s Consent Required) is hereby amended by adding a new subparagraph (h) which reads in full as follows:

“(h) Subject to and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 12.(c), neither (i) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises (A) to an entity which is controlled by, controls or is under common control with Lessee, (B) omitted, or (C) to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of Lessee, nor (ii) a transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, in connection with the merger,

 

10


consolidation or other reorganization of Lessee or of an entity which is controlled by, controls or is under common control with Lessee (or a valid assignee of this Lease), shall be subject to the Lessor’s consent or the payment of a “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in Paragraph 60.2 below (collectively, such entities, purchasers, and parties shall be referred to herein collectively or individually as an “Affiliate”); provided, however, no sublease or assignment to an Affiliate shall release the Lessee named herein from any liability under this Lease. Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor of any such assignment, purchase, transfer, sublease, action, or use. For the avoidance of doubt, the conditions provided for in Paragraph 12.1(c) shall apply to any transfer to an Affiliate and if any of the foregoing transactions results in the reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 15%, such transaction shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. For purposes of this Lease, “control” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, or majority ownership of any sort, whether though the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The initial public offering or subsequent trading of any of Lessee’ shares or other ownership interests on any public securities exchange shall not be deemed an assignment and shall in no event require Lessor’s consent.

 

  60.2

If Lessor consents to a sublease or assignment, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Lessee shall pay to Lessor fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined below, received by Lessee from such sublessee or assignee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent and other rental monies payable by such sublessee or assignee in excess of the rent payable by Lessee under this Lease, on a per square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Lessee for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises or improvement or decorating allowances or other ‘‘out-of-pocket” monetary concessions, in connection with the sublease or assignment, (ii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the sublease or assignment, and (iii) reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with the sublease or assignment (collectively, the “Subleasing Costs”). Lessee shall provide Lessor with a calculation of the Transfer Premium, together with all applicable back-up reasonably required by Lessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may convey, in connection with the sublease or assignment, but pursuant to a separate legally binding agreement, the Lessee’s assets, business and trade fixtures, inventory, equipment or furniture or other Lessee’s property to the extent paid for by Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to retain any and all consideration received in connection with such conveyance. No Transfer Premium shall be due to Lessor unless and until Lessee has received one hundred percent (100%) of the Subleasing Costs.

 

61.

Additional Lessor Obligations.

 

  61.1

Lessor shall provide Lessee on or prior to October 31, 2017, an HVAC report prepared by an HVAC service company which states that the HVAC system is good working order and condition. Lessee shall be entitled to use HVAC service for all or any portion of the Premises at all times.

 

11


62.

Other Matters

 

  62.1

The Parties hereby agree that there shall be no press releases or other publicity originated by the Parties hereto, or any representatives thereof, concerning the Lease transaction, without the prior consent of both Parties.

 

  62.2

Lessee shall have the right to use the name and image of the Building in Lessee’s advertising, website and/or other business-related publications.

 

63.

Parking.

 

  63.1

Lessee shall have the right to mark up to ten (10) parking spaces as reserved spaces for Lessee’s employees and/or visitors.

 

  63.2

Lessee, at Lessee’s sole cost, expense and option, and subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval and a mutually agreed location, shall have the right to install in the parking area during the Term up to three (3) dual charging stations for electrical vehicles.

 

  63.3

Lessee’s parking shall be free of charge during the Term and extensions thereof.

 

64.

Security.

Lessee, at Lessee’s sole cost, shall have the right to install a security system, including access panels and cameras, for the Premises and/or employ security personnel, subject to Lessor’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

65.

Real Property Taxes

There shall be included within the definition of “Real Property Taxes” with respect to any calendar year only the amount currently payable on bonds and assessments (which shall be paid in the maximum number of installments), including interest for such tax calendar year or the current annual installment for such calendar year. Tax refunds shall be credited against Real Property Taxes and refunded to Lessee, when received, based on the year to which the refund is applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Real Property Taxes shall not include (i) any excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Lessor’s general or net income (as opposed to rents or receipts), (ii) penalties incurred as a result of Lessor’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments of, and/or to file any tax or informational returns with respect to, any real property taxes or assessments, when due, or (iii) any other taxes or assessments charged or levied against Lessor which are not directly incurred as a result of the operation of the Premises. Lessee may, at its sole option, pursue claims for reductions in Real Property Taxes, in the name of Lessor, if necessary, and Lessor agrees to reasonably cooperate with Lessee in furtherance thereof. The reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Lessor in connection with the pursuit of such claims shall be paid by Lessee. Any tax refunds and/or savings achieved by Lessee or Lessor due to such tax challenge or which are otherwise applicable to the Lease Term shall be the sole property of Lessee.

 

12


66.

Premises

Lessee shall have access to the Premises and parking areas twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the Lease Term. Lessee’s rights to the Premises shall include the limited right to use and access the janitorial closet and the electrical and telephone rooms on the floors containing the Premises as reasonably necessary for Lessee’s effective and efficient use of the Premises. Lessee shall also be permitted to enter such areas to service its equipment. Lessee shall have the right to use, or access, any ceilings or space above the ceilings on the floors or walls containing the Premises to the extent necessary to service Lessee’s equipment in the Premises and to run wires, cables and other conduits to the Premises to the extent permitted by applicable laws. In addition, Lessee shall be allowed to use such space as necessary for providing utility services such as the installation of computer cable conduits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Lessee take any action in the Premises or the Building which may affect the base, shell and core of the Building or the Building’s systems or equipment, without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

67.

Taxes, Insurance & Common Area Maintenance

Lessor shall not collect or be entitled to collect from Lessee an amount in excess of Lessee’s Share of the Common Area Operating Expenses actually incurred by Lessor, and Lessor shall reduce the amount of the Common Area Operating Expenses by any refund or discount received by Lessor in connection with any expenses previously included in Common Area Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Common Area Operating Expenses shall not, however, include any of the following:

 

  (1)

bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts (except in connection with the financing of items which may be included in Common Area Operating Expenses) or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the Project;

 

  (2)

marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective lessees or other occupants of the Building or Project, including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenditures incurred in connection with disputes with present or prospective lessees or other occupants of the Building or Project;

 

  (3)

the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any lessee;

 

  (4)

costs of any items (including, without limitation, costs incurred by Lessor for the repair or damage to the Project or Building) to the extent Lessor receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds (such proceeds to be deducted from Common Area Operating Expenses in the year in which received) or from a third party (such proceeds to be credited to Common Area Operating Expenses in the year in which received, except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Common Area Operating Expenses);

 

13


  (5)

expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Lessee or for which Lessee is charged for directly but which are provided to another lessee or occupant of the Building or Project, without charge;

 

  (6)

costs incurred by Lessor due to the violation by Lessor or any lessee of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or Project;

 

  (7)

overhead and profit increment paid to Lessor or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Lessor for goods and/or services in the Building or Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

  (8)

Lessor’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

 

  (9)

advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of signs in or on the Building or Project identifying the owner of the Building or Project or other lessees’ signs;

 

  (10)

electric power costs except as supplied for the Common Areas or other utility costs for which any lessee directly contracts with the local public service company;

 

  (11)

tax penalties incurred as a result of Lessor’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments or file returns when due;

 

  (12)

costs arising from Lessor’s charitable or political contributions;

 

  (13)

costs necessitated by or resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, or any of its agents, employees or independent contractors;

 

  (14)

any ground lease rental;

 

  (15)

notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, including, without limitation, any provision relating to capital expenditures, cost arising from the presence of “Hazardous Substances” in or about the Building and the Project, except to the extent caused by Lessee, its agents, or employees.

 

  (16)

management fees in excess of four percent (4%) of gross revenues from the Building;

 

  (17)

costs of inspecting and correcting defects in the Building and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Building;

 

14


  (18)

depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor type equipment purchased by Lessor to enable Lessor to supply services Lessor might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life.

 

68.

Audit

After receipt of a statement by Lessee, if Lessee disputes the amount of additional rent set forth in the statement, Lessee or an independent certified public accountant designated by Lessee, may, after reasonable notice to Lessor and at reasonable times, inspect and photocopy Lessor’s records at Lessor’s offices in Southern California. If after such inspection, Lessee still disputes such additional rent, a certification as to the proper amount shall be made, at Lessee’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant mutually selected by Lessor and Lessee. If such certification proves that the Operating Expenses due set forth in the statement were overstated by more than 5%, then the cost of Lessee’s accountant and the cost of such certification shall be paid for by Lessor. Promptly following the parties receipt of such certification, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such certification, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date due until paid, in the case of payments by Lessee to Lessor, or from the date paid until reimbursed, in the case of reimbursements by Lessor to Lessee. Lessor shall be required to maintain records of all Operating Expenses set forth in each statement delivered to Lessee for a two (2) year period following Lessor’s delivery of the applicable statement. The payment by Lessee of any amounts pursuant to the Lease shall not preclude Lessee from questioning the correctness of any statement delivered by Lessor.

 

69.

Common Areas

Notwithstanding anything stated in the Lease, Lessor may not make changes to the Common Areas (including the parking areas) that would have a material adverse impact on (i) the visibility of Lessee’s signage; (ii) the access, including ingress and egress to the Premises or the parking area; (iii) the parking available to Lessee; or (iv) the operation of Lessee’s business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, Lessor shall not take any actions with respect to the Common Areas without the prior written consent of Lessee if any such action is likely to have a material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of or access to the Premises or parking facilities. In the event that any action taken by Lessor is likely to materially adversely affect Lessee’s use of or access to the Premises or parking facilities, Lessor shall provide Lessee with ten (10) business days prior notice of any such action by Lessor, except in the event of emergency, in which case Lessor shall give no notice or such notice as is appropriate under the circumstances; provided, however, Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disturbance or interference of Lessee with respect to the performance of any such work. Lessee shall approve or disapprove of such action as set forth in the notice within two (2) business days of its receipt of the same, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

15


70.

Rules & Regulations

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Lessor agrees that the Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations for the parking facilities shall not be (i) modified or enforced in any way by Lessor so as to unreasonably interfere with the permitted use set forth in the Lease or Lessee’s access to the Premises, Building or parking facilities, or (ii) discriminatorily enforced against Lessee. Lessor agrees that nothing in the Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations for the parking facilities shall be used to prohibit the conduct of any business from the Premises which Lessee is permitted to conduct.

 

71.

Surrender

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, upon the expiration of the term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Lessee may remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all furniture, non-built-in lighting fixtures, security systems, televisions, cabling for audio, video, telephone and communications and computer equipment, equipment, business and trade fixtures, cabinet work, movable partition systems (including doors and walls) and other articles of personal property owned by Lessee or installed or replaced by Lessee at its expense in the Premises and Lessee shall repair all reasonable damage to the Premises resulting from such removal.

 

72.

Insurance

Lessee may carry insurance under a so-called “blanket” policy, provided that such policy provides that the amount of insurance required thereunder shall not be prejudiced by their losses covered thereby.

[the remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the date first written above.

 

“Lessor”     “Lessee”
6267 CARP, LLC,     PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a California limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Victor W. Schaff

    By:  

/s/ Craig F. Courtemanche

  Victor W. Schaff, President       Craig F. Courtemanche, Chief Executive Officer
      By:  

/s/ Robert B. Reed, III

        Robert B. Reed, III, Secretary

 

17

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes only October 5, 2015, is made by and between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (“Lessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B, located in the City of Carpinteria, County of Santa Barbara, State of California, with zip code 93013, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): approximately 28,310 square feet of office space.

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: seventy-six (76) unreserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6 and Addendum)

1.3 Term: seven (7) years and zero (0) months (“Original Term”) commencing April 1, 2016 (“Commencement Date”) and ending March 31, 2023 (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing upon lease execution (“Early Possession Date”).

(See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $49,542.50 per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2016. (See also Paragraph 4)

☒ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50 and 51

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: thirty-two point sixty-one percent (32.61 %) (“Lessee’s Share”). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $49,542.50 for the period April 1-30, 2016.

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $10,191.60 for the period April 1-30, 2016

(c) Security Deposit: $0.00 (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $na for na.

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $59,734.10

 

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


1.8 Agreed Use: office. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

☒ Hayes Commercial Group represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”);

☒ Cresa Los Angeles represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”); or

                     represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached a separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of                  or             % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of                  or                  of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of                  or                 % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by na (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

☒ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 52 through 63.

☒ a site plan depicting the Premises (Exhibits A);

☒ a site plan depicting the Project (Exhibit B);

☒ a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project (Exhibit C);

☐ a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

☐ a Work Letter;

☒ other (specify); Paragraph 50 (Rent Adjustments), Paragraph 51 (Options to Extend), Exhibit D (ROFO Space), Exhibit E (Lessee Work Letter).

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty (30) days following the Start Date, or within thirty (30) days prior to the completion of Lessee Improvement by Lessee pursuant to Exhibit E attached hereto, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit and all Building systems servicing the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any asbestos, Hazardous Substances, mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be 12 months from the Commencement Date as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls - see Paragraph 7 and except as otherwise set forth in the Lease).

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date, including the ADA (“Applicable Requirements”). Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, except as otherwise provided in the Lease. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees, so long as such Rules and Regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform.

Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole reasonable discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways, provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, reasonably deemed to be appropriate provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Early Possession Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. Lessee shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses from the Early Possession Date through the Commencement Date. All other terms of this Lease shall be in effect during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, If if Lessee completes the construction of the Lessee Improvements and secures a certificate of occupancy or an equivalent certificate and totally or partially occupies the Premises and conducts its business prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses shall commence as if the Commencement Date had occurred. be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession or early Commencement Date shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Early Possession Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations under this Lease until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement

 

 

  

PAGE 4 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Beginning April 1, 2016, Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

 

 

  

PAGE 5 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, “Common Area Operating Expenses” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, any of the following:

(i) Expenses relating to any tenant improvements for a specific tenant at the Project;

(ii) Leasing commissions, attorney’s fees and costs, or other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Project, or in connection with any dispute with any tenant or other occupant of the Project;

(iii) Expenses of complying with any laws, rules, or regulations relating to Hazardous Substances, unless caused by Lessee;

(iv) Any administrative, overhead or property management expense to the extent they exceed 5% of all Rents collected;

(v) Debt service on any mortgages or other debt, or rent on any ground or underlying lease or other similar financing device;

(vi) Any depreciation on the Building, the Project or any portion thereof;

(vii) Costs of furnishing any item or service to other tenants in the Project;

(viii) Advertising, marketing or promotional expenses, or the costs of signs in or on the Building or Project identifying the owner thereof;

(ix) Any tax or similar fee (including, without limitation, any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment) other than Real Property Taxes;

(x) Any penalty or late charge resulting from any failure to pay Real Property Taxes prior to delinquency;

(xi) Cash contributions made gratuitously by Lessor to benefit political or charitable causes;

(xii) Any cost or expense for which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds; or

(xiii) Any cost or expense that is duplicative of another Common Area Operating Expense Item.”

(g) Lessor shall keep accurate and complete books and records that show all Common Area Operating Expenses that include, without limitation, invoices, receipts, canceled checks, and like matters. Lessor shall retain such books and records for at least three (3) years after the expiration of the calendar year to which they relate. Lessee or its designees shall have the right, within one (1) year of billing by Lessor, to review such books and records upon giving notice to Lessor of an intent to review such books and records at least fifteen (15) days prior to a mutually agreeable review date. If the audit discloses any error in the determination of the Common Area Operating Expenses, or in the allocation thereof, an appropriate adjustment shall be promptly made. Common Area Operating Expenses to be accounted for and billed substantially in accordance with Exhibit E in the 6309 Lease.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. See Addendum. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit

 

 

  

PAGE 6 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any related third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnity, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any related third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 7 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to such Requirements, without regard to whether said Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no case less than 24 hours) notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers (if any), pressure vessels (if any), fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair, normal wear and tear excepted.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts that Lessee is obligated to procure, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

 

  

PAGE 8 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Building and Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

 

  

PAGE 9 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any related third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value Insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

 

 

  

PAGE 10 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 11 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


8.10 Waiver of Consequential Damages. Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall be liable to the other (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under the other) for, and each hereby releases and waives any claims with respect to, any consequential damages arising under or in connection with this Lease, including but not limited to, lost profits and business interruption.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the

 

 

  

PAGE 12 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, (i) any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment, (ii) or any taxes or assessments applicable to any period outside the term of this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

 

  

PAGE 13 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


11. Utilities and Services. Upon the Early Possession Date, Lessee shall pay for Lessee’s Share of all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises if such utilities and services are not separately metered, and/or Lessee shall pay for any of the above utilities servicing the Premises exclusively that are separately metered, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. Upon the Early Possession Date, Lessee shall be responsible to provide its own janitorial services for the Premises, trash disposal and to pay for any internet, telephone or cable it desires.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor, as part of Lessor’s Demising Work (as defined below) shall provide a separate meter for the consumption of electricity in the Premises in connection with HVAC, power (plugs) and lighting, and Lessee shall contract directly with the utility company and pay for said electrical service.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 2535% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee may, without the consent of Lessor, but by providing advance written notice to Lessor, assign (a “Permitted Transfer”) this Lease to (a) a parent, subsidiary, division, affiliate or entity controlled by or under common control with Lessee, (b) any successor entity arising out of any merger, consolidation, reorganization, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out, or similar action involving Lessee, (c) any successor entity arising out of any governmental action involving Lessee (d) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets, or (e) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of the shares, partnership interest, membership interests, or other ownership interests of Lessee (each a “Permitted Transferee”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no Transfer or transaction described in this Section 12.1(h) to a Permitted Transferee shall result in the loss of any rights, benefits or options of Lessee under this Lease, including without limitation, the options to extend this Lease.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

 

  

PAGE 14 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

 

 

  

PAGE 15 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

 

  

PAGE 16 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

 

 

  

PAGE 17 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the Indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

 

  

PAGE 18 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

 

  

PAGE 19 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150120% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner. The foregoing exceptions in (a) through (d) shall apply only to a foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which the Lease is subordinated.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief

 

 

  

PAGE 20 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no event less than 24 hours) prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, not shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or a Permitted Transfereeand only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

 

  

PAGE 21 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof),or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee or increase Lessee’s financial burden. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ☐ is ☒ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises: ☒ have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

 

  

PAGE 22 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: Santa Monica, CA    Executed at: Carpinteria, CA
On: 11/11/2015    On: 11/9/15

By LESSOR:

6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

  

By LESSEE:

Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation

By: /s/ Jeremy K. Rogers                                                                      By: /s/ Steve Zahm                                                                         
Name Printed: Jeremy K. Rogers    Name Printed: Steve Zahm
Title: Manager    Title: President
By:                                                                                                         By: /s/ Craig Cortemanche                                                            
Name Printed:                                                                                       Name Printed: Craig Cortemanche
Title:                                                                                                       Title: CEO
Address: 2460 Wilshire Blvd., 2nd Floor    Address:                                                                                          
Santa Monica, CA 90403                                                                                                            
                                                                                                           
  
Telephone: (310) 453-9210    Telephone: (805) 290-4184
Facsimile: (        )                                                                                  Facsimile: (        )                                                                          
Email:                                                                                                     Email: [***]@procore.com
Email:                                                                                                     Email: 73-1636261
Federal ID No.                                                                                      Federal ID No.                                                                              

 

 

  

PAGE 23 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


BROKER:       BROKER:
Hayes Commercial Group       Cresa Los Angeles
     
Attn: Francois DeJohn       Attn: Carlo Brignardello
Title: Partner       Title: Principal
Address: 222 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 101
Santa Barbara, CA 93101
      Address: 11726 San Vincente Blvd., Suite 500
Los Angeles, CA 90049
Telephone: (805) 898-4365       Telephone: (310) 207-1700
Facsimile: (805) 898-4360       Facsimile: (310) 207-0930
Email: fran@hayescommercial.com       Email: cbrignardello@cresa.com
Federal ID No.                                Federal ID No.                         
Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01144570       Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01001017
          
          

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

©Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 24 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    October 5, 2015
By and Between (Lessor)    6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
Address of Premises:    6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B
   Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 50

A. RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below: (Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

 

  I.

Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

 

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 . All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ☐ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):                                                                                                                                     . The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


  II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s):                                                                                                                                                                              

 

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☐ broker (“Consultant” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e., the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new ‘Base Month’ for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

  III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rent shall be:  

April 1, 2017

   $ 51,028.78  

April 1, 2018

   $ 52,559.64  

April 1, 2019

   $ 54,136.43  

April 1, 2020

   $ 55,760.52  

April 1, 2021

   $ 57,433.34  

April 1, 2022

   $ 59,156.34  

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


LOGO

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    October 5, 2015
By and Between (Lessor)    6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By and Between (Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
Address of Premises:    6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B
Carpinteria, CA 93013
  

Paragraph 51

A. OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty (60) month period(s) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 6 but not more than 9 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or Permitted Transfer and only while the original Lessee or Permitted Transfer is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

 

All items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ☐ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):

 

 

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)): April 1, 2023 and April 1, 2028 the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. lf agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☒ broker (“Consultant” check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments; and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):    The New Base Rent shall be:
April 1, 2024    3% increase
April 1, 2025    3% increase
April 1, 2026    3% increase
April 1, 2027    3% increase
April 1, 2028    3% increase
April 1, 2029    3% increase
April 1, 2030    3% increase
April 1, 2031    3% increase
April 1, 2032    3% increase

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any rental adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


C. BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


ADDENDUM TO AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE-NET

This Addendum is incorporated into and made a part of that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated October 5, 2015 (the “Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6307 Carpinteria Avenue, Suite B, Carpinteria, CA 93013.

This Addendum shall serve to supersede, amend, add and replace certain terms and conditions of the Lease as provided herein. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Addendum. In the event there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall prevail.

Lessor and Lessee are parties to two (2) separate leases for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue and 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (as they have been and may be amended, the “6305 Lease” and “6309 Lease”).

52. Project: Building; Premises; Adjoining Property; CC&R’s. Lessee acknowledges that the Premises encompass a portion of the office building located at 6303-6307 Carpinteria Avenue building (the “6303-6307 Building”) which consists of approximately 86,807 leasable square feet in size, and that there sits upon the Project (a) an additional free-standing building (the “6309 Building”) which consists of approximately 12,769 leaseable square feet in size, and commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA, and (b) an additional free-standing building (the “6305 Building”) which consists of approximately 20,000 leaseable square feet in size, and commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA.

The 6303-6307 Building shares common landscaping, driveways and parking areas and is subject to certain restrictions and covenants with the 6305 Building and the 6309 Building (collectively, the “Adjacent Property”). Such rights and obligations are contained in that certain document entitled “Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions” dated November 18, 1997 and recorded on January 30, 1998 as Document No. 98-006047 in the Official Records, Santa Barbara County (the “CC&R’s”). The CC&R’s provide that all tenants of the Project and the Adjacent Property (the “Carpinteria Corporate Center”) are entitled to the non-exclusive use of all parking areas (see paragraph 55, below) , access drives, greenspaces, and picnic areas located in and on the Project and the Adjacent Property. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to maintain compliance with the obligations imposed upon Lessor by the CC&R’s.

 

1


53. Letter of Credit. In lieu of providing a security deposit, as security for the performance by Lessee of all of its obligations and duties under this Lease including, without limitation, the payment of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses, and any and all other amounts which may become due under the Lease, Lessee shall provide Lessor an unconditional, irrevocable standby letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”) issued by an institutional bank reasonably acceptable to Lessor in the amount of $1,000,000 (“Letter of Credit Amount”) upon Lease execution. The Letter of Credit shall recite that it may be drawn upon by Lessor upon the presentation to the issuing lender of a certificate executed by Lessor that Lessee is in Breach under this Lease. In the event of any Breach by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to present a certificate indicating such default to the issuing lender and draw upon the Letter of Credit for such Breach. Lessor shall apply the proceeds received under the Letter of Credit to any such amount for which Lessee is in Breach. Beginning at the end of the second year of the Lease Term, said Letter of Credit will be reduced by $200,000 at the end of each year down to a minimum of $200,000 at the end of the fifth year of the Lease Term, as long as Lessee has not had any Defaults the previous year. For clarity, in no event shall the Letter of Credit be reduced below $200,000 prior to the Final LC Expiration Date (defined below). If the Letter of Credit held by Lessor expires earlier than that date which is thirty (30) days beyond the end of the Term of the Lease, as may be extended (the “Final LC Expiration Date”) (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), Lessee shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Lessor not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Lessor. Any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 53, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Final LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Lessor in its sole discretion. If, as result of any application or use by Lessor of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the required Letter of Credit Amount (as may be reduced pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 53), Lessee shall, within five (5) business days following receipt of Lessor’s written notice, provide Lessor with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount, as may be reduced pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 53), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 53, and if Lessee fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the same shall, at Lessor’s election, constitute an uncurable Event of Default by Lessee. Lessee further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Lessor nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

54. Common Area Expenses. Common Area Operating Expenses identified in Section 4.2 of the Lease are not an all inclusive list of Common Area Operating Expenses to be reimbursed by Lessor pertaining to the ownership, operation, management, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises, Building and the Project. The Common Area Operating Expenses payable by Lessee shall include Lessee’s Share of all reasonable and necessary expenses attributable to the 6303-6307 Building (except as otherwise set forth in the Lease); Lessee’s Share of all reasonable and necessary Common Area Operating Expenses attributable to the Project (except as otherwise set forth in the Lease); and Lessee’s Share of Lessor’s share of expenses payable under the CC&R’s. Management fees shall be reasonable and competitive to the local market for similar properties (except as otherwise set forth in the Lease).

 

2


The direct costs in connection with Lessor’s Work (including any future exterior work for the portion of Building where the CKE space is located) and Lessor’s Demising Work shall not be included in the Common Area Operating Expenses.

55. Parking. Section 2.6 of the Lease is supplemented as follows: “Lessee acknowledges that the Project and the Adjacent Property, which together comprise the Carpinteria Corporate Center, have approximately 320 total parking spaces available to serve the tenants thereof, or approximately 2.70 parking spaces for every 1,000 leasable square feet of floor space. Lessee, at no additional charge to Lessee, shall have the non-exclusive right to use seventy-six (76) uncovered and unmarked parking spaces located on or around the Building. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to ensure and enforce parking for all tenants of the Carpinteria Corporate Center, so long as such rules and regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the above, Lessee shall have the right to hire a parking attendant for valet parking, subject to compliance with all applicable laws, the CC&R’s and Lessor’s reasonable approval and provided use of such parking attendant does not unreasonably interfere with the rights of other lessees in the Carpinteria Corporate Center under such lessees’ leases. Lessor shall have the ability to revoke or suspend this parking attendant privilege in the event such parking attendant services and operation are (i) adversely affecting other lessee’s in the Project, (ii) adversely affecting Lessor’s management or operation of the Project or Building, or (iii) not in compliance with all applicable laws or CC&R’s. Lessee, at Lessee’s sole option and sole cost, shall have the right during the Lease Term to install up to three (3) dual electrical vehicles charging stations (the “EVC Stations”). The location of said EVC Stations shall be mutually agreed by Lessor and Lessee, and the installation of said stations shall be subject to Lessor’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.”

56. Signage. Lessee, at Lessee’s cost, shall have the right to install one (1), two (2)-sided sign panel on the existing monument sign, and a façade sign on the Building at the northwest corner of the Project. Final signage shall be similar in scope to the attached Exhibit E and subject to Lessor’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and further subject to any necessary approvals from the City of Carpinteria. In the event that the City approves an expanded signage plan for the Project, Lessee shall have access to its proportionate share of signage provided to the Project by such plan.

 

3


57. Lessor’s Work. At Lessor’s sole cost and expense, Lessor shall complete the following improvements to the Building, Premises, and/or Project, subject to City approval (collectively, the “Lessor’s Work”):

 

  a)

Update landscaping

 

  b)

Upgrade sign plan

 

  c)

Additional outdoor amenities

 

  d)

HVAC unit repair or replacement (where needed). Said HVAC units shall be separately metered or sub-metered (the “Meter”), and such Meter shall be installed in or about the Premises or Building at Lessor’s cost as part of Lessor’s Work.

 

  e)

Exterior ADA upgrades (where needed).

Lessee hereby agrees that such Lessor’s Work and Lessor’s actions in connection with such Lessor’s Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Lessee nor entitle Lessee to any abatement of Rent. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence, willful acts or misconduct, Lessor shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Lessee for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Lessee’s business arising from Lessor’s Work, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any compensation or damages from Lessor for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Lessee’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s actions in connection with such Lessor’s Work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s actions in connection with such Lessor’s Work. Lessor’s Work shall be (i) completed as soon as reasonably practical, (ii) constructed in a good workmanlike manner, and (iii) constructed in compliance with all applicable laws. Lessor acknowledges and agrees that Lessor’s Work shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s access to the Premises.

58. Lessee’s Work. Lessee shall complete all Lessee Improvements as defined in and pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit E.

59. Lessor Environmental Disclosure-Adjacent Property. Lessee is herein advised that to the best of Lessor’s knowledge, in or around 1977, Santa Barbara Optics (Infrared Industries), did install two underground concrete tanks for the storage of waste oils and halogenated and non-halogenated waste solvents at the 6303-6307 Building. During removal of the tanks, Infrared discovered oil and solvent contamination of soils on the project. Four monitoring wells were installed and monitored semi-annually from 1988 through 1989. In 1989, approximately 4,000 cubic yards of soil was removed and the site, parking and landscaping were converted to drought tolerant plantings with minimal drip irrigation to minimize infiltration and prevent mobilization of seepage at the nearby cliffs. To the best of Lessor’s knowledge, and despite the remaining wastes, the 6303-6307 Building currently meets all relevant public health and safety standards. The ongoing cleanup is being monitored under the authority of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board.

 

4


60. Lessee’s Provisions.

60.1 Dogs. Lessee’s employees and consultants shall have the privilege to bring dogs into the Premises and on or around the Building provided that: (i) all such dogs shall be under their owners’ control at all times; (ii) Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations to insure that any such dogs shall not create a nuisance to all other tenants of the Project; (iii) Lessor shall have the ability to revoke or suspend this privilege; and (iv) Lessee shall indemnify Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain relating to any such dogs pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Lease.

60.2 Car Washing. Lessee’s employees and consultants may have their cars professionally washed while parked in the Project, provided such car washing is performed by insured providers and further provided that Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations relating thereto. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain relating to such car washing pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Lease

60.3 Use of Grass Areas. Lessee may use the grass areas between the 6305 Building and the 6309 Building for company gatherings and events related to Lessee’s business, subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Gatherings and events may include, but not limited to, company celebrations, training or lunches, and client appreciation events, provided that no such events shall disturb the other tenants of the Project and further provided that all costs associated with such gatherings or events, including clean up and any requisite repairs to the Common Area and landscaping, shall be borne by Lessee. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain relating to such use of grass areas pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Lease.

61. Right of First Offer. Lessee shall have the one time right of first offer (the “Right of First Offer”) with respect to a portion of the CKE space, as generally shown on Exhibit D (the “ROFO Space”). Lessee’s Right of First Offer shall be exercised as follows: at any time after Lessor has determined that the existing lessee in the ROFO Space will not extend or renew the term of its lease for such ROFO Space (but prior to leasing such ROFO Space to a party other than the existing lessee), Lessor shall deliver written notice to Lessee (the “ROFO Notice”) of the terms under which Lessor is prepared to lease the ROFO Space to Lessee for the remainder of the Lease Term, which terms shall reflect the rent for such ROFO Space as reasonably determined by Lessor. Lessee may lease such ROFO Space in its entirety only or for the area depicted in the attached Exhibit D, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Lessor (the “Notice of Exercise”) within 10 business days after the date of the ROFO Notice, except that Lessee shall have no such Right of First Offer and Lessor need not provide Lessee with a ROFO Notice, if: (a) Lessee is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods at the time that Lessor would otherwise deliver the ROFO Notice; or (b) the Premises, or any portion thereof, is sublet (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) at the time Lessor would otherwise deliver the ROFO Notice; or (c) the Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) prior to the date Lessor would otherwise deliver the ROFO Notice; or (d) Lessee is not occupying the Premises on the date Lessor would otherwise deliver the ROFO Notice; or (e) the existing lessee in the ROFO Space is interested in extending or renewing its lease for the ROFO Space or entering into a new lease with Lessor for such ROFO Space.

 

5


61.1. Terms for ROFO Space. The term for the ROFO Space shall commence upon the commencement date stated in the ROFO Notice and thereupon such ROFO Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the ROFO Notice shall govern Lessee’s leasing of the ROFO Space (including the expiration date therefor) and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the ROFO Notice, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the ROFO Space. Lessee shall pay Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses for the ROFO Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the ROFO Notice. The ROFO Space (including improvements and personality, if any) shall be accepted by Lessee in its condition and as-built configuration existing on the earlier of the date Lessee takes possession of the ROFO Space or as of the date the term for such ROFO Space commences, unless the ROFO Notice specifies any work to be performed by Lessor in the ROFO Space, in which case Lessor shall perform such work in the ROFO Space. If Lessor is delayed delivering possession of the ROFO Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party, Lessor shall use reasonable efforts (including filing an unlawful detainer notice) to obtain possession of the space, and the commencement of the term for the ROFO Space shall be postponed until the date Lessor delivers possession of the ROFO Space to Lessee free from occupancy by any party.

61.2. Termination of Right of First Offer. The rights of Lessee hereunder with respect to the ROFO Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (i) Lessee’s failure to exercise its Right of First Offer within the 10 business day period provided above; and (ii) the date Lessor would have provided Lessee a ROFO Notice if Lessee had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth above.

61.3. Offering Amendment. If Lessee exercises its Right of First Offer, Lessor shall prepare an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding the ROFO Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the ROFO Notice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, rentable square footage of the Premises, Lessee’s Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Offering Amendment shall be sent to Lessee within a reasonable time after Lessor’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise executed by Lessee, and Lessee shall execute and return the Offering Amendment to Lessor within 20 days thereafter (provided that the Offering Amendment is factually correct and consistent with the terms in the ROFO Notice), but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First Offer shall be fully effective whether or not the Offering Amendment is executed.

61.5. Subordination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Lessee’s Right of First Offer is subject and subordinate to the expansion rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of CKE existing on the date hereof.

 

6


62. Representations and Warranties. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant to each other, as follows:

62.1 Lessor is the sole owner of the Project.

62.2 Lessor and Lessee each have the full power and authority to enter into the Lease and perform its obligations under the Lease.

62.3 The Lease is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Lessor and Lessee, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

62.4 No other person owns or has any leasehold interest in the Premises or any portion thereof or any other right to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof.

62.5 With the exception of the previously referenced CC&R’s (see Paragraph 52), there are no reciprocal easement agreements or covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements or similar rights affecting the property, including any amendments thereto which could (i) materially and adversely interfere with or affect Lessee’s access to, or occupancy or use of, the Premises and the Building, or (ii) materially increase Lessee’s financial obligations under the Lease.

62.6 Lessor has not received written notice of any, and to Lessor’s best of knowledge as of the date of this Lease there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings or actions of any kind or character affecting the use and occupancy of the Premises by Lessee for the Agreed Use in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

63. Brokerage Fees. Section 15 of the Lease shall be modified as follows:

15.1 Additional Commissions. Subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) is hereby be deleted and not applicable.

 

6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company      

Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation

By:   

/s/ Jeremy K. Rogers

      By:   

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:    Manager       Its:    CEO
         By:   

/s/ Steve Zahm

         Its:    President
           

 

7


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

SITE PLAN

 

LOGO


LOGO

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Exhibit C

Dated: October 5, 2015

By and Between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC and Procore Technologies, Inc.

GENERAL RULES

1. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas, including driveways, walkways and stairways.

2. Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in good faith judges to be a threat to the safety and reputation of the Project and its occupants.

3. Lessee shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or interfere with other lessees or persons having business within the Project.

4. Lessee shall not keep animals or birds within the Project, and shall not bring bicycles, motorcycles or other vehicles into areas not designated as authorized for same. See addendum.

5. Lessee shall not make, suffer or permit litter except in appropriate receptacles for that purpose.

6. Lessee shall not alter any lock or install new or additional locks or bolts.

7. Lessee shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet rooms, plumbing or other utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be inserted therein.

8. Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the Premises or Project.

9. Lessee shall not suffer or permit anything in or around the Premises or Building that causes excessive vibration or floor loading in any part of the Project.

10. Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out of the building only with the Lessor’s knowledge and consent, and subject to such reasonable limitations, techniques and timing, as may be designated by Lessor. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Office Building Project arising from any such activity.

11. Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work to be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.

12. Lessor reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and Building Holidays, and on other days between the hours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. of the following day. If Lessee uses the Premises during such periods, Lessee shall be responsible for securely locking any doors it may have opened for entry.

13. Lessee shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.

14. No window coverings, shades or awnings shall be installed or used by Lessee.

15. No Lessee, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.

16. Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or cigarettes in areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

17. Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than as provided by Lessor.

18. Lessee shall not install, maintain or operate any vending machines upon the Premises without Lessor’s written consent.

19. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, commercial cooking or food preparation.

20. Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

21. Lessor reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations, and/or as to any particular Lessee, and any such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any other rule or regulation or any subsequent application thereof to such Lessee.

22. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep its Premises locked as may be required.

23. Lessor reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate operation and safety of the Project and its occupants. Lessee agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

PARKING RULES

1. Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than full size, passenger automobiles herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as “Oversized Vehicles.”

2. Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

3. Parking stickers or identification devices shall be the property of Lessor and be returned to Lessor by the holder thereof upon termination of the holder’s parking privileges. Lessee will pay such replacement charge as is reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.

 

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OFG-1-9/99E


4. Lessor reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly identification devices to any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with the applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.

5. Lessor reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces from floor to floor, within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite location(s), and to reasonably allocate them between compact and standard size spaces, as long as the same complies with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.

6. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.

7. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and lock his own vehicle. Lessor will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

8. Validation, if established, will be permissible only by such method or methods as Lessor and/or its licensee may establish at rates generally applicable to visitor parking.

9. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or Common Areas is prohibited. See addendum.

10. Lessee shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

11. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

12. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OFG-1-9/99E


EXHIBIT D

ROFO SPACE

 

LOGO

 

  

EXHIBIT D

 

-1-

  


EXHIBIT E

LESSEE WORK LETTER

This Lessee Work Letter (“Lessee Work Letter”) shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. All references in this Lessee Work Letter to “the Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of the Lease to which this Lessee Work Letter is attached as Exhibit E.

SECTION 1

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES

Lessor shall deliver the base, shell, and core of the Premises (collectively, the “Base, Shell, and Core”) in its current as-is condition existing as of the date of the Lease except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Lease. Lessor shall not be obligated to make any alterations or improvements to the Premises or Building; except as otherwise set forth in the Lease including but not limited to Lessor’s Work, and provided, however, that, prior to the Commencement Date, Lessor, at its sole cost and expense, shall (i) construct a demising wall from floor to roof ceiling in the location set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, (ii) separate the electrical and provide electrical panel(s) and transformer(s) with a capacity sufficient to serve the Premises, (iii) provide a Meter to meter the electricity consumption for the Premises for lighting, power (plugs) and HVAC usage, and (iv) install fire life and safety annunciation panels (collectively “Lessor’s Demising Work”).

Lessor’s Demising Work shall be (1) completed in a timely manner within the time frame set forth above, (2) constructed in a good workmanlike manner, and (3) constructed in compliance with all applicable laws.

SECTION 2

LESSEE IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Lessee Improvement Allowance. Lessee shall be entitled to a one-time Lessee improvement allowance (the “Lessee Improvement Allowance”) as follows: (a) the amount of up to, but not exceeding $38.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises totaling the amount of $1,075,780 to help Lessee pay for the costs of the design, permitting and construction of Lessee’s initial improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises ; plus (b) $57,000 to be spent exclusively on bathroom upgrades; plus (c) the cost of the “warm shell” improvements for the mezzanine space located in the Premises, which shall include enclosing the Crow’s Nest on all four sides, patching drywall, installing windows, providing a walkable floor surface, providing a staircase entry from the first floor, demolishing existing abandoned electrical equipment (as necessary), updating fire sprinklers, and providing adequate HVAC; plus (d) the cost of one (1) skylight (collectively,

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-1-

  


the “Lessee Improvements”). In no event shall Lessor be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Lessee Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Lessee Improvement Allowance. Lessee shall not be entitled to receive any cash payment or credit against Rent or otherwise for any unused portion of the Lessee Improvement Allowance which is not used to pay for the Lessee Improvement Allowance Items (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor and Lessee shall agree upon the cost of the “warm shell” improvements and the skylight, prior to Lessee’s contractor starting said improvements.

As part of the Lessee Improvements, Lessee shall have the right to install an exit door from the Premises to the driveway on the westerly side of the Building, subject to applicable governmental approvals. Said door shall be depicted in the Final Working Drawings and constructed in compliance with all applicable laws.

2.2 Disbursement of the Lessee Improvement Allowance.

2.2.1 Lessee Improvement Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Lessee Work Letter, the Lessee Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Lessor only for the following items and costs (collectively, the ‘‘Lessee Improvement Allowance Items”):

2.2.1.1 Payment of (i) the fees of the Architect and the Engineers (as those terms are defined below), and (ii) the fees incurred by, and the cost (not to exceed $1,500) of documents and materials supplied by, Lessor and Lessor’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the Construction Drawings (as defined below) (Lessor shall not charge a supervision or administration fee in connection the Lessee Improvements);

2.2.1.2 The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Lessee Improvements;

2.2.1.3 The cost of construction of the Lessee Improvements, including, without limitation, construction materials, contractors’ fees and general conditions, testing and inspection costs, costs of utilities, trash removal, parking and hoists.

2.2.1.4 The cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core work when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

2.2.1.5 The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Lessee Improvements required by applicable laws and building codes (collectively, “Code”);

2.2.1.6 Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees; and

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-2-

  


2.2.1.7 All other costs to be expended by Lessee in connection with the design, permitting and construction of the Lessee Improvements.

2.2.2 Disbursement of Lessee Improvement Allowance. During the construction of the Lessee Improvements, Lessor shall make monthly disbursements of the Lessee Improvement Allowance for Lessee Improvement Allowance Items for the benefit of Lessee and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Lessee as follows:

2.2.2.1 Monthly Disbursements. On or before the first day of each calendar month during the construction of the Lessee Improvements (or such other date as Lessor may designate), Lessee shall deliver to Lessor: (i) a request for payment of the Contractor (as defined below), approved by Lessee, in a form to be provided by Lessor, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Lessee Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed, and demonstrating that the relationship between the cost of the work completed and the cost of the work to be completed complies with the terms of the Construction Budget (as defined below); (ii) invoices from all of Lessee’s Agents (as defined below), for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Lessee’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Lessor, of applicable law; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Lessor. Lessee’s request for payment shall be deemed Lessee’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Lessee’s payment request. On or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the following calendar month or within fifteen (15) days following the Lessee’s request for payment as described above, Lessor shall deliver a check to Lessee made jointly payable to the Contractor and Lessee in payment of the lesser of (A) the amounts so requested by Lessee, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2.1, above, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention”) and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Lessee Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Lessor does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the Approved Working Drawings (as defined below), or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Lessor’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Lessor’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Lessee’s payment request.

2.2.2.2 Final Retention. Subject to the provisions of this Lessee Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable jointly to Lessee and the Contractor shall be delivered by Lessor to Lessee following the substantial completion of construction of the Premises, provided that (i) Lessee delivers to Lessor properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with applicable law, and (ii) Lessor has reasonably determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other Lessee’s use of such other Lessee’s leased premises in the Building.

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-3-

  


2.2.2.3 Other Terms. Lessor shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Lessee Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Lessee for Lessee Improvement Allowance Items.

2.3 Standard Lessee Improvement Package. Intentionally omitted.

2.4 So long as the Lessee Improvements are typical office improvements and/or similar in nature to those improvements existing in the 6305 Building and the 6309 Building as of the date hereof, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Lessee shall not have any obligation to remove or restore any of the (i) improvements existing in the Premises as of the Early Possession Date, (ii) any of Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s Demising Work, and/or (iii) any of the Lessee Improvements constructed by Lessee pursuant to this Lessee Work Letter, and such improvements shall remain in the Premises.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Lessee shall retain the architect/space planner (the “Architect”) approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, to prepare the Construction Drawings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor hereby approves Kingdom Industries as the Architect. Lessee shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Lessee (the “Engineers”) approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications reasonably determined by Lessor, and shall be subject to Lessor’s approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Lessee and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base building plans, and Lessee and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Lessor shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Lessor’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Lessor’s review of the same, or obligate Lessor to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Lessor or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Lessee by Lessor or Lessor’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Lessor shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings.

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-4-

  


3.2 Final Space Plan. Lessee shall supply Lessor with four (4) copies signed by Lessee of its final space plan for the Premises before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced. The final space plan (the “Final Space Plan”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Lessor may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items, if any, not included in the Final Space Plan. Lessor shall advise Lessee within five (5) business days after Lessor’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Lessee is so advised, Lessee shall promptly (i) cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Lessor may reasonably require, and (ii) deliver such revised Final Space Plan to Lessor for Lessor’s approval within said 5 business day period.

3.3 Final Working Drawings. After the Final Space Plan has been approved by Lessor and Lessee, Lessee shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and cause the Architect to compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits for the Lessee Improvements (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”), and shall submit the same to Lessor for Lessor’s approval. Lessee shall supply Lessor with four (4) copies signed by Lessee of such Final Working Drawings. Lessor shall advise Lessee within five (5) business days after Lessor’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Lessee is so advised, Lessee shall promptly (i) revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Lessor in connection therewith, and (ii) deliver such revised Final Working Drawings to Lessor for Lessor’s approval within said 5 business day period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor’s disapproval of the Final Working Drawings shall be limited to the following conditions and only if the Final Working Drawings (i) do not comply with all applicable codes or laws, (ii) the design or scope of work adversely affects the Buildings systems, structural portions of the Premises or Building, or other lessees in the Building, or (iii) the finishes and material in the Final Working Drawings are of materially less quality than those finishes and materials existing in the 6305 Building or the 6309 Building as of the date hereof (collectively the “Lessor’s Working Drawings Conditions”).

3.4 Approved Working Drawings. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Lessor (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Lessee. After approval by Lessor of the Final Working Drawings, Lessee shall promptly submit the same to the appropriate governmental authorities for all applicable building permits. Lessee hereby agrees that neither Lessor nor Lessor’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Lessee’s responsibility; provided, however, that Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Lessee to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-5-

  


SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE LESSEE IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Lessee’s Selection of Contractor and Lessee’s Agents.

4.1.1 The Contractor. A general contractor shall be retained by Lessee to construct the Lessee Improvements. Such general contractor (“Contractor”) shall be selected by Lessee from a list of general contractors supplied by Lessor, and Lessee shall deliver to Lessor notice of its selection of the Contractor upon such selection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor hereby approves Bottenfield Construction as the Contractor.

4.1.2 Lessee’s Agents. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Lessee (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “Lessee’s Agents”) must be approved in writing by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessee shall have no obligation to engage a union Contractor or any union subcontractors or vendors.

4.2 Construction of Lessee Improvements by Lessee’s Agents.

4.2.1 Construction Contract; Cost Budget. Prior to Lessee’s execution of the construction contract and general conditions with the Contractor (the “Contract”), Lessee shall submit the Contract to Lessor for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Lessee Improvements, and after Lessee has accepted all subcontractors bids for the Lessee Improvements, Lessee shall provide Lessor with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred, or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2.1.1 through 2.2.1.7 above, in connection with the design, permitting and construction of the Lessee Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Lessee or the Contractor (which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract, if any (the “Final Costs”). Prior to the commencement of construction of the Lessee Improvements, Lessee shall supply Lessor with proof of funds in an amount (the “Over-Allowance Amount”) by which the Final Costs exceed the Lessee Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Lessor, or in the process of being disbursed by Lessor, on or before the commencement of construction of the Lessee Improvements). The Over-Allowance Amount shall be paid by Lessee to the Contractor before Lessee requests a reimbursement from Lessor of the Lessee Improvement Allowance. If, after the Final Costs have been delivered by Lessor to Lessee, the costs relating to the design, permitting and construction of the Lessee Improvements shall change, any additional costs necessary to such design, permitting and construction in excess of the Final Costs shall, to the extent they exceed the remaining balance of the Lessee Improvement Allowance, be paid by Lessee to Contractor as required by the Contract.

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-6-

  


4.2.2 Lessee’s Agents.

4.2.2.1 Lessor’s General Conditions for Lessee’s Agents and Lessee Improvement Work. Lessee’s and Lessee’s Agents’ construction of the Lessee Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Lessee Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Lessee and Lessee’s Agents shall not, in any way, interfere with, obstruct, or delay, Lessor’s Work, Lessor’s Demising Work or the work of Lessor’s base building contractor and subcontractors with respect to the Base, Shell and Core or any other work in the Building; (iii) Lessee’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Lessee’s Improvements to the Contractor and the Contractor shall, within five (5) business days after Lessee’s receipt thereof, inform Lessee’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Lessee’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iv) Lessee shall abide by all reasonable rules made by Lessor’s Building contractor or Lessor’s Building manager with respect to the storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other Lessees, and any other matter in connection with this Lessee Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Lessee Improvements.

4.2.2.3 Indemnity. Lessee’s indemnity of Lessor as set forth in the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Lessee or Lessee’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Lessee’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Lessee Improvements and/or Lessee’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Lessee, as set forth in the Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Lessor’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Lessee to complete the Lessee Improvements, and (ii) to enable Lessee to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises.

4.2.2.4 Insurance Requirements.

4.2.2.4.1 General Coverages. All of Lessee’s Agents shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Lessee as set forth in the Lease.

4.2.2.4.2 Special Coverages. Lessee shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Lessor covering the construction of the Lessee Improvements, and such other insurance as Lessor may require, it being understood and agreed that the Lessee Improvements shall be insured by Lessee pursuant to the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Lessor, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Lessee as set forth in the Lease.

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-7-

  


4.2.2.4.3 General Terms. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Lessor before the commencement of construction of the Lessee Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. Lessee shall endeavor to secure that such policies of insurance contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Lessor thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. If the Lessee Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Lessee shall immediately repair the same at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.4 shall insure Lessor and Lessee, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and Lessee’s Agents, and shall name as additional insureds Lessor’s Property Manager, Lessor’s Asset Manager, and all mortgagees and ground lessors of the Building. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Lessee’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Lessor by Lessee under Section 4.2.2.3 of this Lessee Work Letter.

4.2.3 Governmental Compliance. The Lessee Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

4.2.4 Inspection by Lessor. Lessor shall have the right to inspect the Lessee Improvements at all times, provided however, that Lessor’s failure to inspect the Lessee Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Lessor’s rights hereunder nor shall Lessor’s inspection of the Lessee Improvements constitute Lessor’s approval of the same. Should Lessor disapprove any portion of the Lessee Improvements, Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Lessor of, the Lessee Improvements shall be rectified by Lessee at no expense to Lessor, provided however, if Lessor determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Lessee Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC or life-safety systems of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other Lessee’s use of such other Lessee’s leased premises, Lessor may, take such action as Lessor deems necessary, at Lessee’s expense and without incurring any liability on Lessor’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Lessee Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-8-

  


Lessor’s satisfaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor’s disapproval of the Lessee Improvements shall be limited to the following conditions and only if the Lessee Improvements (i) do not comply with all applicable codes or laws, (ii) adversely affect the Buildings systems, structural portions of the Premises or Building, or other lessees in the Building, (iii) are not consistent with the Final Working Drawings, or (iv) have material defects or deficiencies in workmanship (collectively the “Lessee Improvements Defects”).

4.2.5 Meetings. Commencing upon the execution of the Lease or as reasonably determined by Lessee, Lessee shall hold weekly meetings or calls at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Lessee Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location designated by Lessee, and Lessor and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Lessor’s request, certain of Lessee’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, at Lessee’s sole option, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Lessor, if any. One such meeting each month shall include the review of the Contractor’s current request for payment.

4.3 Notice of Completion; Copy of “As Built” Plans. Within ten business (10) days after completion of construction of the Lessee Improvements, Lessee shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County in which the Building is located in accordance with applicable law, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Lessor upon such recordation. If Lessee fails to do so, Lessor may execute and file the same on behalf of Lessee as Lessee’s agent for such purpose, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Lessee shall cause the Architect and the Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (8) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, and (C) to deliver to Lessor two (2) sets of sepias of such as-built drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

4.4 Coordination by Lessee’s Agents with Lessor. Upon Lessee’s delivery of the Contract to Lessor under Section 4.2.1 of this Lessee Work Letter, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a schedule setting forth the projected date of the completion of the Lessee Improvements and showing the critical time deadlines for each phase, item or trade relating to the construction of the Lessee Improvements.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Lessee’s Representative. Lessee has designated Suzanne Mayeur and Jordan Bottenfield as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Lessee Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Lessee as required in this Lessee Work Letter.

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-9-

  


5.2 Lessor’s Representative. Lessor has designated Jeremy Rogers as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Lessee Work Letter, who, until further notice to Lessee, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Lessor as required in this Lessee Work Letter.

5.3 Time of the Essence in This Lessee Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Lessor, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Lessor.

5.4 Lessee’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if an event of default by Lessee of this Lessee Work Letter or the Lease has occurred at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Lessor pursuant to the Lease, Lessor shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Lessee Improvement Allowance until the time that Lessee cures such default and/or Lessor may cause the Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises until the time that Lessee cures such default (in which case, Lessee shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage), and (ii) all other obligations of Lessor under the terms of this Lessee Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease (in which case, Lessee shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Premises caused by such inaction by Lessor).

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

-10-

  


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This First Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated October 5, 2015 (the “Existing Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (successor in interest to Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation), as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6307-B Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this First Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6303 Lease”), and into separate lease amendments for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6305 Lease”) and 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6309 Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended from April 1, 2023 through March 31, 2027 (the ‘Extended Term”), and the revised Expiration Date is March 31, 2027.

2. Premises. The Premises shall be increased by approximately 183 square feet and shall now be approximately 28,493 square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

3. Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments during the Term shall occur pursuant to Section 50 of the Lease as follows:

 

July 1, 2016 through March 31, 2017:

   $ 49,862.75  

April 1, 2017:

   $ 51,358.63  

April 1, 2018:

   $ 52,899.63  

April 1, 2019:

   $ 54,486.37  

April 1, 2020:

   $ 56,120.96  

April 1, 2021:

   $ 57,804.59  

April 1, 2022:

   $ 59,538.73  

April 1, 2023:

   $ 61,324.89  

April 1, 2024:

   $ 63,164.64  

April 1, 2025:

   $ 65,059.58  

April 1, 2026:

   $ 67,011.37  

 

Page 1 of 4


4. Option(s) to Extend. Lessee’s first option period shall commence on April 1, 2027 and expire on March 31, 2032 and Lessee’s second option period shall commence on April 1, 2032 and expire on March 31, 2037. Lessee must exercise its options at least nine (9) months, but not more than 12 months, prior to the dates that the option periods would commence. During the option periods the Base Rent shall be adjusted every April 1, pursuant to Section 51 of the Lease as follows:

 

April 1, 2027:

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2028:

   3% increase

April 1, 2029:

   3% increase

April 1, 2030:

   3% increase

April 1, 2031:

   3% increase

April 1, 2032:

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2033:

   3% increase

April 1, 2034:

   3% increase

April 1, 2035:

   3% increase

April 1, 2036:

   3% increase

5. Lessee Improvement Allowance. Lessee improvement Allowance set forth in Section 2.1 of Exhibit D in the Lease shall be increased from 1,075,780.00 to $1,082,734.00.

6. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this First Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this First Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall prevail.

7. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this First Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this First Amendment and that this First Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

8. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this First Amendment, this First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this First Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this First Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease effective as of June 30, 2016.

 

Page 2 of 4


LESSOR       LESSEE

6303 CARPINTERIA AVENUE, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

     

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   

/s/ Jeremy K. Rogers

      By:   

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:    Manager       Its:   

Craig Courtemanche

CEO

 

Page 3 of 4


Exhibit A

 

LOGO

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes only May 25, 2016, is made by and between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, located in the City of Carpinteria, County of Santa Barbara, State of California, with zip code 93013, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): approximately 35,504 square feet of office space.

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: eighty-six (86) unreserved vehicle parking spaces and ten (10) reserved vehicle parking spaces located on the easterly side of the Building in a location as shown in Exhibit B attached hereto. (See also Paragraph 2.6 and Addendum)

1.3 Term: ten (10) years and zero (0) months (“Original Term”) commencing April 1, 2017 (“Commencement Date”) and ending March 31, 2027 (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing na (“Early Possession Date”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $65,682.40 per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of each month commencing the earlier of (i) five (5) months following the Commencement Date, or (ii) upon Lessee conducting its business from the Premises (the “Rent Commencement Date”). (See also Paragraph 4)

☒ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50 and 51

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: forty point fourteen percent (40.14%) (“Lessee’s Share”). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $65,682.40 for the period first month owed commencing on the Rent Commencement Date.

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $14,201.60 for the period first month owed commencing on the Rent Commencement Date.

(c) Security Deposit: $0.00 (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $na for na.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


.

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $79,884.00.

1.8 Agreed Use: office. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)                    

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

☒ Hayes Financial Group represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”);

☒ Cresa Los Angeles represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”); or

                     represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached a separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of                      or                      % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of                      or                      of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of                      or                      % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by na (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

☒ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 52 through 63 .

☒ a site plan depicting the Premises (Exhibit A);

☒ a site plan depicting the Project (Exhibit B);

☒ a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project (Exhibit C);

☐ a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

☐ a Work Letter;

☒ other (specify); Paragraph 50 (Rent Adjustments), Paragraph 51 (Options to Extend), Exhibit D (Lessee Work Letter), Exhibit E (Operating Expenses).

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty (30) days following the Start Date, or within thirty (30 days prior to the completion of Lessee Improvement by Lessee pursuant to Exhibit D attached hereto, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit and all Building systems servicing the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any asbestos, Hazardous Substances, mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be 12 months from the Commencement Date as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls - see Paragraph 7 and except as otherwise set forth in the Lease).

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date, including the ADA (“Applicable Requirements”). Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, except as otherwise provided in the Lease. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees, so long as such Rules and Regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole reasonable discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways, provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, reasonably deemed to be appropriate, provided, however, that such changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or reduce the number or type of parking spaces allotted to Lessee hereunder.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Not applicable. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations under this Lease until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would

 

 

  

PAGE 4 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

 

 

  

PAGE 5 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease,·“Common Area Operating Expenses” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, any of the following:

(i) Expenses relating to any tenant improvements for a specific tenant at the Project;

(ii) Leasing commissions, attorney’s fees and costs, or other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Project, or in connection with any dispute with any tenant or other occupant of the Project;

(iii) Expenses of complying with any laws, rules, or regulations relating to Hazardous Substances, unless caused by Lessee;

(iv) Any administrative, overhead or property management expense to the extent they exceed 5% of all Rents collected;

(v) Debt service on any mortgages or other debt, or rent on any ground or underlying lease or other similar financing device;

(vi) Any depreciation on the Building, the Project or any portion thereof;

(vii) Costs of furnishing any item or service to other tenants in the Project;

(viii) Advertising, marketing or promotional expenses, or the costs of signs in or on the Building or Project identifying the owner thereof;

(ix) Any tax or similar fee (including, without limitation, any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment) other than Real Property Taxes;

(x) Any penalty or late charge resulting from any failure to pay Real Property Taxes prior to delinquency;

(xi) Cash contributions made gratuitously by Lessor to benefit political or charitable causes;

(xii) Any cost or expense for which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds; or

(xiii) Any cost or expense that is duplicative of another Common Area Operating Expense Item.”

(g) Lessor shall keep accurate and complete books and records that show all Common Area Operating Expenses that include, without limitation, invoices, receipts, canceled checks, and like matters. Lessor shall retain such books and records for at least three (3) years after the expiration of the calendar year to which they relate. Lessee or its designees shall have the right, within one (1) year of billing by Lessor, to review such books and records upon giving notice to Lessor of an intent to review such books and records at least fifteen (15) days prior to a mutually agreeable review date. If the audit discloses any error in the determination of the Common Area Operating Expenses, or in the allocation thereof, an appropriate adjustment shall be promptly made. Common Area Operating Expenses to be accounted for and billed substantially in accordance with Exhibit E.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. See Addendum. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit

 

 

  

PAGE 6 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any related third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnity, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any related third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 7 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to such Requirements, without regard to whether said Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no case less than 24 hours) notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers (if any), pressure vessels (if any), fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair, normal wear and tear excepted.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts that Lessee is obligated to procure, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

 

  

PAGE 8 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing wells, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Building and Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

 

  

PAGE 9 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any related third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value Insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

 

  

PAGE 10 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

 

  

PAGE 11 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


8.10 Waiver of Consequential Damages. Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall be liable to the other (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under the other) for, and each hereby releases and waives any claims with respect to, any consequential damages arising under or in connection with this Lease, including but not limited to, lost profits and business interruption.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the, Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

 

  

PAGE 12 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include, and Lessee shall pay no part of, (i) any income, inheritance, franchise, gift or estate tax, any tax or fee based on rent or Lessor’s revenues or receipts, or any other business tax or assessment, (ii) or any taxes or assessments applicable to any period outside the term of this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

 

  

PAGE 13 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


11. Utilities and Services. Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Lessee shall pay for Lessee’s Share of all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises if such utilities and services are not separately metered, and/or Lessee shall pay for any of the above utilities servicing the Premises exclusively that are separately metered, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. Beginning on the Commencement Date, Lessee shall be responsible to provide its own janitorial services for the Premises, trash disposal and to pay any internet, telephone or cable it desires. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor, as part of Lessor’s Demising Work (as defined below) shall provide a separate meter for the consumption of electricity in the Premises in connection with HVAC, power (plugs) and lighting, and Lessee shall contract directly with the utility company and pay for said electrical service.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% 35% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee may, without the consent of Lessor, but by providing advance written notice to Lessor, assign (a “Permitted Transfer”) this Lease to (a) a parent, subsidiary, division, affiliate or entity controlled by or under common control with Lessee, (b) any successor entity arising out of any merger, consolidation, reorganization, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out, or similar action involving Lessee, (c) any successor entity arising out of any governmental action involving Lessee (d) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets, or (e) any person or entity who purchases or acquires all or substantially all of the shares, partnership interest, membership interests, or other ownership interests of Lessee (each a “Permitted Transferee”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no Transfer or transaction described in this Section 12.1(h) to a Permitted Transferee shall result in the loss of any rights, benefits or options of Lessee under this Lease, including without limitation, the options to extend this Lease.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

 

  

PAGE 14 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

 

  

PAGE 15 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

 

  

PAGE 16 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

 

 

  

PAGE 17 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the Indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

 

  

PAGE 18 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

 

  

PAGE 19 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% 120% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner. The foregoing exceptions in (a) through (d) shall apply only to a foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which the Lease is subordinated.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense.

 

 

  

PAGE 20 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable (and in no event less than 24 hours) prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, not shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or a Permitted Transferee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

 

  

PAGE 21 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof),or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee or increase Lessee’s financial burden. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ☐ is ☒ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises: ☒have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

 

  

PAGE 22 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:                                                                                               Executed at:                                                                              
On:                                                                                                             On:                                                                                             
By LESSOR:    By LESSEE:
6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company    Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:                                                                                                              By: /s/ Rusty Reed                                                                    
Name Printed: Jeremy K. Rogers                                                            Name Printed: Steve Zahm Rusty Reed                                 
Title: Manager                                                                                          Title: President CFO                                                                
By:                                                                                                              By: /s/ Craig Courtemache                                                        
Name Printed:                                                                                            Name Printed: Craig Cortemanche                                         
Title:                                                                                                          Title: CEO                                                                               
Address: 2460 Wilshire Blvd., 2nd Floor                                                Address:                                                                                    
Santa Monica, CA 90403                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
Telephone: (310) 453-9210                                                                    Telephone: (805) 290-4184                                                     
Facsimile: (        )                                                                                      Facsimile: (      )                                                                       
Email:                                                                                                       Email: [***]@procore.com                                                     
Email:                                                                                                       Email: 73-1636261                                                                  
Federal ID No.                                                                                          Federal ID No.                                                                         

 

 

  

PAGE 23 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


BROKER:    BROKER:
Hayes Commercial Group                                                                        Cresa Los Angeles                                                                   

 

Attn: Francois DeJohn                                                                     Attn: Carlo Brignardello                                                         
Title: Partner                                                                                    Title: Principal                                                                        
Address: 222 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 101                                      Address: 11726 San Vincente Blvd., Suite 500                     
Santa Barbara, CA 93101                                                               Los Angeles, CA 90049                                                          
Telephone: (805) 898-4365                                                            Telephone: (310) 207-1700                                                     
Facsimile: (805) 898-4360                                                              Facsimile: (310) 207-0930                                                      
Email: fran@hayescommercial.com                                              Email: cbrignardello@cresa.com                                           
Federal ID No.                                                                                Federal ID No.                                                                          
Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01144570                                     Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01001017                               

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

©Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

  

PAGE 24 OF 24

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTN-14-2/13E


LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated   

May 25, 2016

 

By and Between (Lessor)    6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Address of Premises:    6303 Carpinteria Avenue
   Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 50

 

A.

RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers),

for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                      . All Items (1982-1984 = 100),

herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): the ☐ first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):                                                                                                                                                         . The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s):                                                                                                                                                                   

 

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☐ broker (“Consultant” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e., the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new ‘Base Month’ for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):       

The New Base

Rent shall be:

 
April 1, 2018      $ 67,652.87  
April 1, 2019      $ 69,682.46  
April 1, 2020      $ 71,772.93  
April 1, 2021      $ 73,926.12  
April 1, 2022      $ 76,143.90  
April 1, 2023      $ 78,428.22  
April 1, 2024      $ 80,781.07  
April 1, 2025      $ 83,204.50  
April 1, 2026      $ 85,700.63  

 

B.

NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C.

BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM RA-3-8/00E


LOGO

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated    May 25, 2016
By and Between (Lessor)    6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By and Between (Lessee)    Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Address of Premises:    6303 Carpinteria Avenue
   Carpinteria, CA 93013

Paragraph 51

 

A.

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty (60) month period(s) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 9 but not more than 12 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

 

All items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ☐ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):

 

 

  

PAGE 1 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


 

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)): April 1, 2027 and April 1, 2032 the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. lf agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☒ broker (“Consultant” check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments; and

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):        The New Base Rent shall be:

April 1, 2028

     3% increase

April 1, 2029

     3% increase

April 1, 2030

     3% increase

April 1, 2031

     3% increase

April 1, 2033

 

                         

   3% increase

April 1, 2034

     3% increase

April 1, 2035

     3% increase

April 1, 2036

     3% increase

 

 

  

PAGE 2 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


B.

NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C.

BROKER’S FEE:

        The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

  

PAGE 3 OF 3

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

    

 

INITIALS

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM OE-3-8/00E


ADDENDUM TO AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE-NET

This Addendum is incorporated into and made a part of that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated May 25, 2016 (the “Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013.

This Addendum shall serve to supersede, amend, add and replace certain terms and conditions of the Lease as provided herein. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Addendum. In the event there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall prevail.

Lessor and Lessee are parties to three (3) separate leases for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, 6307-B Carpinteria Avenue and 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (as they have been and may be amended, the “6305 Lease”, “6307-B Lease” and “6309 Lease”).

52. Project: Building; Premises; Adjoining Property; CC&R’s. Lessee acknowledges that the Premises encompass a portion of the office building located at 6303-6307 Carpinteria Avenue building (the “6303-6307 Building”) which consists of approximately 88,461 leasable square feet in size, and that there sits upon the Project (a) an additional free-standing building (the “6309 Building”) which consists of approximately 12,769 leasable square feet in size, and commonly known as 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA, and (b) an additional free-standing building (the “6305 Building”) which consists of approximately 20,000 leaseable square feet in size, and commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA.

The 6303-6307 Building shares common landscaping, driveways and parking areas and is subject to certain restrictions and covenants with the 6305 Building and the 6309 Building (collectively, the “Adjacent Property”). Such rights and obligations are contained in that certain document entitled “Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions” dated November 18, 1997 and recorded on January 30, 1998 as Document No. 98-006047 in the Official Records, Santa Barbara County (the “CC&R’s”). The CC&R’s provide that all tenants of the Project and the Adjacent Property (the “Carpinteria Corporate Center”) are entitled to the non-exclusive use of all parking areas (see paragraph 55, below), access drives, greenspaces, and picnic areas located in and on the Project and the Adjacent Property. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to maintain compliance with the obligations imposed upon Lessor by the CC&R’s.

 

1


53. Letter of Credit. In lieu of providing a security deposit, as security for the performance by Lessee of all of its obligations and duties under this Lease including, without limitation, the payment of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses, and any and all other amounts which may become due under the Lease, Lessee shall provide Lessor an unconditional, irrevocable standby letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”) issued by an institutional bank reasonably acceptable to Lessor in the amount of $3,000,000 (“Letter of Credit Amount”) upon Lease execution. The Letter of Credit shall recite that it may be drawn upon by Lessor upon the presentation to the issuing lender of a certificate executed by Lessor that Lessee is in Breach under this Lease. In the event of any Breach by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to present a certificate indicating such default to the issuing lender and draw upon the Letter of Credit for such Breach. Lessor shall apply the proceeds received under the Letter of Credit to any such amount for which Lessee is in Breach. Beginning at the end of the first year of the Lease Term, said Letter of Credit will be reduced by $250,000 at the end of each year down to a minimum of $2,000,000 at the end of the fifth year of the Lease Term, as long as Lessee has not had any Defaults beyond all applicable notice and cure periods under the Lease, 6305 Lease, 6307-B Lease or the 6309 Lease. For clarity, in no event shall the Letter of Credit be reduced below $2,000,000 prior to the Final LC Expiration Date (defined below). If the Letter of Credit held by Lessor expires earlier than that date which is thirty (30) days beyond the end of the Term of the Lease, as may be extended (the “Final LC Expiration Date”) (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), Lessee shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Lessor not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Lessor. Any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 53, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Final LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Lessor in its sole discretion. If, as result of any application or use by Lessor of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the required Letter of Credit Amount (as may be reduced pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 53), Lessee shall, within five (5) business days following receipt of Lessor’s written notice, provide Lessor with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount, as may be reduced pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 53), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 53, and if Lessee fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the same shall, at Lessor’s election, constitute an uncurable Event of Default by Lessee. Lessee further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Lessor nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

2


54. Common Area Expenses. Common Area Operating Expenses identified in Section 4.2 of the Lease are not an all inclusive list of Common Area Operating Expenses to be reimbursed by Lessor pertaining to the ownership, operation, management, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises, Building and the Project. The Common Area Operating Expenses payable by Lessee shall include Lessee’s Share of all reasonable and necessary expenses attributable to the 6303-6307 Building (except as otherwise set forth in the Lease); Lessee’s Share of all reasonable and necessary Common Area Operating Expenses attributable to the Project (except as otherwise set forth in the Lease); and Lessee’s Share of Lessor’s share of expenses payable under the CC&R’s. Management fees shall be reasonable and competitive to the local market for similar properties (except as otherwise set forth in the Lease).

The direct costs in connection with Lessor’s Work (including any future exterior work for the portion of Building where the CKE space is located) and Lessor’s Demising Work shall not be included in the Common Area Operating Expenses.

55. Parking. Section 2.6 of the Lease is supplemented as follows: “Lessee acknowledges that the Project and the Adjacent Property, which together comprise the Carpinteria Corporate Center, have approximately 320 total parking spaces available to serve the tenants thereof, or approximately 2.70 parking spaces for every 1,000 leasable square feet of floor space. Lessee, at no additional charge to Lessee, shall have the non-exclusive right to use a total of nine-six parking spaces comprised of eighty-six (86) uncovered and unmarked parking spaces located on or around the Building and shall have the exclusive right to use ten (10) uncovered and marked parking spaces located on the easterly side of the Building as shown in Exhibit B attached hereto. Lessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations to ensure and enforce parking for all tenants of the Carpinteria Corporate Center, so long as such rules and regulations (and any amendments and modifications thereto) (a) are reasonable and uniformly applied and enforced, and (b) do not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s rights or obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the above, Lessee shall have the right to hire a parking attendant for valet parking, subject to compliance with all applicable laws, the CC&R’s and Lessor’s reasonable approval and provided use of such parking attendant does not unreasonably interfere with the rights of other lessees in the Carpinteria Corporate Center under such lessees’ leases. Lessor shall have the ability to revoke or suspend this parking attendant privilege in the event such parking attendant services and operation are (i) adversely affecting other lessee’s in the Project, (ii) adversely affecting Lessor’s management or operation of the Project or Building, or (iii) not in compliance with all applicable laws or CC&R’s. Lessee, at Lessee’s sole option and sole cost, shall have the right during the Lease Term to install up to three (3) dual electrical vehicles charging stations (the “EVC Stations”). The location of said EVC Stations shall be mutually agreed by Lessor and Lessee, and the installation of said stations shall be subject to Lessor’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.”

56. Signage. Lessee, at Lessee’s cost, shall have the right to install signage on the existing CKE monument sign and the Building where CKE signage is located. Final signage shall be subject to Lessor’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and further subject to any necessary approvals from the City of Carpinteria. In the event that the City approves an expanded signage plan for the

 

3


Project, Lessee shall have access to its proportionate share of signage provided to the Project by such plan, subject to a reasonable amount of monument and building signage for Continental Automotive Systems, Inc., and any other tenants at the Project. Lessor agrees and acknowledges that all of Lessee’s existing signage as of the date hereof located in the Project and/or on or about the 6303-6307 Building, the 6305 Building and/or the 6309 Building has been approved by Lessor.

57. Lessor’s Work. At Lessor’s sole cost and expense, Lessor shall complete the following improvements to the Building, Premises, and/or Project, subject to City approval (collectively, the “Lessor’s Work”):

 

  a)

Update landscaping

 

  b)

Upgrade sign plan

 

  c)

Paint façade to match the façade of 6307 Carpinteria Avenue.

 

  d)

HVAC unit repair or replacement (where needed). Said HVAC units shall be separately metered or sub-metered (the “Meter”), and such Meter shall be installed in or about the Premises or Building at Lessor’s cost as part of Lessor’s Work.

 

  e)

Exterior ADA upgrades (where needed).

 

  f)

Remove Hazardous Substances as required by all Applicable Requirements (the date upon which the removal of Hazardous Substances is complete being the “Hazardous Substances Completion Date”).

Lessee hereby agrees that such Lessor’s Work and Lessor’s actions in connection with such Lessor’s Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Lessee nor entitle Lessee to any abatement of Rent. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence, willful acts or misconduct, Lessor shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Lessee for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Lessee’s business arising from Lessor’s Work, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any compensation or damages from Lessor for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Lessee’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s actions in connection with such Lessor’s Work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s actions in connection with such Lessor’s Work. Lessor’s Work shall be (i) completed as soon as reasonably practical, (ii) constructed in a good workmanlike manner, and (iii) constructed in compliance with all applicable laws. Lessor acknowledges and agrees that Lessor’s Work shall not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s access to the Premises.

58. Lessee’s Work. Lessee shall complete all Lessee Improvements as defined in and pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D.

59. Lessor Environmental Disclosure-Adjacent Property. Lessee is herein advised that to the best of Lessor’s knowledge, in or around 1977, Santa Barbara Optics (Infrared Industries), did install two underground concrete tanks for the storage of waste oils and halogenated and non-halogenated waste solvents at the 6303-6307 Building. During removal of the tanks, Infrared discovered oil and solvent contamination of soils on

 

4


the project. Four monitoring wells were installed and monitored semi-annually from 1988 through 1989. In 1989, approximately 4,000 cubic yards of soil was removed and the site, parking and landscaping were converted to drought tolerant plantings with minimal drip irrigation to minimize infiltration and prevent mobilization of seepage at the nearby cliffs. To the best of Lessor’s knowledge, and despite the remaining wastes, the 6303-6307 Building currently meets all relevant public health and safety standards. The ongoing cleanup is being monitored under the authority of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board.

60. Lessee’s Provisions.

60.1 Dogs. Lessee’s employees and consultants shall have the privilege to bring dogs into the Premises and on or around the Building provided that: (i) all such dogs shall be under their owners’ control at all times; (ii) Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations to insure that any such dogs shall not create a nuisance to all other tenants of the Project; (iii) Lessor shall have the ability to revoke or suspend this privilege; and (iv) Lessee shall indemnify Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain relating to any such dogs pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Lease.

60.2 Car Washing. Lessee’s employees and consultants may have their cars professionally washed while parked in the Project, provided such car washing is performed by insured providers and further provided that Lessor may establish reasonable rules and regulations relating thereto. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain relating to such car washing pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Lease

60.3 Use of Grass Areas. Lessee may use the grass areas between the 6305 Building and the 6309 Building for company gatherings and events related to Lessee’s business, subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Gatherings and events may include, but not limited to, company celebrations, training or lunches, and client appreciation events, provided that no such events shall disturb the other tenants of the Project and further provided that all costs associated with such gatherings or events, including clean up and any requisite repairs to the Common Area and landscaping, shall be borne by Lessee. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from, and pay, any claims, damages or losses that Lessor may sustain relating to such use of grass areas pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Lease.

61. Intentionally omitted.

62. Representations and Warranties. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant to each other, as follows:

62.1 Lessor is the sole owner of the Project.

62.2 Lessor and Lessee each have the full power and authority to enter into the Lease and perform its obligations under the Lease.

 

5


62.3 The Lease is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Lessor and Lessee, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

62.4 No other person owns or has any leasehold interest in the Premises or any portion thereof or any other right to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof.

62.5 With the exception of the previously referenced CC&R’s (see Paragraph 52), there are no reciprocal easement agreements or covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements or similar rights affecting the property, including any amendments thereto which could (i) materially and adversely interfere with or affect Lessee’s access to, or occupancy or use of, the Premises and the Building, or (ii) materially increase Lessee’s financial obligations under the Lease.

62.6 Lessor has not received written notice of any, and to Lessor’s best of knowledge as of the date of this Lease there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings or actions of any kind or character affecting the use and occupancy of the Premises by Lessee for the Agreed Use in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

63. Brokerage Fees. Section 15 of the Lease shall be modified as follows:

15.1 Additional Commissions. Subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) is hereby be deleted and not applicable.

 

6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

Procore Technologies, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

             

    By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:  

             

    Its:   Craig Courtemanche
        CEO

 

6


Exhibit A

 

LOGO


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LEASE

This First Amendment amends that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Net dated October 5, 2015 (the “Existing Lease”) between 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (successor in interest to Carp Two, LLC, a California limited liability company), as Lessor, and Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (successor in interest to Procore Technologies, Inc., a California corporation), as Lessee, for the premises commonly known as 6307-B Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “Premises”). “Lease” means the Existing Lease, as amended by this First Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

Concurrently herewith, the Lessor and Lessee are entering into a separate lease for the premises commonly known as 6303 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6303 Lease”), and into separate lease amendments for the premises commonly known as 6305 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6305 Lease”) and 6309 Carpinteria Avenue, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (the “6309 Lease”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1.

Lease Term Extended. The Original Term of the Lease is hereby extended from April 1, 2023 through March 31, 2027 (the “Extended Term”), and the revised Expiration Date is March 31, 2027.

 

  2.

Premises. The Premises shall be increased by approximately 183 square feet and shall now be approximately 28,493 square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

  3.

Base Rent Adjustments. The Base Rent adjustments during the Term shall occur pursuant to Section 50 of the Lease as follows:

 

July 1, 2016 through March 31, 2017:

   $ 49,862.75  

April 1, 2017:

   $ 51,358.63  

April 1, 2018:

   $ 52,899.63  

April 1, 2019:

   $ 54,486.37  

April 1, 2020:

   $ 56,120.96  

April 1, 2021:

   $ 57,804.59  

April 1, 2022:

   $ 59,538.73  

April 1, 2023:

   $ 61,324.89  

April 1, 2024:

   $ 63,164.64  

April 1, 2025:

   $ 65,059.58  

April 1, 2026:

   $ 67,011.37  

 

Page 1 of 4


4. Option(s) to Extend. Lessee’s first option period shall commence on April 1, 2027 and expire on March 31, 2032 and Lessee’s second option period shall commence on April 1, 2032 and expire on March 31, 2037. Lessee must exercise its options at least nine (9) months, but not more than 12 months, prior to the dates that the option periods would commence. During the option periods the Base Rent shall be adjusted every April 1, pursuant to Section 51 of the Lease as follows:

 

April 1, 2027:

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2028:

   3% increase

April 1, 2029:

   3% increase

April 1, 2030:

   3% increase

April 1, 2031:

   3% increase

April 1, 2032:

   MRV Adjustment

April 1, 2033:

   3% increase

April 1, 2034:

   3% increase

April 1, 2035:

   3% increase

April 1, 2036:

   3% increase

5. Lessee Improvement Allowance. Lessee improvement Allowance set forth in Section 2.1 of Exhibit D in the Lease shall be increased from 1,075,780.00 to $1,082,734.00.

6. Miscellaneous. Except as expressly modified by the provisions of this First Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to waive or modify any of the provisions of the Existing Lease, except as expressly stated herein. In the event of a conflict between this First Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall prevail.

7. Authority. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant that the person executing this First Amendment on its behalf has the full power, authority, and legal right to execute and deliver this First Amendment and that this First Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party and its representatives, successors and assigns, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

8. Counterparts. To facilitate execution of this First Amendment, this First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts as may be convenient or required, and an executed copy of this First Amendment delivered electronically by facsimile or e-mail shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument. All counterparts of this First Amendment shall collectively constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease effective as of June 30, 2016.

 

Page 2 of 4


LESSOR       LESSEE

6303 CARPINTERIA AVENUE, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

     

PROCURE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Jeremy K. Rogers

               By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Its:   Manager       Its:   Craig Courtemanche
          CEO

 

Page 3 of 4


Exhibit A

 

LOGO

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of February 14, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 23, 2018 (as the same has been amended, modified, supplemented, renewed, or otherwise modified, from to time, the “Prior Loan Agreement”).

B. Pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made certain loans and other credit accommodations available to Borrower, including (i) the Revolving Line, and (ii) term loan advances in an aggregate principal amount of up to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) as a sublimit under the Existing Revolving Line Facility (the “Existing Term Loan Advances”; together with the Revolving Line, collectively, the “Existing Facilities”).

C. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed, to replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby amended, restated, and replaced in its entirety as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any covenant or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such covenant or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended (a) such covenant or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Outstanding Obligations under Existing Facilities. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that as of the Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance of (i) the Revolving Line is Zero Dollars ($0.00) and (ii) the Existing Term Loan Advances is Zero Dollars ($0.00). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that all of such sum is due and owing Bank, without offset or defense of any kind or nature and in the event Borrower has any offsets or defenses thereto, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all such offsets and defenses. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that there is no further availability to borrow under the Existing Term Loan Advances and that the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan Documents shall supersede all prior agreements with respect to the Existing Facilities.


2.3 Revolving Line.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.4 Letters of Credit Sublimit.

(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

(b) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to at least one hundred five percent (105.0%) for Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%) for Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, in each case of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(d) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).

(e) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to a percentage (which percentage shall be determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

 

2


2.5 Existing Term Loan Advances.

(a) Availability. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that there is no further availability to borrow under the Existing Term Loan Advances. The aggregate amount outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Advances shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line.

(b) Repayment. On the Payment Date of each month, Borrower shall continue to make equal monthly payments of principal, plus monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.7(a), each in an amount that will fully amortize the Existing Term Loan Advances, as of the Term Loan Amortization Date, over thirty (30) months. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Existing Term Loan Advances, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Existing Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Permitted Prepayment. Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Existing Term Loan Advances, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Existing Term Loan Advances at least five (5) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Existing Term Loan Advances, and (B) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Existing Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Existing Term Loan Advances are accelerated by Bank following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Existing Term Loan Advances, and (ii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Existing Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.6 Overadvances. If, at any time, (a) the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances, plus (ii) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (iii) the outstanding principal amount of any Existing Term Loan Advances, exceeds (b) the lesser of either (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall promptly pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at a per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable to Advances plus five percent (5.0%).

2.7 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.7(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line, including the principal amount outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Advances, shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.7(d) below.

(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.7(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

 

3


(d) Payment; Interest Computation. Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.8 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Letter of Credit Fee. Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit, each anniversary of the issuance during the term of such Letter of Credit, and upon the renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank.

(b) Termination Fee. Upon termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee (the “Termination Fee”) in an amount equal to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) if such termination occurs prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, provided, that, no Termination Fee shall be charged if either the Revolving Line is (x) replaced with a new facility with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, or (y) repaid with proceeds from a Liquidity Event.

(c) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee. Payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar month occurring prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, a fee (the “Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee”) in an amount equal to three-tenths of one percent (0.30%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank, computed on the basis of a year with the applicable number of days as set forth in Section 2.7(d). The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall be calculated on a calendar year basis and shall equal the difference between (i) the Revolving Line, and (ii) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding, plus, without duplication, the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) and (y) the aggregate amount of outstanding Existing Term Loan Advances.

(d) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(e) Fees Fully Earned. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.8 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.9(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.8.

2.9 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

4


(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.10 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) a secretary’s certificate of Borrower certifying as to no change with respect to such Borrower’s Operating Documents, incumbency and specimen signatures and Borrowing Resolutions;

(c) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(d) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed signature thereto;

(e) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(f) with respect to the initial Advance, a completed Borrowing Base Report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts); and

(g) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.8 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of the Credit Extension request and any materials and documents required by Section 3.4;

 

5


(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the proposed Credit Extension and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3(b), Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in writing, within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed signatures to the Control Agreements for the Collateral Accounts of Borrower disclosed in the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance (other than Advances under Section 2.4) set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower (via an individual duly authorized by an Administrator) shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Advances. In connection with any such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program such reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may reasonably request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

 

6


If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate” (the “Perfection Certificate”). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that as of the date of the Perfection Certificate (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except (i) such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), and (ii) any filings required by the Code in connection with perfecting the security interest granted herein), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

7


5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith or established in accordance with Section 6.8(b) of this Agreement and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) licenses permitted under clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Liens, (c) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (d) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate (as updated from time to time) or in written notice to Bank. To Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate (as updated from time to time) or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.10(b), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Customer Accounts. For any customer Account that generates Recurring Revenue, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such customer Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each customer Account that generates Recurring Revenue shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are customer Accounts that generate Recurring Revenue. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all customer Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms, except to the extent the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or in law). Borrower is the owner of and has the legal right to sell, transfer, assign and encumber each customer Account, and, there are no defenses, offsets, counterclaims or agreements for which the Account Debtor may claim any deduction or discount.

5.4 Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date or in written notice to Bank, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank by submission to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the date or for the period covered by such (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank.

 

8


5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law except where Borrower’s failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally in compliance in all material respects with applicable law. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000). Borrower has paid all material amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital (including mergers and acquisitions) and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any report, certificate or written statement submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written reports, written certificates and written statements submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the reports, certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

9


5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations; provided that nothing in this Section 6.1 shall prohibit or prevent Borrower from discontinuing the legal existence and qualification of any Immaterial Subsidiary, with prior written notice to Bank, if in the reasonable good faith judgment of Borrower, such discontinuance or qualification is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business or such Subsidiary is no longer useful to the business of Borrower or such Subsidiary. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following by submitting to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitting to Bank:

(a) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, a Borrowing Base Report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts), including, without limitation, details of Borrower’s Recurring Revenue in form acceptable to Bank including, without limitation, SaaS metrics (including client count and calculated CAC), total Recurring Revenue, total customers, the Advance Rate, the rolling LTM Churn Percentage, and the Annualized Revenue Retention Percentage;

(b) as soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such quarter certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”);

(c) within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower and together with the Quarterly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Statement confirming that as of the end of such fiscal quarter of Borrower, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

(d) within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, annual financial projections for the current fiscal year (on a quarterly basis), in each case as approved by the Board, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

 

10


(e) commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(f) as soon as available, but no later than within (30) days of completion, a copy of each 409(a) valuation report for Borrower’s capital stock;

(g) prompt written notice of any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out in Section 13 of the Perfection Certificate. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Bank relies on such true, accurate and up-to-date beneficial ownership information to meet Bank’s regulatory obligations to obtain, verify and record information about the beneficial owners of its legal entity customers;

(h) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(i) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(j) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more; and

(k) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding Borrower or compliance with the terms of any Loan Documents as reasonably requested by Bank.

Any submission by Borrower of a Compliance Statement or any other financial statement submitted to the Financial Statement Repository pursuant to this Section 6.2 or otherwise submitted to Bank shall be deemed to be a representation by Borrower that (a) as of the date of such Compliance Statement or other financial statement, the information and calculations set forth therein are true, accurate and correct, (b) as of the end of the compliance period set forth in such submission, Borrower is in complete compliance with all required covenants except as noted in such Compliance Statement or other financial statement, as applicable; (c) as of the date of such submission, no Events of Default have occurred or are continuing; (d) all representations and warranties other than any representations or warranties that are made as of a specific date in Article 5 remain true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such submission except as noted in such Compliance Statement or other financial statement, as applicable; (e) as of the date of such submission, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9; and (f) as of the date of such submission, no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts. Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s

 

11


request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate for all such disputes or claims. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as for any such Account in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts. Borrower shall direct its Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or via electronic deposit capture into a “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “Cash Collateral Account”). Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account. Subject to Bank’s right to maintain a reserve pursuant to Section 6.3(d), all amounts received in the Cash Collateral Account shall be transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank, unless Bank, in its sole discretion, at times when an Event of Default exists, elects to apply such amounts to the outstanding Obligations. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to transfer to the Cash Collateral Account any amounts that Bank reasonably determines are proceeds of the Accounts (provided that Bank is under no obligation to do so and this allowance shall in no event relieve Borrower of its obligations hereunder).

(d) Reserves. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, at times when an Event of Default exists, Bank may hold any proceeds of the Accounts and any amounts in the Cash Collateral Account that are not applied to the Obligations pursuant to Section 6.3(c) above (including amounts otherwise required to be transferred to Borrower’s operating account with Bank) as a reserve to be applied to any Obligations regardless of whether such Obligations are then due and payable.

(e) Returns. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(f) Verifications; Confirmations; Credit Quality; Notifications. Upon prior written notice to Borrower (provided, however, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such prior written notice shall not be required), Bank may, from time to time, (i) verify and confirm directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account and/or (ii) conduct a credit check of any Account Debtor to approve any such Account Debtor’s credit.

(g) No Liability. Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an

 

12


Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.3(c) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will maintain in an account with Bank proceeds of Collateral, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section 6.4 limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof and (b) such other amounts described in Section 5.9(b), and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on seven (7) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months (or more frequently as Bank in its sole discretion determines that conditions warrant) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and the charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than eight (8) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to or reschedules the audit with less than eight (8) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling. The Initial Audit shall be completed no later than ninety (90) days after the Effective Date.

6.7 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (except for Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens), and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days (ten (10) days for nonpayment of premium) prior written notice before cancellation of any

 

13


insurance policy or policies required under this Section 6.7 (or forward to Bank any such notice received from its insurance providers). If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Accounts.

(a) Maintain, no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, Borrower’s primary domestic banking relationship, including operating and other deposit accounts, and the Cash Collateral Account with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. The aggregate balance of Borrower’s Collateral Accounts with JPMorgan Chase shall not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) at any time.

(b) In addition to and without limiting the restrictions in (a), Borrower shall provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before Borrower establishing any Collateral Account (other than Excluded Accounts) at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account (other than Excluded Accounts) that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, (ii) payment processing accounts provided that the balance of such payment processing accounts is wired, at least weekly, to a Collateral Account of Borrower at Bank, (iii) escrow or trust accounts established in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (iv) Deposit Accounts securing corporate credit cards in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Indebtedness permitted under clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, (v) operating accounts of Foreign Subsidiaries, and (vi) Deposit Accounts securing letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Indebtedness permitted under clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness (“Excluded Accounts”).

6.9 Financial Covenants. Maintain on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Annual Recurring Revenue. Tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2019, Annual Recurring Revenue of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

   Annual Recurring Revenue  

December 31, 2019

   $ 291,000,000  

March 31, 2020

   $ 313,000,000  

June 30, 2020

   $ 341,000,000  

September 30, 2020

   $ 372,000,000  

(b) Liquidity Ratio. Tested as of the last day of each month when (i) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Advances and Existing Term Loan Advances, plus the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), was greater than or equal to (ii) sixty percent (60%) of the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the Revolving Line, a Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

 

14


6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to the operation of its business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property material to the operation of its business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 Online Banking.

(a) Utilize Bank’s online banking platform for all matters requested by Bank which shall include, without limitation (and without request by Bank for the following matters), uploading information pertaining to Accounts and Account Debtors, requesting approval for exceptions, requesting Credit Extensions, and uploading financial statements and other reports required to be delivered by this Agreement (including, without limitation, those described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement); provided, however, if Bank’s online banking platform is not operational then Borrower shall notify Bank and arrange with Bank for an alternative method of delivering the applicable information.

(b) Comply with the terms of Bank’s Online Banking Agreement as in effect from time to time and ensure that all persons utilizing Bank’s online banking platform are duly authorized to do so by an Administrator. Bank shall be entitled to assume the authenticity, accuracy and completeness on any information, instruction or request for a Credit Extension submitted via Bank’s online banking platform and to further assume that any submissions or requests made via Bank’s online banking platform have been duly authorized by an Administrator.

6.13 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, pursuant to a Division), Borrower and such Guarantor shall (a) cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder or a Guaranty to become a Guarantor hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all (or sixty-five percent (65%) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary) of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank; and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be a Loan Document.

6.14 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and

 

15


other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, pursuant to a Division) (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, unneeded, or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments, or Transfers permitted by Section 7.7; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (g) of improvements or alterations upon termination of any lease of property; (h) subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.7(b) with respect to the remittance of proceeds, Transfers of any property subject to a casualty event; (i) any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of any Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) that Borrower determines in good faith is desirable in the conduct of its business and not materially disadvantageous to the interests of Bank; (j) Transfers between or among (x) the Borrower and one or more Guarantors, (y) any Guarantor with one or more other Guarantors or (z) one or more Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors with one or more such other Subsidiaries; and (k) other Transfers of property not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related or incidental thereto or constituting a reasonable extension thereof; (b) liquidate or dissolve; (c) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after such Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations in the United States, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in Borrower’s assets or property or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) to a bailee at a location in the United States other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, containing in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of Borrower’s assets or property, then Borrower and the landlord of any such new offices or business locations, including warehouses, shall execute and deliver a landlord consent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank in Bank’s reasonable discretion (for any new offices or business locations containing Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in Bank’s reasonable discretion (for any bailee location where the Collateral is valued at Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)).

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary or pursuant to a Division in each case other than in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) (an “Acquisition”, and such Person or assets so acquired, the “Target”). A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

16


7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property other than (i) restrictions in agreements governing property subject to a Lien that is otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (c) and (l) of the definition of Permitted Lien; (ii) restrictions contained in any Loan Document; (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses, and other agreements; and (iv) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; provided, however, (A) Borrower may (i) declare dividends payable solely in shares of capital stock and make de minimis cash payments in lieu of issuance of fractional shares upon the conversion or exercise of convertible securities (including warrants); (ii) purchases or de minimis cash payments in lieu of fractional shares of capital stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or Permitted Acquisitions; (iii) the distribution of securities to employees, directors, or consultants upon the exercise of stock options; (iv) conversions of its convertible securities into other securities; (v) withholding of shares otherwise issuable to employees upon the vesting of such employee’s restricted stock in order to cover such employee’s tax liabilities; and (vi) repurchases of the stock of current officers or former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to any such repurchase and (x) such repurchase is effected by the cancellation of Indebtedness, (y) the sole cash paid by Borrower for such repurchase shall consist of cash from a concurrent equity offering, or (z) after giving effect to such repurchase, the aggregate amount of all such repurchases (excluding any repurchases permitted under the foregoing clauses (A)(vi)(x) and (A)(vi)(y)) does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in any fiscal year, and (B) any Subsidiary of Borrower may pay dividends, make distributions and pay, redeem, retire or purchase capital stock of any other Subsidiary of Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) compensation arrangements and benefit plans for officers and other employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into or maintained in the ordinary course of business, (iii) bridge financings and equity financings with Borrower’s investors that are otherwise permitted by Section 7.2 and constitutes Subordinated Debt, (iv) distributions permitted by Section 7.7, (v) Permitted Investments and Permitted Indebtedness, and (vi) any transaction between Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or between any Subsidiaries that is permitted by this Agreement.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

17


7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, or 6.12, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Investor Abandonment. Bank determines that there is a lack of Investor Support, or Investor Support ceases to be provided to Borrower for any reason;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of the Collateral is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

 

18


8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a breach or default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such breach or default of such cure or waiver of the breach or default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith business judgment of Bank be materially less advantageous to Borrower or any Guarantor;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect (provided that any revocation, cancellation, invalidation, or termination of any such document, instrument or agreement that (i) is consented to by Bank or (ii) results from Borrower’s payment in full of the Subordinated Debt if permitted under any subordination agreement, shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 8.9), any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or any applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, or 8.8 of this Agreement occurs with respect to any Guarantor, (d) the death, liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor; or (e)(i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the collateral provided by Guarantor or in the value of such collateral or (ii) a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, condition (financial or otherwise) or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations occurs with respect to any Guarantor; or

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in a material adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) materially adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

19


9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds. Borrower shall collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

20


(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, payment instruments, or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) demand, collect, sue, and give releases to any Account Debtor for monies due, settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, and compromise, prosecute, or defend any action, claim, case, or proceeding about any Collateral (including filing a claim or voting a claim in any bankruptcy case in Bank’s or Borrower’s name, as Bank chooses); (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, or other claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than obligations for taxes, indemnifications, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made) have been satisfied in full and the Loan Documents have been terminated. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and the Loan Documents have been terminated.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

21


9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10

 

If to Borrower:    Procore Technologies, Inc.
   6309 Carpinteria Ave.
   Carpinteria, California 93013
   Attn: Guzel Lumpkin
   Email: guzel.lumpkin@procore.com
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   1901 Main Street, Third Floor
   Santa Monica, California 90405
   Attn: Andy Riggs
   Email: ariggs@svb.com

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding

 

22


Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than obligations for taxes, indemnifications, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that is continuing, Bank shall not assign any interest in the Loan Documents to any Person who in the reasonable estimation of Bank is (1) a direct competitor of Borrower, whether as an operating company or direct or indirect parent with voting control over such operating company, or (2) a vulture fund or distressed debt fund.

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

23


This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”) provided, however, that Bank shall inform such Persons of the confidential nature of such information and instruct them to keep such information confidential; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, prior to such disclosure, Bank shall obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement containing provisions substantially the same as the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

24


12.12 Right of Setoff. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or Obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.13 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.14 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.15 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.16 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.17 Transitional Arrangements. On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this Section. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties evidenced by the Prior Loan Agreement shall be evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the grant of security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower under the Prior Loan Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) shall continue under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and such security interest and any other rights and obligations which by their express terms survive the termination of the Loan Documents shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished or annulled but shall hereafter be governed by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, novate the Prior Loan Agreement and Borrower reaffirms that the existing security interest created by the Prior Loan Agreement is and remains in full force and effect. All references to the Prior Loan Agreement in any Loan Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the provisions hereof as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account” is, as to any Person, any “account” of such Person as “account” is defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to such Person.

 

25


Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Acquisition” is defined in Section 7.3.

Administrator” is an individual that is named:

(a) as an “Administrator” in the “SVB Online Services” form completed by Borrower with the authority to determine who will be authorized to use SVB Online Services (as defined in Bank’s Online Banking Agreement as in effect from time to time) on behalf of Borrower; and

(b) as an Authorized Signer of Borrower in an approval by the Board.

Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Advance Rate” is the product of (a) the Advance Rate Multiplier and (b) the Annualized Revenue Retention Percentage; provided that the Advance Rate shall be adjusted monthly on the first (1st) day of each month based on the Annualized Revenue Retention Percentage calculated as of the last day of the prior month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may change any of the Advance Rate, Advance Rate Multiplier, or Annualized Churn Rate Percentage in its good faith business discretion upon at least five (5) Business Days prior to written notice to Borrower (unless an Event of Default is continuing in which case no notice shall be required).

Advance Rate Multiplier” is four hundred percent (400%).

Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members. For purposes of the definition of Eligible Accounts, Affiliate shall include a Specified Affiliate.

Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Annualized Churn Rate Percentage” is, as of the last day of each month, for the immediately preceding month, a percentage equal to (a) the Average Churn Rate for such month then ended, multiplied by (b) twelve (12).

Annualized Revenue Retention Percentage” is, as of the last day of each month, a percentage calculated as follows: (a) one hundred percent (100%) minus (b) the Annualized Churn Rate Percentage for the month then ended.

Annual Recurring Revenue” is, for each fiscal quarter of Borrower, (a) the aggregate amount payable to Borrower under all binding and enforceable contracts that Borrower has entered into with customers for such period annualized for a calendar year, plus (b) New Logo ARR, plus (c) Expansion ARR, minus (d) Debooked ARR, minus (e) Downsell ARR, minus (f) Churned ARR. As used herein, the above definitions have the following meanings, provided that such deductions have not already been deducted in calculating the Recurring Revenue.

ARR” means Borrower’s annualized Recurring Revenue.

Churned ARR” means ARR that is lost from an existing customer from contracts that are no longer in effect whether due to non-renewal or otherwise.

Debooked ARR” means ARR that is lost due to the cancellation of a contract.

Downsell ARR” means the amount of ARR decreased from an existing customer.

 

26


Expansion ARR” means ARR derived from an increase in ARR to an existing customer.

New Logo ARR” mean ARR that is derived from new customers (i.e. logos).

NRR” means revenue that is not recurring.

Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the aggregate amount of outstanding Existing Term Loan Advances, and minus (d) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Average Churn Rate” means, as of the last day of each month, an amount equal to (a) the sum of Churn Percentages for each Measurement Period in the trailing three (3) months then ended, divided by (b) three (3).

Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor.

Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”), and shall include, without limitation, any Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4.

Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

Board” is Borrower’s board of directors.

Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base” is the product of (a) Borrower’s Recurring Revenue for the most recent month, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Report and financial reporting multiplied by (b) the Advance Rate.

Borrowing Base Report” is that certain report of the value of certain Collateral in the form specified by Bank to Borrower from time to time.

Borrower Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter delivered to Bank on the Effective Date.

 

27


Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby.

Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Collateral Account” is defined in Section 6.3(c).

Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Change in Control” means (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) (each, a “Person” for purposes of this definition), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than (A) by the sale of Borrower’s capital stock in (x) a public offering or (y) to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction or (B) if such Person is comprised of the holders of any class (or classes) of capital stock of Borrower, authorized or issued subsequent to the Effective Date, which has preferential or enhanced voting rights (which voting rights may or may not be tied to the economic rights of such class (or classes) of capital stock), provided, that, only with respect to any such authorization or issuance consummated prior to the date of an initial public offering of Borrower’s capital stock, Borrower (i) provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction and (ii) identifies to Bank any Person, other than any Permitted Holder which will, upon the consummation of such issuance, own and control at least twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting power for the election of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of such issuance; or (b) at any time, Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100.0%) of each class of outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of Borrower (other than as otherwise permitted by this Agreement and other than, with respect to any subsidiary organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States, any de minimis equity ownership by any director, officer or other authorized person of such subsidiary as required by local law) free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement).

Churn Percentage” is, expressed as a percentage, (a) the Churned ARR for such Measurement Period (provided, however, if such amount is less than zero (0), then such amount shall be deemed to be zero (0)), divided by (b) the amount of Annual Recurring Revenue at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

 

28


Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Statement” is that certain statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension” is any Advance, any Overadvance, Letter of Credit, Existing Term Loan Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.7(b).

Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account” is any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Bank as chosen by Bank.

Division” means, in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including, without limitation, as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act for limited liability companies formed under Delaware law, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other applicable law with respect to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity.

Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

29


Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Existing Facilities” is defined in Recital B.

Existing Term Loan Advances” is defined in Recital B.

Financial Statement Repository” is S43da5@svb.com or such other means of collecting information approved and designated by Bank after providing notice thereof to Borrower from time to time.

Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

30


Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Immaterial Subsidiary” is any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Material Subsidiary.

Increased Cap Requirement” means (i) Borrower’s pro-forma unrestricted cash at Bank is at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) immediately after any Permitted Investment, and (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Investment.

Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations. For purposes of clarification, operating lease obligations shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” hereunder.

Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Audit” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books, with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, methods, processes, drawing, specifications, data, know-how and operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

31


Investor Support” means it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable.

Key Person” is Borrower’s CEO, CFO, and President, who are Craig Courtemanche, Robert Reed and Steve Zahm, respectively, as of the Effective Date.

Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.4.

Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

Letter of Credit Reserve” is defined in Section 2.4(e).

Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity Event” is (a) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower through a merger or acquisition, (b) any sale or merger of the voting securities of Borrower where the holders of Borrower’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, (c) a bona fide private round of equity financing of Borrower in an amount of no less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000), or (d) an initial public offering of Borrower’s equity securities in an amount of no less than Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000).

Liquidity Ratio” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) all outstanding Obligations.

Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change” or “Material Adverse Effect” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

Material Subsidiary” is any Subsidiary of Borrower that has assets or annual revenue in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or is a Borrower hereunder.

Measurement Period” is each calendar month.

Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Termination Fee, the Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to Bank Services and interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance” is defined in Section 2.4.

 

32


Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date” is (a) with respect to Existing Term Loan Advances, the first (1st) calendar day of each month and (b) with respect to Advances, the last calendar day of each month.

Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition” or “Permitted Acquisitions” is any Acquisition for which each of the conditions below is satisfied:

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(b) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition are in the same or similar line of business as Borrower is in as of the date hereof or reasonably related thereto;

(c) Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and all other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition (or if such acquisition agreement and other material documents are not in final form, drafts of such acquisition agreement and other material documents; provided that Borrower shall deliver final forms of such acquisition agreement and other material documents promptly upon completion);

(d) subject to the proviso herein and provided pro-forma unrestricted cash at Bank immediately after such Acquisition is at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), the total consideration for each such Acquisition (including the maximum amount of the Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith as described in clause (m) of Permitted Indebtedness) does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) per Acquisition, provided that (x) not more than Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) of which in any fiscal year may be cash consideration (subject to clause (y) hereof) (the “Acquisition Cap”), (y) there shall be no limitation on the aggregate amount of non-cash consideration or consideration paid with the proceeds of equity issuances by Borrower or any parent entity thereof which are contributed to Borrower, in each case, paid or payable in connection with any such Acquisition or Acquisitions, and (z) there shall be no Acquisition Cap on an Acquisition if pro-forma unrestricted cash at Bank immediately after such Acquisition is at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000);

(e) the Acquisition shall not constitute a hostile acquisition;

(f) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition shall not be subject to any Lien other than (x) the first-priority Liens granted in favor of Bank, if applicable and (y) Permitted Liens; and

(g) if such Acquisition is in the form of a merger by Borrower into another Person, Borrower is the surviving legal entity;

(h) if such Acquisition is in the form of a merger by a Subsidiary into another Person, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding and issued equity of the surviving legal entity shall be owned by Borrower or a Subsidiary, provided that only sixty-five percent (65%) of the direct or beneficial ownership interest of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be pledged in favor of Bank;

(i) no Indebtedness shall be assumed by any Borrower in connection with such Acquisition other than Permitted Indebtedness;

(j) Borrower shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis, immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition; and

 

33


(k) the credit risk to Bank, in its good faith business judgment, shall not be increased as a result of the Permitted Acquisition.

Permitted Holders” means those Persons identified in the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which is shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Indebtedness incurred on a corporate credit cards in the ordinary course of business with other financial institutions in an aggregate outstanding amount (including such amounts included in clause (b) of this definition) not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) at any time;

(h) Indebtedness consisting of letters of credit with other financial institutions in aggregate amount (including such amounts included in clause (b) of this definition) not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000);

(i) Indebtedness constituting Permitted Investments;

(j) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums, provided such financing arrangement has been approved in writing by Bank;

(k) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and was not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the maximum aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness so assumed in any fiscal year does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);

(l) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; and

(m) subject to compliance with the criteria for a Permitted Acquisition including, without limitation, the limits set forth in clause (d) of the definition thereof, Indebtedness consisting of earn-outs, obligations with respect to purchase price adjustments, and other deferred payments of a similar nature and customary indemnification and similar obligations arising under agreements entered into in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;

(n) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) outstanding at any time; and

(o) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (n) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

34


Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents and any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts (but only to the extent that Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section 6.8 of this Agreement) in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest to the extent required under Section 6.8(b);

(e) Investments in joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business, provided that (i) the value of any cash and non-cash investments by Borrower or such Subsidiary (excluding stock) do not exceed in the aggregate in any fiscal year (x) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) if the Increased Cap Requirement is not satisfied at any time, or (y) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) if the Increased Cap Requirement is satisfied immediately after such Investment, and (ii) any licenses in connection therewith comply with the requirements of clause (g) of Permitted Liens;

(f) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(g) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Board;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) Permitted Acquisitions;

(l) (i) Investments by Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Borrower or Guarantor; and (ii) Investments by Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, provided that any such Investments made by Borrower shall not exceed (x) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) if the Increased Cap Requirement is not satisfied at any time, or (y) Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000) if the Increased Cap Requirement is satisfied immediately after such Investment, for all Subsidiaries in the aggregate, in each case, in any fiscal year of Borrower;

(m) deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business;

 

35


(n) Investments of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof, provided that (i) such Investments exist at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and were not made in anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate amount of any such Investments so assumed in any fiscal year does not exceed (x) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) if the Increased Cap Requirement is not satisfied at any time, or (y) Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) if the Increased Cap Requirement is satisfied immediately after such Investment; and

(o) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 in an aggregate amount not to exceed (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) outstanding at any time if the Increased Cap Requirement is not satisfied at any time, or (ii) Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) outstanding at any time if the Increased Cap Requirement is satisfied immediately after such Investment.

Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on Borrower’s Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment or software acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of such Equipment or software (and any accessions, attachments, replacements, or improvements thereon and proceeds thereof), or indebtedness (including capital leases) incurred for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such Equipment or software (and any accessions, attachments replacements, or improvements thereon or proceeds thereof), or (ii) existing on Equipment or software (and any accessions, attachments, replacements, or improvements thereon and proceeds thereof) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and any accessions, attachments, replacements, or improvements thereon or proceeds of the Equipment or software;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens (including pledges and deposits) to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(g) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(h) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(i) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts if required under Section 6.8;

 

36


(j) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens (i) in connection with Borrower securing liabilities arising from automated clearinghouse funds transfers and (ii) in connection with a Foreign Subsidiary securing overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, cash management, or depository services or automated clearinghouse funds transfers provided (x) the aggregate amount of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or (y) such Liens are not removed within five (5) Business Days;

(l) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property and analogous filings under applicable law outside of the United States;

(m) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in an amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clauses (g) and (h) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(o) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as a security for financed premiums to the extent the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under clause (j) of Permitted Indebtedness; and

(p) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (o), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Prior Loan Agreement” is defined in Recital A.

Quarterly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(b).

Quick Assets” is Borrower’s (i) unrestricted and unencumbered (other than Liens in favor of Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (except for cash collateral securing Bank Services)) cash, Cash Equivalents and marketable securities maintained with Bank, plus (ii) net accounts receivable.

Recurring Revenue” for the applicable Measurement Period is the difference of (a) Borrower’s committed recurring revenue attributable to services, software licenses and any other recurring services earned during the prior month pursuant to a binding, written agreements which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all of Borrower’s representations and warranties described in Section 5.3, minus (b) any discounts, credits, reserves for bad debt, customer adjustments, or other offsets; provided that Bank reserves the right with five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Borrower (unless an Event of Default is continuing in which case no notice shall be required) to exclude and/or remove any Account, or portion thereof, from the definition of Recurring Revenue, in its sole discretion.

 

37


Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default, after notice to Borrower (unless an Event of Default is continuing in which case no notice shall be required).

Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License” is any material license or other similar agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000).

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is October 23, 2020.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

 

38


“Target” is defined in Section 7.3.

Term Loan Amortization Date” is, for each Existing Term Loan Advance, May 1, 2019.

Term Loan Maturity Date” is October 1, 2021.

Termination Fee” is defined in Section 2.8(b).

Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee” is defined in Section 2.8(c).

[Signature page follows.]

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Craig Courtemanche

Name: Craig Courtemanche
Title: CEO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Andy Riggs

Name: Andy Riggs
Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any property (i) that is a license which is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or any other party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including without limitation, Section 9-406 and 9-408 of the Code), (ii) that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporation entitled to vote, (iii) any such property is subject to a lien described in (and permitted under) clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens in which the granting of a security interest in such property is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement or document governing such property, provided that upon termination or lapsing of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral, and (iv) Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the October 23, 2018, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK       Date:                                    
FROM:    PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.      

Under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                             with all required covenants except as noted below. Attached are the required documents evidencing such compliance, setting forth calculations prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Quarterly financial statements with
Compliance Statement
   Quarterly within 45 days    Yes  No
Annual financial statements (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes   No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K   

Within 5 days after filing with

SEC

   Yes   No
Borrowing Base Reports and SaaS Metrics    Quarterly within 45 days    Yes   No
Board approved projections    FYE within 60 days and as amended/updated    Yes   No
409(a) Valuation    Within 30 days of completion    Yes   no
The following Intellectual Property was registered after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)   
                                                                                                                                                                               

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Maintain as indicated:         
Minimum Annual Recurring Revenue    See attached schedule    See attached schedule    Yes   No
Minimum Liquidity Ratio*    1.25:100    _____:1.0    Yes   No

 

*

Tested as of the last day of each month where the aggregate amount of outstanding Advances was greater than or equal to sixty percent (60%) of the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base, or (ii) the Revolving Line.

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

 

G-1


Schedule 1 to Compliance Statement

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Agreement, the terms of the Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                         

I. Annual Recurring Revenue (Section 6.9(a))

Required:         Tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, Annual Recurring Revenue of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

   Annual Recurring Revenue  

December 31, 2019

   $ 291,000,000  

March 31, 2020

   $ 313,000,000  

June 30, 2020

   $ 341,000,000  

September 30, 2020

   $ 372,000,000  

Actual:

 

A.

   Borrower’s total ARR at the beginning of such period    $                

B.

   Expansion and New Logo ARR for such period    $                

C.

   Churned, Downsell and Debooked ARR for such period    $                

D.

   Annual Recurring Revenue (line A, plus line B minus line C)    $                

Is line D equal to or greater than the amount required above?

 

             No, not in compliance

               Yes, in compliance


II.

Liquidity Ratio (Section 6.9(b))

Required: Tested as of the last day of each month where (i) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Advances and Existing Term Loan Advances, plus the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), was greater than or equal to (ii) sixty percent (60%) of the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the Revolving Line, a Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

Actual:

 

A.

   Aggregate value of the unrestricted and unencumbered cash of Borrower at Bank    $            

B.

   Aggregate value of net accounts receivable of Borrower    $            

C.

   Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)    $            

D.

   Aggregate value of obligations and liabilities to Bank    $            

E.

   Liquidity Ratio (line C divided by line D)                

Is line E equal to or greater than 1.25:1:00?

 

             No, not in compliance

                Yes, in compliance

Exhibit 10.10

PROCORE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors on February 19, 2020

1. Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions.

(a) “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(b) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan and be considered the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(g) “Company” means Procore Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “Employee” means any executive, officer, or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(i) “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(j) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(k) “Plan” means this Procore Technologies, Inc. Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (including any appendix attached hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.


(l) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% target level of achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

(a) Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which may be a percentage of a Participant’s annual base salary as of the beginning or end of the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount.

(c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which may include, without limitation earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income measures; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; bookings measures; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items, unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been


met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4. Payment of Awards.

(a) Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment. The payment timing of an Actual Award under the Plan will be as set forth in the program documentation with respect to each specific program adopted under the Plan. It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

(c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

5. Plan Administration.

(a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in


satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions.

(a) Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration.

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

(b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect until terminated.

8. Legal Construction.

(a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.


(b) Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law. The Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Procore Technologies, Inc.

Procore Technologies Canada Inc.

Procore Technologies Pty Ltd.

Procore UK Ltd.

Procore Technologies Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V.

Procore International, Inc.

Zimfly, Inc.

Honest Buildings, LLC

Construction BI, LLC

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Procore Technologies, Inc. of our report dated February 25, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Procore Technologies, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 28, 2020

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

Procore Technologies, Inc.

6309 Carpinteria Avenue

Carpinteria, CA 93013

January 8, 2020

Dear Procore Technologies, Inc.:

We, Frost & Sullivan, a California corporation having its principal address at 3211 Scott Blvd, Suite 203, Santa Clara CA, 95054 hereby consent to the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”) of Procore Technologies, Inc., and any related prospectuses of (i) our name and all references thereto, and (ii) the statements set out in the Schedule hereto. We also hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

We further consent to the reference to our firm, under the caption “Industry and Market Data” in the Registration Statement, as acting in the capacity of an author of independent industry publications.

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ Brian Cotton

Name               Brian Cotton

Designation:    Senior Vice President, Practice Lead

For and on behalf of Frost & Sullivan

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

1)

We calculate this figure by multiplying a November 2019 estimate from a Frost & Sullivan study commissioned by us of the number of combined owner, general contractor, and specialty contractor companies in our addressable geographies, by our median ARR as of December 31, 2019, for each company size by (categorized by enterprise, mid-market, and small business).

2)

As of December 31, 2019, we had 8,506 customers, which we believe represents just 2% of the total number of customers to whom we can sell, based on Frost & Sullivan’s estimated addressable customers.